loSH 
.Us? 



&c 



■MTf 























































.* v 


















■*-. * '-K- 






•A' .A c >• 



- 























/ ^ 






■ 

1 

'J-- <? 



& - a. 1 

v ° 















^ v« 



<•>, 



.V 






> 









% 















"^ 












« '« 


















<&. 



<' 






PRONOUNCING GAZETTEER 



lil'i.MMI.VI'HK'AL DICTIONARY 



OF 



TH R, PI I IP^pPfN E ISLANDS, 



IN 



IKS Mlfej^ER 






MAPS. CHARTS, AND 1LLI 



3TRMIOXS. 






I'M 






GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



1L. S. 13-ti^<VL^e4zsri^<Ja \Jat, *J< 

A 



PRONOUNCING GAZETTEER 



AND 



GEOGRAPHICAL DICTIONARY 



OF 



THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 



UMTED STATES OF AMERICA, 



WITH 



MAPS, CHARTS, AND ILLUSTRATIONS. 



PREPARED IX THE DIVISION OF INSULAR AFFAIRS, 
WAR DEPARTMENT. 



1902. 



WASHINGTON: 

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 

1902. 






De r^rK*TvdeI»^(nv 



JUL 3 1902 
D.ofO, 



CONTENTS. 



Page. 

Introduction vn 

Explanation of the orthography of names ix 

Accentuation x 

Key to pronunciation of names xi 

Signs relating to orthoepy xn 

Abbreviations xiii 

Maps 

Charts of interisland waters, bays, harbors, and anchorages 

Illustrations 

Table of temperatures xiv 

Table of measures of length xiv 

Comparative scale of miles (nautical and statute) and meters xiv 

Philippine Islands ( archipelago ) , general description 1 

Manila, municipality of 183 

Supplement, containing latest information to time of going to press 195 

Index 209 

Official Pronouncing Gazetteer and Geographical Dictionary of the Philippine 

Islands, A to Z 225 

v 



IKTEODT7CTIOK 



The great number of inquiries addressed to the War Department 
from all parts of the United States calling for information regarding 
the Philippine Islands, has indicated that a printed compendium of 
such information would be practically useful to the American people. 
The present work is designed to furnish such information. 

The standard literature relating to the Philippines at the time of 
American occupation was generally confined to books in Spanish, Ger- 
man. French, and Dutch, and largely of ancient date. The English 
books were usually translations. Admiralty surveys, trade statistics, 
and consular reports. The hydrographic data contained in Spanish 
and English charts and instructions and United States compilations 
from the same, were limited to the requirements of navigators only. 

In the compilations of this work not only the existing literature but 
all available reports from military, naval, and civil officers, giving 
the observations and results of campaigns, expeditions, reconnais- 
sances, etc.. have been consulted. When this data was collected by 
provinces it was submitted to officers returning from the Philippine 
Islands to make corrections and additions from their personal knowl- 
edge and experience. Their replies were universally commendatory 
of the character and scope of the work and of its value for read} T refer- 
erence. In many instances their replies were accompanied by new 
material which was incorporated in the text. 

A feature is the spelling and pronunciation of local geographic 
names. This subject has been given careful consideration. The value 
of letters affected by symbols of sounds is phonetically explained, as 
is also the etymology of words whose origin, whether foreign, Span- 
ish, Tagalog, or native, is indicated. The origin of the names of 
places, in the various dialects of all the islands, is shown by the fol- 
lowing abbreviations: 

Sp. = Spanish. 

Nat. = Native word common to more than one dialect. 

Ta^r. = TagaIog. 

Ver. = Vernacular, other than Tagal< 

Eisp.= Native, transformed into Spanish. 

For. = Foreign. 



\ III GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

Tho work thus completed contains the most recent and authoritative 
information, from official and other sources, respecting the Philippine 
(Archipelago) Islands, their geography, physical features, areas, com- 
munications, population, towns, resources, wealth, products, industries, 
commerce, finances, social economy, natural history, military occupa- 
tion, and civil government, followed by an alphabetically arranged 
descriptive list o\' islands, provinces, districts, townships (pueblos), 
cities, towns, hamlets, ranges, mountains, peaks, volcanoes, rivers, 
seas, -traits, gulfs, sounds, bays, lakes, promontories, capes, points, 
light-houses, and other mapped objects and places, numbering upward 
of 10,300, with maps, charts, and illustrations. 

The encyclopedic features have reference only to information of a 
practical nature associated with the places described. 



EXPLANATION OF THE ORTHOGRAPHY OF NAMES. 



If we except some foreign names, especially the English names of 
places situated on the island of Palawan and surrounding seas, the 
orthography of the geographical names of the Philippine Archipelago 
is in the main Spanish. It is so in spelling and also in accentuation. 

The Spanish colonists not only gave names in their own language to 
different places in the islands, but in writing the native words in 
Roman characters used, as was to be expected, the Spanish spelling 
and accent. Alcantara. Nueva Ecija. La Laguna. La Union, and many 
other names are genuine Spanish. On the other hand. Luzon. Pam- 
panga. and Bulacan. illustrations of originally indigenous words with 
Spanish spelling and sound, are native words written as they sounded 
to the Spanish ear. therefore but the development into a Spanish form 
of the native words, as Lusong (Luzon), which means a rice mortar; 
Kapangpangan. a place where river banks abound: Bulakan (with 
the accent on the second syllable), a country where cotton is raised and 
grown. 

A great number of native names, however, have been kept, although 
in several cases some differences may be observed between the native 
sound and the Spanish spelling, on account either of the location of 
accent or of subordinating the word to Spanish grammatical rules. 

There is pending a controversy among Spanish writers and Filipino 
scholars, with whom a o-ood many foreign authorities agree, in refer- 
ence to the orthography of native names. 

The contention of the latter is chiefly that c after any vowel, and 
before a, o, and u, must be superseded by k; c before e and i by s; j 
by h; o and u in diphthongs by w; qu by k. 

Thus Antique must be Antike: Abiicay must be Abukay: Balabac 
must be Balabak: Loay must be Lway: Lalauan must be Lalawan; 
Cebu must be Sebii: Jalajala must be Halahala. As it is not the par- 
te indulge in this linguistic discussion, it may be said in passing 
that the general sentiment of Americans in the island- favors the reform 
intended by the native writers, since such movement is harmonious 
with the value of letters in the English language and with he modern 
writing of Malayan words. English books and map- have already 
adopted it. 



X GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE Islands. 

In this Gazetteer, however, the old Spanish orthography is generally 
retained, pending official action taken to implant the change referred 
to, do< only because the Government publications follow thai system, 
but also with the view of avoiding further confusion on the subject. 

ACCENTUATION. 

Some of the most genera] rules relating to Spanish accentuation are 
here set forth in a condensed way, so as to give an idea as to the proper 

place for accent marks, as follows: 

I. All words ending in a vowel, or in n or s, which are accented on 
the last syllable must hear the accent mark on that syllable (Alcala, 
Bacon. A16s), the rule being that the greater part of words ending in 
a vowel, or in n or s, are accented on the penultimate (Alfonso, Bal- 
bagan, Oalamianes). 

II. All words ending in a consonant other than n or s and which 
are accented on the penultimate must bear the accent mark (Abuyog, 
Apalit. Balabac), the rule being that the greater part of words ending 
in other consonants than n or s are accented on the last syllable 
(Ambil, Bagac, Dumanjug). 

III. All words accented on a syllable previous to the penultimate 
must bear the accent mark (Alcantara, Principe). 

We omit here many other rules, because the above-mentioned suffice 
to enable the reader to familiarize himself with the accentuation of 
the names contained in the Gazetteer. 



KEY TO PROXrXCTATION. 



Irrespective of having attached to each name its pronunciation by means of 
orthoepieal representations, familiar to English-speaking people, there are given in 
the accompanying table the sounds of the letters of the Spanish alphabet, and of 
certain signs peculiar to native writing: 



Let- 
ters. 



U 

ai 
ay 
ei 
ey 
ao 
au 
oa 
ua 
b 



Pronunciation and remarks. 



Examples. 



English a in father 

English e in dress, benefit 

English i in ravine; the sound of ee in bee 
English o in niote, gone; aw in dawn. 
English u in flute; the sound of oo in root 
When a vowel is equivalent to i 



Must be pronounced with a deep gutteral sound. 



English i in ice, tie when forming a diphthong Agutay. 



Abra, Balabac. 
Escalante, Itaves 
Balanguingui. 

Ubong, Ugamut. 
Lacy. 



[■As ey in they; or ei in eight when forming a diphthong | Sibuguey. 

' As ow in bow when forming a diphthong Lanao, Mauban 

IJAa o in one, when forming a diphthong. 

. English b 

{>< lunds like k before a, o, and u 
Before e and i is soft like English s 
sounds like tb in Spanish names. 
Is always soft as in church 



in native names, but 



ng 



J-As in English. 

{Is hard before a. o, and u 
Sounds like English h before e audi 
ue and ui after g sound like e and i, respectively 

(Is not pronounced in Spanish names 

[is like English h in native names 

Like English h 

I As in English. 

Sounds like the letters m in the English million 

|as in English. 

Has the Bound of the letters ni in the English pinion 

Sounds like ng in the English word singer; without the tilde 
sound- like ng in the word finger. 
English. 

ids like k. TJe and ui after q. sound like e and i respect- 
ively. 
{Rolled more than in English, especially at the beginning of 
word- and after 1, n, and s. 
Like English r between vowels 

Both letters are to be distinctly sounded. 
As in sin. 



English. 



Canahauan, Laoag. 

Bontoc. 

Casolgan, Colasi, Culili. 

Cervera (Sp.), Cinapuran 

mat.). 
Chocolate, Chongos. 



Like th in thin. 



Gapan. Golo, Gusa. 
Gerona, Gimanoc. 
Guernica , Guiguinto. 
Horadada. 
Hagonoy. 
Janiuay, Jaro. 



Llana-Hermosa. 



San o Nino. 

Mangaldan, PantabaiSgan. 



Quensitog, Quinabugan. 
Rosario. 

Aringay. 






Reference maybe made to the little care the Spaniards took in correctly pronounc- 
ing the nasal consonant rig or simply g, and the deep vowels. For instance, Balanga 
is pronounced by Spaniards bah-lahn'-gah. (the last a with a fiat sound), and by 
the native is pronounced bah-lang'-ach. (the last vowel with a deep and somewhat 
guttural sound). 

XI 



' 



SIGNS RELATING TO ORTHOEPY. 



The method of giving the pronunciation of the names in this Gazetteer by means 
of English signs and representations is explained in the following remarks: 
1. Each name is separated into syllables, which represent the Spanish or native 

sound, as the case may he. 

'2. An acute accent is placed after the syllable which should be pronounced more 
forcibly than the others. 

:;. Whenever possible, tlie Spanish or native sound is represented by monosyllable 
\\<»n Is very common in English. 

4. ( otherwise the representation is made as follows: 
a is represented by ah. 

e by ay. 

i by ee. 

o by oh, au, or aw. 

u bv oo. 

£}bywal, 

j byh. 

g before e and i by h. 

11 by ly. 

n by ny. 

5. [n the English representations g is always hard, as in give; th must be pro- 
nounced as in thin, and ch as in chill. 

6. When two or more names with the same spelling occur in succession, and the 
pronunciation of the first only is given, it is intended as a general rule thai all shall 
he pronounced alike. 

7. English namee should be pronounced as in English. 

Ml 



ABBREVIATIONS USED IN ETYMOLOGIES A1STD 
DESCRIPTIONS. 



a.=acres. 

A. = Archipelago: but only in half-measure matter. 

A. G. 0.= Adjutant-General's Office. 

C.=Cape; but only after a name, as Bojeador C. 

cm.=eentimeters. 

cub. ft.=cubic feet. 

cul«. m.— cubic meters. 

D. I. A.=Division of Insular Affairs. 

D. P.=Division of the Philippines. (See N. P. and S. P.) 

E.=east or eastern. 

C F.: C C. 

fms.=fathoms. 

F. 0.=Field Orders (military) 
for. = foreign. 

ft. = feet. 

ft. B. M.=feet board measure. 

geog. m.=geographical miles. 

G. 0.=General Orders (military). 

grp.=group. after a name, as Batanes grp., and in the half-measure only. 

g. w.=gross weight. 

Hdqrs. =Headquarters, except in descriptive title of a province. 

heetog. =hectogram. 

hectol.— hectoliter. 

Hisp.=native transformed into Spanish. 

I.=Island: but only after & name, as Alabat I. 

in.=inches. 

kilo. = kilogram. 

kilos. =kilograms. 

l.=left. 

lat.=latitude. 

lbs.=pounds. 

lon.=longitude. 

m.=miles 

mm. =millimeters. 

Mt.=Mountain: but only after a name, as Apo Mt. 

X.= north or northern. 

nat. = native word common to more than one dialect. 

naut. m.=nautical miles. 

X. M.=Notice to Mariners. 

X. P.=Department of North Philippines. 

n. \v. = net weight. 

ozs. = ounces. 

P. A.=Philippine Archipelago. 

P. C.= Philippine Commission. 

P. <t. A.=The Provincial Government Act. 

P. I. = Philippine Islands. 

pop. = Population, as, pop., 55.300; but has a large Moro population, etc. 

Pt. = Point: but only after a name, as Eseardada Pt. 

q. v.=quod vide, which see. 

r. = right. 

Riv. = River: hut only after* name, as Agno Grande Riv. 

S. = south or southern. 

B.; SW.; X.: XE.: W.; etc. 

Special Orders (military). 
S. P.=Department of South Philippines. 

- panish. 
sq. kms.=square kilometers. 
Bq. m.=square m 
st. m.=statute mi 

Tagalog. 
ver.— Vernacular other than Tagalog. 
W.=west or western. 
yds.=yards. 



TABLE OF TEMPERATURE. 



[Fahrenheit compared with centigrade and Reaumur, in this table the centigrade and Reaumur 
readings arc given to the nearest decimal.] 



P. 


C. 


R. 


F. 


c 


R. 


F. 


C. 


K. 


F. 


C. 


R. 


125 


51.7 


U. 8 


101 


88.8 


80.7 


77 


25.0 


2o.o 


53 


11.7 


o. 3 


124 


51.] 


10.9 


KK» 


37. 8 


80.2 


7.; 


24. 1 


19.6 


52 


11.1 


S. <l 


128 


50.6 




99 


::7. 2 




7.". 


2;;. -.i 


10. 1 


:.i 


ld.O 


8. 1 


122 


60.0 


l.'.n 




36. 7 


29. 3 


74 


23. 3 


is. 7 


50 


10. 


s.o 


121 


19. i 




'.'7 


36. i 


28. 9 


7:; 


22. 8 


18.2 


19 


0. 1 


7.6 


120 


48.9 


:'.'.'. 1 


86 


35.6 


28. 1 


72 


22. 2 


17.8 


18 


8. o 


7.1 


119 


IV'. 






35.0 


28.0 


71 


21.7 


17.X 


17 


8. :: 


0.7 


118 


17.8 




94 


34. 1 


27.6 


70 


21.1 


16.9 


10 


7.s 


0. 2 


117 


17. 2 


37. - 


98 


:'.:•.. '.' 


27. 1 


(»9 


20. 


10. 1 


4-") 


7.2 


5. S 


116 


46.7 


37.8 


92 


33.3 


IV,. 7 


68 


20.0 


lo. o : 


44 


0.7 


5.3 


US 


16. 1 


36.9 


'.U 


32. 8 


26. 2 


07 


10. 1 


15.6 


43 


6.1 


4.9 


in 


15.6 


36. 1 


90 


82.2 


25.8 


66 


18.9 


15. 1 


42 


.'.. ti 


4.4 


118 


15.0 






31.7 


25. 3 


65 


18.3 


14.7 


41 


5.0 


4.0 


112 


n. i 


35.6 


- 


31.1 


24.9 


01 


17. s 


14.2 


40 


1. 1 


8.6 


111 




:;.-.. 1 


30.6 


24. 1 


63 


17.2 


13.8 


39 


8. o 


3.1 


110 


43.3 


84.7 


30.0 


21.li 


0,2 


10.7 


13.3 


38 


3.3 


2.7 


109 


12.8 


84.2 


85 


29. 1 


23.6 


01 


16.1 


12.9 


37 


2.S 


2. 2 


106 


12. 2 




84 


28. 9 


23.1 


60 


15.6 


12. 1 


36 


2.2 


l.S 


K>7 


11.7 


38.3 
32, 9 


B8 


28. 3 


22. 7 


59 


15.0 


12.0 i 


35 


1.7 


1.:; 


106 


11.1 




27. 8 


22. 2 


58 


14.4 


11.6 


34 


1.1 


0.9 


105 


40.6 


32. 1 


-1 


27. -J 


21.8 


57 


13.9 


11.1 


38 


0. 


0.4 


104 


10.0 


32.0 


g 


26. 7 


21.:; 


56 


13.3 


10.7 ! 


32 


0.0 


0.0 


103 


39.4 


31.6 


■_ ;. i 


20. 9 


55 


12.8 


10. 2 








102 




31.1 


78 




20. 4 


:.l 


12. 2 


9.8 









TABLE OF MEASURES OF LENGTH. 

[For other terms and equivalents set Coinage, Weights and Measures, pp. 120, 127, 128.] 
[1 kilometer -0.021 United states statute mile.] 



kilos. <t. m 

1= 0.621 

2= 1.212 

3= L868 

4= 2.484 

5= 3.105 

7= J.:;i7 



kilos, st. m. 
8= 

9= 5.589 
10= 6.210 
20=12.420 
L8.630 
40=24.840 
50=31.050 



kilos, st. m. 
60 = 37.200 
70 = 4:;. 470 
80=49.680 
90=55.890 
100=02.100 



COMPARATIVE SCALE OF MILES AND METERS. 

NaluticalMfle. 



I H H H HJ=L 



Met< rs 



Statute Mile 



XIV 



THE PHILIPPINE (ARCHIPELAGO) ISLANDS. 



LOCATION. 



The PHILIPPINE ISLANDS occupy the most N. part of the E. 
end of the geographical grand division known as the Eastern Archi- 
pelago in eastern Asia. Through the capital and chief emporium, 
Manila, they are the key to the commerce of the islands that border 
the steam routes between Japan and China and the Philippines, the 
Sulu Archipelago,- the islands of the South Pacific, the coasts of 
Borneo. Celebes Sea and Islands, Molucca and Gillolo passages, 
Banda and Arafura seas, the coasts of Papua, or New Guinea, and 
Australia to the SE. and S., and Indo-China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, 
Java, and India, and countries beyond to the SW. and W. They lie 
entirely within the N. torrid zone. They received their present name 
from Ruiz Lopez de Villalobos, one of the early discoverers, in honor 
of the Prince of Asturias, afterwards King Philip of Spain. 

TIME CIRCUIT. 

The United States, extending from 65° to 125° W. Ion., is divided 
into 4 sections of 15° of Ion., equal to 1 hour. The first section^ 
known as "eastern standard time," starting at the seventy-fifth merid- 
ian, includes all the territory between the Atlantic coast and an 
irregular line drawn from Detroit, Mich., to Charleston, S. C. The 
second section, "central standard time," is used in all the country 
between the last-described line and an irregular line drawn from 
Bismarck, N. Dak., to the mouth of the Rio Grande. The third 
section, "mountain standard time," covers the country between the 
last-named line and one marking the W. borders of Idaho, Utah, and 
Arizona. The fourth section, "Pacific standard time," includes the 
remainder of the United States to and including the Pacific coast. 
Within each of these sections the time is uniform, and each differs 
from its nearest neighbor by 1 hour: that is to say, when it is 12 
o'clock noon at Washington or at any other point in the terri- 
tory of eastern time it is 11 a. m. in the central section, 10 a. m. in 
the mountain section, and 9 a. m. in the Pacific section, and so west- 
ward across the Pacific Ocean to the United States islands in the Pacific 
and onward, completing the circuit of the globe. The meridian of 
Ion. 180 c is the international date line, a day being dropped going 
westward or added going eastward: that is, Sunday becomes Monday, 
or vice versa, the moment the line is crossed. 

1 



B OF NIK PHILIPPINE [SLANDS. 0$ 

When it is 12 noon, standard time, at Washington it is — 

l a. in at Honolulu. 

2.40 a. in. next day at Guam. . 

L.04a. in. next day at Manila. 

- a. in. next <la> at Yokohama. 

i>.:'.7 a. in. next day at I longkong. 

1 1 .55 p. in. at Singapore. 

L0.19 p. in. at Colombo. 

8.01 p. in. at \i Ini. ^ 

7.05 p. in. at Cairo. 

I p. in. at Paris. 

7.01 p. in. at Saint Petersburg. N 

5 p. in. at London. 

BOUNDARIES. 

The archipelago is bounded on tin 1 X. by the China Sea, on the E. 
by the Pacific Ocean, on the S. by the Celebes Sea and Borneo, and on 
the W. by the China Sim. The nearest land on the X. is the island of 
Formosa, a dependency of Japan, 93 in. NW. of ; Y'Anii, the most N. 
of the Batanes group; on the E. the Pelew Islands (German), 510 m. 
off Mindanao; on the S. Ariaga (de la Silla Island), the most N. of the 
Carcaralong group (Dutch). 37 m. S. of the Saranganis, off Mindanao; 
on the SW. the extreme E. point of Borneo, 24 m. SW. of Sibutu; on 
the S. Balambangan, an island otf the extreme N. coast of Borneo, 31 
m. S. of Balabac; and on the W. Cochin China, 515 m. W. of Palawan. 
The nearest approach of the international dividing line between Asia 
and Oceania passes about 15° (900 naut. m.) E. of Batac Island, off 
the NE. coast of Samar. in about lat. 12° -40' K 

TREATY LIMITS. 

' 4 Spain " ceded " to the United States the archipelago known as the 
Philippine islands, and comprehending the islands lying within the 
following line:" 

Nobth. — "A line running from west to east along or near the twentieth parallel 
of north latitude [lat. 21° 25' N.. approximately; Ion. 118° E. of Greenwich, in the 
China Sea], and through the middle of the navigable channel of Bachi, from the one 
hundred and eighteenth (118th) to the one hundred and twenty-seventh (127th) 
degree meridian of Longitude cast of Greenwich." ^Length of N. line 9°= 540 
st. in.] 
3T. — [NE. angle of boundary in the Pacific Ocean, lat. 21° 25' N. approximately; 
l«»n. 127° E.] ''Thence along the one hundred and twenty-seventh (127tn) degree 
meridian of longitude east of Greenwich to the parallel of four degrees and forty-live 
minim V' north latitude." [Length of E. line 16° 40'= 1,000 geog.*m.= 

1,158 st. in.] 

angle of boundary in the Pacific (Venn, lat. 4° 45' N., Ion. 127° E.] 
" Thence along the parallel of four degrees and forty-live minutes (4° 45 / ) north lati- 
tude to its intersection with the meridian of longitude one hundred and nineteen 
degrees and thirty-five minutes (110° 35') east of Greenwich." [Length of line 
_. m. 515^ st. ni.l 
West. -[Lat. 4° 45' N.. Ion. 119° 35' E., the E. of the SW. angles in the bound- 
ary, in the Celebes Sea. | "Thence along the meridian of longitude one hundred and 
• - and thirty- live minute.- 1 1 L9 35' 1 east of Greenwich to the parallel 
of latitude -even degrees and forty minutes (7° W) north.'" [Length of W. line 
ig. in. 192 st. m.] 

KKN., Ion. U! the central s\\" angle in the deflected 

line NE. of Borneo, in tl <- j "Thence along the parallel of latitude seven 

• 1 forty minutes (7 W) north to its intersection with the one hundred 

enth 116th dej ridian of longitude east of Greenwich." [Length 

5 geog. m. - 21'.* 8t. m.] 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 6 

West.— [Lat. 7° 40 / N., Ion. 116° E., the extreme SW. angle, in the China Sea.] 
"Thence by a direct line to the intersection of the tenth (10th) degree parallel of 
north latitude with the one hundred and eighteenth (118th) degree meridian of 
longitude east of Greenwich." [Length of W. line deflected XE. 205 st. in.] 

West. — [Lat. 10° N., Ion. 118° E.] "And thence along the one hundred and 
eighteenth. (118th) degree meridian of longitude east of Greenwich to the point of 
beginning.'' [Lat. 21° 25' N., Ion. 118° E; length of W. line 11° 25'=685geog. 
m. = 788 st. m.] [Treaty of peace, December 10~ 1898, between the United States 
ot America and the Kingdom of Spain, at Paris.] "As a voluntary consideration, 
the United States paid to Spain the sum of twenty million (20,000,000) dollars.'' 
[Art. Ill, Treaty.] 

Spain also relinquished to the United States all title and claim to 
the islands of Cagayan Sulu and Sibutu and their dependencies and 
ail others belonging to the Philippine Archipelago and lying outside 
the lines described in Article III of that Treaty, the United States pay- 
ing the sum of 8100,000. [Treaty of cession of islands outside of 
the lines de lined in Treaty of Peace December 10. 1898. Sole article, 
Washington, November 7. 1900.] 

AREA. 

The Philippine Islands within the Treat}' lines of boundary have an 
aggregate area of 724.329 geog. m., or, in st. m. : 

Total land and water 832, 968 

Land 127,853 

Water 705, 115 

The land area lies between parallels 21° 10' N. (Y'Ami Island, the 
most N. of the Batanes group) to 4° 10' N. (the extreme S. point of 
Balut Island ci the Sarangani Islands, S. of Mindanao), and meridians 
116 c lu' (W. coast of Balabac Island) and 126° 3-1' (Sanco Point) Ion. 
E. of Greenwich, or a total of 1,010 naut. or 1.152 st. m. from N. to 
S. and 59i naut. or 682 st. m. from W. to E. 

The land superficies within the limits denned is greater than the 
combined area of the States of New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, 
and Delaware (101,970 sq. m.), nearly twice as large as the 5 States of 
New England (66.425 sq. m.), and larger than the New England States, 
New York, and New Jersey (123,860 sq. m.). 

The Treaty line of boundary of the islands of the Philippines super- 
imposed upon a map of the United States would appear about as fol- 
lows: Beginning at the NE. angle, being the point of intersection of 
lat. 4:5° N. and Ion. 75° E., near Ogdensburg, N. Y., on the St. Law- 
rence River; thence following the meridian of 75° E., passing the 
Capes of the Delaware to the SE. point of intersection at lat. 28° N. 
and Ion. 75° E. , near Palatka, Fla. ; thence following the parallel of 
28° W. to the SW. angle near the point of intersection of lat. 28° N. 
and Ion. 81 E., near Apalachicola. Fla.; thence along said Ion. N., 
passing immediately W. of the W. boundary of Ohio to the NAY. 
angle at the intersection of lat. 45° N. and Ion. 81° E., immediately S. 
ot Mackinaw. Mich., on the straits connecting Lakes Michigan and 
Huron; thence along lat. 45° N. to the place of beginning. Within 
this area lies all that part of New York \V. of Utica, New Jersey W . 
of Trenton, all of Pennsylvania. Delaware. Maryland. Virginia. West 
Virginia, North Carolina. South Carolina. Georgia, northern Florida, 
eastern Tennessee, eastern Kentucky, all of Ohio, the E. half of the 
peninsula of Michigan, and nearly the whole of Ontario. Canada. 



\ GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

The area of the archipelago is 7. 000 sq. in. larger than that of the 
British tales (120.973 sq. m.) # , within 20,000 sq. m. of that of the islands 
of Japan (1 17,649 Bq. m.), within 7,000 sq. m. of that of Prussia, and ten 
times that i^ the Netherlands, the possessor of the extensive domain 
among the islands and groups to the SE., s.. and SW. of the Philippines. 

Within this expansive area of the earths surface, in general, m the 
N. part lie the Batanes and Babuyanes groups, 8 of them important, 
separated by the Bachi Channel from the Japanese island of Formosa, 
at a distance of 93 m. to tin 4 NW.; to the S. lies the great island 
of Luzon, with the adjacent large islands of Polillo and Catanduanes 
ow the Pacific side and Marinduque, Burias, Ticao, and Masbate oflf 
it> Visayan seashores; to the SW. of Luzon extends the large island 
of Mindoro, forming, with the islands of Busuanga, the Calaraianes, 
Palawan (Paragua), and Bal&bac, the great W. chain of the archipelago 
between Luzon and the continental island of Borneo; to the SE. of 
Luzon lies the island of Samar, to the W. of which is Leyte and 
continuing toward the W. the other great islands of the Visayan 
group. Bohol, Cebu, Negros, and Panay, and the smaller islands of 
Sibuyan, Romblon, Tablas, Guimaras, the latter near Panay, and 
Siquijor, S. of Negros. Continuing S., along the E. side of the 
archipelago is Mindanao, in area one of the two most important 
islands of the entire group. To the SW. of Mindanao ana very close 
to its shore is Basilan, the connecting link in the important chain 
between the mainland of the Philippine Archipelago and the E. coast 
of the great island of Borneo through the Snlu and Tawi Tawi and 
other groups of the American Snlu Archipelago. Between this E. 
and \Y. chain, scattered over the N. waters of the Sulu Sea, are the 
Cuyos and Caga vanes groups and the Palawan island of Dumaran. 

IAst of islands and areas. 

[Main islands, areas, mainland, dependent islands, number >>\ islands in grand territorial divisions; 
subdivided i>y provinces, areas, mainland, dependent islands and their number.] 



Grand territorial divisions. 



Luzon 

Marinduque 

Mindanao 

Mindoro 

in i Paragua) 

Buhl Arehij 

inda — 






Area. 


Main- 
land. 


Dependent islands. 


Sq. in. 


Sq. ■!!. 


Sq. in. 


Number. 


14,235 


£3,075 


1,160 


311 


681 


667 


14 


13 


46,721 


J."). 569 


1,162 


258 


1,108 


4,050 


58 


26 


5,037 


1,679 


458 


>'35 


L.029 


520 


509 


188 


25,302 


23, 111 


1,89] 


607 


740 




710 


145 








127,858 


121,861 


5, 992 


1,583 



•' islands and provinces, mainland and dependent islands, and areas. 



Grand territorial divisions. 



hm'd' Dependent islands. 





BON. 


8q. in. 
«,235 


>7. in. 
13,075 


Sq. in. 
1,160 


.\ ii in l>i r. 
oil 








l ibra 


1, IS) 

1.711 


1. 184 

704 

3,092 

134 


98" 

10 
69 
'2 







4 




17 




3,161 
136 


83 





1 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

List of islands and provinces, mainland and dependent islands, and anas — Continued. 



Grand territorial divisions. 


Area. 


Main- 
land. 


Dependent islands. 


luzon— continued. 

Provinces— Continued. 


Sq. m. 

1.108 
990 
4S0 
841 

5, 291 


Sq. m. 

1,080 
990 
480 
841 

5, 022 


Sq. m. 

28 


Number. 
8 




















9 

179 

81 

100 

1 

1 

111 

294 

1 

2 


8 




24 






14 


10. Cavite 


610 

1.265 

491 

877 


510 

1, 264 
490 
472 


7 




4 


12. Ilooos Bur 


2 


13. Infanta 


21 


a. Polillo 


1 


14. Isabela 


5,395 

752 

1,232 


5,394 

750 

1,232 


2 




4 














20 
4 

3,840 

1,075 


20 








4 


5 


18. Nueva V 


3,840 
1,075 


















2,209 
1,316 
1,218 
1,048 

675 
1, 295 
2,334 

867 
2.210 


2, 209 
1,316 
1,216 
1,026 

663 
1,295 
2,250 

867 
2,160 














2 
22 
12 


3 




3 




16 


25. Tarlac 




26. Tavabas 


84 


8 






28. Zambales 


50 


76 






MAEIN'DUyrE. 


681 


667 


14 


13 






MINDANAO. 

Total 


46, 721 


45, 559 


1, 162 


258 








354 
8,344 
2,386 
9,171 
3,900 
5,879 
13, 201 
3,486 


304 
8,332 
2,386 
8,976 
3.900 
5. 764 
12, 539 
3.358 


50 
12 


56 


2. Cotabato 


9 






4. Davao 


195 


25 






6. Misarnis 


115 
662 
128 


5 




83 


8. Zamboanga 


80 






MINDORO. 

1. Island 


4,10S 


4,050 


58 


26 






PALAWAN" (PAKAGUA). 

Total 


5,037 


4. 579 


458 


135 








4. 726 
264 
47 


4. 368 
168 

43 


35S 
96 
4 


98 


2. Balabac 


23 




14 


















38 
380 
462 




38 

72 

17 

77 

275 


19 


2. Panjrutaran group I 




14 


3. Bulu (Jolo) (group) 

4. Tapul | group i 


333 


29 
38 


5. Tawi Ta-.vi 


187 


88 


YISAYAN ISLANDS. 

Total 


25. 302 






507 








1.611 
1,782 
4,214 

11'.' 


1 . too 

1,668 

140 


214 

11! 

342 

10 
9 


59 




1 


29 


3. Leyte 


40 




12 


b. : 

] . ao 


16 

8 



» GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

indent islands, and areas — Continued. 



i territorial « l i \- i > i . »t i ^ . 


\n ;l. 


Main 
land. 


Dependent Islands. 


atinued. 

tal 


So, in. 

3,112 
1,742 


3, L05 
1,784 


Sq. in. 
8 


.X it mix r. 
14 

:; 






na; 


tique. . 1 

IV 


I 1,340 

1 •-'. 102 

515 

5, 188 


1,648 

1.77(1 

54 

5, L98 


7 

is 
326 
461 


6 

80 
82 

1 18 


.1 

11. Rombl6n 


tar 




CNA88IGNED. 




740 




710 










- - roup) 


' 077 




677 
63 




roup) 




17 







The areas of islands and provinces given in the above table have 
been carefully measured and computed from the best sources of infor- 
mation. Spanish. British, and American. In regard to the dependent 
islands, in other authorities the number ranges from 948 counted on 
small-scale to L,725 od large-scale charts. The number given in the 
above table is taken not only as charted, but the islands are named 
and described. The larger dependent islands and a vast majority of 
the smaller ones have not only been measured but their area is given. 
In both cases the above list is the best and most reliable compiled from 
the material now at hand. 

A- evidence of the incongruity of areas given in accepted authori- 
ties it should be stated that the Atlas de Filipinas (Senate Doc. No. 
171. Fifty-sixth Congress, first session) gives Luzon 122,346 sq. kms., 
or 47,238 sq. in. The .Spanish census of 1887 gives Luzon 96,226 sq. 
kins., and the Batanes and Babuyanes groups 620 sq. kms., making 
96,842 sq. kms.. equal to37,210sq. m.. the (iazetteer figures, including 
:'.ll dependent islands, being 44,235 sq. m. 

In the case of Mindanao this same atlas accredits that island with 

$54 sq. kms.. <>r 36,237 sq. m. The Spanish census of 1887 gives 

this island 99,450 sq. kms.. equal to 38,250 sq. m. The Gazetteer 

figures, a- shown in the accompanying tables, give Mindanao, including 

the mainland and 258 dependent islands, 4b. 7:21 sq. m. 

The great island of S&mar is credited by the atlas referred to with 
13,054 sq. knis.. or 5,040 sq. m. The official Spanish census gives 
Samar 1.3,471 sq. kms., or 5,181 sq. m. The Gazetteer figures give the 
mainland 5,198 sq. m. and L48 dependent islands 290 sq. m., or a total 
of 5,488 sq. in. 

The atlas referred to puts the entire area of the archipelago at 

309,615 sq. kms., or 1 L9,542 sq. m. The Spanish census of L887 gives 

the figuresal 288,166 sq. kms., or 1 L0,064sq. m. Thecarefully figured 

• and itemized areas tabulated in this ( iazetteer shou 127,853 

sq. m. 

Until scientific computations based upon actual surveysand not con- 
tinued speculation are available, the ( Gazetteer figures may be regarded 
at Least a- an approximation of accuracy and the best presented. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. I 

Nearby colonial possessions of other nations. 

[Comparative view of territories and populations possessed by the Western nations in the regions of 
the globe surrounding the Philippine Islands.] 

United States: Sq. m. 

Philippine Islands 127, 853 6, 975, 073 

Great Britain 112. 002 6, 082, 310 

Straits Settlements 1. 472 . 512, 342 

Protected native states 26, 500 418, 527 

Borneo -4. 000 4, 930, 000 

Hongkong. China « 30 221. 441 

France Judo-China) 243, 240 16, 600, 000 

Tonkin •. 50,190 7, 500, 000 

Auam and Lou 125. 480 5, 400, 000 

Cochin China 67, 570 3, 700, 000 

Portugal: 

Macao 30 

Germany I 10. 318 148, 200 

Kiau Chou 180 

Marshall Islands 158 

Caroline Mands 370 33.000 

Pelew Islands 190 3, 000 

Marianas Islands 420 10, 20O 

Solomon Islands 9, 000 89, 00O 

Netherlands i East Indies 628. 000 33. 892, 000 

Java and Madura 50. 500 25, 700, 000 

Sumatra 184, 000 3. r 

Borneo 212. 700 1. 180, 000 

Celebes 71, 400 1, 9^8. 000 

Moluccas 43, 801 1 400. 000 

Lesser Sunda Islands 65, 600 1, 164, 000 

■ Hongkong includes 210, 955 Chinese. ■ Seat of sphere of influence. 

PHYSICAL FEATURES. 

MOUNTAINS. 

In general the physical structure of the Philippine Archipelago as 
to mountains belongs to the succession of lofty ranges of volcanic 
origin which form the circuit and watersheds of the Pacific basin of 
the earth's surface. While the larger islands have defined systems of 
their own. by means of submarine ranges these are brought into har- 
mony with the general mass of the archipelago. Mount Irada, 3,667 ft. 
in height, in Batan of the Batanes. and Camiguin, 2,793 ft., in Babu- 

s, are the outlying summits of the Cordillera del Norte on the N. 

summits of Marinduque, Burias, Masbate, and Ticao are theout- 
cropping of the hidden connecting ranges between the peninsula of 
Luzon and the systems of the Visayan group, continued in the lofty 

lillerasof Min lanao. to the S »ninthehills 

asilan and tb n\ds oi the Suui Archipelago, to the S\V. 

from Mindoro through the Calaniianes an I the long, narrow mainland 
of Palawan a - terminates in I a Kmpinada, with its 

peak of Balabac in th extr tie 6W. of th< t the United 

States. 



8 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 

The mountain Bystem of Luzon consists of 3 large ranges, the nucleus 
of which is the Caraballo Sur, its highest peaks being Mount Pags&n, 
i ft., at the intersection of the boundaries of Cagav&n, A bra, and 
Uocos Norte, and Santo Tomas, 7.4 is ft., in Uni6n. These ranges are 
the Caraballos Occidentales, which runs N. and S.. dividing into the 
Cordillera Central and Cordillera Norte, and traversing the provinces 
i)\' northern Luzon W. of the Cagayan Grande River. The Sierra 
Madre, or Pacific coast range, begins at the Caraballos de Baler, NE. 
of the Caraballos Sur. and continues in a NE. trend, forming a chain 
from the Caraballos de Baler to Cape Engano, the extreme NE. point 
<^ Luzon, crossing Esabela, Principe, and Caravan provinces. This is 
the Longest continuous range in the archipelago. The Mamparan 
branch trends toward the X. into Nueva Vizcaya. 

The ranges of the E. and SE. provinces, of less elevation, extend 
from Caraballos de Paler to the Strait of San Bernardino through the 
provinces of Laguna and Tayabas, thence forming the central ridge of 
the entire peninsula to the SE. through Ambos Camarines, Albay, and 
Sor80g6n, culminating in the towering volcanoes of Mayon or Albay, 
8,274: ft, high, and Bulusan, 5,100 ft. high, on the strait named. This 
range has a number of celebrated peaks fully described elsewhere. 

The Zambales range, starting at Cape Bolinao, the extreme NW. 
point of Luzon, follows closely the China Sea coast to the end of the 
peninsula of Pataan, fronting Corregidor on Manila Bay. Pinalobo, 
one of its peaks, reaches a height of 6,137 ft. 

The Tagaytay range traverses the Cavite and Batangas boundary, 
and forms, with the Maquiling, one of the systems in southern Luzon, 
Maquiling Summit being 4,783 ft. high. The volcano of Taal, in 
Bombon Lake, is part of the Tagaytay system. 

The mountain system of Mindoro takes its origin in Mount Halcon 
in the N.. 8,865 ft. high, and sends out 3 ranges, the NW. terminating 
in Calavite Summit, the landmark of navigators passing between 
Mindoro Strait and Manila Bay; the E. from Lake Nauj an, paralleling 
the Pacific coast the entire distance S. ; the W. following the Mindoro 
Strait or W. coast to Buruncan Point, in the extreme S. 

The island of Negros is traversed by a high range from NW. to SE., 
dividing it into two parts so completely that each forms a province. 
The volcano of Canlaon, or Malaspina, 4,000 ft. high, is a conspicuous 
feature. 

The island of Panay has a single range from N. to S. along its entire 
course, separating the province of Antique from Capiz and lloilo. and 
reaching an altitude of 7,267 ft. About midway it sends a spur to the 
E., which forms the boundary between Capiz and lloilo. There are 
many notable peaks. 

The bland of Leyte is without mountains of importance". 

The system of Mindanao forms 4 distinct ranges, the E. in Surigao 
following the trend of the Pacific coast; tin 1 central-eastern from 
Butuan, on the N. coast, extending S. and forming the watershed of 
the great rivers Agusan on the E. and Pulangui on the YV., and also 
the boundary between Surigao and Misamis and Lanao; the central- 
western range, leaving the latter at the great volcano Apo, 10,312 ft. 
. follow- the N. boundary of Cotabato from SE. to NW. until it 
intersects the \Y. range, which begins at Palato Point, the W. head of 
Lligan Bay, and take- a course S\\\. with Malindang, 8,697 ft., its 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. V 

highest point, and thence the entire length of Zamboanga Peninsula, 
ending on the shore of Basilan Strait to rise again in the larger islands 
of Sulu. 

VOLCANOES. 

Tl ; distribution of the igneous rocks of the Philippine Islands indi- 
cate.^ the prevalence of a number of volcanic belts. When compared 
with those zones of subterranean activity which constitute such a 
dominant feature of the Malaysian groups, it becomes almost conclu- 
sive that the volcanic structure of the Philippine Islands must bear 
an important relation to that of the entire region. 

There are 50 volcanoes in the Philippine Islands, 20 of these being- 
more or less active and 30 extinct or dormant, as follows: 

Active and solfatarie volcanoes. 







Approximate— 


Height 
in feet. 


Rock. » 




Name. Province. 


i Longi- 

Latitnde tude E " of 
latitude. Green . 

wich. 


Date of eruption. 


Babuyan Claro... 
Camiguin de Ba- 
buvanes. 

Didica 

CagTia or Cana ... 
Taal 




O / j O ' 

19 30 121 56 

18 55 121 52 

19 2 122 9 
18 13 i 122 4 
14 2 120 57 

14 2 121 27 
13 16 123 39 






1831,1860. 


do 






Solfatarie. 


..do 


700 




1856 to 1860. 




3, 920 
1,050 

7,382 
8,970 








Andesite b . . 

Andesite .. 
Andesite b . . 


1709.1715,1716 1731 


Banajao or Ma- 


Laeuna 


1749, 1754, 1808, 
1873. 
1730. 


jayjay. 

Mavon or Albav. . 


Albav 


1616.1766.1800 1814 


Bulusan 


Sorsogon 


12 47 
11 32 

10 55 

10 .54 
10 30 
10 30 
10 25 
9 15 
9 12 

7 36 

7 3 
5 25 

'6 5 


124 1 

124 28 

124 53 
124 53 


1827. 1835, 1845, 
1846, 1851, 1853, 
1855. 1858, 1868, 
1871, 1872, 1873, 
1881. 1885, 1886, 
1887, 1888, 1890, 
1891. 1892. 1893, 
1895. 1896, 1897, 
1900. 
1852 Solfatarie 


Guiron (Biliran 


Levte 




Andesite d . . 
Andesite e .. 
Andesite e .. 




Isla: 
Ka-iboi or Casu- 


do 




Do 


langojan. 
Danan 


dn 




Do 


Alivancia 




119 48 
119 48 




Do 


Talasiquin 


do 






Do 


Canlaon 

i 


Negros Oriental .. 
do 


123 6 

123 9 

124 42 


8,192 


Andesite? f . 
Andesite ? f . 


1866, 1893. 


Camiguin de 


Misamis 


1,950 


Andesiir- .. 1871 int.y 


Mindanao. 
Maea turin, or 


Cotabato 


121 26 
125 17 




1765,1856, 1865. 1871. 


Pollock, or 8u- 
jut, orlllana. 

i r Dava<> 


Davao 


in 311 


Andesite h .. 


- ii or .Sun- 


do 


125 19 3. 1 1 


1641. 


Baiut Is- 
land 




8ulu 


1120 58 




Basalt" f 


1641 













•The queries indicate that the composition of the volcano is inferred from specimens collected neai 
it, but not on it. 
*>Oebbeke. <*Abella. 'Becker. lain. 

•v. Drasche. «Roth. gRenard. 'Uncertain. 



LO 



GAZBTTEEB OF THE nilLll'PINE ISLANDS. 



! or dormant volcano, g. 



Name. 





it 

Pinatubo 

Butllao 

iMal or Mari 

sridor 

Talim 

Maqulling 

Cristobal 

Malarayat and S 
cambing. 

Tombol 

Ambll 

Loboo 

Lat>o 



Colasi 
Isarog 



[riea 

Malinao 

i 

Pocdol or Bac6n 

Mainir or Sapongan . . 
Cotabato or Taviran.. 

Cagayan de Bulu 



Matutum 

Malibato 

Biitulan or Barangani 
Balut or Sanguil (?) .. 



Province. 



Lcpanto ... 
Pampanga 

do 

Bataan 

....do 

....do 

Cavite 

Kizal 

Laguna — 

....do 

Batangaa .. 



....do 

Mindoro 

Batangaa 

a mi>os Ca ma rines 
Norte): 

....do 

Ambus Ca ma rines 

....do 

Albav 

....do 

Sorsog6n 

Surigao 

Cotabato 

Balabac 

Davao 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 



Approximate- 



Latitude. 



Longi 
tude. 



if. 57 

L5 LS 

L5 9 

1 1 i:; 

1 I :'■! 

1 1 23 

I 1 i:; 

I I 20 



L8 58 

13 I'.' 

L3 is 

13 B9 



13 58 

13 41 

L3 26 

13 26 

13 18 

13 5 

9 28 



120 
120 
120 
120 
120 
120 
120 
121 
121 
121 
121 



121 10 

L20 L6 

121 16 

122 46 

122 59 
12:; 21 

12:; 26 

123 34 
123 35 
123 54 
125 33 
121 18 
118 30 
125 6 
125 10 
125 2 
125 18 
125 20 



Eeighl 
in feet. 



7,364 
2,880 
6,050 
4,376 
1,678 
640 
2, 270 
1,519 
3,724 
5, 288 



Rock. 



2,500 
3,451 

5, 092 



6, 450 
3,976 



4,442 

i'iis' 



3,117 



Trachyte?* 

Andt'site. 1 ' 

Andesite ?« 
Andesite?* 
Andesite, dacite. 
Andesite?' 
Basalt* 
Basalt." 
Basalt? d 
Andesite?* 

Andesite?* 

Aiidcsilc'.'i' 
Andesite. » 

AmU'sito.' 1 

Andesite. d 

Basall and andesite. 
Basalt. d 

Basalt. 'i 



»v. Drasche. 






■' Becker. 



Roth. 



MINERAL SPRINGS. 

The islands abound in minero-medicinal waters, of temperatures from 
cold to thermal of all degrees to hoi lino-. Of those 50 have been 
analyzed in Abra, Albav. Ambos Camarines, Bataan, Batangas, Ben- 
guet, Bulacan, I locos Sux, Laguna, Lepanto, Nueva Ecija, Pangasinan, 
Kizal, Tarlac, andTayabas, in Luzon: Cebu in Visayas, and Cotabato in 
Mindanao. Besides these 117 arc well known, but not analyzed, in 
all parts of Luzon. Mindoro, Marinduque, Samar, Calamianes, Panay, 
Leyte, Cebu, Negros, Bohol, Panglao, Siquijor, and Mindanao. The 
medicinal properties and curative effects of these waters are well known 
and patronized among the natives, their properties being: 

Sulphur, at Aparri, Cagayan, Luzon, and many other localities, 
rivaling, according to analyses, the celebrated springs of Arkansas 
and Virginia in the United States, Eaux-Bonnes and Aix la-Chapelle 
in Prussia, and Harrowgate in England. 

Saline, at Mariveles, in Bataan, opposite Manila, and other points, 
containing salts of lime, magnesia, soda. iron, iodine, and bromine, 
equaling Saratoga, United States; St. Catherine, Canada: Kissingen 
in Bavaria, and Wiesbaden in Baden Baden. 

Alkaline, the celebrated springs al Tivi in Albay, Pasig in Rizal, 
aear Manila, and in many of the islands, containing salts of soda, 
potash, lime, magnesia, lithia, and other properties equaling Vichy in 
France and Heilbrunn, Germany. 

Purgative, at Daet, Ambos Camarines and Los Banos, Laguna, 35 
miles by lake from Manila, the most famous of all and the resort of 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 11 

thousands; the waters being strongly impregnated with, sulphate of 
soda, magnesium, and sulphates, as at Seidlitz and Carlsbad, Bohemia. 
Chalybeate, containing salts of iron and of arsenic, as the famous 
Spa of Belgium, and rivaled by the springs of Leniery, in Batangas, 
Luzon, and the waters of several of those of Los Banos in Laguna. 

RIVERS. 

The large islands of the archipelago have extensive fluvial systems, 
determined by the great mountain ranges. That of Luzon is repre- 
sented by 4 streams and their drainage basins. 

The Grande de Cagayan flows 165 m. N. in a direct line, its- 
valley fronting TO m. on the China Sea on the N. With its great 
tributaries the Magat, Bangag, and Siffu, and a network of smaller 
affluents reaching out E. and W. 97 m., it drains the enormous area 
of 16,000 sq. m. from the provinces of Principe and Nueva Ecija in 
lat. 16 c to lat. IS 30' N., or the entire NE. half of the great island. 

The Agno Grande drains the narrow intermountain areas of Ben- 
guet and the central valleys of Nueva Ecija, Pangasinan, and Tarlac, 
falling into the Lingayen Gulf. 

The Abra, receiving its tributaries from the Cordilleras of Lepanto, 
Bontoc, and Abra, enters the China Sea across the narrow intervening 
strip of Ilocos Sur. 

The Grande de la Pampanga, with the Chico de la Pampanga and 
a number of smaller tributaries, carries the abundant rainfall of the 
Caraballo Sur across the broad, fertile, and populous valleys of Nueva 
Ecija, Pampanga, and Bulacan, and has its outlet in Manila Bay by 
means of an extensive network of delta channels and a score of mouths. 

Among the minor drainage basins of Luzon may be mentioned the 
Cauit, of Ilocos. Norte; the Pasig, of Rizal; the Bicolof Ambos Cama- 
rines; and the Imus, in Cavite. 

The lakes — Laguna de Bay, draining 3 provinces, having its sea out- 
let through the Pasig, and Bombon or Taal, with its drainage through 
the Pansipit — form a distinct system between the Pacific Ocean and 
Manila Bay. 

Mindoro has 60 rivers known and the important Lake Naujan, all 
rising in the central range and falling into the sea, but forming no 
distinctive systems. 

Samar has 26 principal rivers, all rising in the central summits and 
after receiving innumerable small tributaries entering the sea by the 
nearest fall of the land, the most important being the Laguan in the N., 
Oras, Matinao, Gabasan, and Suribao on the E., and Calbiga and Bac- 
hao Bangahon, the largest in length and volume, on the \V~. 

Panay, the river taking the name of that island, is one of the finest 
in the archipelago, comparing in volume with the Grande de Cagayan 
and Grande de Mindanao. It drains the basin in the N. through 5 large 
tributary currents. From Paintan 6 m. by land and twice that dis- 
tance by river, from its mouth it is upward of 310 ft. wide. The 
Jalaur, another fine river, drains Iloilo. The Aclan, Ibajay, Sibalon, 
and numerous stream.- of less dimensions enter the sea through their 
own mouth-. 

Negros forms 2 distinct sheds, one to the E. and the other to the W., 
defined by the dividing range. 

The Danao. extending but 1<» in. in direct line from the coast to its 
source, Is 666 ft. (200 meters) wide and 15 ft. deep. 



L2 GAZETTEEB OF l in PHILIPPINE islands. 

The uanao, which empties W. of Arguelles, on the N. const, hut 
9 m. long, is L,000 ft. (300 meters) wide and 20 ft. deep. 

The most important stream on the island, the [log, is the only river 
which penetrates the dividing range. Rising in E. Negros, it receives 
the Tablas from the S. and the Nitemay and its tributary, the 
Hilabang, from the N.. entering the sea on the W. coast. 

The Lag as an, another important st ream, empties on the same coast. 
None of the many rivers of Negros Oriental has its source more than 
13 m. from the coast. 

CebC has no streams of importance except for drainage. 

Li.v he: The chief rivers, which are very numerous, lie on the N. and 
E. coasts, the Bao, emptying into Ormoc Hay. being the only one of 
size on that side. Lake Bito, on the E., forms a little system of its 
own. 

Mindanao has not only the loftiest mountain (Apo Volcano, 10,312 ft.) 
hut the greatest river of the United States Asiatic possessions. The 
stream which drains the central basin of the great island begins its 
remarkable course as the Pulangui and after a distance of 125 m. in 
a direct line, having received the waters of 2 large lakes, continues to 
tin 1 1 liana arm of the Celebes Sea. a farther distance of 45 m. as the 
Rio Grande de Mindanao. Owing to the great bends on its way in 
length it i> a trim 1 larger than the Grande dfe Cagayan, of Luzon, and 
exceeds it in volume, its great flow of water rinding its outlet through 
5 mouths. From its source to its mouth it has a fall of 5,000 ft., 
(1,500 meters), that part above Lake Lagusan in places being a tor- 
rent. To the lake it is navigable for gunboats. Its great tributaries 
are the Sanaga, MalapaU, Mararagao, Malita, Tigna, Culaman, and 
Cabacan. 

AorsAN. the second great river of Mindanao and third in the archi- 
pelago in length and volume, drains the basin of Surigao between its 
two parallel ranges and empties on the X.. its main tributaries being 
the important rivers Simulao, Gibong, lhanan, Humayan, Arganan, 
and Qjut. 

Among the other rivers of Mindanao rising to the dignity of systems 
arc the Tagoloan, falling into Macajalar Bay; Misamis. on the N. ; and 
Cagayan. emptying at the town of that name on the same bay. 

A number of rivers of less importance traverse every part of the 
island and irrigate its fertile soil. 

Mindanao is also famous for its lakes, Lanao being the center of a 
large Moro (Mahomedan) population, Liguasan, Buluan, Mainit, Linao, 
and Panguil, the most important. 

CLIMATE. 

The climate of the Philippine Islands is temperate in the months 
of November, December, January, and February, the monthly mean 
oscillating between 25 ( '. and 26.5 C. It is excessively hot in 
the months OJ April, May. and June, when the monthly mean ranges 
een 27.5 and 28.5 ( '.. and is intermediate in the months of March, 
July. August, September, and October, in which months the mean is 
less than 26.5 C. nor greater than 27. 5 C. a 

epreeente the Bpace between 32 . the freezing, and 212°, the 

nt. of the Fahrenheil scale, divided into 100 equal parts or degrees; the 

i berefore e centigrade, and the boiling point, 212° 1\, is 100° 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



13 



According to these variations of temperature, the year is divided 
into three seasons: (1) Dry and temperate (November, December. Jan- 
uary, and February): (l ; ) hot (April. Ma}', and June), and (3) interme- 
diate (March. July. August. September, and October). 

The following figures represent the mean monthly temperatures in 
Manila for a period from 1883 to 1898: 



January 23 

February 25. 4 

March /. 26. 9 

April 28.3 

May 28.5 

June 27. 8 



°C. 

July 27.1 

August 27. 1 

September 26. 9 

October 26.9 

November 26. 1 

December 25. 2 



The mean annual temperature for the same period: 

°C. 

1883 

1884 

1885 

1886 

18S7 

1889 

1890 



26.6 


1891 


26.2 


1892 


26.7 


1893 


26.6 


1894 


26.6 


1895 


26.9 


1896 


27.4 


1897 


26.6 


1898 



°c. 

26.8 
26.9 
26.6 
26.6 
26.7 
26.8 
27.4 
26.8 



The annual variation of temperature is not uniform in all the archi- 
pelago, being less in places nearest the equator. Thus the amplitude 
of annual oscillation is 5.3 C in Aparri, 3.5° in Manila, 2.9° in Albay, 
2~ in La Carlota (island of Xegros). 1.3° in Zamboanga, and only 0.7 C 
in Sulu (Jolo). It can be stated, however, as a general law. that the 
lowest temperatures in all the archipelago belong to January or Feb- 
ruary, and the highest to May or June. 

Atmospheric pressure. — The barometer reaches its greatest mean 
height in the month of February. It descends at almost the rate of 
1 mm. a month from February to March, from March to April, and 
from April to May. It continues its descent from May to July, when 
the lowest average of the whole year is reached. A slight rise is noted 
in August, after which it again descends a little in September, 
although the mean height for this month is somewhat greater than 
that of July. Finally, the monthly average increases without interrup- 
tion from October to February. The mean annual oscillation of the 
barometer, or the difference between the maximum monthly average 
of February and the minimum of July is -1.02 mm. The annual aver- 
age is 759.31 mm. 

Humidity. — The same humidity is usually noted in April. It 
increases during May and July, diminishes somewhat in August, again 
increases in September, when the maximum is reached, and then begins 
to diminish gradually and without interruption from October until 
April. 

Rains. — The maximum of days of rain is during July. August, and 
September, and the minimum in February and March. From the 
maximum rainfall observed in the first-named 3 months until the mini- 
mum in the last-named 2 months, the number of rainy days gradually 
diminishes; and the number of rainy days increases gradually from 
minimum in February to the maximum in July. On account of 
this distribution of rain. 2 seasons arc recognized in the Philippines, 
namely: The dry season, which lasts from November to May. inclu- 
sive (7 month.-), and the humid or rainy season, the epoch of rain, 



14 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHI U1TI N K ISLANDS. 



which continues during the other 5 months, from J 



line 



to October 



both inclusive. 'This division, however, can only be applied to the 
ior, and principally to the occidental coasts of tlio ardhipelago, 

}>ut not to the oriental regions. In the K. coasts t ho season from 
November to May is distinguished by much precipitation, and the 
season from June to October is far from being as wot as on the W. 
coasts. 

Winds. The prevailing wind is from the SW. from May until Octo- 
ber, from November to January from the N., and during the other 
3 months, February, March, and April, from the E. The same fre- 
quency ^\ the N. and NW. winds occurs in February and October, 
and that of the S. and SW. winds in the months of November. Decem- 
ber, and January. May is the month of the veering of the winds from 
E. to those o( SW., and October is the month wherein they change from 
SW. to those of the N. Cyclones are frequent in the months of July, 
August, September, and October. Continuous currents of wind and 
showers of rain from the third quadrant, known as "collas," occur in 
tin 4 months of June and July. 

Clouds. — The number of clouds increase progressively from the 
month of April until August, the cloudiest month, when they begin to 
diminish until April. March being- the clearest month of the whole year. 

The weather bureau of the islands, established May 22, 1901, has 
installed at the following points observations, which are regularly for- 
warded to military authorities and inspectors of customs daily: 



Station. 


Class. 


Longi- 
tude E.» 


Latitude 


Altitude. b 


Date of 
foundation. 




First 


o / 

121 33 
120 26 
120 35 
120 20 
120 53 

122 46 
125 
124 33 

122 35 

123 56 

124 50 
123 48 
12.'. 29 

125 35 

122 3 


O 1 

18 28 
16 34 
16 28 

16 4 
15 22 

11 35 

11 14 

11 2 

10 40 

10 IS 

10 8 

9 38 

9 47 

8 45 

6 54 


Feet 
19.6 
16.7 

4,783 
15.4 
91.8 


Meters. 

6 

5.1 
1,458 
4.7 
28 


Sept., 1901. 
Aug., 1901. 


San Fernando 


Rain station 

First 




Aug., 1900. 
June, 1901. 




do... 




Second 

do.... 


Sept., 1901. 
Do. 


Capiz 


Tacloban 


...do... 










First 


14.7 
13.2 
13. 2 
24.5 


4.5 
4 
4 
7.5 


Do. 


Doilo 


do 




Cebu 


...do 


Aug., 1901. 






Do. 




do 


Oct., 1901. 




Third 


16.4 


5 


Julv,1901. 






Sept. (non- 
official) . 


Zamboanga 


First.. 














'Approximate. 






b 


Above me 


in sea lev< 


Si. 



PHILIPPINE SEAS. 

The coast line of the Philippine Islands is stated at 11,444 m. The 
interisland waters within this line are comparatively shallow, rarely 
exceeding 500 fms.. and averaging about 75 fms. In the Bachi channel 
the N. boundary waters of the archipelago and the main thoroughfare 
of commerce between the Pacific Ocean and China Sea, the deepest 
soundings noted oil VArni (Batanes group), the E. landmark of 
entrance, is LOO fms. Balingtang, the parallel channel to the S. between 
the Batanes and Babuyanes groups, is equally shallow, the greatest depth 
on general charts being L50 fms., indicating a submarine plateau con- 
necting the Philippines with the archipelago of Japan, through For- 
mosa and the Liu Kin and Linschoten chains. The waters on the N. 
shore of Luzon range in depths from 41 to 100 fms. or less. From 
Dingala Bay, Pacific coast of Luzon, on the parallels of 15° to 15° 20' 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 15 

NE., a line of soundings (meridian 121° 20' E.) begins at 103 fms. 10 

m. oli' the coast, deepening to 3.260 fms. (19,560 ft.) at Ion. 127 c 30' 
E. On the S. the hydrographic conditions of the X. are substantially 
repeated in the Celebes and Sulus seas. The former, however, shows 
great depth. 1.853 to 2,760 fms. in the center, shallowing to 140 fms. 
toward the Celebes chain on the E., which connects that group with 
Mindanao (Davao). and shallower toward the Sulu Archipelago on the 
W. These patches of land form a continuous chain between NE. 
Borneo and Zamboanga (SW. Mindanao). The Celebes and Sulu 
waters mingle through the straits of Basilan. Sibutu. Alice, and a 
score less spacious and rarely exceeding 60 falling to 6 fms. depth. 
The Sulu Sea between the Sulu Archipelago on the E. and Balabac, 
Palawan. Calamian. and Busuanga, the visible landmarks in the hidden 
range on the W., between NW. Borneo aud Mindoro, is a shallow 
body of water averaging from 50 to 250 fms. The Mindoro (Apo) 
and Balabac straits, besides several small intermediate channels through 
which pass the interchanging waters of this and the China seas, rarely 
reach 50 fms.. except in the Mindoro Strait, where 1.000 fms. depths 
occur in isolated patches. These submarine chains and numerous 
uplifting islands, separated by shallow waters, establish the geograph- 
ical relations of the Philippine Islands with the great archipelago 
(Eastern) of Asia rather than with Oceania. The China Sea. which 
extends along the entire western coast of the archipelago for a distance 
of 50 m. offshore, seldom exceeds 50 to 300 fms., except at the entrances 
to Mindoro Straits. 2.210 to 2.S65 fms.. Verde Passage 1.339 to 1,3T0 
fms.. and Lingayen Gulf 1,123 to 1,707 fms. The Visayan Sea, taking 
in all the waters surrounding the many islands, large and small, under 
that group, ranges in depth from 20 to 360 fms., with numerous shoals 
and rocks submerged and awash. The Mindoro Sea, the N. waters of 
the Sulu, ranges from 100 to 500 fms. except among the Cuyos Islands, 
where it shallows below 48 fms. 



BAYS AND HARBORS. 

There are numerous gulfs, bays, coves, ports, and harbors affording 
commercial and coastwise advantages unsurpassed in the Far East. 
Among the larger gulfs and bays may be mentioned the following in 
their order of importance: 

Manila, the principal bay of the archipelago, and one of the finest in 
the E.. occupies a strategic position, in peace or war, about the center 
of the Western or China Sea. coast of Luzon. It is beautiful, expan- 
sive, and clear of obstructions, with excellent anchorage. The capital 
of the United States possessions in the Far fastis situated on its shore, 
a- also Cavite, the United States arsenal in the Philippines. It is sur- 
rounded by 5 provinces. (See Manila Bay, municipality of Manila.) 

StJBic lies immediately N. of Manila Bay. It is 6 m. between heads 
and 8 m. inland, forming 2 safe harbors, with 7 to 10 fms.. and shel- 
tered from all winds. 

LlNGAYiSN, a gulf X. of Subic Bay. on the same coast, with an 
entrance 20 m. wide, extending inland 31 m., and having a depth and 
shelter for the fleets of the world. It washes the shores of 3 provinces, 
and its chief landmark, Mount Sto. Tomas, to the E., is T.4ls ft. high. 

Lam6n, on the N. const of Tayabas, S. Luzon. 45 m. wide at the 
mouth, and 35 m. inland, with a good depth of 10 to 75 fms. well 



16 GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

sheltered by Polillo and other islands of some size, capable of accom- 
modating a large fleet. 

Tai ibas, on the opposite shore, 50 m, between heads and 18 m. 
inland, reduces the peninsula of Luzon to a narrow neck o\' but J? m. ' 
from bay to bay. 

RAGAY, another large indentation of the S. coast, forms between the . 
peninsula o( Tayabas and A.mbos Camarines, being 26 m. between 
heads and extending 52 m. inland. 

Balay an. and Batangas, separated from it by a narrow peninsula 
on the S. roast of Batangas, Luzon, also afford spacious facilities for 
vessels of all sizes. On the same coast. 

Soesogon, in the province of the same name, extends L9 m. inland to 
Sorsog6n, the capital. On the opposite or Pacific shore is the expan- 
sive bay o(. 

Lagonoy, which is i ; n' m. between heads and lies along the coast of 
Ambos Camarines and Albay. 

A i. hay is also an important bay in the province of the same name 
immediately S. of Lagonoy. 

A Mi) forms a deep bight on the S. coast of Masbate, 20 m. between 
heads and 23 m. inland. 

Cabigara, on the N. coast of Leyte, is connected by means of the 
Janabatas channel on the strait of San Juanico, between Leyte and 
Sarnar, with the Pacific. Bay of San Pedro, and San Pablo. 

Sogod is an important ba}^ on the S. coast of Le} T te, 11 m. between 
heads and 20 m. inland. 

Sindangak, Iligan, Macajalar, and Butuan on the N., and Davao, 
Sarangani, Ili.ana. and SiBUGUEYon the S. coasts of Mindanao, are 
among the finest of the land-locked coast waters of the archipelago. 

In addition to these bays are numerous well-sheltered straits afford- 
ing secure anchorages against winds which frequently blow with 
violence across these islands. Among these ma} r be particularly men- 
tioned that of Sax Bernardino, between Luzon and Samar; the 
Verde Passage, between Batangas and Mindoro; Daram, between 
Samar and Biliran and Leyte; Ieoilo, passing that important city; 
Tav'>n. between Cebu and Negros; Balabac, between that island and 
Borneo; Subigao, between Leyte and Surigao, Mindanao, and Basilan, 
between the island of that name and Zamboanga, Mindanao. 

A number of line bays and harbors of small dimensions form among 
the numerous islands adjacent to the mainland, and particularly in the 
Sulu Archipelago. These and a large number of smaller bays and 
harbors afford shelter and commercial facilities along the coasts of the 
Pacific the Celebes, Sulu. China, Mindanao, Visayan, and Mindoro 
seas. 

A number of surveys and reconnoissances have been made and are 
being continued of bays and harbors. Tidal observations are being 
recorded, geographic positions located, and magnetic variations deter- 
mined, under the Manila suboffice of the United States Coast and 
Geodetic Survey. 

ROADS AND COMMUNICATIONS. 

The ways of communication between the provinces, towns, and vil- 

on the different Islands of the archipelago are by cart road, horse 

trail, or footpath. On the island of Luzon, Manila is the center of a 

system of intercourse by highways constructed with an idea to con- 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 17 

tinuous lines of trade and transportation. While these lines are given 
in some detail in the descriptions of tiie provinces, among the great lines 
of intercourse by land ma} r be mentioned the main highway which 
leaves Manila, and, passing through Bulacan and Bacolor, divides a 
short distance beyond the latter point, one line following the course 
of the Grand Pampanga River toward the NE. after entering Nueva 
Vizcaya, crossing to the headwaters of the Grand Cagayan River, the 
course of which stream it follows to the N. to Aparri on the N. coast 
of Luzon. At the point N. of Bacolor another main line extends in a 
NW. direction to Lingayen, from whence another main highway par- 
allels the entire N. stretch of Chinese seacoast to Cape Bojeador, the 
extreme NW. corner of the island, thence by horse path following 
the N. coast to Aparri. From these trunk lines extend branch roads, 
horse trails, and footpaths to the towns in the interior or into the 
adjacent provinces. 

Another main line leaving Manila to the S. parallels the coast of 
Laguna de Bay, making almost the entire circuit of that inland body 
of water. 

At Biilang a highway leaves the main line and extends to the SW. of 
the Balayan Ba} T on the S. coast. At Calamba another road branches 
off and connects Laguna de Bay with Batangas, on the ba} 7 of that 
name, on the S. shore. At Santa Cruz another branch road extends 
into Tayabas, and continues as a highway, horse path, or trail the 
entire length of the peninsula of SE. Luzon, terminating at Sorsogon 
in the extreme SE. From this central line roads, paths, or trails branch 
in every direction to the towns on the different ba\^s, ports, and har- 
bors on the Pacific and Visa}^an seasides. 

Manila is connected with Dagupan by railroad, the only one in the 
island. From this point an extension is projected, paralleling the 
China seacoast to Laoag, the capital of Ilocos Norte, the extreme NW. 
province of Luzon, and another from Dagupan to Baguio in Benguet. 
Another line is plotted from Manila along the Pasig River and Laguna 
de Bay to Santa Cruz in Laguna. At Calamba a branch is proposed 
to connect with Batangas on that bay on the S. side. A steam tram- 
way extends from Manila to Malabon. In Cebu two private lines 
connect certain mines. All these franchises are held under Spanish 
grants. 

An expert estimate gives 1,000 m. of railroads as sufficient to meet 
all requirements of the islands for some } r ears, at a cost of $35,000,000. 
This project includes a trunk line 600 m. through the Rio Grande de 
Cagayan Valley and the entire length of Luzon; an extension of the 
existing Manila and Dagupan Railroad to the N., along the China sea- 
coast provinces of Union, Ilocos Sur, and Norte, 200 m., to Laoag, the 
capital of the latter; a cross-island (E. and W.) line with Manila as its 
starting point about 100 m.; an extension of the Manila and Dagupan 
Railroad to Baguio Benguet, the proposed sanitarium, 55 m., and 
short feeders to the main line as the productive development of the 
country will warrant. 

All the provinces of Luzon are well supplied with roads where pro- 
duction and trade has warranted their construction. The circuit of 
the entire seacoast of Negros is paralleled by a tine highway broken 
at short intervals by horse paths. The opposite coasts at several 
points are also connected by horse paths. The coast line of Cebu is 
also followed by highways and footpaths. 

S. Doc. 280 2 



L8 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



Bohol baa several tim^ roads, and all of tin* towns are connected by 

horse paths. In the other islands roads are scarce 4 , transportation of 
products being carried on by means of a few trails and native boats on 
the navigable streams. The latter means of communication is particu- 
larly extensive in Samar, Leyte, Panay, and Mindanao. The Pasig 
River is the channel of an extensive trade between the .Manila Bay and 
Laguna de Bay. 

Among the islands of the Sulu Archipelago, and those adjacent to 
the coasts o( the larger islands, trade is carried on by means of cascos 
and smaller craft. 

POSTAL SERVICE. 

The Post-Office Department of the United States maintains a general 
supervision over the Philippine service. It has been the policy to 
establish regular offices with an experienced American in charge 
wherever the amount of business to be expected or the mail to be 
handled justified the expenditure. At the smaller military posts sub- 
stations of the nearest office have been established when requested by 
the commanding officer, who designated some one, unsalaried, to be 
supplied with stamp stock. There were 35 of these substations June 
30, L901. The mails by water are carried under the Spanish law 
requiring all steamers not undei contract to run on set schedules to carry 
mails free of charge. In March, 1901, a weekly service was established 
between Dagupan and Baguio Benguet; and subsequently increased 
to semiweetdy. All other mails are carried by army transportation. 
District commanders have established routes for the convenience of 
military posts. Through the machineiT of the Quartermasters Depart- 
ment, under an arrangement with the chief of the division, surplus 
postal and money-order funds are transmitted to Manila. During the 
fiscal year 1900-1901 remittances to the United States in settlement of 
balances on money-order account aggregated $1,259,950.66. 

The postage rate of 1 cent gold per half ounce instead of 2 cents 
per ounce on letters to island points, adopted after American occupa- 
tion, is continued. With this exception, United States postage rates 
and conditions are in force. 

Total receipts from till sources, 1900-1901 $122,832.63 

T< »tul expenditures, 1 900-1901 159, 028. 51 



Total deficit 36, 195. 88 

List of post-offices. 



Town. 


Province or island. 


Town. 


Province or island. 




Bataan. 

Pampanga. 

Cagayan. 

Hegroe Occidental. 

Bataan. 

BatangaS. 

Pangasinan. 

Minimis. 
Laguna. 

Samar. 

Cavite. 

Cebd. 

Corregidor island. 

Pangasinan. 

Bataan. 

Panay. 

.[..16. 

[locos Norte. 

Albay. 

Pangasinan. 










Hat a An. 








Bacolod* 




















Orion 






Pasig . . . 


Rizal. 




Pilar 








Do. 


Cavite 11 




Pampanga. 

I'nion. 
Nueva Eclja. 
Laguna. 


Cebu* 


San Fernando* 

San [sidro* 

Santa Cruz* 

Sorsogon 

Tacloban* 






Sorsog6n. 


Iloilo* 


Leyte. 


Jolo* 


Vigau* 


1 locos Snr. 


] 


Virac* 


Catanduanes Islands. 
Zamboanga. 


Linga) en .... 









« Denotes money-order offices authorized to issue and pay money orders. 



GAZETTEER OE THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



19 



Mails. — In the movement of the mails the time in transit from New 
York to San Francisco is 9S hours, the average time from San Fran- 
cisco to Hongkong is 29 days, and the average time from San Francisco 
to Manila direct is 30 days. All mail for the Philippine Islands from 
the United States is forwarded to Manila, that being the sole office of 
distribution. Mail from the United States for the Philippines is not 
sent via Europe unless it is specially addressed "Via Europe/' 

As the establishment of regular postal transportation between the 
islands becomes more necessary with the return of normal conditions 
measures for the extension of service receive consideration from the 
postal authorities at Washington. The importance of a more direct, 
speedy, and regular communication with the Philippine Islands is fully 
recognized. It is proposed to provide such communication by forming 
connections with the mail service to Chinese and Japanese ports as the 
commercial advantages and general interests of the country offer 
inducements for the necessary outlay. 

UNITED STATES TRANSPORT COMMUNICATION. 

The direct means of steam intercourse between the United States 
and the Philippine Islands is by United States Army transports plying 
via the Pacific (W.) route from San Francisco, touching at Hawaii, 
Guam to Manila, average voyage 30 days; or, via the Atlantic, Suez 
Canal (E.) route, from New York, touching at Malta, Suez, Aden, 
Colombo, and Singapore, average voyage 45 days. 

ROUTES AND FARES TO UNITED STATES POSSESSIONS IN ASIA. 

The Trunk Line Association (passenger department), upon the 
acquisition of the Philippine Islands and the extension of the sphere of 
United States influence to eastern Asia, adopted a schedule of domestic 
trans-Pacific fares one way and also world-round trip, both from New 
York. This movement was supplemented b} T the Pennsylvania Rail- 
road Company with a schedule of ci round-the-world routes" at min- 
imum through rates, with stop-over privileges for the convenience of 
the traveling public, officers of the Army and Navy of the United 
States going or returning, and commercial travelers in the exploitation 
of American trade. The following Trunk Line Association tariff, 
superseding all others, went into effect June 1, 1901. While subject 
to change it may be relied upon as a basis of reliable information. 

Domestic trans-Pacific one-way (firough fares from New York. 



Via all authorized all-rail routes to San Francisco, thence via 
Pacific Mail Steamship Co., Occidental and Oriental Steam- 
ship Co., or Toyo Risen Kaisha (Oriental Steamship Co.), or to 
Tacoma, thence via Northern Pacific Steamship Co. 



Yok< »hama. Japan 

Kobe (Hiogo) , Japan 

Nagasa k i . Japan 

Shanghai. China 

Honerkonsr. China (British) 

Manila, Philippine Islands (United States), via Hongkong, via 
Toyo Risen Raisha. or Nippon Yusen Raisha or China-Manila 
Steamship Co., or Indo-China Navigation Co.'s regular service, 





Servants, 


First cabin, 


other than 


with rirst- 


Asiatic. 


class ac- 


with first- 


commoda- 


class ac- 


tion over- 


commoda- 


land. 


tion over- 




land. 


1278.50 


$211.85 


285.70 


216.65 


296.50 


223. 85 


303. 50 


228.50 


303.50 


228. 50 


339.50 


264. 50 



»Steerage, 
with sec- 
ond-class 
accommo- 
dation 
overland. 



§152. 75 
1.56. 35 
162.35 
167. 75 
167.75 



>>203.75 



•Via Pacific Mail Steamship Co.. Occidental and Oriental Steamship Co., and Toyo Risen Raisha 
(Oriental Steamship Co)., only. 
b First-cabin passage beyond Hongkong. 



20 GAZETTEER OV THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Domestic tratis- Pacific one-\oay through fares from New York Continued. 



Francisco, thence via Pacific Mail Steamship Co. or Oceanic Steam 

BhipCo. to Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands 

i Francisco, thence via oceanic Steamship Co. t<> Pago Pago, Samoan 
Nlan«l- 



Firstcabin, 
with first - 


Servants, 

With first- 


class ac- 
commoda- 
tion over- 
land. 


class 11C- 

(■(.iiiin illa- 
tion over- 
land. 




9128.60 


228. 75 


ITS. 75 



BASIS FOR THROUGH FARES FROM NEW YORK IN CONNECTION WITH ROUND-TRIP 
FARES FROM 1'ACIFIC COAST TO TRANS-PACIFIC DESTINATIONS. 

Through fares t.. be made as follows: 

For one-way overland passage to the Pacific coast and round-trip steamship passage beyond: 

Add current one-way first-class fare applying via route selected to San Francisco or Tacoma to s'team- 
Bhip fare quoted herein beyond. 

(6) For round-trip overland passage to the Pacific coast and round-trip steamship passage beyond: 
Add current it-months Pacific-Coast tourist fare applying via route selected to San Francisco or Tacoma 
to Bteamship fare quoted herein beyond. 

Tickets to be issued us follows: 

fa) Regular one-way first-class ticket via route selected to San Francisco or Tacoma and exchange 
order on steamship line for round-trip ticket thence to trans-Pacific destination and return to port of 
embarkation. 

(6) Regular 9-months Pacific-coast tourist ticket via route selected to San Francisco or Tacoma and 
exchange order on steamship line for round-trip ticket thence to trans-Pacific destination and return 
to port of embarkation. 

The contract and coupons Of ticket and the exchange order of Pacilic-coast tourist ticket must be 
stamped or plainly faced in ink ,- Trans ■Pacific." 

Routes. — Tickets to San Francisco or Tacoma will be issued via routes over which one-way fits' -class 
tickets and Pacilic-coast tourist tickets are regularly sold. 

/.//////.-•.—Same time limit to apply to San Francisco or Tacoma as authorized tor regular one-way 
first-class tickets and Pacific- coast tourist tickets to those points. 

Passengers desiring orders for 12-months round-trip steamship tickets who will not return within 9 
months (final limit on Pacific-Coast tourist tickets) must purchase one-way tickets overland as no 
extension of the regular '."-months limit on Pacilic-coast tourist tickets will be allowed. 

Children, baggage, and letter of advice subject to conditions similar to one-way fares. 

Round-trip basing fares and regulations from Pacific coast. 



From San Francisco, via Pacific Mail Steamship Co., Occi- 
dental and Oriental Steamship Co , or Toyo Kiscn Kaisha 
(Oriental Steamship Co.); from Tacoma, via Northern 
Pacific Steamship Co. 



Yokohama,. Japan 

Kobe j Hiogo i, Japan 

Nagaski, Japan 

Shanghai, China 

Hongkong 

Manila. Philippine Islands, via Hongkong {set steamship 

companies, Hongkong to Main la, one way] 

From San Francisco, via Pacific Mail Steamship Co., or Oceanic 

mship Co., to Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands 

From San Francisco via Oceanic steamship Co., to Pago 
i, Samoan Islands 



First cabin. 



Four Twelve 
months, months. 



8300. 00 
310.80 
327. 00 
337.50 
337. 50 

397.50 

125.00 

i»225.00 



3350. 00 
360.80 
377. 00 
393.75 
393. 75 

453. 75 



■_-.Ml.OU 



Servants other than 

Asiatic. 



Four Twelve 
months, months. 



3200. 00 
207.20 
218.00 
225. 00 
225.00 

285.00 

■83. 33 



8233. 35 
210.55 
251.35 
202. 50 
262. 50 

322. 50 



■Via Pacific Mail Steamship Co. or Oceanic Steamship Co. only. 

'Three months limit. 



Meal« and berth on trans-Pacific steamers included in above fares. 

Children 5 years of ageand under i_. half-fare through to trans-Pacific destination: under 6 years 
of age, free to San Francisco or Tacoma. On trans-Pacific steamers, children 2 years of age and under 
5 will be charged quarter-fare; under •_• years of age free. One child only under •_■ years of age will be 
carried free with each family, and additional children under that age will be charged quarter-fare. 

Servant-' fares are applicable only to bona tide servants accompanying their employers. 

ants win be berthed and served with meals according to snip's regulations. 

Asiatic tare- are applicable only to Japanese, Chinese, and other regular Asiatics. 
Differential deductions do not apply to above fares. 

Regular one-way first or second class tickets to be issued to Ban Francisco or Tacoma, and 
exchange order on Steamship line for ticket thence to trans- Pacific destination. 
'I he contract and coupon-, of ticket must be 'tamped or plainly faced in ink " Trans- Pacific." 

- i or Tacorna will be issued via routes over which one-way tickets 
• ..ciriy sold. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 21 

Limits.— Same time limit to apply to San Francisco or Tacoma as authorized for regular one-way 
tickets to those points. 

Baggage.— 350 pounds of baggage will be checked free to San Francisco or Tacoma on each whole 
ticket and 175 pounds on each half ticket. Excess baggage will be charged for at regular excess-bag- 
gage rates. 

On trans-Pacific steamers 350 pounds of baggage will be checked free for each adult first-cabin 
passenger, 250 pounds for each servant, 175 pounds for each second-cabin, intermediate, or steerage 
passenger, and proportionately for children. 

Baggage must be checked only on tickets and exchange orders of Trunk Line issue. 

Baggage must not be checked beyond San Francisco or Tacoma, where passenger must arrange for 
its transfer to the steamship. 

Stop-overs.— First-cabin passengers will be allowed stop-overs at intermediate ports en route. 

First-cabin passengers for points beyond Honolulu via San Francisco and Pacific Mail Steamship 
Company. Occidental and Oriental Steamship Company, or Toyo Risen Kaisha (Oriental Steamship 
Company) will be accorded a stop-over at Honolulu and other ports en route, and may proceed thence 
without "extra charge, by a steamer of any of those lines. The stop-over at Honolulu via Occidental 
and Oriental Steamship Company, or Toyo Kisen Kaisha (Oriental Steamship Company,)- is limited 
to 30 days. 

Letter of advice attached to the exchange order for steamship ticket must be properly filled out 
and immediately forwarded as directed therein. 

The following'is the list of scheduled connecting lines beyond Manila. 

Toyo Kisen Kaisha, Nippon Yusen Kaisha, China and Manila Steamship Company, or Indo-China 
Navigation Company, regular service, Manila to Hongkong; Peninsular and Oriental Steam Navi- 
gation Company, Hongkong to London (via Singapore, Penang, Colombo, Aden, Port Said, Brindisi, 
Marseilles, and Plymouth) : American Line (via Southampton or Cherbourg); Anchor Line (via Glas- 
gow or Londonderry); Atlantic Transport Line (via London); Compagnie Generale Transatlantiquc 
(via Havre); Cunafd Line (via Liverpool); Hamburg-American Line (via Plymouth, Hamburg, or 
Cherbourg): North German Lloyd Steamship Company (via Southampton): Red Star Line (via Ant- 
werp), or White Star Line (via* Liverpool), London to New York (direct), total rate §642 (add $36 
Manila to Hongkong). Or by North German Lloyd Steamship Company, Hongkong to London 
(via Singapore, Colombo, Aden, Suez, Port Said, Naples, Genoa, and Southampton), or by Messageries 
Maritimes, Hongkong to Paris (via Saigon, Singapore, Colombo, Aden, Suez, Port Said, Alexandria, 
and Marseilles); Compagnie Generale Transatlantique, Paris to New York (via Havre). 

Under this system tickets are sold at all principal ticket offices of the Pennsylvania Railroad for 
round-the-world tours, covering transportation via any authorized rail route from New York to San 
Francisco or Portland, except that San Francisco tickets can not be issued via Canadian Pacific or 
Minneapolis, St. Paul and Sault Ste. Marie (Soo Line) railways and Portland. From San Francisco 
a choice of twelve routes is offered to Chinese, Philippine, Indian, and South Pacific points and thence 
back to New York. The overland portions of these tickets have all the privileges of unlimited first- 
class tickets. 

CABLE AND TELEGRAPH COMMUNICATION. 

The Signal Corps of the Arrrry has built and laid about 9,000 m. of 
telegraph lines and submarine cables in the Philippines since the occu- 
pancy by the Army of the United States to December 14, 1901. Very 
long stretches of lines were either recovered, abandoned, or destro} r ed, 
partly through hostile operations by the insurgents, and partly because 
extensive field lines were constructed and necessary only for offensive 
military operations. On June 30, 1901, there were 1,851 m. of Signal 
Corp telegraph lines and 719 m. of Signal Corps cables in operation in 
the Philippines, connecting 310 telegraph offices. There were also 360 
local telephones in use at detached posts, giving a total of 700 offices, of 
which all except 10 were in communication with Manila and the general 
system. The telegraph system on December 11, 1901, embraced 30 
separate military cables, with a total length of 1,327 m., and 4,983 m. 
of military telegraph lines, the whole system aggregating 6,210 m. of 
lines and cables. These afford the means of prompt communication, 
and consequent executive control from Aparn and Bangui, on the N. of 
Luzon, to the island of Siasi, in the extreme S., and connecting all the 
important islands of the archipelago except Palawan and Romblon. 
Over this system an average of upward of 10,000 official messages, 
civil and military, have been handled daily for many months. The 
operators of both cables and land lines are at present enlisted men of 
the Signal Corps. The linemen in some cases are natives, and schools 
have been opened for the instruction of Filipinos as operators. Com- 
mercial business at 123 offices, in addition to military, is now transacted 
at 203 of the offices on the Signal Corps lines, which thus serve as 
feeders to the commercial cables. 



22 



GAZETTEER <>K THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



1. 1st of stations on milUnru telegraph lines in (he Philippine Tsiands doing commercial 

business. 

[Circular No. 80, series 1901, Headquarters Division of the Philippines.] 



Tom n. 



\ 

Alaminos. 
Angeles . . 

Aparrl 

Argao 

Atimonan 
Baedlod .. 



Province. 



Bagulo 

BaDuag 

Bais 

Banate 

Bangued 

Barotac Nuevo . 

Base? 

Batangas 

Bautista 

Baybay 

Binalbagan 



Bugason 

Bulacan 

Cabanatnan 

Cahanealan 



Leyte , 

Zambales 

Pampanga 

Cagayan 

Cebu 

Tayabas 

Nfmos Occi- 
dental. 

Benguel 

Bnlacan 

Negros Oriental. 

Iloilo 

Ahra 

Iloilo 



Cabatuan 

Cagayan 

Calamba 

Calbayotr 

Calivo 

Calnmpil 

Cand6n 

Capiz 

Carigara 

Catbalogan .. 

Cavite 

Cavite Viejo. 

Cebd 

Colasi 

Dagupan 

Dalaguete ... 

Dao 

Dinalnpljan . 

Dingle 

Dulag 

Dumaguete.. 
Dumanjuc... 

Dmnarao 

Escalante . .. 



Qerona 

Ouijulugan.. . 
Guinayangan 
Bumingan . . . 

[be 

Ibajay 

Uagan 

[llgan 

Iloilo 

IlllUS 

[nopacan 

Irim 

babela 



Wo 

Jaro 

Do 

Jold 

La Carlota. 



La 'n'-t'llaua. 



Batangas 

Pangasinan ... 

Leyte 

Negros Occi 

dental. 

Antique 

Bulacan 

Nueva Ecija... 

Negros Occi- 
dental. 

Iloilo 

Misamis 

Lagnna 



Island. 



Capiz 

Bnlacan .. 
Ilocos Sur 

Capiz 

Leyte 



Cavite 
do 



Antique 

Pangasinan ... 



Capiz 

Bataan 

Iloilo 

Leyte 

NegrosOriental 



C&piz 

N euros Occi- 
dental. 

Tarlac 

Negros Oriental 
Tayabas 

Nueva Keija... 

Zambales 

( Tipiz 

Isabels 

Misainis 

Iloilo 

Cavite 

Leyte 

Camarinee Mir 
Negros Occi* 
dental. 

....do 

Iloilo 

....do 

Leyte 

Occi- 
dental. 

....do 



Leyte. 

Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Cebu. 
Luzon. 

Negros. 

Luzon. 

Do. 

Negroa 
Panay. 

Luzon. 
Panay. 
Samar. 

Luzon. 

Do. 

Leyte. 

Negros. 

Panay. 

Luzon. 
Do. 
Negros. 

Panay. 

Mindanao. 

Luzon. 

Samar. 

Panay. 

Luzon. 

Do. 
Panay. 
Leyte. 
Samar. 
Luzon. 

Do. 
Cebu. 
Panay. 
Luzon. 
Cebn. 
Panay. 
Luzon. 
Panay. 
Leyte. 
Negros. 
Cebn. 
Panay. 
Negros. 

Luz6n. 
Negros. 

Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 
Panay. 
Luzon. 
Mindanao. 

Panay. 

Luzon. 

Leyte. 

Luzon. 

Negros. 

Do. 

Panaj . 

Leyte. 
.loin. 

Negros. 

Do. 



1'oW II. 



Lal-16 .... 

Laoag 

Legaspi... 

Liloan 

Lingayen. 
Lipa...... 

Loon 

Lueena... 
Maasin .. . 
Malabang 
Malolos . . 
Manapla . 



Manila 

Matalom 

Miagao 

Misamis 

Naga 

N&ic 

Namacpacan . . 
Nueva Caceres. 

Olongap6 

Ormoc 

Oslob 

Oton 

Palo 

Pandan 

Parang Parang. 

Pasacao 

P&sig 

Passi 

Pototan 

Rosales 

San Antonio 

San Carlos 



San Fernando... 

Do 

San Isidro 

Do 

San Joaquin 

San Jose de Bue- 
na Vista. 

Santa Ana 

Santa Barbara... 
Santa Cruz 

Do 

Santo Tom As 

Sara 

Sibonga 

Silay 



Siniloan 

Solano 

Tacloban . . . 

Taguig 

Tanauan . . . 

TArlac 

Tayabas 

Tayug 

Tibiao 

Tigbauan... 

Tucuran 

Tuguegarao 
VaTladolid . 



Province. 



Cagayan.... 

Ilocos Nolle 

Albay 



Pangasinan 

Batangas... 



Tayabas 
Leyte... 



Bnlacan 

Negros Ooc 
dental. 

City 

Leyte 

Iloilo 

Misamis 



Cavite 

Union 

CamarinesSur. 

Zambales 

Leyte 



Iloilo... 
Leyte... 
Antique 



CamarinesSur. 

Rizal 

Iloilo 

do.......... 

Nueva Ecija... 

Zambales 

Negros Occi- 
dental. 

Pampanga 

Union ., 

Nueva Ecija... 

Zambales 

Iloilo 

Antique 



Rizal 

Iloilo 

Laguna... 

Zambales. 
Batangas. 
Iloilo 



Negros Occi- 
dental. 

Laguna 

Nueva Vizcaya 

Leyte 

Rizal 

Leyte , 

Tarlac 

Tayabas , 

Pangasinan 

Antique 

Iloilo 



Valle Herrnosa .. . 

Vigan 

Zamboanga ... 



Cagayan 

Negros Occi- 
dental. 
NegrosOriental 
Ilocos Sur 



Island. 



Luzon. 
Do. 

Do. 

Cebu. 

Luzon. 

Do. 

Bohol. 

Luzon. 

Leyte. 

Mindanao. 

Luzon. 

Negros. 

Luzon. 

Leyte. 

Panay. 

Mindanao. 
Cebu. 

Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Leyte. 
Cebu. 
Panay. 
Leyte. 
Panay. 
Mindanao. 
Luzon. 

Do. 
Panay. 

Do. 
Luz6n. 

Do. 
Negros. 

Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
I 'ana v. 

Do*. 

Luzon. 
Panay. 
Luzon. 

Do. 
Do. 

Panay. 
Cebu. 

Negros. 

Luzon. 

Do. 
Leyte. 
Luzon. 
Leyte. 
Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 
Panay. 

Do. 
Mindanao. 
Luzon. 
Negros. 

Do. 
Luzon. y 
Mindanao. 



REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE TRANSMISSION OF MESSAGES. 



' ommorcial rnessatf^s originating at Manila, Iloilo. Cebu, or Bacolod will not be accepted for 
transmission between these points over military lines. Commercial messages arriving at any ol the 
station*- mentioned in this paragraph over military lines addressed to places where the Eastern 
Extension Australasia and China Telegraph Company hat offices will be transferred to that company 
if the sender has complied with tin- requirements oi paragraph 2 in regard to payment. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



23 



(2) Payment for all messages not sent on authorized public tmsiness over cable lines other than 
those of the military telegraph must be arranged for with the cable company by the persons .-ending 
such messages. 

(3) The following tariff (American currency) will be collected on messages transmitted over mili- 
tary lines in the Philippines: 

A. On messages transmitted between points on the same island, 2 cents per word. 

B. On messages transmitted between points on different islands. 4 cents per word. 

0. Press specials will be charged for at a rate of 1 cent per word between points on the same island 
and 2 cents per word between points on different islands. 

D. Messages to be prepaid and address and signature to be counted. 

E. The minimum charge on any message will be the regular tariff for 10 words. 

F. Messages tiled for transmission as official business over the Eastern Extension Australasia and 
China Telegraph Company's cables must bear proper official approval. 

i 4 1 Messages relating to public business from the following persons will be sent without charge, viz: 

Officers of the United States Government connected with the Military, Naval, Postal, and Marine- 
Hospital Service. 

The civil governor; the members of the United States Philippine Commission: the secretary of the 
commission: the auditor; the treasurer; the general superintendent of public instruction; the collec- 
tor of internal revenue; the chief justice of the supreme court; the director-general of posts; the 
chief of the forestry bureau: the chief of the bureau of mines; the captain of the port of Manila; col- 
lectors of customs at various uorts: the provincial treasurer of each province, and all messages 
countersigned by him relating to provincial business; division superintendents of schools in com 
municating with the general" superintendent of public instruction and the teachers under their 
charge, these messages as a rule not to contain more than 25 words. 

The military telegraph of the Philippine Islands will, for public business, be used only for the 
transmission of important messages of urgency which if sent by mail would probably result in detri- 
ment to the public interest. 

(6) Telegrams will be concise and so written that punctuation marks will not be required to in- 
sure understanding. All useless words will be omitted. The last name of the person addressed and 
of the sender of the message or the title of office will generally be sufficient. 

Messages in all cases will bear the name of the province in 'which the originating point is located, 
also province of station to which addressed, except in cases of leading commercial cities, such as 
Manila. Cavite. Dagupan, Vigan, Aparri, Batangas, etc. 

(~) Personal messages tiled by persons in the military and naval service of the United States and 
persons officially connected with the civil government of the islands will be charged for at the rate 
of 1 cent per word between points on the same island and 2 cents per word between points on dif- 
ferent islands. 

(8) The proceeds received by the various military telegraph offices will be turned into the insular 
treasury by the officials responsible therefor and accounts rendered monthly. 

List of United States military cables. 



Name. 



Provinces or islands. 



Calamba-Los Bahos Laguna, Luzon 

Calamba-Santa Cruz j do 

Calbayog-Catbalogan \ Daram Channel, Samar 

Calbayog-Palanog ' Samar to Masbate, Sea of Samar 

Calapan-Batangas Mindoro to Luzon, Visayan Sea 

Calapan-Boac Mindoro to Marinduque, Mindoro Sea 

Capiz-Milagros Panay to Masbate, Visayan Sea 

Catbalogan-Carigara Samar to Leyte, Carigafa Bay 

Cebu-Liloan Cebu , Mactah Straits 

Dumaguete-Misamis Negros to Mindanao, Sea of Mindanao 

Guinayarigan-Pasacao Tayabas to Ambos Camarines, Luzon, Gulf of Ragay 

Iligan-t ayag&n Misamis to Mindanao, Iligan Bay 

Jolo ( Sulu )-Siasi Jolo (Sulu) Archipelago, Sulu Sea 

Legaspi-Bacon Albay to Sorsogon, Luzon, Albay Gulf , 

Tacloban-Liloan-s&mar Leyte to Samar, San Pedro Bay' 

Liloan-Ormoc Cebu to Leyte, Visayan Sea . .'. 

Loon-Argao ; Bohol to Cebu, Sea of Cebii 

Maasin-Surigao Leyte to Mindanao 

Malabang-Paran Paran : Illana Bay, Mindanao 

Manila-Cavite Manila to Cavite, Manila Bay 

Misamis-Iligan Mindanao, Iligan Bay 

Misamis-Lintogo ! Mindanao, Panguil Bay 

Xaic-Corregidor j Cavite to Corregidor, Manila Bay 

Oslob-Dumaguete : Negros, Oriental, to Cebu, Sea of Cebu 

Palanog-Sorsogon ; Masbate to Luz6n, Visayan Sea and Sorsogon Bay . . 

Santa Cruz-Siniloan ' Laguna to Luzon. Laguna de Bay 

Tucuran-Malabang Illana Bay, Mindanao 

Tncnran-Zamboanga 

Zamboanga-Isabela 

Zamboanga-Jolo (Sulu) 



Total 



Celebes Sea, Mindanao 

Basilan Strait, Mindanao to Basilan. 
Jolo Sea, Mindanao to Jolo 



Distance. 



Miles. 



76. 
30. 
46. 
73 
44 
13. 

115. 
50 
60. 
50. 
•JO. 
1. 
70, 
14. 
55, 
25. 
8, 
31, 
22, 
14 
is 
63 
12 
50 

15S 
18 

101 



1,326.7 



All cable and telegraph lines in the Philippine Islands are under 
control of the United States Signal Corps, excepting telegraph line 
along Manila and Dagupan Railroad Company's tracks which this com- 
pany can use for its own (company's) purposes only, and the Eastern 
Extension Company's cables connecting Manila, Iloilo, Cebu, and 
Bacolod. 



24 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 



COMMERCIAL CABLES. 

In addition to the Signal Corps telegraph system, the islands of 
mi. Panax . Negros, and (Vim have stations of the cables of the 
Eastern Extension Australasia and China Telegraph ( Company approxi- 
mating 610 m. in Length, as follow-: 



Town. 


bland. 


Connection. 


Cebn 


Negros, occi- 
dental. 
Cebtl 


With the Island of Panay i Iloilo. Eastern Extension Australasia and 

china Telegraph Co. 
With the island of Panay (iloilo). Eastern Extension Australasia and 

china Telegraph Co. 
With island of NegTOS (BaCOlod). 
With island of (Vint (Cebn). 
With island of Bohol (Loon). 
With island of Leyte (Ormoc). 
With island of Mindanao to Cebn, or BaCOlod, Govornmont line to 

Dumaguete, Negros, and Government cable to Misamis, iligan, 

Cagayan, Zamboanga and Sulu. 
with island of Panay ( iloilo ). by Eastern Extension Australasia and 

china Telegraph Co. to Cebn, Government land line to Argao, and 

heliograph to Loon. 
With the island of Panay (Iloilo), Eastern Extension Australasia and 

China Telegraph Co. 
By Eastern Extension Australasia and China Telegraph Co. to Cebn 

and Government cable to Ormoc. 


Iloilo 


Panay 

Bohol 

Luzon 

Leyte 




Manila 

Ormoc 





Selected list of tariff to points over the Eastern Eodension Australasia and China Telegraph 

Company cables. 

[The rate in effect from Cebn or Iloilo to BaCOlod is 20 cts. per word.] 
FOREIGN. 



From Manila to — 



J Uatc pCT 

word, 

Mexican 
currency. 



Amoy, China 

Ceylon, India 

Cochin China. Asia 

Europe, nations of 

Fuchau, China 

Hongkong, China 

India 

Japan 

Java. Dutch Indies 

Other islands. Dutch Indies , 

New South Wales. Australia 

New Zealand 

I 'ek in. china 

Queensland, Australia 

Bhanghai, china 

Biam (via Cape St. James) 

Slam (via Moulmein) 

Singapore, straits Settlements 

TakU, China 

Tientsin, china 

Victoria. Australasia 

Visayas I Eastern Extension Australasia and china station i, Philippine Islands 
Western Australia, Australia 

UNITED stalks. 

California, San Francisco (other places) 

Columbia. District of, Washington (other places) 

Illinois, Chicago (other places) 

Louisiana, New Orleans 

Louisiana (other places) 

Maryland. Baltimore 'other j. laces i 

Massachusetts, Boston (other places) 

Missouri, st. Louis 

Missouri (other places) 

fork 

New York. New York City 

New York, Brooklyn 

Ohio. Cincinnati 

Portland 

Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 

Washington, Seattle 



90.90 

2. 43 

1.20 
3.15 

.90 

.60 
2.40 
2.10 
1.95 
2.15 
2.82 
2.91 
1.82 
2. 8,s 

.90 
1.38 
2. 85 
1.65 
1.22 
1.2*2 
2.79 

.'22 
2.76 



3. 62 



GAZETTEER OE THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 25 

POPULATION AND TOWNS. 

From the best complete official (Spanish census, 1887) and other 
sources of information, the total population of the Philippine Islands, 
as compiled in the subjoined table, is 6,975,073, and the total number 
of towns 1,137. The figures possibly under rather than over state the 
actual number of inhabitants, civilized and wild. It is inferred, the 
officials being obliged to return a peseta poll tax to the island govern- 
ment for each adult enumerated, that the number accounted for did 
not exceed the actual enumeration. In an exhibit of total population 
of June 1, 1900, including, along with continental United States, cer- 
tain outlying districts and recent insular accessions, the United States 
Census Office assigned to the Philippine Islands 6,961,339. The inde- 
pendent figures of the Division of Insular Affairs, based upon the 
popidation of 1887, official, and its own sources of information, with 
percentages of increase shown b} T the figures of 1876, 1877, 1879, pro- 
duced the results referred to in the exhibits, from which it will be 
seen that the aggregate reached b} T the Census Office and the Division 
ot Insular Affairs, embodied in the Annual Report of the Secretary of 
War. Appendix D, differ but 13,734. 

The proportion of qualified electors to inhabitants in the towns 
organized (to October 15, 1901), according to returns received from 
390 municipalities, showed a population of 2,695,801, with a total of 
49,523 qualified electors, or 18.37 electors per 1,000 inhabitants. Any 
person able to read and write the English or Spanish language and 
owning property to the value of $250 American currenc}^, or who paid 
annually taxes to the amount of $15, or who held municipal offices 
under the Spanish regime, was eligible to vote. In addition to the 
elective characteristics of the Filipino people, these figures afford 
some idea of their educational, realty, corporate, or social status. 

The Twelfth Census of the United States showed the following 
results: 

Population. 

Continental United States 75, 994, 575 

Philippine Islands 6, 961, 339 

Porto Rico 953, 243 

Hawaii 154, 001 

Alaska 63, 592 

Guam 9, 000 

American Samoa 6, 100 

Persons in military and naval service outside continental United States 91, 219 

United States 84, 233, 069 

A census of the Philippine Islands was in progress in 1896 when the 
insurrection broke out, and returns for over two-fifths of the popula- 
tion were found stored in Manila. These were tabulated and the 
foregoing estimate was based upon the result. 

The total population of the United States at the close of the nine- 
teenth century was 84,233,069. At the beginning of the century it 
it was about five and a third million. The nation, therefore, has grown 
nearly sixteenfold in one hundred years. 

POPULATIONS OF WORLD POWERS COMPARED. 

There are but two countries which now have a greater homogeneous 
population than the United States, viz, China and the Russian Empire. 
In bulk, however, China and the British Empire have each probaoly 
between 350,000,000 and 400,000,000, together nearly one-half of the 



26 GfrAZBTTBEH OF THE VIIILIPPINK islands. 

total population of the* (Mirth. The Russian Empire, with about 
131,000,000 people, 1ms been increasing during the century just closed 
with neater rapidity than any other European power. Its growth, 
Like that iA' tin 4 United States, has been through the natural increase 
of its population and great accessions of territory, It had about 
38,800,000 people in L800 and has increased more than three and a 
half times during the nineteenth century. 

France. Including its dependencies, is the fourth country of the 
world in order of population, with about 83,666,000 — almost the same 
Dumber as the United States. Of these over 25,000,000 are in African 
dependencies, nearly 17,000,000 in Asia, and 2,000,000 in Madagascar. 
These 5 most populous countries together include over two-thirds of 
the estimated population of the world, which is placed by the best 
authorities at between 1,500,000,000 and 1,600,000,000. 

PHILIPPINE POPULATION REPORTS COMPARED. 

Four reports of the entire population have been printed. The official 
count of 1887 appears to be continued by the civil count of the previous 
decade of I s 7 7 . These tigures (1887) give an aggregate of 6,985,000, 
as compared with 6,975,073 (Gazetteer). An approximation based 
on the supposition that about one-sixth part of the whole population 
paid tribute, gives a total of 7,451,352 but how ascertained is not 
stated. In some enumerations onty the subject and Catholic popula- 
tions are given and the heathen, Mohammedans, and independent 
tribes omitted. This, in a measure, will account for the random fig- 
ures indulged in by numerous writers, ranging from 5,000,000 to 
8,000,000 and even 10,000,000 inhabitants. Of the figures given, 
6,4*'>2.s75 may be regarded as correct as far as the Spanish census of 
population in the Philippines in 1887 can be so accepted. The esti- 
mated population not counted as official aggregates 512,298, taken from 
church and other responsible sources of information. 

TERRITORIAL AND POLITICAL DIVISIONS. 

There are six grand divisions possessing territorial contiguity and 
dominant racial and linguistic homogeneity, as follows: 

Luzon, N., Uocano-Pangasin&n; central, TagaTog; S., Vicol (Bidol), 
with numerous less progressive tribal offshoots of the same fusion of 
native and invading races. 

M i n i >.\ n a< ). Malay-Moro. 

Mindoko, Manguianes, chiefly, and of Mala} T an origin. 

Palawan. Tagbanuas and Mohammedan Malays. 

SULU, MoiOS, descendants of the Mohammedan invaders. 

Yisayas, Visayans. 

Un ASSIGN ED, Calamianes or Tagbanuas, Agutainos, and other off- 
shoots of Malay origin. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



27 



List of islands, provinces, and populations. 

[Under the Spanish census, 18S7, estimated population not counted, total population, and number of 
towns; also subdivided by provinces under the same classification.] 



Islands or groups 



Luzon 

Marinduque 

Mindanao 

Mindoro 

Palawan (Paragua) 
Sulu Archipelago. . . 

Visa van Islands 

Unaligned 



Total 



Sq. m. 

44, 253 

681 

46, 721 

4, 108 

5,037 

1,029 

25,302 

740 



127, 853 



1887 popu- 
lation, 
Spanish 
census. 



3, 679, 219 
48,000 
138, 924 
67, 656 
2,100 
22, 630 
2, 486, 205 
16, 338 



, 462, 875 



Estimated | 
population | Total 
not ! population, 
counted. ! 



356, 735 
38,544 
50, 250 



10,000 
8, 500 



3, 727, 488 

48,000 

495, 659 

106,200 

52, 350 

22, 630 

2,497,908 

24, 838 



512,298 , 6,975,073 



Towns. 



No. 



570 

6 

130 

19 

14 

14 

381 

3 



1,137 



Total population of the archipelago 6, 975, 073 

Total area sq. m. . 127, 853 

Number of inhabitants per sq. m 54. 55+ 



Islands and provinces. 


Area. 


1887 popu- 
lation, 
Spanish 
census. 


Estimated 

population 

not 

counted. 


Total 
population. 


Towns. 


Luzon 


Sq. m. 
44,235 


3,679,219 


48, 269 


3, 727, 488 


No. 
570 






1. Abra 


1,484 
997 
704 

3,161 
436 

1,108 
990 
480 
841 

5,031 

179 

81 

610 

1,265 
491 
877 
294 

5,395 
752 

1, 232 


41, 300 

195, 129 

33,010 

194, 022 

50, 761 

311, 180 

15, 175 

13, 985 

239,221 

85,408 

1,284 

8,776 

134, 569 

163, 349 

215, 792 

9,095 

1,700 

48,302 

169, 983 

16, 152 

30, 000 

« 250, 000 

420 

156, 610 

19, 379 

2,249 

223, 922 

302, 178 

4,100 

246,910 

98, 650 

89, 339 

109,780 

110, 164 

87,295 


2, 000 


43,300 
195, 129 

33, 010 
194, 022 

50, 761 
311, 180 

15, 175 

13,985 
239,221 

85, 408 

1,284 

9,675 

134,569 

163, 349 

215, 792 

9,095 

1.700 

48,302 
169, 983 

16, 152 

30, 000 

250, 000 

420 

156, 610 

58, 379 

2,249 

223, 922 

302, 178 

10, 470 
246, 940 

98, 650 

89, 339 
109, 780 
110.161 

87, 295 


11 


2. Albav 


23 






29 






44 






12 






22 


6. Benguet 




8 


7. Bon toe 


( a ) 


5 




25 






22 






5 


b. Batanes 


899 


8 


10. Cavite 


23 






15 


12. IlocosSur 




22 


13. Infanta 




2 


a. Polillo 




1 


14. Isabela 


( b ) 


22 




33 






3 






6 




20 

4 

3,840 

1,075 




1 






1 


18. Nneva Ecija 




28 


19. Nueva Yizcava 


39, 000 


8 








2,209 
1,316 
1,218 
1,048 

675 
1,295 
2,334 

867 
2,210 




25 


21. Pangasinan 




29 


22. Principe 


6,370 

( d ) 


7 


23. Rizal 


34 




16 


25. Tarlac 




17 


26. Tavabas 




23 






14 


2*. Zambales... 




26 








Marinduque 


681 


48,000 




48,000 


6 






Mindanao 


46, 721 


138, 924 


356, 735 


495, 659 


130 


1. Basilan 

2. Cotabato 


354 
8,344 
2,386 


( e ) 
4,148 
17,273 


8,000 


8,000 
4,148 
20, 273 


4 

6 


3. Dapitan 


3,000 


5 



'Total is estimated at 82,500, on account of the races scattered over the province. 

b An estimate of 14,000 for former comandancia of Saltan would make 62,302 for province not 
counted. 

c According to a late enumeration by the board of health of the city of Manila the population is 
over 280,000. 

d Population of former territory of Manila 200,000, towns 20; of M6rong 46,\>40. towns 11. 

•The Spanish census gives the enumeration 1,119; the church (1895) gives the enumeration 1,421 
the town of Isabela has an enumeration 6,000. (Eastern Arch., Pt. I.) Other expert authority, 8,000. 



L'S 



GAZKTTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



/ wlandtt j 



H'ttniK'fS, 



, and populations — Continued. 



[alandi nixi provinces. 


Arm. 


1887 popu- 
lation. 
Spanish 
census. 


Estimated 
population 

not 
counted. 


Total 
population. 


Towns. 


Mindanao Continued. 

• l( i 


So. hi. 
9, iTi 

8, iHH) 

.".. 879 
18,201 
8, 186 


' 


88,668 
100,000 
126,942 
85,125 

( c ) 


88, 66s 

100.000 

126.942 
85,125 
117,508 


No. 

21 






8 






117,508 


44 




30 




12 








4,108 


67, 656 


38,544 


106,200 


19 








5,037 


2,100 


50,250 


52,350 


14 








4,726 
264 

} « 


2, 100 


50,000 


50,000 
2,100 

250 


10 


2. Bal&bac 


3 




250 








i SI Michaels Islands 












1,029 


22, 630 


C) 


22, 630 










38 

72 
380 

77 
462 




'335 

'1,816 

'14,415 

'1,300 

'4,765 
















































25, 302 


2, 486, 205 


10,000 


2,497,908 


381 








1,614 
1,782 
4,214 

268 
1,315 

149 
f 3, 112 
I 1,742 
f 1,340 
J 1,661 

2, 102 

515 

5, 488 


260, 000 
518,032 
270, 491 

8 1,703 

21,366 

( h ) 

231,512 
140,498 
115,434 
224,000 
f 433,462 
\ * 38, 982 

55,339 
185, 386 




260, 000 
518,082 

270,491 

1,703 
21, 366 


37 


bn 




52 


8. Leyte 




50 


4. Masbate: 




1 






13 






4 


5. Negroe Occidental U- I>fmv , 




231,512 
140, 498 
115, 434 
224, 000 

462, 444 

55, 339 
195,886 


30 






gn ,s < >riental . . . / s 

:. Antique] 

* (Y, ' ,iz -- Pnnnv 


24 




51 




33 


L. 




9. Doilo 


48 


id. RombI6n 


j 


6 




10,000 


32 








740 


26, 338 


8,500 


24, 838 


3 








677 
63 


16, 338 




16, 338 

8. 500 


1 


2. Cuyoe 


8,500 


2 









Mil 1897 tli" population of Misamia as then constituted was 169,256. It is estimated that about one- 
fonrth of that number occupy the region outside the new boundaries, leaving the above number a 
fair estimate of the population within the new boundaries. 

•> The census of 1887 gave 67,760 population; official figures (1898) gave 85,125, exclusive of the wild 
i the mountains. 

•In 1897 an enumeration gave 19,503 Christians in Zamboanga and surrounding towns; 8,000 
Mohammedans, and 90,000 estimated in the unexplored regions of Sibuguey. 

• Official. 1887, certain towns. 5,985. Another authority (Arguelles, former governor) , Christians in 
N , 10,000; Mohammedans in s. .6,000. Other experts, 28,000 to 80,000. Population of native races esti- 
mated, Tagbanuas, 6,000; Negritos, 1,500; Manguianes, 4,000; Tandulanos, 1,500. A round estimate of 
50,000 may be regarded as conservative. 

• Official guide of the Philippines, 1897, population of Sulu Archipelago. 22,630. 

I Kern-iro gives these figures Of lighting men governed by datosor ranlimanes in the groups named. 
An expert estimate of a population of 200,000 In the archipelago of Sulu is given as not excessive. 

• Another authority gives the population at 11,000 in 1875. 

• Masbate. 
1 Thi- represents the population in 1897 of Concepcl6n district, now [loilo. 

The most conservative totals of population of the Philippine Islands 
foot up larger than any single State in the American Union, except 
N.-w York (7,268,012). 

Daring the Spanish domination there were two sources which at 
almo>t any time could be used to ascertain with sufficient accuracy for 
all practical purposes the number of inhabitants in the towns recog- 
nizing Spanish sovereignty. These were the assessment lists for 
tribute and the parochial records. The returns from these two sources 
\v<rc fairly accurate. It has been found, however, that those from the 
first generally fell below the facts, while those from the second source 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



29 



were in excess. Independently of these two regular sources of infor- 
mation, the Spanish Government took an official census in 1887, bear- 
ing the date of December 31. The published returns show evidence of 
having been compiled with some care, and as the enumeration districts 
were small there is no good reason to question the general accuracy 
of the results. Another official census was ordered for the year 1896, 
which was in progress when the last insurrection against Spain broke 
out. The work was in charge of the "centro de estadistica. " This 
census was never completed and never published, although the material 
compiled has been utilized in the tables given. 

PROGRESS OF PHILIPPINE POPULATION. 



The following table shows the progress of the Philippine population, 
including only the people who recognized Spanish rule, from 1735 to 
1896: 

Population of the Philippines at different periods. 

[Includes only the people who recognized Spanish rule.] 



Year. Population. 



Sources of information and remarks. 



1735 
1799 

1805 
1812 
1815 
1817 
1818 

1827 
1833 
1840 



1845 
1850 



1870 



1876 



1879 



1887 



1891 



837, 182 
1,522,224 

1,741,234 
1,933,331 
2,502,994 
2,062,805 

2,026.230 

2,593,287 
3,153,290 
3,096,031 



3,434,007 
3,800,163 



4,734,533 
4,698,477 



5, 567, 685 



5,817,268 



5,984,727 



6, 101, 682 



6,261,339 



Reports by various religious organizations. 

Compilation made by the city government of Manila from the tax rolls for the 
tribute (25 provinces). 

Same source; quoted by Buzeta, II, p. 53. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 

Same source: quoted by Buzeta, II, p. 53. This total is 80,602 less than that 
quoted by Buzeta, but it is the correct footing for the provinces reported. 

Sources unknown; quoted by Buzeta, ibid., who does not vouch for accuracy 

Same as for 1827. 

Special reports to the Guia de Forasteros de Manila, made by the local officials. 
Apparently very reliable. Buzeta gives this total as 3,209,077, or 113,046 more, 
of which 46 are clearly errors in addition and 113,000 probably an estimate of 
the "infieles." 

Special reports to the Guia de Forasteros. 

Sum of the figures given by Buzeta as the population of each province, probably 
on the basis of reports by the parish priests. The total quoted by Buzeta from 
the Guide for the same year is 3,815,874, which does not agree with his figures 
for the various provinces. 

Ecclesiastical census, published in the Guide, 1863. 

Reports by the civil authorities, compiled and published by Cavada, Historia 
Geografica, Geologica y Estadistica de Filipinas, Manila, 1876. If we include 
393,300, Cavada's estimate of the "infieles," the grand total is 5,091,777. An 
ecclesiastical census of the same year gives a total of 5,126,791, including the 
"infieles." 

Civil census quoted in the Guia Oficial for several years, see 1898. An ecclesi- 
astical census of about the same time gives a total of 5,570,779, to which might 
be added 602,853, the estimated number of "infieles," making a grand total of 
6,173,632. 

Ecclesiastical census published in the Guia de Filipinas for 1881; estimated num- 
ber of "infieles" was 632,645; grand total, 6,449,813. This was the census of 
which a manuscript copy was sent to Professor Blumentritt. Death rate in the 
same year was 106.3 per 1,000, against a birth rate of 43.4 per 1,000. 

Civil census. This was the only census ever taken independently of the tax 
rolls or the church records. Errors in computation in the published reports 
amounting to 504 have been corrected. Severe epidemic of cholera in 1882 
contributed, among other causes, to restrain the growth. 

From a table, dated Manila, Nov. 30, 1891, bearing the signatures of Manuel del 
Busto and Jose Gutierrez de la Vega, president ana vice-president, respectively, 
of the centro de estadistica. This table shows internal evidence of having been 
very carefully prepared and is apparently more reliable than any other report 
of the same period. Epidemic of cholera in 1889. 

Estimated on the basis of the partial census of 1896, it being assumed that the 
rate of increase found ia the 494 towns reported would hold good throughout 
the islands. 



The deduction which can be drawn from the foregoing figures is the 
slow growth of the population. 

The following is another table which gives, by provinces, the popu- 
lation in the years 1818, 1840, 1850, 1870, and 1887; also for 1901 
(estimated): 



30 



GAZETTEER OF TIIK PHILll'PINK ISLANDS. 



l'i>f,ni,iti,,i), by provinces, according to five reliable reports. 



Provinces, 


L8M 


1840, 


I860. 

B1.816 
288,176 


1870. 


1887. 

41,818 
b 206, 689 


Gasetteer 

1901 

estimate, 


A bra 






86,090 

» 220, 828 


43, 300 
228 139 


Albay 


92, 666 


115,808 


Ambureyan (I locos sun 




Antique 


60, 697 


is m 


B4.570 


108,856 
1,650 

86, 0S6 

8, 326 

211, 7S2 

523 

( c ) 

• 153,784 

10,131 

214,507 

791 

71,657 


115,434 

2,110 

50, 781 

10,517 

311,180 

1,119 

16,234 

o216,522 

13,985 

239,221 

1,708 

96, 357 


115, 134 
2, 100 
50, 761 


Balabac 


Bataall 


28, B98 


39,002 

8. 0(H) 

170,282 


89, 008 

8,000 

221,021 


Batanea 


BatangftS 


112,120 


311 ISO 


Basilan 


8, IX)0 

15,175 

260, 000 

18 985 


Benguet 








Bobol 


C) 


CM 


C) 


Bontoc 




125,021 


165,078 


213,498 

602 

'85,839 


239 2">l 


Burins 


1 703 




'61,322 


f 57, 022 


96, 367 

250 


Cagayan de Sulu 




13, 157 

65, 262 

15,957 

51,665 

1 106,426 


16,052 

\ 163,245 

136,248 

29, 977 

90, 696 

i 2S0, 729 


15,027 

28,324 

•115,571 

186,587 

31,968 

126,6'>7 

'339,073 


i 14,485 

22,615 
128,860 

140,471 
(") 

116,276 
391.215 


14,291 
29, 109 
161,913 
194,809 


16, 338 

| 191.022 

221,000 






Capiz 




Oavite 


504,081 

36,935 

484 

4,138 


134 569 


Cebu 


51.N 032 






Corregidor ' 






501 

2, 339 


420 


Cotabato 






4 118 


Cuyos 






8, 500 










20 273 


Davao 






13,721 

1.50,947 

•179,305 

J 3 IS, 371 

7,496 

36,219 


3. 966 
163,349 
178, 258 
386, 477 

7,100 
48,302 

2, 896 
169,983 


33,668 




136,748 

147,095 
i 176, 901 

C) 

(') 


132,167 

179,315 

1265,847 

( k ) 
( l ) 


157,559 

192,272 

J 288, 629 

C) 

(') 


163, 319 




215,792 


Hollo 


462, 444 




10,795 




48, 302 


J0I6 ( group i (Sulu) 


22, 630 


Laguna 

Lauao 


■ 86,680 


"'119,607 


» 137,083 


108,492 


169,983 
100, 000 










» 30. 473 
156,850 
266, 333 


16,152 
270,491 
300, 392 


46, 152 


Leyte 


40, 623 


91,819 


112,957 
(°) 

12,000 


270, 491 






Manila (city) taken from 


250, 000 












48,000 


Mindoro 


18,796 

26, 226 


(>•) 

26, 727 
36, 129 


(P) 

35, 136 
47,388 


13,194 

<i 55, 063 

78, 104 

40, 038 

196,120 


21,366 

67, 656 
116,024 

46,910 
148, 137 
122,731 
156,610 

19,379 

223, 902 

302, 1 SI 

5, 985 

4,198 


23,069 
106,200 
126,912 




( r ) 

231,512 

140,498 


Negros < Accidental 


35, 445 


55,535 


17,753 
17.974 

■ 69. 135 

22,236 

M 56, 272 

242, 476 


Nucvji Ecija 


■ 15,606 


" 19, 745 

20,411 

*1 52, 232 

200, 348 


87,468 

32, 209 

* 203, 137 

249, 507 


156,610 
GO. 628 


Pampanga 

Pagasinan 


• 106,381 

119,322 


223, 922 

302, 128 

50,000 










3,561 


10,470 


Kizal 








•' 246, 940 




67,922 

(") 


94,730 
(*) 


110,103 
(") 


11,124 
161,679 

(") 
50, 978 

w 

95.21S 

13 

103,630 

* 79, 5(58 

1 1 , .'.'.17 


34,828 
184,386 
87, 090 
67, 760 
89, 439 
109,780 
7,793 
(«1 

110,064 

•87,275 

17,199 


55. 339 




195,380 


:<>U 


98.650 




85,125 


Tarlac 


18,676 


82,619 


80,110 


89, 339 


Tayabas 


109,780 


Tiagan 






119,951 


233, 062 


281,199 






110,164 


Zam bales 

Zamboanga 


18,841 
8,640 


44,225 
9, 765 


95, 260 
8,618 


87, 295 
117,503 


il 


2, 026, 2:50 


3, 096, 031 


8,800.163 


4,698,477 


5,984,727 


0.975,073 



• Decrease due to changes in boundaries. 

h Province <>f Somogon cut off from Albay. 

• included in Union. 
'i Included In Ceba 

• Includes Siquijor which is now attached 

Negros Oriental. 
'Includes Isabels. 
r Includes Paragua Norte. 
*See Burigao. 
1 Includes Hohoi. 
) Includes Doncepcfon. 
k Included In Lsguns. 
1 Included in Csgsyan. 

,r ' Includes Infanta. 
" Includes Tiagin. 



"Sec Tondo. 

p Included In Albay. 

'i includes Marinduqueand Lubang. 

rfiee Ki/.iii. 

■ includes Principe. 
« Includes JYtrlae. 

■ Includes Manila province except Manila city 

and Morong. 
» Included In Gspfc. 
- Included in Albay. 
* Included in Pampanga. 
y Included in Lepanto. 
1 See Manila. Also see " Population January 1, 

1902," under Manila city. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



31 



In the future comparative!}' accurate statistics of population may 
be expected from the national census office and insular bureau of 
statistics, the latter established on September 26, 1900, by a law enacted 
by the Philippine Commission. 

General totals of the population of the Philippine Archipelago under the Spanish census of 

1887. 



Total population enumerated 



Residents present: 

Spanish and native. 
Foreign 



Men. 



J, 035, 318 



Women. 



2, 960, 843 



Transient: 

Spanish and native. 
Foreign 



Residents absent: 

Spanish and native. 
Foreign 



Total 



2,960,725 | 2,940,429 
33,458 | 456 



40,203 i 19,937 

932 ! 21 



47,177 I 
516 | 



17,574 
29 



3,041,876 i 2,958,488 



Enumerated or estimated in report accompanying atlas of Philippine Islands, trans- 
mitted by the Philippine Commission to the President, Volume III, December, 1900 

Grand total enumerated (1887) and estimated (1900) 



Total. 
5, 996, 161 



5,901,154 
33,914 



60, 140 
953 



64,751 
545 



6, 000, 364 
974, 709 



6, 975, 073 



A summary of population, according to sex, and total by provinces, 
under the partial census of 1896, shows for the 37 provinces given — 

Males 1,380,256 

Females 1 , 410, 490 



Total 2. 790, 746 

No returns of population under the attempted census of 1896 were 
found for the islands or provinces of Basilan, Batangas, Batanes, Bon- 
toc. Burias, Camarines Norte, Camarines Sur, Cavite, Cebii, Cor- 
regidor, Cotabato, Davao, Laguna, Leyte, Negros Oriental, Pampanga, 
Sorsogon, Surigao, Tarlac, and Tiagan. 

Towns (pueblos) in the Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces. 

[Complete alphabetical list of pueblos or name centers of population districts, arranged under 
islands or provinces, together with the population of each town (pueblo) and aggregate for the 
political division as a whole.] 

[The figures for 1896 are results of an official census undertaken by Spain and interrupted by a new 
insurrection. The work was never completed nor published by Spain, but has been under the 
auspices of the bureau of statistics of the insular government. (Report United States Philippine 
Commission 1900-1901, part 2, pp. 583-593.) These figures are reproduced here solely for information 
and not comparison. The 1887 figures are often greater than those of 1896, which can only be 
accounted for in the constant* shifting of population or other casualties incident, to the hardships 
of a rude life and to tribal rule or unstable government in any form. J 



Island or province, by towns or districts. 


Partial 

census, 
1896, 


Total population, combining 
residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish. 1887. 




Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


ABRA.» 

Alfonso XII b 


8S7 
10,579 
2, 288 










8, 292 
2,538 
1,133 
1 , 739 
1,404 
770 
583 


8,121 

2,594 

929 

1 , 772 

1,469 

794 

648 


16,413 


Bucav 


6, 132 




2, 062 


Paz, La 


2, 781 


3,511 






2,873 


Pilar 


1,564 


San Gregorio 


1,663 


1,231 



»3 towns not reported in the census of 1896. 
'' It was not organized In 1887. 



32 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



Towns {pueblos) in the Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by towns or districts. 



\i.k \ —continued. 



s»ui Jose <l«- Manabo 

Ban Juan 

San Quintlll 

Tayum 

Viltavieja 



Total.... 
Estimate) 



1901 uiot including Bon toe) 



A I.BAY. » 



Albay 

Bacacay 

Bacon b 

Barcelona '• 

Bulan b 

Bulusan & 

Cagsaua 

(,'alolhon 

Camalig 

Qaramorun 

Casiguran ' 

Castilla 1 ' 

Catanduanea Bagamanoc 

Catanduanes Batd 

Donsol '■ 

Gubat li 

Guinobatan 

[rosin b 

Jovellar 

Juban b 

Legaspi 

Libog 

Libong 

Ligao 

Magallanes '■ 

Malilipot 

Malinao 

Manitao 

Matnog '■ 

Pandan 

I'ayo 

Pilar >< 

Polangui 

Sorsogon '■ 

Tabaco 

Tiui (Tivi) 



Virac 



Total 

Estimated, 1901 (exclusive of Sor.sog6n detached) 



Aninly 

Antique 

Barbaza 

Bugason 

Cagayancillo 

Caritan 

Cuiasl 

I>HO 

Bgafia 

Guisljan 

Nalupa 

Pandan 

Patnofigon 

Sun Jose de Buenavlsta 
San Pedro 

Etemigio 

!te or Ypago 



Partial 
census, 

1890 
total. 



1,197 
1,146 

1 , 273 



11,920 
10, 824 



22, 180 
'i5,092 



20, 904 
'"5,"i70 



0,407 
6, 378 

6,770 
17, 880 



5, 742 
13,071 
2, 528 



15,055 



10, 123 



20, 095 
8, 816 



199,027 



Total population, combining 
residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 



Men. 



393 

328 

468 

1 , 552 

1,070 



20. 207 



5, 749 
5,056 
7,068 
2, 338 
4,003 
2,411 
9, 004 
1,855 
7,091 

478 
2, 807 
1,219 

590 
3, 395 
2, 871 
6, 285 
9,685 
2, 184 
1,870 
2,043 
3, 586 
3,492 
2,313 
8, 394 
1,339 
2, 586 
5,828 

834 
1,813 
5, 203 

955 

890 
2, 342 
4, 104 
5,258 
8,477 
5,048 
1,488 
2, 063 



Women. 



415 
886 

495 
1 , 049 
1,079 



20, 351 



140, 498 



5, 923 
5,184 
7, 029 
2, 068 
3, 933 
2,255 
10, 694 
1,753 
7, 396 
416 

2, 721 
1,089 

710 
3, 337 
2, 750 
5,840 
10, 157 
2,014 
1,093 
1,798 

3, 590 
3, 024 
2,250 
8,580 
1,249 
2, 657 
6,000 

754 



1 , 852 
5, 746 
929 
847 
2, 208 
4,702 
5, 007 
8,178 
5,115 
1, 139 
2, 704 



147,281 



2, 467 
3, 574 
2,357 
4,294 



2,514 

4,030 
2, 171 
4,621 



1,631 


1,824 


1,269 


4,809 


3, 751 


3, 798 


1,103 


1,263 


1 , 837 


2, 008 


1,395 


1 , 400 


5,038 


5,010 


2,931 


8, 305 


3, 068 


3, 206 


3,213 


3,617 


1 . 759 


1,710 


2,020 


2, 371 



Total. 



» 8 town-- not reported in cen8US Ol 1896. 

b Now in the province Of Sor-ogon, organized after 1887. 

c N'ot reported In the census of 1887. 



714 

960 

8, 201 

2.0J9 



40, 018 
43,300 



11,672 

10,240 

14,097 

4,406 

7, 936 

4.666 

20, 298 

3, 008 

14, 487 

894 

5,528 

2, 308 

1,300 

6, 732 

5, 621 

12, 125 

19,842 

4,198 

3, 563 

3, 841 

7, 182 

7,116 

4,563 

16,980 

2, 588 

5, 243 

11,828 

1,588 

3,665 

10,949 

1,884 

1,737 

4,550 

9,106 

10,315 

16,055 

10, 163 

2, 927 

5. 427 



293, 779 
228, 139 



4,981 

7,604 

4,828 
8,915 



;;, 155 

9, 138 
7,549 

2, 366 
3.815 
2, 861 
10,654 
0, 239 
6, 3:54 
6,830 
3, 505 
4,391 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



33 



Towns [pueblos) in the Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by tow us or districts. 


Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 


Total population, combiuiug 
residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 




Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


antique— continued. 


11,820 
5,546 
4,120 


5,789 
2, 952 
2, 156 


6,496 
3, 249 
2, 270 


12, 285 




6, 201 




4,426 






Total 


118,281 


55, 607 


60, 800 


116,407 


Estimated, 1901 • 


115,434 












BALABAC. 


208 


1,048 


786 


1,834 


Estimated, 1901 


2,100 












BATAAX. 


4,403 

1,418 
7,564 
2,380 
2,376 
1,935 
1,445 
2, 797 
5,296 
8,645 
3,408 
4,946 


2,406 
1,022 
4,305 
2,013 
1,873 
942 
885 
1,377 
3,015 
3,781 
1,862 
2,469 


2,392 

975 

4,003 

1,771 

1,718 

915 

805 

1,276 

2,934 

3,648 

1,887 

2, 469 


4,793 




1,997 




8,308 




3,784 




3, 591 




1,857 




1,690 




2,653 




5, 949 




7,429 


Pilar 


3,749 


Samal 


4,938 






Total 


46,613 


25, 850 


24, 893 


50, 743 


Estimated, 1901 


50, 761 












BATANES. a 




669 

640 
1,102 

338 
1,6^3 

868 


686 

596 
1,135 

377 
1,620 

853 


1,355 






1,236 






2,237 






715 






3, 263 






1, 721 








Total 




5, 260 


5, 273 


10. 533 








BATAN'GAS. 




7,978 

17,617 

17,282 

6,219 

996 

2,674 

4,353 

7,676 

2,488 

22,494 

2,575 

4,062 

7,194 

4,845 

5, 631 

2, 831 

5,505 

10, 657 

3, 529 

10,332 

3,516 

5,608 


8,236 

17, 814 

18, 363 

6,044 

1,007 

2, 970 

4,664 

7,710 

2, 389 

20,583 

2,550 

3,776 

7,182 

5,028 

5,537 

3,068 

5,534 

11,382 

3,276 

10, 120 

3,688 

5, 403 


16,214 






35, 431 






35, 645 






12, 263 






2, 003 






5, 644 


Ibaan 




9,017 






15, 386 






4,877 






43, 077 






5,125 






7,838 






14,376 






9,874 






11,168 






5,899 






11,039 






22, 039 


Talisay 




6,805 






20,452 


Tays&n 




7,204 






11,011 












156,062 


156, 062 


312,121 


Efctima ted, 1901 




311.180 













BENGl'ET. b 

Abundao 




133 
318 


138 
313 


271 


Adaoay 


490 
202 
625 


631 


Ambuclao c . .. 




Ampusifigan 


287 


249 


536 



"Included territorially in Caravan de Luzon. 
■> 10 towns not reported in census of 1896. 
■Not reported in 1887. 



S. Doc. 280- 



34 



GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



Town* {pueblos) in (Ik Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by towns or district:- 



Bl NG1 it— continued. 





Baguio 

BaJabac — 



Buguias 

Gabayan . . . 
Capangan.. 

in 

Galiano 

Guibufigan 
[togon 



Palina 

Sablan 

Trinidad ... 
Tuhiay 



Total 

Estimated, 1901. 



Alburquerque 

Andfl 

Antequera 

Baelavon 

Balilijan 

Batuanan 

Calape 

Candijay 

Canoan 

Carmen 

Catigbian 

Corella 

Dauis 

Dimiao 

Duero 

Garcia Hernandez 

Getafe 

Guindulman 

Guindubdan 

[nabanga 

Ipil 

.laL'iia 

Lauis 

Llla 

Loay 

Loboc 

Loon 

Maria 

Maribojoc 

Paminuitan or Cortes. 
Panglao 

San Juan 

Be villa 

Bierra-Bullon< 

Siquiior 

Tagbilaran 

Talibon 

Tubig6n 



Valencia 

Vilar 



Total 

Estimated. 



lyoi 



Ae> in 

Ala[ 

Ambaycan 
Anqtuien . 
Antedo — 
Baininao. . 

Bslif) 



Partial 
census, 

1896. 

total. 



710 

ti09 



1,409 
1,186 



7,054 



7,438 
4,057 
5,842 
7,619 



10,283 
5,232 



2,180 
4,217 
8,645 

8,336 



5, 065 
4,106 

8, 571 



10, 405 
1,160 



11,254 
6,018 



5,916 



116,744 



Total population, combining 

residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish. 1887. 



Men. 



726 

830 
862 

370 
521 
581 
688 
616 
151 
402 
137 
641 
201 
320 
770 
583 



8,082 



3,035 
1,757 
2,673 

3,791 
'J. 716 

645 
3, 992 
2,073 
4,441 
1,617 

995 
1,813 
:;. 187 
3, 896 
2, 760 
2,758 



3, 3:57 



5, 240 
579 
6,908 
3, 525 
2,012 
3,080 
5,150 
6, 084 
2,500 
5, 096 
2, 103 
2,436 
2, 667 
2, 723 
713 
4,551 
3,770 
2,049 
5,862 
2, 039 
3,344 
3,093 



Women. 



325 
320 
346 

592 

655 

661 
478 

419 
283 
112 
171 
191 
223 
819 
599 



7, 789 



3,058 
1,675 

3, 104 
4,110 

2. 356 
643 
4,163 
1,761 
4,387 

1 , 553 
1,010 
1,922 
3,761 
4,005 

2, 967 
3,010 



, 400 



5,104 
604 
6,359 
3,663 
2, 243 
3, 273 
5, 606 
6, 237 
2,476 
5,190 

2, 796 
1,837 
2.761 
2,61 I 

717 
4,660 
3, 858 
1 , 'J62 
5, 750 
1,600 

3, 688 
3, 150 



122,291 124,224 



in 

384 
91 
136 
156 
68 
92 



140 
298 

112 
150 
173 
76 



Total. 



1,418 

655 

682 

716 

1,113 

1 , 236 

1,094 

991 

870 

686 

249 

1,015 

392 

543 

1,589 

1,182 



15,871 
15,175 



6, 093 
3,432 

5, 777 
7,901 
5,072 
1,288 
8,155 
3, 834 
8, 828 
3,170 

2, 005 

3, 735 
7, 248 
7,901 
5, 727 
6,768 



6,737 



10,344 
1,183 

12,267 
7,18* 
4,255 
6, 353 

10, 756 

12,321 
4,976 

10,286 
5, 199 
4,272 
5,428 
5,337 
1,460 
9,211 
7,628 
4,011 

11,612 
3, 639 
7,032 
6, 243 



246, 515 
260, 000 



251 
682 
206 
286 
329 
144 



»1* towns not reported in census of 1896. 



GAZETTEEK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



35 



Towns (pueblos) in the Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by towns or districts. 



boxtoc— continued. 



Balugan . . 
Banaue ... 
Betuagin . 
Bolinang . 

Bon toe 

Can-co 

Cristiano.. 
Cunugun . 
Dalicam . . 
Fidilizan.. 
Guinaon . . 

Inapuy 

Mamie — 
Maleeon . . 
Piquigan.. 
Poquitan. . 
Quinaquil 
Sacasacan 
Sandaflga. 

Saerada 

Sanuqui .. 

Taccon 

Talubing . 
Tanulon . . 
Tetapan .. 
Tucucau .. 



Total 

Estimated, 1901 (not included in Abra) . 



AiiL'at 

Baliuag... 
Barasoain. 

Bigaa 

Bocaue 

Bulacan .. 
Bustos — 



Calumpit 

Guiguinto 

Sag* >noy 

Maloloa 

Marilao 

Meycauayan 

Xorzagaray 

Obando 

Paombong 

Polo 

Pulilan 

Quifigua 

San Ildefonso 

San Jose* 

San Miguel de Mavumo 

Ban Rafael 

Santa Isabel 

Santa Maria de Pandi... 



Total 

Estimated. 1901 



San Pascnal 

mated, 1901 



I AG A VAN DE LUZ6N. v ' 



Abuluer 

AlcaU 

Amu lung 

Aparri 

Buguey 

Camalaniugan 
Claveria 



Partial 
census, 



total. 



755 
250 
836 
561 
085 
860 
635 
712 
548 
803 
467 
073 
098 
276 
180 
285 
6 45 
233 
982 
180 



,563 
135 

223 

288 



6,410 



2, 058 

5.IISH 



Total population, combining 
residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 



Men. 



253 
177 
117 
187 
516 

99 

74 
176 
235 
101 
319 

62 
136 
281 
180 
196 
128 

54 
292 
504 
257 
165 
298 i 
113 
531 
204 



Women. Total. 



,666 



4,108 
8,563 
4,691 
3,911 
4,280 
5,945 
3,366 
5,774 
2,596 
9,104 
7,826 
2,344 
4,610 
3, 114 
3,692 
4,025 
4,963 
4,836 
3, 632 
3,686 
1,422 
9,742 
5,084 
3,216 
4,592 



119, 122 



879 



3,210 
2,973 
:;. 176 
3, 689 
62 1 
2,006 
1,928 



329 
212 
155 
202 
471 
116 

82 
163 
208 
145 
360 

72 
193 
280 
163 
243 
162 

41 
276 
586 
275 
176 
313 
138 
506 
199 



7,109 



4,044 
8,660 
4,809 
3,904 
4,320 
5,946 
3,431 
5,839 
2, 538 
9, 396 
7,880 
2,222 
4, 646 
2,997 
3,884 
4,152 
5, 199 
5, 033 
3, 680 
3,576 
1,338 
9,655 
5, 065 
3,304 
4,884 



811 



3, 080 
3,083 

3, 232 
3,931 

578 
2.1S8 
1,726 



582 
389 
272 
389 
987 
215 
156 



443 
246 
679 
134 
329 
561 
293 
439 
290 
95 
568 

1,090 
532 
341 
611 
251 

1,037 
403 



13, 775 
13, 985 



8,152 

17, 223 

9, 500 

7,815 

8,600 

11,891 

6,797 

11,613 

5, 134 

18,500 

15, 706 

4.566 

9,256 

6, 111 

7,576 

8,177 

10, 162 

9, 869 

7.312 

7, 262 

2,760 

19, 397 

10,149 

6, 520 

9,476 



239, 161 
239, 222 



1,690 
1,703 



6, 290 
6. 056 
6, 708 
7,620 
1,202 
4,191 
3,6-4 



• Not reported in the census of 1896. 

b 10 towns not reported in census of 1896. 



36 



GAZETTEER (>K THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



Tonus (pueblos) iii the Philippine ArchipelagOf by Islands or provinces — Continued. 



[aland or prorinoe, bj ton ns or districts. 


l'iii t in 1 

census, 
1896, 
total. 


Total population, combining 
residents presenl and resf 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 




Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


. loa\ \n de ii /on— continued. 


;>. 166 


2,716 

592 
2,319 
2,199 
1,474 

173 
2, 17S 
1,253 
1,689 
3,177 
2,858 
9, 977 


2, 1SS 

619 

2, 190 
2, 095 

1, 173 
191 

2, 151 
1,338 
1,614 
2,910 
2, 1 12 
9,300 


5 203 




1 211 






4,609 

1,294 


Lal-16 


6, 109 


Malaneg 


2, 947 
964 




973 
2, 576 
2,968 




4,929 

2, 591 
3, 303 


Tijlt 








6, 087 
4,800 


Tuao 








19,277 


Banchez Mini * 


2, 986 










Tota 1 


33,940 


48, 010 


47, 229 


95, 839 


F.-t imated, 1901 


98,867 












( 'AI.AMIANKS. 


1,796 
3, 252 
8,192 


917 
2, 351 
4,112 


1,251 
1,920 
4,791 


2, 198 

■1,277 






8, 903 




Total 


13,240 


7,41tf 


7,962 


15,378 




16,338 














851 

583 
1,020 
8, 248 
2, 1 16 

461 
1,336 

436 
1 , 766 


829 

551 
3,973 
2,946 
1,974 

478 
1,426 

433 
1,653 


1 , 608 






1,134 


I);'Kt 




7,993 

(i, 194 






Labo 




4, 120 






939 






2, 762 






869 


Ta liaay 




3,419 








Total 




14, 847 


14,263 


29, 110 


arines." 






( A.MAHINKS BtJB. 




3,491 

911 

2, 331 

1 , 227 
:;, 193 
1,489 
2,741 
1,883 

2, 759 
1 , 875 
2,810 
7,630 
5,082 
7, 207 

397 

(ill 
2,821 

848 
2, 353 
1,701 
8,618 
L905 
1,648 

760 
l , 539 

945 
1,53! 
3,882 

620 

824 
1, .).)•> 
1,339 


3,553 
792 
2,344 
1,141 
3,709 

1, 169 

2, 756 
1 , 782 

2,663 
1 , 525 
2,764 
7,599 

6, 258 

7, 148 
393 
585 

2, 842 

349 

2, 700 

1,920 

8,626 

4,346 

1,605 

653 

1 , 548 

970 

1 , 537 

1,071 

449 

259 

1 , 524 

1,276 


7,044 
1,703 


Baeav „ 




Bate 




4,675 
2, 368 






Buhi 




7, 202 


Bala 




2,958 






5, 197 






:;, m 






5, 422 
2, 900 











5, 574 






15,229 






10,340 






14,655 






790 


MaDatobato 




1,196 






5, 668 






697 






5, 053 






3, 621 






17,244 






9, 251 






3, 253 






1,413 


I iij 




3,087 






1,915 






3, 068 






7,903 






1,069 







583 


Tigaon 




3, 079 






2, 615 








Total 




82, 380 


82, 908 


165,288 






194,022 













Organized after 1887. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



37 



Towns (pueblos) in the Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by towns or districts. 


Partial 

census. 

1896, 

total. 


Total population, combining 
residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 




Men. j Women. 


Total. 


CAPIZ.a 

Balete... 




1, 152 
3,364 
4,486 
1,982 
5,926 
8,500 
2,170 
2,671 
3,659 
2,427 
5,904 
1,298 
1,002 

416 
1,495 
1,672 
1,843 
1,383 

984 
3,184 
1,842 
3,183 
4,222 
2,035 


1,171 
4,006 
5,533 
2,302 
6,102 
8,192 
2,453 
2,606 
3,731 
2,723 
6,258 
1,472 
1,093 

465 
1,445 
2,121 
1,940 
1,537 

996 
3, 405 
1,969 
3,403 
4,303 
2.179 


2,323 


Baiiga 




7,370 


Batan 


12, 864 


10, 019 




4,284 




10, 314 
10, 706 
4,099 
8, 032 
8,443 
5, 599 
11,608 
2,787 
2,169 
1,194 
3,135 


12, 028 




16, 692 


Cuartero 


4, 623 


Dao 


5.277 


Dumalas' 


7,390 


Dumarao 


5,150 


Ibajav 


12, 162 


Ibisan 


2, 770 




2,095 




881 




2, 940 


Lezo 


3,793 




2,409 
2,398 
1,616 

10, 224 
2,590 
7,068 

10, 929 
5,561 


3,783 


Loctugan 


2, 920 


Maayon 


1,980 


Macato 


6,589 


Madalag 


3,811 


Malinao 


6,586 




8,525 


Navas 


4, 214 




3,013 1 3.098 


6,111 


Panav 


11,965 
6,687 
2,814 

10, 090 
2,688 
3,448 
2, 652 
3,319 


9,657 
3, 336 
2,380 
3,264 
1,546 
2,579 
1,559 
1,201 


9,686 
3,119 
2,453 
3,227 
1,635 
2,381 
1, 578 
1,285 


19, 343 




6,455 


Pilar 


4,833 




6,491 


Sapian 


3,181 




4,960 


Tangalan 


3.137 




2,486 








167, 318 


95, 335 


99, 867 


195, 202 


Estimated 1901 


224, 000 












CAYITE. 

Alfonso 




3,672 
1,578 
6,455 
2,495 
3,053 
2,012 
1,376 
3,216 
5,175 
5,760 
1,370 
4,134 
1,835 
3, 485 
1,105 
2, 160 
3,088 
4,248 
2,875 
4,024 
3,588 
1,246 


3,354 
1,705 
5,230 
2,036 
2,918 
1,871 
1,016 
3,086 
6, 967 
5, 088 
1,107 
4,143 
1,816 
4,593 
1.109 
2,179 
2,988 
4,148 
2,792 
3,429 
3,636 
1,125 


7,026 


Amadeo 




3,283 






11,685 


Bailen 


:::::.:..: 


4,531 


Caridad, La 




5,971 


Carmona 




3. 883 






2,392 


Cavite Viejo 




6,302 






12,142 


Indang 




10, 848 






2,477 


Maragondon 




8, 277 






3,651 


Naic 




8,078 






2, 214 


Perez Damarinas 




4,339 






6,076 


San Francisco de Malabon 




8,396 






5, 667 


Santa Cruz de Malabon 




7 453 


Silang 




7,224 


Ternate 




2,371 








Total 




67. 809 


66,477 


134,286 


Estimated 1901 




134,569 










1,625 

1.271 
4,205 
l.CI 1 .) 
11.515 
3,851 
3,819 
5. 277 
7,037 
8, 539 
7,370 




CEBtJ. 

Alcantara 




1,636 
1,387 
4,672 
1,899 
11,577 
3, 580 
3,554 
6,836 
(i. 861 
9,230 
7,822 


3,261 


Alcov 




2. 658 


Alegria 




8,877 


Alogninaan 




8,648 






23, 122 


Asthrias 




6,931 






7. 373 


Balamban 




11,113 






13,898 


Barili 




17,769 






15, 192 



8 5 towns not reported in census of 1896. 



38 



GAZETTEEK o\< THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



i (pueblos) in ilf Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces — Continued. 



[aland or province, by towns or districts. 


Partial 

census. 

1896, 

total. 


Total population, combining 

residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 




Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


cxBtr— continued. 


2, 558 
1,750 
18,581 
8, 273 

2, 711 
5, 780 
2,243 
2, 1 15 
3, 256 
4,974 

10,124 
7,U1 1 
5, 106 
4,695 
3, 990 
3,627 
4,877 
2, 599 
9, 342 
3,124 
5, 270 
2,644 
5, 032 
2,811 
1,931 
2,103 
2,271 
3, 530 
2, 240 
3,404 
6, 678 
3,198 

1 1 , 234 
:;, 456 
1,191 
1. 171 
1,868 

11,739 
3,084 
3,874 

3, GPS 
s, 395 
4,374 
4,119 


2,514 

1,680 

12, 158 

8, 065 

2, us;. 

6,468 
2,188 
2,162 

3,073 
4,647 
9,145 
0,501 
4,622 
4,809 
■1,051 
8, 320 
5,241 
2, 362 
8,562 
2, 805 
5, 255 
2,460 
5, 235 
2, 853 
4,519 
2,128 
2, 172 
3, 402 
2, 099 
3,648 
5, 289 
3, 288 

10,352 
3,225 
1 , 251 
1,465 
1 , 952 

11,240 
■2, 7SS 
3,89S 
3,600 
7,694 
4,146 
4,145 


5, 067 
3, 430 










26, 039 






6, 338 
5, 429 
11,198 






( VI Ml 








4,431 


Consolaci6n 




4,307 
6, 329 


< ttrdoba 




I hum Bantayan 




9, 621 


Pala^uete 




19,269 







13,575 


Dnmanjug 




9, 728 


Ginatilan 




9,404 






8,011 
6, 947 






Nfandaue 




10,118 


Medellin 




4,961 


Minglanilla 




17,904 


Moalboal 


:::::::::: 


5, 929 


NllL'il 




10, 525 


Nueva Caceres 


::::::::: 


5,104 


( >pon 




10,267 


Oslob 




5, 664 


Pardo 





9,450 


Pilar 





4,231 






4,443 
6, 932 
4, 339 
7.088 


Poro 




Ronda 




Sainboan 




Ban Fernando 




11,967 


San Francisco 




G, 486 






21 586 


Ban Remigio 




6,681 
2, 442 
*2,936 


San Sebastian 




San ta Fe 




San lander 




3,820 
22, 979 
5, 872 

7,772 


Sibofiga 




S6g< "1 




'I abog6a 








7 218 






16 089 


Toledo ► 




8, 520 






8 261 








Total 




257, 326 


246, 096 


503, 422 
518,032 


Estimated 1901 











CORREGIOOR. 




237 


221 


458 


Kst i mated 1001 




420 


roTABATO. 
Cotabnto 




550 
217 
656 


337 
173 

602 


893 


Police 




390 


'1 amontaca 




1 , 258 








Total 




1,429 


1,112 


2,541 


Estimated 1901 




4,148 












DAVAO. 




97 
so:'. 
322 
108 
278 
364 


* 76 
670 
291 
125 
257 
350 


173 






1 , 473 






613 







233 


afatl 




536 






714 








Total 




1,972 


1,769 


8,741 


Estimated 1901 




33, (i6S 












[LOCOS NORTE. ■ 




7,062 
6, 099 
4.020 


6, 887 
5,518 

3,744 


13,9-19 
11,617 




10,846 
6,129 


Bangui 


7,791 



,' towns not reported in census of 1896. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



39 



Towns (jmeblos) in the Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by towns or districts. 


Partial ' 
census, 

1896, 

total. 


Total population, combining 
residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 




Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


i locos norte— continued. 
Batac 




8,446 
2,200 
6.006 
15, 324 
1,804 
6, 138 
3,623 
4,049 
5,676 
6, 524 
2,119 
4,626 


8, 535 
1,912 
5,663 
15,546 
1,673 
6,009 
3,639 
3,779 
5,575 
6, 532 
2,031 
4,552 


16, 981 
4, 112 


Banna 


2,146 




11, 669 

30, 840 

3,477 

12, 147 


Laoag 


28,322 




Paoay 


10, 341 
5,743 
6, 398 
8,541 




7, 262 


Piddisr 


7, 828 
11,251 


San Miy nel 




13, 056 
4,150 






Vintar 




9,178 








Total 


78, 466 


83,716 


81,595 


165,311 
163, 349 


Estimated 1901 












ILOCOS SUR. R 




2,924 
6, 127 
8,774 
3,136 
3,515 
4,717 
8,550 
225 
809 
1,362 
1,311 
2, 637 
4,127 
2, 571 
3,847 
3,562 
6,281 
2,049 
4,056 
767 
3,719 
6, 718 
7,018 


2, 826 

6, 855 
9,197 
2,208 
3,311 
41,817 
9, 843 
210 
993 
1,459 
1,273 
2, 832 
4, 573 
2,596 
3, 809 
4,004 
6, 341 
2,074 
4,058 
728 
3,784 
7, 079 
7,231 


5 750 


Cabugao 




11,982 


Candon 




17,971 


Caoayan 




5,344 


Lapos: 




6,826 






9, 534 


Narvacau 




18, 393 




487 

667 

2, 511 

2,111 


435 


Salcedo 


1,802 


San Lsteban 


2, 821 


San Ildefonso 


2. 584 


San "\ icente 


5, 469 


Santa 


8,472 
5,527 
5,941 
7,113 
12,167 
3,643 
8,704 
1,065 
7,482 
7,959 


8,700 


Santa Catalina 


5,167 


Santa Cruz 


7, 656 


San ta Lucia 


7, 566 


Santa Maria . ..*. 


12,622 


Santiago 


4,123 


Santo Domingo 


8,114 


Sevilla 


1,495 


SinAit 


7, 503 


Tagudin 


13,797 


Vigan 


14.'>49 








Total 


73, 849 


88, 802 


91,101 179.903 


Estimated 1901 - 




215,792 
















4,718 
5,092 
1,839 
1,596 
3,216 
6,578 
3, 456 
2,970 
9,942 
3,875 
5, 441 
2,017 
1,618 
6,297 
3,423 
8, 282 
5,818 
4, 872 
6,184 

12,712 
5, 383 
3,895 
2,265 
1,231 
6,362 
2, 597 
5, 194 
2,599 

10,348 
2,458 


1,670 
5,705 
1 , 620 
1,690 
3, 036 
6, 357 
3,120 
3, 002 
10,342 
3, 879 
4,993 
. 1,855 
1,600 
6,503 
2,916 
8, 454 
5, 744 
5, 080 

5, 780 
13,031 

5,610 
3,832 
2, 288 

1 , 262 

6, 697 

2, 806 
5,282 
2.610 

10,384 
2. 662 


9 3^8 


Alimodian 




10,197 






3,459 


Arevalo 




3,286 


Banale 


6,250 


6, 252 


Barotac Nuevo 


12,775 


Barotac Viejo 




6, 576 


Bnenavista 




5, 972 




19, 939 
6,497 


20 284 


Caliriog 


7,754 


Carles 


10,234 






3, 872 


C6rdoba 


2, 693 
11,140 






12,800 




6, 339 





14, 925 


16,736 


Guimbal 


1 1 , 562 


Itfbaras 




9, 952 


Iioilo : 


6,429 
19,417 
10, 333 
10, 059 


11,364 


Janluay 


25, 7 13 


Jar> 


[0,993 




7.727 


Leganes 


4,553 


Lemery 




2, 493 


Leon 


13,168 


13,059 




5, 103 


Bfaasin 


10,126 


10,476 




5,259 


Miagao 


22,066 


20,732 


Ifina 


5, 720 



»9 towns not reported in census of 1896. 
b 18 towns not reported in census of 1896. 



40 



GAZETTEER OF PHE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



i (pueblot) in ike PhiHppim Archipelqgv, by islands or province* — Continued. 



bland or province, by towns or districts. 


Partial 

census, 

1896. 

total. 


Total population, combining 
residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish,, 1887. 




Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


[LoIlo— continued. 
Ifolo 




:;, 686 
2,804 

7, 882 
4,880 

3,959 
1,908 
10,325 
2, 195 
1,526 
6, 849 
3, 373 
7, 536 
3, 246 
5, 066 
2, 621 
2,830 


3,615 
2, 987 

7, 235 
4,299 

8, 965 

1 , 964 

10,587 
2, 180 
1,558 
6,167 
3,457 
7, 631 
3, 204 
4,838 

2, 696 
2, 857 


7,281 

5, 794 


Naiznba Miuiinam-- Island) 


4,701 
14,280 


Oton 


14, ,567 
8, 629 
7, 924 
3, 872 

20,912 
4,375 
8, 084 

12,516 






l'a\ iu 










lVtOtail 


16,074 


San Dionisio 


San Enrique- 


3, 725 


San Joaquin 


San Miuruel (Angoy) 


7, 198 
15,628 


6, 830 
15, 167 
6,451 
9, 904 
5, 317 
ft, 687 


Santa Barbara 


Sara 


Tfgbauan 


10, 154 
5,594 


Tubufigan 


Zarraga 








Total 


230, 196 


210, 957 


210, 911 


421,868 


Estimated, 1901 


462, 444 












INFANTA. 

Binailgonan dc Lamp6n 


9,097 
1,784 


3,043 
530 


2, 982 
564 


6,025 
1,114 


Polillo 






Total 


10, 881 


3,593 


3, 546 


7,139 


L-linmted. 1901 


10, 795 












ISABELA DE BASILAN. 




561 


397 


98ft 


Estimated, 1901 (for the entire island of Basiian 




8, 000 












ISABELA 1)E LUZON. 


3,278 
7,436 
3,796 
1,599 
2,257 


1,084 
2, 953 

1,771 

700 

1,148 

823 

506 

2, 233 

1,824 

ft, 816 


1,104 

2, 890 

1,725 

637 

1,011 

779 

470 

1,753 

2,198 

ft, 459 


2,188 
ft 843 




Cabagan Viejo 


3, 496 

1,337 


Carig 


( 'ana van 


2, 159 

1,602 

976 


Coloma de Santa Isabela* 


Cord6n 


1,074 
6,878 


Echague 


3,986 
4,022 
11,275 


( biinu » 


Ilagan 


4,259 
2, 172 
1,054 
2,062 
1,569 
5, 238 


Namiiian'' 




Paianan 


483 

976 

1,463 

2,289 


497 

831 

1,379 

2, 082 


980 


Reina Mercedes 


1,807 


Santa Maria 


2, 842 


Tunutuini 


437 






Total 


42, 672 


24, 069 


22, 815 


46, 884 
48, 302 


Estimated, 1901 











UNA (I.A). 

Alaminos 




2,374 
1,349 
1,179 

7,358 
2, 900 
4,428 
4,628 
1,607 
2, 990 

641 
2, 221 
2,423 

701 
1,478 
3,551 
6, 342 
1,438 
8, 535 
1,432 

935 
3,068 


2,292 
1,404 
1,175 

8,094 
2,804 
4,601 
4,180 
2,153 
2, 985 

785 
2,388 
2, 528 

694 
1 , 665 
3, 632 
7, 24 1 
1,491 
3,589 
1,362 

891 
3,103 


4,666 
2,753 


Banns (Los) 




Bay 




2,354 
15,452 
5,701 
9,029 
8,808 
3,760 
5, 975 






Cuvinti 




Cabdyao 




Gala in ba 




OftlftTiang 




Lilio 




Lofigos 




1,426 
4,609 
4,951 


Lninana 




Lnmbang 




liabitac 




1,398 


Maudalcna 




8, 143 






7,176 


Hagcarlan 




13,586 






'2, 929 
7, 124 







i 




2, 794 


Paquil 




1 , 826 


Pila 




6,161 



»N«.t reported In census of i«96. 



* Not reported in 1887. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



41 



Towns (pueblos) in Die Philippine Areltipelago, by islands &r provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by towns or districts. 


Partial 

census, 
1896, 
total. 


Total population, combining 
residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 




Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


laqdna (la) — continued. 




783 
9, 726 
2, 227 
6,417 

433 
4, 799 
2, 621 


890 
9,639 
2, 177 
6, 523 

422 
4,646 
2,667 


1,673 






19, 365 






4,404 






12, 940 

855 










9, 355 


Siniloau 




5, 288 








Total 




83, 480 


86, 024 


169 504 


Estimated, 1901 . 




169, >83 












LEPANTO. 


920 


8, 146 


7,880 


16, 0'^f 
46, lov 


Estimated, 1901 ... 









The census of 1896 states in detail the population of the 
towns organized after 1S87, as it i<< contained in the following 
additional table: 


734 
1,180 

385 
520 
450 
2, 055 
468 
149 
671 
920 
336 
841 
203 
749 
630 
276 
431 
690 
1,174 
1,469 
525 
186 
568 
483 
271 
164 
738 
171 
739 
565 
614 
442 
735 
185 
628 
























Banaso 
















































Cayan 
















Dain 
















Gavan 
















Ibanao 








Lenga 








Lesseb 
















Malaya 
















Masla 








Namatec 








Namitpit 








Otucan 








Pandavan 








Pilipil 
















Quinali 
















Sumedel 


L 




Suvon 








Tacbac 








Tadian 








Ululin 








Vila 
















Total 


21,608 
















I.EYTE. 

Alanp-Alang 




3,145 
1.523 
1,240 

668 
4,199 
1,275 
5,848 

882 
7,242 
2, 174 

566 

654 
6,553 
2,434 
11,819 
4,639 


2, 958 
1,307 
1,160 

654 
4,094 
1,337 
5, 596 

785 
6, 692 
1,947 

568 

691 
6,127 
2,011 
11,929 
4.454 


6, 103 


Albuera • 




2, S30 


Almeria 




2,400 


Babatufigon 




1 . 322 


Barugo 




8, 293 


Bat6 




2. 612 


Baybay 




11, 144 


Bilirah 




1.667 


Burauen 




13, 934 


Cabalian 




4, 121 


Cajagnaan 


» 


1,134 


Capoocan 




1,315 


Carigara 




12,680 


Caibiran 




4,445 


Dagami 




23, 748 






9, 093 


Hjlongos 




7,848 1 5,827 


13,675 



42 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



i [pueblos) in tin Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by towns or districts 


Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 


Total population, combining 

residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, L887. 




Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


i kytb— continued. 

Hinnnnncran 




8, 382 
2,235 

i . 788 
1,477 
•1,721 
1,598 

1 , 567 
7.353 

2, 556 
425 

3,887 
807 
2,878 
868 
1,475 
6,776 
8. 229 
2, 7S1 
959 
1,684 
1,815 
1,702 
2,150 
2,505 
7,264 
2,490 
1,292 


8,870 

2, ISO 
1,771 
1,315 
4,604 
1,678 
1,419 
7,120 
2.3211 

390 
3,679 

722 
2,293 

840 
1,360 
6,539 
7, 826 
2,984 
1,066 
1,461 
13,333 
1,375 
2,334 
2, 394 
7,360 
2,395 
1,203 


6, 752 
4,415 
8,662 

2, 792 
9, 228 
3.211 
2, 986 
11,473 
4,985 
815 


Hindang 




Einundayan 




[nopacan 




.1 ti ro 




Leyte 




l.iloan 




Maasin 




Mac-Crohon 








Malitbog 




7,466 

1,529 
4,671 

1,712 
2,835 
1,315 
16,055 
5,765 


Maripipl 




Matalom 




Mrrida 




Naval 




Onnoc 




Palo 




1 'ali mi | inn 




Quiot 




2, 025 


San Isidro del Campo 




3,145 






2, 048 
3, 077 


Ran Ricardo 




S6god 




4,484 

4 , S99 


Tacloban 




'l anauan 




14,624 


Toloea 




4,885 

2, 495 


Villaba 














138,471 


131,284 


269, 755 


rMi mated. I '.nil 




270, 191 












MANILA." 
('aloooan 


7,289 


4,358 

951 

105,296 

4,870 
1,689 
2,138 
6,699 
1,123 
2,419 
5,175 
9, 293 
2,945 
3,912 
2,012 
::, 766 
1,195 
2, 848 
1,849 
1, 170 
4,995 
11,160 


4,501 

882 

63,896 

4,621 

1,663 

2,071 
6, 1 15 
1,043 
2,205 
4,998 
'.', 256 
2,,S17 
3. S72 
1,940 
3, 751 
1,0'. 13 
2,203 
1 , 776 
1,491 
4,988 
10,602 


8, 859 




1 , 833 


Mmiilii 




169,192 

0, 101 




10, 156 


Montalban 


3,852 






1,212 
1 2, 844 


Navotas, Ban Jos€ de 


11,643 




2, 166 


Pandacan 


5, 00.-) 


4,624 




10,173 




20,983 
10, 007 

(i, 240 

4,467 
3,351 


18,649 





5, 762 


Pineda or Pasay 


7, 784 




3, 958 


Ban Felipe Neri 


7,517 




2, 288 


Ban Mateo 


4,641 




3, 625 


Sunt a Ana 


2, 961 




11,048 


9,978 


Tambobong 


21, 762 








Total 


101 , (iSO 


179, 663 


135,908 


315,571 




250, 000 















Baleno 


1,553 

3,181 

971 

3,039 

2,980 
1,640 

4,322 
3,671 
2,862 


698 

848 

427 

1,203 

1,480 

884 

1 , 079 

714 

1 , 289 

1,215 

L,0S7 


680 

713 

419 

1,081 

1,505 

899 

1,054 

707 

1,331 

1,254 

929 


1,378 




1 , 561 


MagdaTena 


846 




2, 284 




2, 985 




! . 788 




2,133 




1,451 


rnando 


2, 620 




2, 469 




1 . 966 






Tota l 


31,344 


10,904 


10,512 


21,476 




23, 069 













»7 towns, Including tin- capital, not reported in census of 1896. 

^The districts outside of Manila sire included in the new provinceof Rizal, organized June, 1901j 

t-xeept Pandacan and Bantfl Ana, uhieh were annexed to the city of Manila. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



43 



Towns [pueblos) in (he Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by towns or districts. 



Abra do l\og . . 
Aling or I ling. 

Baco 

Boac 

Boiigabon 

Bulalacao 

Calapan 

Caluya 

Gasah 

Iriron 

Looc 

Lubang 

Maniburao 

Manguirin 

Mansalay 



Mogpog 

Naujan 

Palvian 

Pinamalayan 

Pola 



Puerto Galera 

Sablayan 

Santa Cruz 

Santa Cruz de Napo. 

Semerara 

Sibay 

Subaang 

Ticlin 

Torrijos 



Total 

Estimated, 1901 



Agusan 

Aloran 

Alubijid 

Balingasag — 

Cagayan 

Caturman 

Dapitan 

Dipolog 

Guingoog 

Guinsilitan 

Gusa 

Ilaya , 

Iligan 

Initao 

Iponan 

Jimenez 

Lagonlong 

Langaran 

Loculan 

Lubungan 

Mahinog 

Mambajao 

Maria Cristina. 

Hiaamifi 

Molugan 

Naan&n 

Oroquieta 

Quinuguitan... 

Sagay 

.Salay 

Salvador 

Santa Ana 

Tairoloan 

Talisayan 

Jastan 



Total 

Estimated. 1901 



Partial 
census, 



total. 



1,024 
613 
755 
14, 790 
679 
717 

4,333 
722 

6,928 



1,808 

4,171 

840 

365 

432 

6,619 

4,919 

1,817 

1,407 

1,614 

999 

599 



16, 106 
310 



557 
384 
,548 



76, 956 



1,681 
5,306 

2,888 
4,498 



5,027 



4,807 
1,561 



2,797 
8,415 
1,827 



5, 340 



2, 575 
9,512 
1,061 
6,485 
1,239 
1,334 
11,670 



Total popnlation, combining 
residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 



Men. 



617 
252 
320 

6, 593 
306 
307 

2,089 
285 

2, 735 
98 
664 

1,866 
222 
190 
173 

2,513 

2,277 
873 
309 
477 
424 
470 
118 

7,838 
148 
201 
212 
151 

1,466 



34, 194 



571 
1,617 
1,280 
2,515 
3,221 
2,094 
1.878 
1,701 
1,321 

835 

345 

7: 17 
1,550 

610 
2,396 
3,150 

829 
2,978 
2,265 
1,309 
2,141 
4,480 
73 
1,989 

59 1 

647 
3, 77:5 

751 
1,578 

888 

1.6SS 

1,075 
2,914 
1,262 
1,820 



58,936 



Women. : Total. 



544 
234 
290 

6,823 
262 
276 

2,014 
254 

2,701 
93 
645 

1,850 
186 
167 
180 

2,660 

2,090 
804 
250 
462 
368 
394 
81 

7, 730 
123 
198 
191 
124 

1,443 



33,437 



542 

1,442 

1,269 

2,433 

3,405 

2, 005 

1,910 

1,634 

1,239 

864 

359 

735 

1,487 

582 

2, 350 

2,840 

789 

2,683 

2,108 

1,256 

2,032 

4,257 

65 

1 , 955 

576 

553 

3,601 

664 

1 . r,7G 
717 

L,605 
1,167 

2. S77 
1,130 
1 . 791 



56, 528 



1,161 

486 

610 

13, 416 

568 

583 

4,103 

539 

5,436 

191 

1,309 

3,716 

408 

357 

353 

5,173 

4,367 

1,677 

559 

939 

792 

864 

199 

15, 568 

271 

399 

403 

275 

2,909 



67, 631 
106, 200 



1,113 
3, 059 

2, 549 
4, 948 
6,626 
4,099 

3, 7SS 
3, 355 
2,560 
1,699 

704 
1,472 
3,037 
1,252 
4.746 
5,990 
1,618 
5, 661 
4,373 
2, 565 
4,173 
8,737 

138 
3,944 
1,170 
1,200 
7,374 
1,415 
3, 1.54 
1,635 
3,293 
2, 212 
5,791 
2,392 
3,611 



115,463 

126,942 



*lfi towns not reported in census of 1896. 



44 



GAZETTEER OK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



- {pueblos) in ili' Philippine Archipelago, by islands or protw^jpff^-Continuecl, 



Elland or province, by ton US or district* 



Miii:ont,.» 



Angono .. 
Antipolo.. 

Binangont 
Bosoboso. 
Oalntf ... 
Oardona . , 
Jalajala. . 

Morons . . 

Pililla 

Tan a v.... 
Taytay.... 

Teresa 

Quisao ''. . 



Total' 



NKliKOS.' 1 



Amblan 

A rowdies 

Ayurigon 

Ayuquitan 

Bacolod 

Bacon 

Bago 

Bais 

Binalbagan 

Cabancalan 

Cadiz Nuevo 

Calatrava 

Cauayan 

Carlota (La) 

Dancalan 

Danin 

Dumaguete 

Escalante 

Ginigaran 

Granada 

Guihulugan 

Guiljurigan 

Gnimbalaon 

Bog 

Isabela 

po 

Jtmamaylan 

Jimalaliid 

Manapla 

Manjuyod 

Minnhian or Talfsay. 

Murcia 

Nueva Valencia 

Pontevedra (Marayo) 

San Enrique .. 

Barabia 

Siaton 

Hibnlan 

Silay 

Buay 

Bumag 

Tan jay 

ill 

Tolon 

ValladoUd 

Eamboangnita 



Total 

Estimated, 1901: 
Occidental . . 

Oriental 



Partial 

census, 

L896, 

total. 



41,713 



6, 676 



5, 884 
8,799 
14,020 



2, 195 

10,588 
1,984 



6,281 
16,011 
2, 229 



859 
5,571 
5, 599 
11,245 
1,624 
6. 842 



8,343 



16,436 

2,316 



6,612 
8,261 
16,746 



14,349 
2,471 

4,222 



14,491 



Total population, combining 

residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 



Men. 



1,117 
1 , 96S 

595 
3, 946 

340 
1,196 
1,318 

867 
3,291 
2,140 
2, 166 
3, 738 

960 



23, 642 



2, 08S 
1,259 
353 
1,143 
3,451 
3,196 
4,252 
2, 622 
2, 775 
2, 868 
1,921 
6, 644 
1,146 
3,370 
1,501 
3, 368 
6,498 
2, 048 
4,504 
764 
594 
1,214 



2,241 
4, 998 
1,334 
3,606 
1,521 
2, 362 
2,242 
3,941 
1,432 
2, 692 
3,572 
1,750 
5,164 
4, 209 
2, 931 
4,309 

847 
2,362 
5,157 

636 
1,563 
5,112 
2, 166 



124,106 



Women. 



1,011 
2,002 

627 
3, S67 

327 
1,192 
1 , 826 

861 
3, 357 
1,860 
2,183 
8,734 

933 



23, '280 



2, 091 
1,132 
340 
1,100 
3, 391 
3,351 
4,175 
2, 349 
2, 494 
2,912 
1,633 
5,517 
1,048 
3,016 
1,483 
3,383 
6,749 
1,844 
4,465 
696 
560 
1,161 



2,316 
4,220 
1,153 
3,467 
1,536 
1,917 
2, 305 
3,620 
1,336 
2,884 
3, 229 
1,660 
4,392 
4,002 
2, 920 
3,345 

751 
2, 063 
5,143 

695 
1 , 326 
:., (it ;r, 
2,403 



117,268 



Total. 



2,128 
3,970 
1,222 

7,818 

667 
2, 3SS 
2, 614 
1,728 
6,648 
4, 000 
4,349 
7, 472 
1,893 



46, 922 



4,179 

2,391 

C93 

2, 2 (3 
6, 842 
7,050 
8, 427 
4,971 
5,269 
5,780 

3, 554 
12,161 

2,194 
6, 386 
2,984 
G, 751 
13,214 
3, 892 
8, 969 
1,460 
1,154 
2, 375 



4, 557 
9,218 

2, 187 
7, 073 

3, 057 

4, 309 
4,517 
7, 661 
2, 768 
5, 576 
6,901 
3,410 
9, 556 
8,210 
5,857 
7, 654 
1,598 
4. 125 

10 X) 
J,.ol 
2, 889 

10,207 
4,869 



211,374 



231,572 
140,498 



» Nov. a part of the new lv made province of Ki/.al. 

reported in 1887. 
- estimated, 1901, under Risal. 
■ The returns ol ! s '.»; are for tfegroe Occidental, as separated politically from Negros Oriental, for 

which no returns were found. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



45 



Towns (pueblos) in the Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by towns or districts. 



XV EVA ECU A. 



Aliaga 

Balnggao* ... 
Bofigabori — 
Cabana tuan.. 

Cabiao 

Carranglan .. 

Cuyapo 

Gapan 

Jaen b 

Licab 6 

Xainpieuan . . 
Pantabang;in 
Pefiaranda... 

Puncan 

Rosales b 

San Antonio . 

Sanlsidro 

San Juan 

SanQuintin''. 
Santa Rosa. .. 

Santor 

Talavera 

Uniingan •> . . . 

Valle 

Zaragoza 



Total 

Estimated, 1901. 



NUEVA VJZCAYA. 



Aritao 

BagAbag — 
Bambang . . . 
Bavombong. 

Diadi 

Dupax 

Ibung 

Munguia d .. 
Sulano 



Total 

Estimated, 1901 



PALAWAN (PARAGUA). 



Bacuit 

Danlig 

Dumar&n 

Puerto Princesa. 

Talindan 

Tavtav 



Total 

Estimated, 1901. 



PRINXIPE. 



Baler 

CaMguran 

San Jose de Casignan 



Total 

Estimated, 1901. 



PAN6ASINAN. 



Aguilar 

Xlava 

Alcala 

Airiiigan 

Bayambang. 
Binalonan . . 



Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 



2, 124 
"5,917" 



11, 722 
5,' 222' 



1,782 
7, 205 



33, 972 



G17 
1,518 
2,469 
3,654 

114 
2, 582 

980 

383 
4,272 



16, 589 



1,210 



2,208 

1,804 

215 



4,052 
4,956 
8,827 
9,439 
13,808 
11,925 



Total population, combining 
residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 



Men. Women. Total 



10,641 
1,785 
1,329 
5,047 
4,075 
856 
4,510 

10,070 
3,190 



1,063 
572 
3,435 
280 
3,630 
4,106 
4,706 
3,044 
3,817 
1,848 
1,599 
3,216 
2, 554 
279 
3,095 



78, 747 



618 

957 

1,422 

1,878 

55 

1,969 

273 



2, 731 



9,903 



297 
1,075 
759 
372 
495 



9,707 
1,724 
1,177 
4,560 
3,861 
702 
4, 192 
10, 216 
3, 225 



983 

614 
3,491 

282 
3,538 
4,221 
4,768 
2,927 
3,761 
1,875 
1,500 
3,223 
2, 460 

229 
2,812 



76, 048 



564 

905 

1,477 

1,769 

50 

1,837 

241 



2, 554 



397 



272 
957 
586 
291 
439 



2, 998 



2, 545 



1,190 

906 

97 



2,193 



2, 404 
2, 142 
4,733 
5,907 
5, 79* 
4,506 



1,117 

942 

84 



2,143 



1,819 
2,011 
4,283 
5, 747 
5,591 
4,620 



» 18 towns not reported in eensus of 18%. 

b$fow conditionally incorporated in Pangasinan Province. 

<=In 1-^7 it was a part of Aliaga. 

a Not reported in 1887. 

«7 towns not reported in census of 1896. 



20, 348 
3,509 
2,506 
9,607 
7,936 
1,558 
8,702 

20, 286 
6,415 



2,046 
1,186 
6,926 

562 
7,168 
8, 327 
9,474 
5,971 
7, 578 
3, 723 
3,099 
6, 439 
5,014 

508 
5,907 



154, 795 
156, 610 



1,182 
1,862 
2,899 
3,647 

105 
3,806 

514 



5, 285 



19,300 
60, 628 



2,032 

1,345 

663 

934 



5, 543 
;0,000 



2,307 

1,848 

181 



4,336 
10,470 



4, 223 
4, 153 
9,016 
11,654 
11,389 
9, 126 



16 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



Totons ^pueblos) in Uu Philippine Archipelago, l>;i islands or provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by towns <>r districts. 


Partial 
census, 

1896, 
total. 


Total population, combining 
residents presenl and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 




Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


pakgasinan— continued. 


11 778 


7 RAO 


7,714 

7, 635 
7,662 
7, 522 
6,994 
4,617 
6,7X1 
5, 301 
4,767 
2, 907 
15,498 
4,438 
2,061 
2,419 
4,911 
6,130 
1,831 
2, 390 
1 . x 10 
4,836 
3,161 
8,131 
3,289 


15 303 






15,369 

16 Mil) 




16,448 

15,212 
11,505 
13, 138 
15,681 


9, 138 
8, 233 
5,761 
4,714 
6,006 
5, 443 
1,837 
2, 938 
14,650 
4,978 
2, 279 
2,443 
5, 223 
6,613 
4,836 
2,554 
2, 121 
4,968 
2, 981 
8,350 
4,099 


Lingnyen 

Malasiqui 


15,755 

12,755 
9, 331 
12 790 


Mangalcfan 


Manirataren 


10,744 


POKorrubio 


10,177 
7,201 

23, 590 
9, 15 1 
2, 663 
5, 006 
6, 867 


9, 604 
5 846 


Balasa 


San Carlos 


30 1 IX 


San Fabian 


9, 111 
4,340 
4,862 
10, 164 
12 743 












7, 989 
4,831 


9, 6(57 
4 944 




Snal 


3,961 
9, 804 
6,142 


Tayug 












16, 481 


Yillasis 




7,388 






r, ital 


231,105 


153, 948 


149, 964 


303, 912 
302, 178 












PAHPANGA. 




4,863 
5, 300 
6,896 
6, 321 
2,066 
5,6X6 
3,459 
1,983 
10,310 
4,580 
6,307 
4,520 
7,522 
3, 138 
4,520 
8, 075 
6,381 
2,820 
3, 442 
3,213 
4,697 
1 , 879 
3, 352 


4,683 
5,298 
" 7,144 
6, 599 
2,141 
5, 859 
3,195 
5, 091 
10,034 
1,521 
6,538 
4,279 
7,199 
3, 101 
4,074 
7, 956 
5,384 
2, 765 
3.566 
3, 109 
3,692 
1,902 
2, 937 


9, 546 

10 598 










14,040 

12 920 






Kit is 




4,207 
11,542 

6,654 
10,074 
20, 344 

9,101 
12, 845 

8,799 
14,721 

6,239 

8, 594 






Fl<>ri<ia Hlanca 
































P6rac 








16, 031 






10, 765 
5, 585 










7,008 






6, 322 


San tu Rita 




8. 389 






3,781 


Sex moan ; 




6, 289 








T« .tal 




113,330 


111,064 


224, 394 






223, 922 










ROHBLON. 

Asagrn 


4,039 
:;. 176 
4,090 
3,283 
1,981 
2, 362 
4,608 
1,844 
6, 649 
7,279 
1,751 


1,715 
1,472 
1 , 755 
1,538 

997 


1,719 
1,406 

1,683 

1 , 695 

993 


3,434 




2, 878 
3,438 


Bun ton 


Cajidiocan 


3, 233 


Corcuera 


1,990 


Despnjol 






2,931 

801 

3, 369 

3, 104 


3, 082 

772 
3,009 
2,912 


5,963 




1,573 


OdioifL'an 


6, 378 


Rornblon 


6,016 


Suntu Fe 












T< -ta 1 


40, 262 


17,682 


17.221 


34, 903 


K-t inintf'1, 1901 




55, 339 










mmai:.» 


1,168 

12,816 


1 , 973 

6, 050 

2. 0X3 


2, 039 

6, 066 
1,928 


4,012 




12,116 


BoWii 


4,011 



»5 towns not reported in census of 1896. 



GAZETTEER OE THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



47 



Towns (pueblos) in the Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by towns or districts. 



samar— continued. 



Borornjan 

Calbayog 

Calbiga 

Capul (or Abag) — 

I'atarman 

Catbalogan 

Catiibig 

Gandara 

Guiuan 

Hernani 

Hiabong 

La Granja (Minapa) 

Lanang 

Laouang 

Lavezares 

Mercedes 

Mondragon 

Oqnendo 

Oras 



Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 



Palapag 

Pambujan 

Paranas 

Paric (Dolores) 

Pinabagdao 

Quinapundan . . 

Salcedo 

San Julian 

San Sebastian.. 

Santa Rita 

Santo Nino 

Sulat 



Tarangoan (Dapdap) 

Tubig 

Villa Real (Uruanas) 

Weyler 

Zumarraga 



Total 

Estimated, 1901 



SORSOG6N. 



See figures of Province of Albay, of which Sorsogon was a 
part when tbe census of 1887 was taken. 



Anao-aon 

Bacuag 

Baganga 

Bislig 

Bumanan 

Butuan 

Cabuntog 

Cantilan 

Caraga 

Carrascal 

Catel 

Dap£ 

Dapnan 

Dinagat 

Gigaquit 

Ginatuan 

Jaboriga 

Lanuza 

Lianga 

Maynit 

Nonoc 

Ntunancia — 

Oteyza 

Placer .... 

Quinablahgnn 

San Juan 

Sapao 

Surigao 

Taganaan 

Tago 



202,494 



Total population, combining 
residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 18S7. 



Men. 



4,620 

11,120 

1,742 

1,748 

3, 650 

3,386 

4,691 

4,713 

5,627 

1,511 

1,158 

1,729 

1,495 

3,894 

1,807 

803 

627 

1,697 

2,533 

1,923 

2, 798 

3,153 

1,315 

654 

901 

1,781 

1,484 

964 

1,315 



2, 312 
2,261 
1.076 
2:659 



2,799 



96, 049 



556 

437 

592 

436 

288 

2,065 

9S9 

3,082 

1,439 

1,014 

825 

1 , 143 
145 

1,189 

2, 798 
1,256 

842 

1,100 

1,210 

1,033 

337 

1,370 

771 

458. 

262 

173 

778 

2, 193 

1,021 

1,202 



Women. 



5,149 

9,364 

1,406 

1,631 

3,107 

3, 224 

4,670 

4, 315 

4, 956 

1,629 

917 

1,518 

1,539 

3,421 

1,540 

649 

595 

1,401 

2, 538 

1,545 

2, 598 

2, 726 

1, 277 

460 

802 

1,686 

1,471 

936 

1,022 



2, 332 
2, 065 
1,220 
2,637 



2, 666 



89, 045 



547 

414 

602 

409 

297 

2,063 

979 

2, 963 

1,404 

915 

858 

1,138 

130 

1,154 

2, 755 

1,238 

819 

1,107 

1,177 

117:; 

330 

1,308 

770 

435 

276 

168 

770 

2, 459 

1,005 

1,214 



Total. 



9,76? 

20, 484 
3,148 
3,379 
6,757 
6,610 
9,361 
9, 028 

10, 583 
3,140 
2, 075 
3, 247 
3, 034 
7,315 
3,347 
1,452 
1,222 
3,098 
5,071 
3,468 
5, 396 
5,879 
2,592 
1,114 
1,703 
3,467 
2, 955 
1,900 
2,337 



4,644 
4, 326 
2, 296 
5,293 



5, 465 



185, 094 
195, 386 



1,103 

851 

1,194 

845 

585 

4,128 

1,968 

6, 045 

2, 843 

1,929 

1,663 

2, 281 

275 

2,343 

5,553 

2,494 

1,661 

2, 207 

2, 387 

2,006 

667 

2, 678 

1,541 

893 

538 

341 

1,548 

4,952 

2,026 

2,416 



48 



GAZETTEER OF THE I'liiLi lTi n E islands. 



s (pueblos) in the Philippine Archipelago, by islands or provinces — Continued. 



Wand or province, by towns or districts. 



burigao— continued. 



Talacogon 
T&ndag ... 
Tdbay .... 



Total 

Estimated. 1901 



Anao 

Pfrtnhang 

Camiling 

Capas 

GoncepciOn ... 

Qerona 

Bfoncada 

Moriones 

Murciii 

O'Donnel 

Paniqui 

Pa/. La 

Para 

San Clemen te. 
Santa Ignacia. 

Tarlac 

Victoria 



Total 

Estimated, 190i. 



TAYABAS. » 



Alfonso XIII" 

Atirnonan 

Calaoag 

Candelaria 

Calanauan 

Dolores 

(iuinayangan . 

Gnmuca 

Lopez 

Lacban 

Lacena 

Macalelon 

Manban 

Mnlanay 

Pagbilao 

Pltogo 

san narciso. .. 

Sariaya 

Tayabae 

Tlaong 

Uniaan 



Total 

Estimated, 



1901 



tiagAn. 



Tlagan 



UNION. 



Apo/) 

Ariiffrny 

Bacnotan 

Balaoang 

Bangar 

Bauang 

Cttbi 

NiiL'iiilian 

Namacpacan.. 
Roaario 

Sun Fernundo 



10,830 
7,454 
7, '.(77 
9,939 
'.», 194 
8,619 

8, 11 '.) 
10,742 

9, 123 
8,708 

14,061 

» 1 towns not reported In census of 1896. 
•■ Not organized in 1*87. 



Partial 

census. 
L896, 

total. 



399 



13, 140 



96, 539 



Total population, combining 

residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1887. 



Men. Women. Total 



7 v.i 
1 , 280 

l,d70 



779 
1,218 

1,055 



84,898 33,704 



1,433 

982 
9, 054 

968 
7,003 
4,001 
1 , 274 

519 
1,224 

902 
2, 850 
2,067 
2,282 
1,034 

750 
4,218 
5,259 



45, 790 



4,847 

955 
1,698 
1,969 
1,060 
1,196 
3,809 
3,938 
1,853 
2,771 
1,760 
4,357 

776 
2, 229 
1,353 
1,093 
3,403 
8,069 
8,315 

952 



51,403 



I. HI 
8, 468 
3,895 
5, 827 
4,648 
3,988 
1,421 

1,K10 

4,430 
1,461 
6,033 



1 , 28 1 
878 

8,061 

930 

6,420 

3,799 

1,151 

531 

1,092 

791 

2, 703 
2, 051 
2,019 

920 

697 

3,887 

4, 975 



42, 189 



4, 659 
779 
1,668 
1,847 
1,043 
1,019 
3,695 
3,709 
5,385 

2, 72(1 
1.666 
4,605 

719 
2, 295 
1,260 
1 . 085 
3,709 
7,989 

3, 343 
869 



54,060 



4,653 
8, 689 
3,443 
6, 277 
4,974 
3,903 
1,484 
1,648 
4,419 
1 , 373 
6, 152 



1,568 
2,448 
2,155 



68,097 

85. 725 



2, 717 
1,810 

17,115 
1,888 

13,423 
7,800 
2, 425 
1,080 
2,316 
1,693 
5,553 
4,118 
4,301 
1,954 
1,447 
8,105 

10,234 



87, 979 



9,506 
1,734 
3,366 
3,816 
2, 103 
2,215 
7,504 
7,647 

10, 238 
5,497 
3,426 
8,962 
1,495 
4,524 
2,613 
2, 178 
7,112 

16,058 
6,858 
1,811 



108,463 
109, 780 



7,783 



9,094 
7,147 
6,838 

12,104 
9,617 
7,886 
2,095 
9, 458 
8, 8 19 
2, 834 

12,186 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



49 



Towns (pueblos) in the Philippine Archipelago, by i&kcnds or provinces — Continued. 



Island or province, by towns or districts. 


Partial 

census, 

1896, 

total. 


Total population, combining 
residents present and resi- 
dents absent, native and 
Spanish, 1897. 




Men. 


Women. 


Total. 


rxi6x— continued. 


10, 510 
5,421 
6,793 


4,705 
2, 374 
3,439 


5,211 
2,489 
3,080 


9,716 


Santo Tornas 


4,863 


Tubao 


6,519 






Total ... 


118,075 


54, 420 


55,595 


110,015 


Estimated, 1901 


110, 164 










srao (jol6). 




43 
556 

106 


32 

276 

40 




Sulu 




832 






14& 


Tatadn (Tawi-tawi) a . 


2, 598 












Total 




705 


348 


1,053 


Estimated, 1901 




22, 630 










ZAMBALES. b 

Agno 


5,578 


2,322 
3,213 

563 
1,516 
1,228 
1,723 
3,540 
1,861 
1,429 
1,329 
1,844 
1,225 
1,688 
1,515 
1,322 
1,232 
2,339 
2,112 

240 
1,359 
2,155 
3,603 
2,589 
1,329 


2,239 
3, 312 

551 
1,398 
1,241 
1,671 
3,334 
1,869 
1,372 
1, 253 
1,892 
1,200 
1,726 
1,536 
1,389 
1,289 
2,514 
2,106 

213 
1,264 
2,120 
3,679 
2, 596 
1, 462 


4,561 




6,525 


Alos 


1,762 
3,897 
2,974 


1,114 


Anda 


2,914 




2,469 




3,394 
6,874 




5,401 
4,729 
2,735 
3,010 
3,023 
2,285 
3,063 
3,619 
2, 777 
2,611 


Botolan 


3,730 




2,807 
2,582 
3,736 


Candelaria 


Castillejos 


Dasol 


2, 425 


Iba 


3,414 
3,051 






2,711 




2,521 

4,853 

4,218 

453 




San Felipe 




San Fernando 




San Isidro 


3,118 
3,340 
7,301 


2,623 
4,275 


San Marcelino t . . 




7,282 
5,185 
2,791 
















61,223 


43,276 


43, 226 


86,502 
87, 295 


Estimated, 1901 








ZAMBOAXGA. 

Avala 


2,569 
3,986 
3,030 
3, 580 
2,953 


983 
1,823 
1,391 
1,985 
2,008 


757 
1,631 
1,290 
1,935 
1,795 


1,740 


Mercedes 


3,454 
2 681 


Santa Maria 


TetuAn 


3,920 
3,803 


Zamboanga 




Total 


16, 118 


8,190 


7,408 


15, 598 
117. 503 


Estimated, 1901 




— 







•Other islands not reported. The Moro population does not appear, as it is included in the 166,000 
of the inhabitants of Tawi Tawi. 
b 7 towns not reported in census of 1896. 

S. Doc. 280 ± 



50 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



Pucblot {town*) in the Philippine Islands. 

[An alphabetical list of pueblos I towns and townships), m ith the population of each, under the census 
of i ss T and estimated population 1898-99 for educational purposes, together with the Island or 
province In which situated. A pueblo corresponds rather to a township or a county than to a 
•■ tow n." in the ordinary acceptation of thai term In the United states, it embraces an area often 
of many square miles, through which are scattered small villages, known as " barrios." The census 
population here given for i^ s 7 and estimate for 1898-1900 therefore represents the Dumber of inhab- 
itants, not only of the (pueblo) Dame-community (town or Tillage) but of the surrounding 
"barrios" or districts recognised as appurtenant thereto for local administration, educational, or 
other pnrpi 



Pueblos. 



Abra de UOg Mindoro 

Abticay Bataan 

Aiming Cagayan de Luzon 

Abundao Benguet 

Abuyog Leyte 

Adaoay i Benguet 

Agafia(Quam >» j Marianas 

Agno | Zambales 



Island, province, or district. 



A goo 

Agua 

Aguilar 

Agusan 

Agutaya 

Aiuy 

Alaminoe , 

no. 

Alang-Alang . 

-Map 

A lava 

Albay 

Alberique 

Albuera , 

Alburquerque 
Alcala 



Union 

Bontoc 

Pangasin&n 

Misamis 

Cuyos (Calaniianes) 

iiolio 

Laguna 

Zambales 

Leyte 

Bontoc 

Pangasinan 

Albay 

Davao 

Levte 

Bohol 

Cagayan de Luzon . 



Do Pangasinan 

Alcantara j Cebu 

Alcoy do 

Alegria do 

Alfonso Cavite 

Alfonso XII Abra 

A 1 f nnso XI II Ta yabas .... 



Nueva Ecija. 
Amburavan . 

noilb... 

Mindoro 

Leyte 

Cebu 

Misamis 

Zambales 



Aliaga 

Alilem 

Alimodian 

A ling 

Almeria 

Aloguinsan 

Aloran 

Alos 

Alubijid Misamis 

A made* > Cavite 

Amamit Amburavan 

Ambayc&n i Bontoc 

Amblan Negros Oriental 

Ambuclao ■ Benguet 

AmpusttEgan do 

Amnlung 

Ananao 

Anao 

Anao-aon 

Anda 

Do 

Angadanan 

Angaqul 

Angal 

Angeles 

Angono 

Anilao 

Aniniy 

AnquUCn 

Antadao 

Antequera 

Antlpolo 

Antique 



Aparri 

A rapi b- I )a vao 

Arayat Pampanga 

ArCvalo Hollo 



Cagayan de Luzon 

Tiagan 

T^rlac 

Surigao 

Bohol 

Zambales 

[sabela de Luz6n.. 

Lepanto 

BulacAn 

Pampanga 

EUzal 

Iloilo 

Antique 

Bontoc 

....do 

Bobol 

M6rong (Rizal) 

Antique I Panay).. 

Pampanga 

Cagayan de Luzon 



Population 

estimated 

1898-99. 



1 , '171 
7. 185 
5,880 



5, 002 
10,050 



4,412 
934 
2,046 
1,000 
4,600 
8,008 
8,602 



6,100 
34,000 



4,555 
6,604 
5,471 
8, 624 
4,080 
6, 040 
11,460 
7,660 



17,000 



11,837 



3,216 
3,993 
2,700 
894 
6,716 
3,873 



5, 500 



7,000 
602 
4,036 
3,761 
2, 739 



8, 050 
3,000 
1 , 955 
2,699 
4,802 



5,842 

3, 500 
1,236 

1 1 . 75:5 
11,262 



14,014 
3,594 



Population, 

census of 

1887. 



1,161 

4,798 

6, 290 

271 



631 
6, 185 
4,561 
9,094 

251 
4,223 
1,113 
2,196 
9,388 
4,666 
6, 528 
6,103 

682 

4,153 

11,672 



6,056 
9,016 
3,261 
2,658 

8. S77 
7, 026 



20, 348 



10, 197 
486 
2,400 
3,548 
3,059 
1,114 
2, 549 
3,283 



206 
4,179 



536 
6,708 



2,717 
1,103 
3,432 
2,914 

2,188 



8,152 

9,546 
2,128 

3, 459 
4,981 

286 

329 

5, 777 

3,970 

7, fill 1 
10, 598 
7, 620 



10,040 



•During th<- Spanish domination, the Marianas, Carolinas, and Pelew archipelagos were dependent 
on the Philippine Archipelago politically. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



51 



Pueblos (towns) in the Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Pueblos. 



Island, province, or district. 



Population 
estimated 
1898-99. 



Population, 

census of 

1887. 



Argao 

Arguelles 

Amiga y 

Aritao 

Asirigan 

Astorga 

Astunas 

Atimonan... 

Atoc 

Ayala 

Avungon 

Ayuquitan . 

Azagra 

Baao 

Babatungon 

Bacaeay 

Bacarra 

Bacnotan — 

Baco 

Bacolod 

Bacolor 

Bacon 

Do 

Bacoor 

Bacuag 

Bacuit 

Bacun 

Badajoz 

Baclayon . . . 

Badiah 

Badoc 

Bagabag 

Bagac 

Bagamanoc. 

Baganga 

Bagay 

Baenen 

Bago 



Baguio 

Bailen 

Baininao 

Bais 

Balabac 

Balaca 

Balagbag 

Balamban 

Balanga 

Balangiga 

Balaoan (Balauang). 

Balasan 

Balayan 

Baleho 

Baler 

Balete 

Balili 

Balilijan 

Balincaguing 

Balingasag 

Baliuag 

Balugan 

gao 

Bamban 

Bambang 

Banaao 



Banaue 

Banaue 

Banco 

Bariga 

Bandar 

Bangned 

Bangui 

Bantruitan 

Bani 

Banna 

Bafiolas 

Bantay 

Bantayan 

Bant6n 

Baraoas 

Baras 



Cebu 

Negros Oriental 

Union 

Nueva Vizcaya 

Pangasinan 

Davao 

Cebu 

Tayabas 

Benguet 

Zamboanga 

Xegros Oriental 

....do 

Romblon 

Ambos Camarines (Sur). 

Levte 

Albay 

Ilocos Norte 

Union 

Mindoro 

Negros Occidental 

Pampanga 

Sorsogon 

Negros Oriental 

Cavite 

Surigao 

Palawan 

South Ilocos 

Romblon 

Bohol 

Cebu 

Ilocos Norte 

Nueva Vizcaya 

Bata£n ." 

Catanduanes 

Surigao 

Ambos Camarines (Sur) . 

Lepanto 

Negros Occidental 

Ilocos Sur 

Benguet 

Cavite 

Bontoc 

Negros Oriental 

Balabac 

Lepanto 

Benguet 

Cebu 

Bata&n 

Samar 

Union 

Iloilo 

Batangas 

Masbate and Ticao 

Principe 

Capiz 

Bontoc 

Bohol 

Zambales 

Misamis 

Bulacan 

Bontoc ,. 

Nueva Ecija 

Tiirlac 

Nueva Vizcaya 

Lepanto 

Iloilo 

Bontoc 

Lepanto 

Lepanto 

Capiz 

Union 

Abra 

Ilocos Norte 

Lepanto 

Zambales 

Ilocos Norte 

Davao 

[locos 8ur 

Cebti 

Romblon 

[locos Sac f Amburayan) 
Rizal (Morong) 



34,050 

2,390 

3,04-1 

700 

3, 522 



6,000 
10,000 



1,900 

1,107 

3,171 

3,980 

6,759 

2.213 

10, ,547 

13, 735 

6,555 

440 

6,268 

10, 642 

13, 013 

8,371 

13, 113 

569 

1, 210 

924 

3,234 

8,048 

9.409 

10, S46 

1,915 

1, 655 

1,209 

1,114 



1,180 

7,092 

196 



9,304 
"*263 



9,610 

9,000 

5,000 

12, 242 



14 



47 

923 
1,911 
5,065 



1,860 
2,378 
11,491 
14, 122 



3, 848 
3,196 
3, 387 
385 
6, "64 



520 

9, 127 

9,000 

13,417 

6, 129 

450 
4,293 
2,146 



6, 1 19 
10,016 
?,449 

in:, 
1,217 



23, 122 
2,391 
7,147 
1, 182 

11, 654 
173 
6,931 
9,506 
1,418 
1,740 
693 
2,243 
3,434 
7,044 
1, 322 

10, 240 

13, 949 

6,838 

610 

6,S42 

12, 920 

14, 097 
7,050 

11,685 
851 



2,878 
7,901 
7,373 
11, 617 
1,862 
1,997 

"i,'i94 
1,703 

"8," 427 

655 
4,531 



4,971 
1,834 



682 
11,113 



4,012 
12, 104 



16, 214 
1,378 
2,307 
2, 323 
186 
5,072 
2,469 
4,948 

17,223 

582 

3,509 

1,810 

2,899 

' "6," 252 
889 



7,370 

9,617 

16,413 

7, 749 

"3,' 394 
4,112 



&.760 
13,898 

3,438 

"i,"222 






GAZETTEER OK THK PHILIPPINE islands. 



Pueblos {towns) in Die Philippine fatonda-^Continued. 



Pueblos. 



iln 

Barbarit 

Barbara 

Barcelona 

Barili 

Barotac Nuevo 
Bun. iiic ViejO . 

Barugo 



Base; 

Basud 

Batac 

Batan .... 
Batangas . 
Batangen. 
Batbat6... 
Bato 



Batuanan .. 

Bauan 

Bauang 

Bay 

Bayambang 
Bavanan ... 



Island, province, or district. 



Bulacan 

Hocus sur (Amburayan) 

Antique 

Soreogdn 

Cebd 

Iloilo 

....do 



Bavhav 1 Leyte. 



Samar 

Basllan 

Ambos Camarlnes (Norte) 

I locos Norte 

Capiz 

Batangas 

llocos Sur 

do 

Ainhos Camarlnes (Sur) ... 

Leyte 

Bohol 

Batangas 

Union 

Laguna La 

Pangasinan 

Negros Oriental 



Nueva Vizcaya 

Lepanto 

l'ampanga 

Bontoc 

Bulacan 



Bay* tmbong 



Betls 

Bet uagan 

BigaA. 

Biliran Leyte 

Binalbagan Negros Occidenta l . 

Binalonan Pangasinan 

Binaiigonan de Lampon Infanta 

Binaiigonan Rizal (Morong) 

Bi n ma ley Pangasinan 

Bifiang Laguna La 

Bislig Surigao 

B< <nv i M indoro 

Bob6n I Samar , 

Bocaue ! Bulacan 

Bocot j Benguet 

B go Cebu 

Bolinang Bontoc 

B< >linao i Zambales 

Boljoon 

B< >mbon 

Bf'iHrabon 



Bodgao 

Bontoc 

Borbon 

Borontran .. 
Boaoboso ... 

Botolan 

Bdcay 

Buena Vista , 

Bugas6n 

Buguey , 

Buguias 

Bul.i 

Bula , 

Bulacan 

Bulalacao . . 

Bulan 

Bulusan 

nan . . 

Burauen 

Bnruarlga .. 

Bnatoe 

Butujin 



('aba 

Cabagan Nuevo . .. 

_ 'in Viejo 

Cabalian 

Cabanatdan 

rabaru-alan 

Cabadgan 

C.'abati'ian 

Cabayun 

Cabiao 

CabintiorCavinti. 



Cebu 

Ambos Carnarines Sur. 

M indoro 

Nueva Bcija 

Sulu (Jolo) 

Bontoc 

Cebu 

Samar 

Rizal I Morong) 

Zambales 

A bra 

Iloilo 

Antique 

Cagayan de Luzon — 
Benguet 

AmbOS Carnarines Snr. 

do 

Bulacan 

Mindoro 

Sorsogdn 

do 

Surigao 

Leyte 

fupiz 

Bulacan 

Snrlgao 

Butuan 

Union 

Isabela de Luzon 

do 

Leyte... 

Nueva Keija 

Negros Occidental 

Zambales 

Iloilo 

Benguej 

Nueva Bcija 

Lagunu 



Population 

estimated 

1898-99. 



:;:»() 



290 
967 

543 
000 

k;i 
240 
633 
785 
000 
636 
798 
177 
844 
924 
515 



Population, 

census of 
1887. 



9, 500 
'"8,"915 

4.HK1 
17, 7* W 
12,775 
6, 576 
8, 293 
12, 116 

" 1,608 
16,981 

10.019 
35, 431 



4,675 
2,612 

1 , 288 
35, 645 

7, S.S6 

2, 354 
11,389 



11,444 
3, 647 

"4,207 

272 

7,815 

1,667 

5, 269 

9,126 

6, 025 

7,813 

15,303 

15, 452 

845 

13,416 

4,011 

8,600 

716 

15,192 

389 

6, 874 

5, 067 

2,368 

568 

2, 506 



3,430 
9,769 

667 
3,730 
5, 132 
5, 972 
3,455 
1,202 
1,113 
7, 202 
2, 958 
11,891 

r,,s;i 
7,936 
4, 6f.fi 

585 
13, 93 1 
4,281 
6,797 
4, 128 



2, 905 
6,843 
3, 496 
4,121 
9, 607 
5, 780 
2, 807 
20, 284 
1,236 
7,936 
5, 704 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



53 



Pueblos {towns) in the Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Pueblos. 



Cabugao 

Cabuntog 

Cabiiyao 

Cadiz" Nuevo 

Cagayan 

Cagayancillo 

Cagsaua 

Caibiran 

Cainta 

Cajaguaan 

Cajidiocan 

Calabanga 

Calaea 

Calamba 

Calapan 

Calape 

Calasgasan 

Calasiao 

Calatagan 

Calatrava 

Calatrava 

Calaoag 

Calauang 

Calbayog 

Calbiga 

Caliboor Calivo. 

Calinog 

Calolbong 

C'aloocan 

Calumpit 

Caluya 

Camalaniugan .. 

Carnalig 

Camaligan 

Camiling 

Canaman 

Cangco 

Candaba 

Candelaria 

Candelaria 

Candijay 

Candon 

Canoan 

Cantilan 

Capalonga 

Capailgan 

Capas 

Capiz 

Capoocan 

Capul 

Caratra 

Caramoran 

Caramoran 

Carranglan 

Carcar 

Cardona 

Caridad 

Gang 

Cariuara 

Caritan 

Carles 

Carlr.ta (La) 

Carmen 

D< 

Carmona 

Oartnona 

Canuscal 

Caaignan 

n 



Island, province, or district. 



Castilla 

Castilk-jos 

Cataingan 

Catanauan 

Catanduanes Bae^araanoc. 

Catanduanes Bato 

Catarman 



Catbalogan 

Catel 

Cati^bian.. 

6n 

Catubig.... 



Ilocos Sur 

Surigao 

Laguna 

Negros Occidental 

Misamis 

Antique 

Albay 

Leyte 

Rizal (Morong) 

Leyte 

Romblon 

Ambos Camarines Sur. . . 

Batangas 

Laguna 

Mindoro 

Bohol 

Ambos Camarines 

Pangasinan 

Batangas 

Darao 

Negros Occidental 

Tayabas 

Laguna 

Samar 

do 

Capiz 

Iloilo 

Albay 

Rizal (Manila) 

Bulac^n 

Mindoro 

Cagavan de Luzon 

Albay 

Ambos Camarines Sur. . . 

Tarlac 

Ambos Camarines Sur. . . 

Boutoc 

Pampanga 

Tayabas 

Zambales 

Bohol 

Ilocos Sur 

Bohol 

Surigao 

Ambos Camarines Norte. 

Benguet 

Tarlac 

Capiz 

Leyte 

Samar 

Surigao 

Ambos Camarines Sur... 

Albay 

Nueva Ecija 

Cebu 

Rizal (Morong) 

Cavite 

Isabela de Luzon 

Leyte 

Antique 

Iloilo 

Negros Occidental 

Bohol 

Cebu 

Cavite 

Davao 

Surigao 

Principe 

Sorsogon 

Principe 

Sorsog6ii 

Zambales 

Masbate and Tiead 

Tayabas 

Albav 

no 

Misamig 

Samar 

'In 

Surigao 

Bohol 

Cebu 

Samar 



Population Population, 

estimated census of 

1898-99. 1887. 



259 
175 
888 
016 
405 
000 
449 
153 
275 
260 
636 
704 
288 
476 
585 
025 
813 
753 
964 



585 
234 
865 
872 



300 

(173 
959 




4.000 



874 
182 

1 5: i 
500 
ill 
oy* 

565 



54 



GAZETTEER ov THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



Pueblos [towns) in the Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Pueblo*. 



Cauayan 

Cauayan 

Cauayan 

Cavite 

Cavite Viejo 

Caibiran 

Cebd 

Cervantes , 

Cervera 

Claveria 

Coloma de Santa Isabela 

Oompostela 

Concepci6n 



Consolaci6ii 
Corcuera ... 
Cordoba 



Cordon 
Corel la 
Cortes . 



Cotabato (Cottabato) 

Cristiano 

Cristina 

Cuartero 

Cuenca 

Culasi 

CuliOn 

CunuguD 

Cuyapo 

Cuyo 

Daan Rantayan 

Daclan 

Daet 

Dagami 

Dagupan 

Dalaguete 

Dalican 

Danao 

Dancalan 

Dauin 

Danlig 

Dao 



[aland, province, or district. 



Dapa 

Dapitan 

Dapnan 

Dasol 

Dauis 

Davao 

Despnjol 

Diadi 

1)111) HO 

Dinagai 

DinaTupijan 

LiiiL'k 

I >! TILTH- 

g 

Dolores 

Do 

Donsol 

Dnefias 

Duero Roboi , 

Diilag Leyte 

Dumaguete Negroa oriental 

Dumaiag Capiz , 

Dumangas Hollo , 

DumanTug Cebd 

Dumaran 

Dumarao 

Ddpax 

Ecnague 

Egafla 

Kl Pardo 

El Salvador 

Enrlle 





Fidilizan 

Florida blaiicu 



[lOCOS Stir 

Isabela de Luz6n 

Negros Occidental 

Cavite 

Cavite 

Leyte 

Cebd 

Lepanto 

Davao 

Cagayan de Luzon 

Isabela de Luzon 

Cebd 

Iloilo 

Tarlac 

Tiagan 

Cebd 

Konibloii 

Cebd 

Iloilo 

Isabela de Ltizon 

Rohol 

...a\o 

Surigao 

Cotabato 

Bontoc 

Davao 

Capiz 

Batangas 

Antique 

Calamianes 

Bontoc 

Nueva Ecija 

Calamianes 

Cebu 

Rengnet 

Ambos Camarines Norte 

Leyte 

Pangasinan 

Cebd 

Bontoc 

Cebu 

Negros Occidental 

Negros Oriental 

Palawan | Paragna) 

Antique 

Capiz 

Surigao, Mindanao 

Misamis 

Surigao 

Zambales 

Rohol 

Mindanao 

Romblon 

Nueva Vizcava 

Roliol 

Surigao, Mindanao 

Bata&n 

Iloilo 

[locos Norte 

Misamis 

A bra 

Tayabas 

SorsogOn 

Iloilo 



Palawan (Paragua) 

Capiz 

Nueva Vizcava 

Isabela de Luzon ... 

Antique 

Cebd 

Misamis 

Cagayan, Luzon 

NegrOS Occidental. . 

Concepclon 

bontoc 

Pampauga 



Population 
estimated 



35,243 



, 992 
,308 



478 
,654 



Population, 

census of 

1887. 



5,344 
2, 159 
2,194 
2, 892 

6, 302 

4,445 

11.19H 

10,026 



3, 654 
1 , 602 
4,431 
3, 872 
13,423 

"4," 307 
1,990 
6, 329 
3,218 
976 
3,735 



893 
156 



4,623 

5,644 

7,549 

4, 277 

339 

8,702 

3, 903 

9,621 

994 

7,993 

23, 748 

16,800 

19, 269 

443 

13, 575 

2, 984 

6,751 

569 

7, 549 

5, 277 

2, 281 

3,788 

275 

2, 425 

7,248 

1,473 



105 
7,901 
2,343 
3,784 

12,800 

11,669 
3, 355 
2, 062 
2, 103 
5, 621 
6, 339 
5, 727 
9,098 

13,244 
7,390 

16,736 
9, 728 
2,032 
5,150 
3,806 
3,986 
2,366 



5,203 

3,892 



246 
6,654 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



55 



Pueblos (towns) in the Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Pueblos. 



Island, province, or district. 



Population Population, 
estimated census of 
1887. 



Gainza 

Galiano 

Gamu 

Gandara 

Gapan 

Garcia Hernandez 

Garellano 

Gasan 

Gattaran 

Gerona 

Getafe 

Gigaquit 

Ginatilau 

Ginatvian 

Gingoog 

Ginigaran 

Goa 

Granada 

Guagua 

Giibat 

Guernica 

Guibungan 

Guiguinto . 

Guihulugan or Guijuiugan. 

Guil juiigan 

Guimbal 

Guimbalaon 

Guinaon 

Guinayangan 

Guindulman 

Guinobatan 

Guinsilitan 

Guisijan 

Guiuan 

Gumaca 

Gunduhiian 

Gusa ■ 

Hagonoy 

Hermosa or Liana Hermosa 

Hernani 

Hilongos 

Hindang 

Hinunangan (Hinanarigan) 

Hinundavan 

Iba 

Ibaan 

Ibajay 

Ibung 

Igbaras 

Iguig 

Ilagan 

Ilaya 

Iligan 

l\™g 

nog -peg™ 

Iloilo illoilo. 

Imus I Cavite 

Inabanga I Bohol 

Inapuy I Bontoc 




Am bos Camarines 

Benguet 

Isabela de Luzon 

8a mar 

Nueva Ecija 

Bohol 

Davao 

Marinduque 

Cagayan, Luzon 

Tarlae 

Bohol 

Surigao 

Cebii 

Surigao 

Misami 

Negros Occidental 

Ambos Camarines 

Negros Occidental 

Pampanga 

Sorsogon 

Davao 

Benguet 

Bulacan 

Negros Oriental . . 
Negros Occidental 

Iloilo 

Negros Occidental 

Bontoc 

Tavabas 

Bohol 

Albay 

Misamis 

Antique 

Samar 

Tavabas 

Bobol 

Misamis 

Bulacan 

Bataan 

Samar 

Levte 

....do 

....do 

....do 

Zambales 

Batangas 

Capiz 

Nueva Vizcava . . . 

Iloilo 

Cagayan 

Isabela de Luzon. 

Lanao 

Misamis 

Mindoro 

Negros Occidental 



Indan Ambos Camarines. 

Indang Cavite 

Infanta Zambales 

Initao . .\ | Misamis 

Levte 

Bohol 

Misamis 

Ambos Camarines. 

Mindoro 

Sorsog6n 

Basilan 

Negros Occidental. 

Isio do 

Itr.gon Benguet 

I visMn Capiz 

Jabonga Surigao, 

Jaen Nueva Ecija 

Jagna Bohol 

Jagnaya Capiz . 



Jalajala Rizal (M6rong) 

Jamindan I CApiz 

Janiuay I Iloilo 



4,785 
805 
9,261 
3,397 
7,116 

12, 144 
2,277 
1,433 

13, 620 
7,748 
2,864 

10, 722 

13,359 

"'685' 
5,115 
7,006 



790 
20, 120 
2,649 
2,555 
13, 813 
5,314 
7,899 
3,896 
3,512 
8,900 
11,351 



4, 239 
1,745 
5,586 

17,094 

143 

6, 224 

1,300 

11,104 
1,5% 
609 
5,000 
1,644 
4,651 

11,162 
2, .500 
1.7:::, 
5,000 

28,788 



5,574 

1,460 

10, 074 

*2,125 



679 
2,215 






GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



Pueblos (towns) in the Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Pueblos. 



Jaro 



[aland, province, or district. 



Jasaan 

Jlabons 

JlmalaTud 

Jimamaylan.. 

Jimenei 

Jimeno 

9ulu i ... 
Jovellar 

.luh.lll 

La Caridad ... 
l^i Carlota — 

La Granja 

La Paz 

Do 

Do 

La Trinidad .. 

Labo 

Lacy 

Lagabay 

Lagaui 

Lagonlong . .. 

Lagonoy 

Laguncu 

LaT-ld 

Lambunao . .. 

Lanang 

Laarngan — 

Lanuza 

Laoag 

Laoang 

Lapog 

Las Mercedes. 



Las Pifiafi 

Lauis 

Lavezai 

Leganes 

Legaspi 

Lemerv 

Do 

Leon 

Leyte 

Lezo 

Lian 

Liariga 

Libacao 

Libanan 



Libong 

Licab 



Llla 

Lilio 

Liloan 

Do 

Lingayen 

Lingulg 



i [ennosa , 



Loboc 



11 

Loculan 









Loon 

L6p< / 

Loreto 

Los Bafios . 

Lubao 

Lubnrigan. 
Lucban 

I 



I 



Leyte 

[lollo 

Misamls 

Samar 

Negros Oriental .. . 
Negroa < Accidental. 

Misainis 

C&plz 

Sulu 

Albay 

8oraog6n 

Cavite 

Negros Occidental 

Samar 

Abra 

Iloilo 

Tarlac 

Benguet 

Ambos Camarines. 
Negros Oriental ... 

Davao 

Quiadgan 

Misainis 

Ambos Camarines . 

Rizal (M6rong) 

Cagayan 

Iloilo 

Samar 

.Misainis 

Surigao 

[lOCOS Norte 

Samar 

Ilocos Sur 

Davao 

Zamboanga 

Rizal (Manila) .... 

Bohol 

Samar 

Iloilo 

Albay 

Batangas 

Iloilo 

do 

Leyte 

Capiz 

Batangas 

Surigao 

Capiz 

Ambos Camarines . 

Albay 

do ., 

Nncva Ecija 

Albay 

Bohol ! 

Laguna 

Cebri 

Leyto 

Pangasinan 

Surigao 

Batangas 

Bataan 

Bohol 

Batangas 

Capiz 

Minimis 

Laguna 

Benguel 

Mindoro 

Koiiil.l.'.n 

Bobol 

Tayabas 

Surigao 

Laguna 

Mindoro , 

Pampanga 

Lanao 

TaVabas 

Iloilo 

Tayabas 

Laguna 



Population Population, 

estimated census of 
1887. 



17.') 
:;:;;; 
in 
;>7'.i 
;,;.;> 
768 
71)7 
278 
.mid 
279 
linn 
258 
384 
li;i 
869 
till 
so;, 
000 
218 
448 



094 
129 

000 



756 

:»il 

17.-) 

|.,7 
7.-,:, 
511 

000 

802 



9, 228 

10,993 
3,611 

2, 075 
7.073 
8,057 
5,990 

■>, '.MO 
832 

8,841 

5,971 
6,836 

3, '247 
3,511 
3,872 
4,118 
1,589 
4,120 



613 



1,618 
10, 340 



4,294 
7, 727 
3,034 
5, 661 
2,207 
30,840 
7,315 
6,826 



3, 454 
3, 958 
7,188 
3,347 
4,553 
7,182 
15, 386 

2, 493 
13,059 

3,211 
3,793 
4,877 
2,387 

3, 7.S3 
[4,655 

7,116 
4,563 



16, 9S0 
4,255 
b, 975 
*S041 
2,986 

15, 755 



43, 077 
a, 591 
(i, 353 

10, 756 
5, 125 
2, 920 
4, 373 
1, [26 
1,015 
1,309 
6, 963 

12.321 
7,017 



2, 753 
8,716 

20,:i II 
2,565 

10,238 
5,403 
5,497 
4,609 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



57 



Pueblos [towns) m the Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Pueblos. 



Island, province, or district. 



Population 

estimated 

1898-99. 



Lumbang Laguna .. 

Lupao Nueva Ecija 

Lupi Ambos Camariues. 

Luzon j Davao 

Maasin Leyte 

| Iloilo 

Maayon i Capiz 

Mabalacat ; Pampanga 

Mabatang Bataan 

Mabatobato Ambos Camarines 

Mabitac Laguua 

Macabebe Pampanga 

Maealelon Tayabaa , 

Maeato Capiz 

Mac-i 'rohon Leyte 

Madalag Capiz 

Madridejos Cebu 

Magalang 

Magallanes 



Magarao... 
Magdalena 



Pampanga 

Romblon 

Sorsogon 

Cavite 

Ambos Camarines 

do 

Lamina 

Masbate. Ticao 

DoeosSnT 

Quiangan 

Misamis 

Bontoc 



Magsingal 

MagiVlang 

Mahinog ^Maginog) 

Mainit 

Majayjay Laguna 

Malabiiyoc Cebu 

Malasiqui Pangasinan 

Malaneg Caga van 

Malecon Bontoc 

Malibago Leyte 

Malibav Rizal 

Malilipot Albay 

Malinao do 

Capiz 

Malitbog Leyte 

Maloli >s Bulacan 

Mainbajao Misamis 

Mambii'lao Ambos Camarines . 

Mambvirao Mindoro 

Mambiisao Capiz 

Manaoa g Pangasinan 

Manapla Negros Occidental. 

Mandaue Ccbu 

Mandurriao Iloilo 

Mangaldan Pangasinan 

Mangarin Mindoro 

Mansataren Pangasinan 

Maneuirin Ambos Camarines . 

Manila Manila 

Manitan Albay 

Manjuyod Negros Oriental . . . 

Mansalay Mindoro 

Marangondon Cavite 

Maria. Xesrros Oriental ... 

Do Bohol 

Maria Cristina Misamis 

Maribojoc Bohol 

Marilao Bulacan 

Maripipi Leyte 

Mariquina , Rizal 

Mari veles Bataan 





Masinloc 

Matalom 

Matina 

Matnog 

Mati 

Mauban 

Maynit 

Medellin 

M€ndez Nunez 
Merced 

Merida 



Meycauayan .. 
Miagao 



Masbate ... 
Zambales.. 

Leyte 

Davao 

Mati 

1 •wftbas 

Sufigao 

Cebti 

Cavite 

Samat 

Leyte 

Pampanga. 
Bulacan ... 

Iloilo 



,293 
608 
765 



499 

074 
616 
600 
766 
849 
431 
400 
000 
136 
780 
,6S1 



Population, 

census of 

1887. 



4,951 

"'790 
233 

14,473 

10, 476 
1,980 
9,101 
1,857 
1,196 
1,398 

12, 845 
3, 426 
6,589 
4,985 
3,811 



971 

446 



15, 

6, 
16, 

2, 
10, 

1, 
350, 

1. 



745 

coo 
268 
550 
221 
745 
DCs 
897 
099 
119 
100 I 



1,573 
2,588 
2,477 
5,663 

"3,'i43 

846 
4,817 



4,173 
349 

7,176 

6,947 
12, 755 

2,947 
561 
815 

1, 833 

5, 243 
11, 828 

G, 586 

7, 466 
15, 706 

8,737 
9 9 
408 

8, 525 
9,331 
4,309 

10,118 

5, 259 

12, 790 

357 

10, 744 

697 

169, 192 

1,588 

4, 547 

353 

8,277 

"4," 976 

138 

10, 286 

4,566 

1,529 

it, m 

1,690 
'2, 284 
2.711 
4,671 



3, 665 
535 
8,962 
2,006 
4, 961 
3,651 
1. B2 
1.712 
11.721 

20, 732 



•~>^ GAZKTTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Puebloi [townt) iii tjir Philippine Island* — Continued. 



Pueblos. 



Milagros 

Mina 

Minalabac 

Minalin 

Minglanilla '. 

Minuluan 

lis 

•til 

Mobo 

Mogpog 

Molo 

Molugan 

Moncada 

Mondragon 

Montalb&n 

Morella 

Moriones 

Moron 

M6rong 

Mulanay 

Munguia 

Muntinlupa 

Murcia 

Do 

Naanan 

Nabua 

Naga <>r Nueva CAceres. 

Naga 

Nagaba 

Nagcarl&n 

Nagpartian 

Naguilian 

Do 

NAig 

Nalupa 

NamacpacAn 

Nampicuan 

Narvacan 

Nagsiping 

Nasugbu 

Naujan 

Naval 

Navas 

Navotas 

Nonoc 

Norzagaray 

NovalYcbeS 

Noveleta 

Nueva CAceres 

Nueva Coveta 

Nueva Valencia 

Numancia 

Do 





Obando. . . 
Odiofigan 
O'Donell . 
< ilongapo. 
Opol 

OpOU 

Oquendo . 

Oral) 

Omni 

OrtU 



Orion 

< trmoc 

< "roqllieta 

ObIod 

Oteyza) 

0t6n 

Oyanguren 

Paete 

Pagbilao 

PagaanjArj 

Palatum 

I'iihiria- 

PalAnog 

- 

PalAuig 

Pulma 



Island, province, or district. 



Masbate 

Ambos Camarines . 

Iloilo 

Ambos Camarines . 

Pampanga 

Cebti 

NegrOS Occidental. 
Misamis 

Cebu 

Masbate 

Marinduque 

Iloilo 

Misamis 

Tarlac 

Samar 

Kizal 

Davao 

Tiirlac 

Bataan 

M6rong (Rizal) ... 

Tayabas 

Bontoc 

Kizal 

Negros Occidental. 

Tarlac 

Misamis 

Ambos Camarines. 

do 

Cebii 

Iloilo 

Laguna 

Ilocos Norte 

Isabela de Luzon.. 

Union 

Cavite 

Antique 

Uni6n ., 

Nueva Ecija 

Ilocos Sur 

Oagaydn 

Batangas 

Mindoro 

Levte 

Capiz 

Kizal 

Surigao 

Bulacan 

Kizal 

Cavite 

Cebu 

Ilocos Sur 

Negros Oriental . . . 

Capiz 

Surigao 

Albay 

Bulacan 

Komhlon 

Tarlac 

Zambales 

Misamis 

Cebu 

Samar 

Davao 

Bataan 

Samar 

Bataan 

Leyte 

Misamis 

Cebu 

Surigao 

Iloilo 

Davao 

Laguna 

Tayabas 

Laguna 

[sabela de Luzon.. 

Masbate 

do 

Samar 

Zambales 

Benguet 



Population 

estimated 
L898-99. 



068 

000 



890 
789 
550 
926 

000 
976 
985 

172 
105 
215 
972 
630 
241 
500 
023 



312 
1X3 
257 



541 
305 
871 

M>4 
331) 
789 
316 

123 
111 
357 
948 I 
924 : 



Population, 

census of 
1887. 



2, 985 
5, 053 
5, 720 
3, 621 
6,239 

17, 904 
7, :.iil 

3, l .M4 
5, 929 

1 , 783 
5,173 
7,281 
1,170 

2, 425 
1,222 
3, 352 



506 

200 



13,363 



1,080 
2, (153 
6, 648 
1,495 



4,212 
2, 768 
2,316 
1,200 

17,244 
9, 251 

10, 525 
5,794 

13, 586 
3,477 

" "9," 458 
8,078 
2,861 
8,849 
2,046 

18, 393 
964 
7,838 
4,367 
2,835 
4,214 

12,844 
667 
6,111 
2,166 
2,214 
5,104 
435 
6, 576 
6,111 
2,678 

10, 949 
7, 576 
6,378 
1,693 



10, 267 



5, 949 
5,071 
7, 429 

13,315 
7,374 
5,664 
1,-541 

14,567 



2,929 
4,524 
7,124 
980 
2,133 



3,468 

2,521 

392 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



59 



Pueblos (towns) in the Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Pueblos. 



Island, province, or district. 



Population 

estimated 

1898-99. 



Population, 
census of 

1887. 



Palo 

Palompon .. 

Paltoc 

Paluan 

Pambujan.. 
Paminuitan 
Pamplona . . 



Panay 

Pandaean 
Pandan .. 



Pafigil 

Panglao 

Paniqui 

Panitan 

Pantabafigan 

Paoay 

Paombong 

Paquil 

Paracale 

Paranaque 

Paranas 

Paric or Dolores 

Pasacao 

Pasig 

Passi 

Pastrana 

Pasuquin 

Patnongon 

Pateros 

Pavia 

Payo 

Pefiaranda : . . 

Pen a plata 

Perez Dasmarifias 

Piat 

Pidigan 

Piddig 

Pila 

Pilar 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Pili 

Pililla 

Pinabagdao 

Pinamalayan 

Pinamungajan 

Pineda now Pa say 

Piquigan 

Pitogo 

Placer 

Pola 

Polangui 

Polillo 

Polo 

Pollok 

Pontevedra 

Do 

Poquitan 

Porac 

Poro 

Pototan 

Pozorrubio 

Puerto Galera 

Puerto Princesa 

Pulilan 

Puncan 

Pura 

Quinablangan 

Quinapundan 

Quinaquil or Quing-aquing 

Quinuguitan 

Quirigua 

Quiot 

Quipayo 

Ragay 

Reina Mercedes 

Romblon 



Leyte 

do 

Tiagan 

Mindoro 

Samar 

Bohol 

Ambos Camarines 

Cagayan 

Capiz 

Manila City 

Antique 

Catanduanes (Albay) 

Laguna 

Bohol 

Tarlac 

Capiz.., 

Nueva Ecija 

Ilocos Norte 

Bulacan 

Laguna 

Ambos Camarines 

Rizal 

Samar 

do 

Ambos Camarines 

Rizal 

Iloilo 

Leyte 

Ilocos Norte 

Antique 

Rizal 

Iloilo 

Catanduanes 

Nueva Ecija 

Davao' 

Cavite 

Cagayan 

Abra 

Ilocos Norte 

Laguna 

Abra 

Bataan 

Capiz 

Cebu 

Sorsogon, Albay 

Ambos Camarines 

Morong ( Rizal ) 

Samar 

Mindoro 

Cebu 

Rizal (Manila) 

Bontoc 

Tayabas 

Surigao 

Mindoro 

Albay 

Infanta 

Bulacan 

Cotabato 

Capiz 

Negros Occidental 

Bontoc 

Pampanga 

Cebu 

Iloilo 

Pangasinan 

Mindoro 

Palawan (Paragua) .. 

Bulacan 

Nueva Ecija 

Tarlac 

Mati 

Samar 

Bontoc 

Misarnis 

Bulacan 

Leyte 

Ambos Camarines 

<h> 

[sabelfl de Luzon 

Romblon 



17 



36 

7,858 

770 

1,561 

7, 423 



3,647 
2,404 

15,484 
2,446 

13, 737 
2, 153 
2,459 
6,795 
8, 712 

10, 020 
1,513 

11, 848 

10, 297 
1,719 
3,211 
9,863 
7,366 
3,469 
1,548 

22,000 

13, 802 



5,616 
5,911 
2, 842 
10,221 
. 2,800 
7,700 



4,696 
2,716 
2, 142 
10,841 
5,987 
4,107 
3,471 
2,895 
4, 268 
5, 458 
3, 635 
2,000 
1,975 
292 
5,378 
9, 825 



3,011 



572 
10, 050 
1,400 
7,945 
400 
9. 512 
12,000 



8, 512 
7,000 
14, 512 
9,947 
1,912 
1,589 
10, 058 

501 
5, 255 

299 
2,000 

512 
1,320 
8,854 
2,422 
1,793 
2,300 
3,286 
6,764 



16,055 
5,765 



1,677 
5,396 
5,199 
3,253 
4, 929 

19,343 
4,624 

10,654 
1,884 
2,794 
4, 272 
5,553 
6,455 
1,186 

12, 147 
8,177 
1,826 
2, 762 

10, 173 
5,879 
2, 592 
1,413 

18,54 
8,629 



7,262 
6, 239 
5, 762 
7, 924 
1,737 
6,926 



4,339 
2,591 
2,873 
7,828 
6,101 
1,564 
3,749 
4,833- 
4, 231 
4, 550 
3,087 



000 
114 
559 
443 

784 
293 
613 
893 



9,106 

1,114 

10,162 

390 

6, 491 

6,901 

439 

8, 594 

6, 932 

20, 912 

9,604 

792 

1,345 

9,869 

562 

4,301 



1,703 
290 
1,415 
7,312 
2, 025 
1,915 
1,703 
1,807 
6,016- 



60 liAXKTTKl.K OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Um {towns) in the Philippine />/"//</*— Continued. 



•il.l.'.o-. 



Roqnetas 

Roaario... 

Do... 
Ronda... 
Sablayan . 
Sablan... 

BagftJ 

Sagnay . . 
>:i asa — 

Salay 

Salcedo... 



;land, province, or district. 



can . . . 

SadaiJga 

Sagada 

Salvador 

SalP.al 

Samboan 

Sanuqui 

Ban Agustin . 

San Antonio. 



San bartolome 

San Carlos 

San Carlos de Marigatao. 

San Clemente 

San Dionisio 

San Emilio 

Sun Enrique 



San Kstehan 

San Fal>ian 

San Felipe 

San Felipe Nery 
flan Fernando.*. 



San Fernando (Rivera de) 
Ban Francisco 



San Gregorio - 
San [Id 



Sail [sidro del Campo 
San Isidro 



■ ■into. 



San Joaquin. 

S.i 1 1 .1. 



San Jose" de Buenavista 
s-aii .! Casig nan. .. 

-•'■ de Ibana 

—'• de Nfanabo 

lan 



San .loan fde Guimba . .. 
apilay) 



San Juan del Monte. 

San Julian 

onardo 

San Lull 



San Manuel . .. 
San Marcelino. 
San Hal 



D&vao. 

Nucva Ecija 

Batangas 

Cavite 

I'ni.'.n 

Cebu 

[locos Bur 

Benguet 

Misamis 

AmbOS Camarines. 

Pangasinan 

Misamis 

[locos Bur 

S&mar 

Bontoc 

>\o 

do 

Misamis 

Bataan 

Cebu 

Bontoc 

Masbate 

Laguna, 

Nueva Ecija 

Zambales 

Batanes 

Pangasinan 

Batanes 

Tarlae 

ConcepciOn 

Tiagan 

Iloilo 

Negros Occidental. 

Ilocos Sur 

Pangasinan 

Zambales 

Rizal 

Ambos Camarines. 

Cebu 

Masbate 

Pampanga 

Fnion 

Zambales 

Cavite 

Cebu 

Abra 

Bulacan 

Ilocos Sur 

Leyte. ., 

Nucva Ecija 

Pangasinan 

Zambales 

Masbate 

Pangasinan 

Iloilo 

Ambos Camarines . 

Batangas 

Bulacan 

Corregidor 

Davao 

Nueva Ecija 

Antique 

Principe 

batanes 

Abra 

Manila ( Rizal) 

Abra 

Batangas 

BohoL. 

Nueva Ecija 

Negros ( »riental . . . 

Burigao 

Union 

Manila i Kizal) 

Bamar 

Nil: 'Va K: i.|a 

Batangas 

Pampanga 

Pangasinan 

Zambales 

Rizal 



Population 

estimated 

1898-99. 



( 155 

567 
429 
601 
or, 
352 
056 
531 
863 
159 
059 
918 

(Kill 
(Kill 

397 
514 



852 
621 
267 
951 
285 
i;,i 
146 
HIT 



979 



Population, 
census of 

1SS7. 



7,1(58 

14,376 

6, 076 

2, 834 

4, 339 
864 
543 

3,154 

' 5,845 

1,635 

1,802 

3,467 

25 

568 

1,090 

3, 293 

4,938 

7, 052 

532 

1,451 

1,673 

8,327 

4,853 

1,355 

30, 148 

1,236 

1,954 

4,375 

"3," 084 
3,410 
2, 821 
9,411 
4,218 
7,517 
3,068 

12,967 
2, 620 

16,031 

12, 185 
453 
8,396 
6,486 
1,231 
7, 262 
2,584 
3,145 
9,474 
4,340 
2, 623 
2,469 
4,862 

12,516 
7,903 
9,874 
2, 760 
458 



6, 634 

'"2," 237 
818 

11,168 

6, 428 
5, 971 

""843 

9,716 
2, 288 

2,955 



5, 899 
10,765 
10, 164 
4,275 
4,641 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



61 



Pueblos (town*) in the Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Pueblos. 



Pan Miguel or Sarrat. 



San Miguel de Mayumo . 
San Nicolas 



San Narciso. 



San Pablo 

San Paseual 

San Pedro 

San Pedro Macati .. 
San Pedro Tunasan 



San Quintin . 

San Rafael ... 
San Ramon... 
SanRemigio. 

San Ricardo. 
San Roque . . . 
San Sebastian 



San Simon... 
Sanchez Mira 

Santa 

Santander ... 
Santa Ana . . . 

Santiago 

Santa Ana . . . 



Santa Barbara. 



Santa Catalina 
Santa Cruz 



Santa Cruz de Malab6n . 
Santa Cruz de Mindoro . 

Santa Cruz de Napo 

Santa Fe 



Abra . . . , 

Nueva Ecija 

Bulacan 

Davao 

Antique 

Cebu 

Levte 

Cavite 

Cebu 

Samar 

Pampanga 

Cagaydn 

Ilocos Sur 

Cebu 

Manila City 

Ilocos Sur 

Misamis 

Pampanga 

Iloilo 

Pangasinan 

Ilocos Sur 

Davao 

Laguna 

Ilocos Sur 

Zambales 

Cavite 

Mindoro 

....do 

Cebu 

Romblon 

Tarlac 

Bulacan 

Ilocos Sur 

Ilocos Sur 

Isabela de Luzon .. 

Pangasinan 

Zamboanga 

Laguna 

Batanes 

Bulacan 

Samar 

Pampanga 

Samar 

Laguna,. 

Nueva Ecija 

Ilocos Sur 

Nueva Ecija 

Santo Domingo de Basco Batanes 

Santo Nino Cagayan 

Samar ., 

Santor Nueva Ecija 

Santo Tomas Batangas 

Pampanga 

Union 

San Vicente | Ambos Camarines. 

[loCOS Sur 

San Vicente de Saptang Batanes 

Sapao Quia riga n 

Surigao 

Sapian (a pi z 

Sara Concepci6n 

Saravia Negros ( x-ciden tal . 

Sariaya Ta yaba E 

Sebaste Antique 

Semerara Mi ndoro 



Santa Ignacia 
Santa Isabel . 
Santa Lucia . 
Santa Maria . 



Santa Maria de Caboan 
Santa Maria de Mayan 
Santa Maria de Pandi . 

Santa Margarita 

Santa Rita 



Santa Rosa 



Santo Domingo. 



Island, province, or district. 



Population Population, 
estimated census of 
1898-99. 1887. 



Ilocos Norte. 

Iloilo 

Leyte 

Pampanga... 

Bulacan 

Ilocos Norte . 

Cebu 

Pangasinan . 

Tayabas 

Zambales 

Laguna 

Burias 

Antique 

Rizal 

Laguna 



9, 015 



1S2 



7,817 
2,998 
8,532 



359 
394 
434 
324 



11,251 

6, 830 

2, 618 

5,585 

19, 397 

13,056 

21,586 

12, 743 

2, 178 

7, 282 

19, 365 

1,690 

6,830 

3,625 

4,404 

968 

7,578 
10,149 



3,505 
6,681 
3,077 
5,667 
2,442 
1,900 



8,700 
3,820 
2,961 
4,123 
2,242 
6, 322 

15, 167 

9,667 

5,167 

714 

12, 940 

7,656 

5,185 

7,453 

199 

15, 568 
2,936 



1,447 

6, 520 

7,566 

12, 622 

2,842 

4,944 

2,681 

855 

715 

9,476 



8,389 
2,337 
9,355 
3,723 
8,114 



3,269 
3,303 



3,099 

11,039 

3,781 

4,863 



1,791 



1,548 
3,181 
6,451 
9, 666 

7,112 

4,391 

271 



62 



GAZKTTEKK OF THK l'HILIl'IM N K ISLANDS. 



Pueblo* {towns) m the Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Pueblos. 



Sevilla 



Bexmo&n 

Siasi 

Biaton , 

Sibay 

Biboilga 

8ibal6n 

Blb&ibu 

Bibulan 

sierra Bullonei 

Sigaboy 

Stoma 

si lam; 

Silay 

Sinait 

Siniloan 

Bipocot 

Siqulior 

Biquijor 

Biruma 

Sogod 

Sogod 

Solaria 

Solano 

Solaona 

Sorsog6n 

Bual 

Buay 

Sabaang 

Sribic 

Sulat 

Bumag 

Surigao 

Taal 

Tabaeo 

Tabog6n 

Tabontabon .. 

Taccon 

Tacloban 

TaganaAn 

Tagbilaran ... 

Tago 

Tagoloan 

Tagudiu 

Taguiig 

Talacogon 



Talamban 

Talavera 

Talindac 

Talibon (Talibong). 
Tali-av 



Talisayan .. 
Talublng ... 
Tambobong 
Tamontaca . 

Tamilian ... 



Taliay 

Tandaf 
Tangalan.. 

ay — 

o 



Tarangn&n 

Tarifa 

Tarlac 

Tayal 

ian ... 

:i .... 



Island, province, or district. 



Tayng 

Tayum (Taydn). 





Tetapan 

Tetuau 



Bohol 

[locos Bur 

Pampanga 

Snln 

Negroa Oriental .. . 

Mindoro 

Cebti 

Antique 

Tiagan 

NegTOS Oriental ... 

Bohol 

Malabang 

Antique 

Cavite 

Negros Occidental . 

[locos Bur 

Laguna 

Ambos Camarines. 

Bohol 

NegTOS Oriental ... 
Ambos Camarines. 

Cebn 

Leyte 

Cagay&n 

Nueva Vizcaya 

Ilocos Norte 

Sorsogon 

Pangasinan 

Negros Occidental. 

Mindoro 

Zambales 

Samar 

Negros Occidental . 

Surigao 

Batangas 

Albay 

Cebn 

Leyte 

Bontoc 

Leyte 

Surigao 

Bohol 

Surigao 

Misamis 

Ilocos Sur 

Rizal 

Butuan 

Surigao 

Cebn 

Nueva Ecija 

Palawan 

Bohol 

Ambos Camarines. 

Batangas 

Cebu 

Misamis 

Bontoc 

Rizal 

Cotabato 

Batangas 

Leyte 

Rizal 

Surigao 

Capiz 

NegTOS Oriental . . . 

Bontoc 

Capiz 

Samar 

Davao 

Tarlac 

Tayabas 

Negros Oriental .. . 

Batangas 

Rizal 

Palawan 

Pangasinan 

Abra 

Rizal 

Cavite 

Bontoc 

Zamboanga 



Population 

estimated 

1898-99. 



142 
252 

465 
675 



11,788 
679 
0,719 
4,722 
5, 578 
4,190 
3,991 

10,720 
2, 636 
2, 972 
397 
3,016 
4,615 
4,332 
6,285 

33, 378 

17, 436 
8,631 



000 
900 
036 
509 
529 
210 
982 

Ills 

492 
, 892 
, 950 



Population, 

census of 

L887. 



5, 337 

1,495 

6,289 

146 

8,210 

399 

22, 979 

12, 285 



5,857 
1,460 

"4*960 
7,224 

' "7*563 

5, 288 

1,069 

9,211 

7,6.54 

533 

5,873 

4,484 

6,087 

5,285 

4,150 

10, 313 

3,961 

1,598 

403 

2,791 

4,644 

4,425 

4, 952 

22,039 

16,655 

7,773 



341 
4,899 
2, 026 
7, 628 
2,416 
5,791 
3,797 
9,978 
1,568 

"7*2*8 
6, 439 
663 
4,011 
3,419 
6,805 

16, 089 

2, 392 

611 

21,762 
1,258 

20, 452 

14,621 
4,319 
2,443 
3,137 

10, 300 

251 

2, 486 

4,326 



S, 105 

16,058 

1,881 

7,204 
7, 172 
98 1 
9, SOI 
3, 201 
1 , 893 
2,371 
1,037 
3,920 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



63 



Pueblos (towns) in the Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Pueblos. 



Tiagan 

Tiaong 

Tibiao 

Ticlin 

Tigao 

Tigaon 

Tigbauan 

Timaruana .. 
Tinambac . . . 
Tiui, or Tivi . 

Toledo 

Tolon 

Tolosa 



Torrijos 

Trinidad 

Tuao 

Tubao 

Tubav 

Tubig 

Tubigon 

Tublay 

Tubungan.. 
Tuburan ... 

Tudela 

Tuguegarao 
Tumauini .. 

Tucucan 

Tuv 



Ubong 

Umngian 

Unisan 

Urbiztondo 

Urdaneta 

Us6n 

Valderrama . . . 

Valencia 

Valladolid 

Valle 

Vega 

Vera 

Veruela 

Victoria 

Vigan 

Vilar 

Villaba 

Villa-Real 

Villasis 

Villavieja 

Vintar 

Virac (Birae).. 
Zamboanga ... 
Zamboanguita 
Zaragoza 



Z&rraga — 

Zumarraga 



Island, province, or district. 



Tiagan 

Tayabas 

Antique 

Mindoro 

Surigao 

Am bos Ca marines. 

Iloilo 

Surigao 

Ambos Camarines. 

Albav 

Cebi'i 

Negros Oriental ... 

Leyte 

Surigao 

Marinduque 

Benguet 

Cagayan 

Uni6n 

Surigao 

Samar 

Bohol 

Benguet 

Iloilo 

Cebu 

do 

Cagayan 

Isabela de Luzon.. 

Bontoc 

Batangas 

Bohol 

Nueva yizcaya 

Nueva Ecija 

Tayabas 

Pangasinan 

Masbate 

Antique 

Bohol 

Negros Occidental . 

Nueva Ecija 

Catanduanes 

Davao 

Butiian 

Tarlac 

Ilocos Sur 

Bohol 

Leyte 

Samar 

Pangasinan 

Abra 

Ilocos Norte 

Catanduanes 

Mindanao 

Negros Oriental ... 

Nueva Ecija 

Zambales 

Iloilo 

Samar 



Population! Population, 

estimated census of 

1898-99. 1897. 



951) 
402 
384 
909 
100 
109 



119 

409 
9S6 
793 
505 
378 
855 
990 
80S 
760 



501 



7,783 

6,858 

6,201 

275 



3,079 
9,904 



2,615 
10,163 
1 8, 520 

2,»89 

4,885 



2,909 
1,589 
4,800 
6, 519 
2,155 
2,296 
11,612 
1,182 
5,317 
8,264 



19, 277 

4,571 

403 

11,011 
3,639 



5,014 
1,811 
6,142 

16, 481 
1,966 
4,426 
7, 032 

10, 207 

508 

2,927 



10, 234 
14, 249 
6,243 
2,495 
5,293 
7,383 
2,149 
9,178 
5,427 
3,803 
4,869 
5,907 



5, 687 
5, 465 



THE PHILIPPINE PEOPLE. 



The native inhabitants of the Philippine Islands may be classified 
as follows: Negritos, Indonesians. Malayans, European Mestizos. 

Negritos. — These are generally supposed to have been the first 
inhabitants of the islands, having come from New Guinea. As the 
name indicates, they are of small size and black color. They live in 
the mountain forests, where they wore driven back by later invaders. 
There arc Negritos of pure blood, like those which inhabit the moun- 
tains of Bataan, and the Mamanuas, the true aborigines of the island 
of Mindanao. There are other Negritos of mixed blood, and to this 
class belong the Negritos of Albay, Ilocos Norte and Sur, Tayabas, 



64 <;.\ZKTT1-:KK OE THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

Ambos Camarines, Nueva Keija, [loilo, and Negros<; the Manguianes 
of Mindoro, Tablas, Masbate. and Ticao: t hr Aetas of Pangasinan and 
Zatn bales; the Buquiles of Mindoro and Zambales; the Lgorrotes and 
the Attas. 

Indonesians. The native inhabitants of the island of Mindanao 
who are not either Negritos or Malays belong to the Indonesian race. 
Their characteristics are considerable height, great muscular develop* 
nient. prominence of the occipital region, high forehead, aquiline nose 
slightly curved, wavy hair, abundant beard, and light color. The 
Indonesians of pure or nearly pure blood art 4 divided into different 
tribes, called Bagobos, Guiangas, Atas, Tagacaolos, Manolos, Man- 
dayas. and Cataganes, The Indonesians of mixed blood are also divided 
into several groups, as the Samales, Tagabanas, Bilanes, Manguangas^ 
Dulanganes, Tagabalies, Monteses, Subanos, and Tirurayes. 

Malayans. — The Malayan race is the most largely represented in 
the population. It is at present not found in any part of the archi- 
pelago in a pure state, but is always more or less mixed with other 
race-. Negritos, Chinese, Japanese, Indonesians, and Europeans. The 
Philippine-Malays may be divided in three great groups: Christian 
Malays. Pagan Malays, and Mohammedan Malays or Moros. The 
Christian Malays are the Tagalogs, gathered about Manila and in some 
of the most highly civilized provinces of the Philippines to the num- 
ber of about 1,500,000; the Bicols, who inhabit Sorsogon, Albay, 
Ambos Camarines, and a part of Tayabas; the Visayans, who, to the 
number of 2,500,000, spread over the group of islands bearing the 
same name, and since very early times have been establishing them- 
selves on the coast of Mindanao; the Pampangos, the Pangasinans, and 
the Ilocanos, who inhabit the provinces of Pampanga, Pangasinan, 
and I locos, respectively. The Pagan-Malays are the Cimarrones, who 
inhabit the peninsula of Camarines; the Tinguianes or Itanegs, who 
live in Lepanto and Abra; the Ifugaos, who inhabit the Cordillera of 
the eastern Caraballos; the Catalanganes, who live along the east- 
ern branch of the river Uagan in the province of Lsabela de Luzon; 
finally the Manguianes, who inhabit the island of Mindoro. The 
Malay Mohammedans are divided into several tribes, as the Moros, 
who occupy Sulu, Tawi-Tawi, and Palawan (Paragua) to the number 
of 40,500, Sulu being the political, religious, and commercial center 
of all the Moros; the Moros of the Rio Grande, Lanao Lake, and 
[liana Bay, about 200,000; the Moros living along the Gulf of Davao, 
who have an admixture of Indonesian blood; the Sanguiles, who 
occupy a -trip along the southern coastof Mindanao from Culut to the 
Gulf of Sarangani; the Lutangas, who inhabit the little island of 
Olutanga; the Calibuganes, who are found in small groups along the 
shore of the Gulf of Sibuguey; the Samales-Laut, who inhabit the 
coast region of Basilan; the Yacanes, who occupy the interior of that 
island. 

European Mestizos. — These are the product of intermarriage 
between natives and Europeans, principally Spaniards, their number 
having become Large since the beginning of Spanish domination. 
They are to be found in all regions which have been reached by the 
commerce of Europe, but they are particularly numerous at the cap- 
ital and vicinity, as well as in the various provincial capitals and more 
important towns. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 65 

RACES. 

The inhabitants, ethnologically arranged under the three distinct 
races named, are known by 81 tribal names or habitats, viz: 

Negritos. — The earlier, if not the aboriginal, occupants of the entire 
archipelago are subdivided under 21 tribal names, having their habitat 
in the highest mountain and inaccessible parts of Luzon, Pangasinan, 
Cagayan. Zambales, Bataan, Albay. Ilocos (North and South), Tayabas, 
Ambos Camarines, Nueva Ecija, Alindoro, Mindanao. Mainit Lake, 
Surigao. Tago Mountain. Tablas, Sibuvan, Masbate, Ticao, Panay 
(Iloilo). Negros. Estimated at 25.000. 

Indonesian. — Confined to Mindanao under 16 tribal names. Esti- 
mated at 2b'2. 200. 

Malayan. — Recognized under -±7 race and tribal names, many dwell- 
ing in the most inaccessible mountain elevations and forests of Luzon, 
Zambales, Ilocos (North and South), Ambos Camarines, Nueva Ecija, 
Tayabas, Albay, Lepanto, Cagayan, Isabela, Principe, Nueva Vizcaya, 
Abra. Pampanga. Benguet. Rizal, Pangasinan, Mindoro, Sibu}an, 
Visayan Islands, Mindanao, Basilan. Palawan, Calamianes group, Sulu 
Archipelago. Census and estimated at 5. 699. 400. 

The dominant races, the Visayas 2,601,600, Tagalogs 1,663,900, 
Bicoles 51 S, 100, Ilocaxos 141,700, Pangasinanes 365,500, Pampan- 
gos 337,900, Cagayanes 166,300, and Moeos 100,000, exclusive of 
Mindanao, are of this blood. 

Chinese in the Philippines. — The following, in the absence of defi- 
nite information on the subject, may be considered an approximate 
exhibit of the number of Chinese in the Philippine Islands. 

[Under the census of 1887.] 



Men. Women. Total 



Residents present, foreign \ 33, 458 456 

Transients, foreign, presumably of European and American nationalities. 932 21 



33.914 
953 



[Under the parochial enumeration of population of the Philippine archipelago (and the Marianas) 
at the close of 1885, compiled by the Archbishop of Manila.] 

Foreigners enumerated, Chinese 37, 585 

From other nations 527 



Total. 



In 1888, coincident with the movement in the United States, an 
effort was made by Spain to exclude the Chinese from the Philippines, 
but without success. In September, 1898, during the cessation of 
hostilities under the protocol, by order of the military governor, the 
Chinese exclusion acts of the United States were made operative 
in the Philippines. Since that time only former residents and the 
exempt classes have been admitted. Under these conditions from 
January 1. 1899, to and including May. 1901,28,758 Chinese arrived 
at Manila. Of these. 27,697 were permitted to land. During the 
same period 23,658 Chinese took their departure, leaving an increase 
of 4,029 arrivals over departures for that period. The Schurman 
commission of investigation (Report, vol. 1. Jan. 31, 1900, Senate 
Doc. 138, Fifty-sixth Congress, first session, p. L53) gives the figures 
at about 40,000 in the archipelago, of whom about 23,000 live in 

S. Doc. 280 5 



66 



GAZETTEER < »K THE I'HILIPPINK ISLANDS. 



Manila. During the Spanish regime between L0,000 and 12,000 
entered Manila and 7,000 to 8,000 went back to China each year. Of 
the latter, many returned alter 4 or 5 months' absence. This report 
adds: "There are about 2,000 Chinese women in Manila. Some of 
these are married, l>ut mostof them art 4 concubines. About 100 or 200 
Chinese children are annually born in Manila. About 300 Chinese die 
every year. Many Chinese men marry Filipino women. The second 
generation is called * Mestizos/ who are said to be intelligent men, but 
are restless, scheming, and untrustworthy." From the above we 
have — 

Parochial enumeration of population, 1885 37,585 

Average annual net increase of arrivals over departures, 1885-1899, n years, 1,000 per annum.. 14,000 
[ncrease under United States jurisdiction, 1899, January L, to May, 1901, 2 years and 5 months. 1,029 



Total approximate number of Chinese in the Philippine [slands according to the above 
i tases i if est Imate 55, 614 

A recent census of the city of Manila claims a population of upward 
of 50,000 residing within the city limits, mostly in Binondo, the mer- 
cantile and shipping quarter. As the number of Chinese outside of 
Manila is not great, the approximation, 55,611, from statistics available 
is not excessive for the entire archipelago, January 1, 1902. This 
exotic race established itself in the country originally as invaders and 
later as merchants and traders. Its number, as shown, is large as com- 
pared with the other peoples of foreign blood. Their influence in 
local trade and industry is potential, and in some cases a monopoly. 

Civilized races. — Of the 84 races and tribes 8 may be regarded as 
civilized, in numbers approximate!}' as follows, also showing compari- 
son as to numbers with the nearest population of a State of the United 
State-: 



Race. 


state of the United 
States. 


Approximate 

number of 
individuals. 


Popula- 
tion. 


Territory 
occupied. 






2, 601, 600 




So. ■m. 
28, 100 






2, 516, 462 


36, 350 






1,663,900 


15,380 






1,551,270 


46,810 


Bicol 




518, 100 


16,900 






518,108 


69, 180 






441,700 


6, 170 




Rhode Island 


428,668 


1,750 






365,500 


1,950 




Vermont 


343,64] 


9, 565 






337,900 


1 . 950 






319, 146 


70, 795 






268, 000 


12,860 




Utah 


276, 749 


84,970 






166,300 


11,050 






] til. 722 


84,800 











Nonchristian tribes. — The population, number of tribes, and dis- 
tribution of this important element among the peoples of the Phil- 
ippines is largely speculative. That nonchristian tribes exist in the 
provinces of Cagayan, North [locos, South [locos, Union, Pangasinan, 
Tarlae, Nueva bcija, Zambales, Bata&n, Pampanga, Bulacan, Tayabas, 
Ambos Camarines, Romblon, Capiz, Antique, Uoilo, Western Negros, 
Eastern Negros, Samar, Surigao, and Misamis is known. The pre- 
dominance of ( Jhristianized natives in each of these provinces, however, 
isgreat. In [sabela and Abra the nonchristian tribes are numerous 
and important, while in Bontoc, Lepanto, Nueva Vizcaya, Benguet, 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 67 

Principe. Infanta. Mindoro, the Calauiianes Islands. Palawan. Balabac, 
the Suln Archipelago, and the districts of Zamboanga, Cotabato, and 
Davao, in Mindanao, they constitute the bulk of the population. The 
total nonchristian population is roughly estimated at 2,000,000. 

Physical and political characteristics of the nonchristian 
tribes. — The Negritos are physical and mental weaklings. The Igor- 
rotes of Bontoc display physical development and mental and moral 
qualities such as to lend weight to the opinion of the Filipino patriot, 
Jose Rizal. who said. "The future of the Philippine Islands is in the 
people of their mountains." The Moro tribes of S. Mindanao, the 
Sulu Archipelago, Balabac, and S. Palawan (Paragua) alone could afford 
any serious menace to public order or to the peace of any important 
portion of the archipelago. The friendliest relations have thus far been 
maintained with the Moros. The Moros of the Lake Lanao region, 
Mindanao, have long been reputed the fiercest and most uncompromis- 
ing members of their tribe. The Spanish Government spent several 
years in an unavailing attempt to subdue them. Under American rule 
markets have been established for them at Iligan, on the N., and at 
Tucuran. on the S. coasts. They are now coming down to the sea on 
market days in constantly increasing numbers, indicating greater con- 
fidence. With the exception of Misamis, there are no Moros in airy 
province where civil government has been established. The Tinguia- 
nes in Abra are possessed of a very considerable degree of civilization. 
The Moros have a fairly well-organized governmental system, but no 
other one of the numerous nonchristian peoples has a tribal govern- 
ment, while in not a few cases the family is the only recognized social 
unit, and even the family tie is loose. Certain of the nonchristian 
tribes have highly objectionable customs, as among the Moros. The 
large majority of these people are slaves, having sold themselves for 
debt, or are the children of those who so sold themselves, the obliga- 
tions of parents being inherited by their offspring. However, a slave 
may secure his liberty by paying to his owner an amount equal to the 
price paid for him. In the majority of cases slaves are treated kindly 
and frequently allowed time and opportunity to earn monej T , so that 
it is possible for them to redeem themselves if they desire to do so. 
Slavery in the Philippines is not confined to the Moros. It is common 
among the wild Indonesian tribes in the interior of Mindanao and 
among the wild Malayans of X. Luzon. A practical result of the 
intercourse between Moros and Americans has already been seen in 
the proclamation of Dato Mandji. abolishing slavery among his people 
in the district of Zamboanga. 

Languages, spoken and -written. — The languages spoken in the 
Philippine Archipelago are: English, Spanish, and the vernacular dia- 
lects. English is the speech of the Americans, English and a small 
number of natives educated in some English-speaking country. The 
knowledge and use of the English language is rapidly spreading on 
the archipelago since the American occupation. Spanish is the lan- 
guage common to all educated people, the mass speaking only the native 
dialect peculiar to their respective localities. More than 9 per cent 
of the people speak Spanish, according to the best estimates. The 
principal Philippine dialects are: The Ibanag and Ilocano, of N. Luzon: 
the Pangasinan, Pampanga, and Tagadog. of central Luzon; the Bicol 
(Vicol) in S. Luzon: the Bisaya (Visaya), which is in use throughout 
the islands of the same name: the numerous dialects of Mindanao, the 



68 0AZETTEEB i>V THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

Moro, Mabobo, Monti's, and Buguidn6n; and finally the language of 
the Negritos. All the languages with the exception of the Negrito, 
which is conspicuously different from the rest, are not only similar, 
l»ut also display an intimate relationship to the Malayan tongue from 
which they are supposed to be derived. In N. and E. Mindanao very 
similar dialects of visayan are spoken. Not more than 3 or 4 percent 
of this population in general speak Spanish. A much smaller per cent 
of children than of adults speak Spanish. In Zamboanga province 
nearly all understand Spanish and speak it after a fashion. In the 
other southern towns of .Mindanao more or less Spanish, Tagdlog, Vis- 
ayan. and Moro is spoken. The various tribes around Davao have 
their special dialects: likewise, the Monteses, Subanos, and hill tribes 
have theirs. The Cotabato and Lanao Moros have different dialects. 
In Paragua, Calamianes, and Cuyos islands there are various dialects, 
out the most common is Cuyono, which is a Visayan dialect, not much 
like the N. Mindanao speech. The Philippine peoples under this lin- 
guistic classification have attained various degrees of civilization, the 
Tagdlog the highest, and with the exception of the Mohammedan- 
Moros, have been Christianized. The wild tribes as a rule are peaceful 
and harmless, although many tierce by nature have shown a decidedly 
warlike spirit. Head-hunting in N. Luzon and cannibalism is charged. 
Polygamy and slavery is also common. Human sacrifice exists in 
central Mindanao. The aggregate of the numbers in this abject con- 
dition is, however, small compared with the total of the dominant 
races. 

Dialects. — The following is a list of the various dialects in which 
works have been published and in use in the archipelago, according 
to Retana in his valuable Catalogo Abreviado de la Biblioteca Filipina, 
Madrid, 18^8, who mentions 27 idioms among the linguistic divisions 
of the inhabitants: Acta (Negrito) Negros, in parts of Luzon and 
Panay; Batanes (Vitanes), Batanes group; Bicol (Vicol), SE. Luzon; 
Bilaan, Sarangani Island, Mindanao; Bisa}^a (Visaya), in the Visayan 
group; Bagobo, Mindanao and Apo Mountain; Calamian Calamianes; 
Cebuano, Cebu; Cuyono, Cuyos group; Egongot (Ilongote), E. central 
Luzon: Gadan,NE. Luzon; Haravo, Panay; Hiliga}^no, Panay; Ibanag, 
Luzon; Ilocano, NW, Luzon; Ilongote, E. Luzon; Isinay, central 
Luzon; Joloano, Jolo (Sulu); Manobo, Mindanao; Moro-Maguindanao, 
Mindoro and Sulu; Negritos (Aeta) Negros, Luzon, Panay; Panayano, 
Panay: PampangO, Pampanga, W. central Luzon; Pangasinan, Pan- 
gasin&n; S&mal, Basilan, Mindanao; Tagacaolo, Mindanao; Tagalog, 
central Luzon and Manila; Tagbanua, Palawan; Tino (Zambales), Zam- 
bales; Tiruray, Mindanao, Luzon; Vicol (Bicol), SE. Luzon; Vitanes 
(Batanes), Batanes group; Visaya (Bisaya), Visayan group and N. 
Mindanao; Zambales (Tino), W. Luzon. 

Alphabet.- -The primitive Philippine alphabets were introduced by 
the Indian-, the second set of colonists who came to the islands. These 
alphabets resemble somewhat the Arabic writing, and do not differ in 
the phonetic value of the signs, hut only in their number and in the 
way in which they are formed. As to the direction in which the 
writing is formed, some authors are of opinion that the natives wrote 
from below upward in columns or vertical lines, beginning at the left 
and ending at the right. Other writers claim that the natives wrote 
horizontally from left to right, although it seems that this was the 
after some years of Spanish domination. The old Philippine 
alphabets were promptly abandoned and the Spanish adopted instead. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



69 



As early as 1745 a writer stated "it is rare to find an Indian who 
knows how to read them (Indian alphabets), and extremely rare that 
any one knows how to read them. It may be said that they are not 
even remembered." The Moros in Mindanao and Sulu still retain their 
primitive alphabet in writing, which also shows not only distinct 
traces of Arabic origin introduced by the early Arabic teachers of the 
doctrines of Islam in the southern islands, but in the more finished 
styles is intelligible among the Arabs of Arabia. 

RELIGION. 

Except the Moros (Moslems) and wild tribes (pagans) the people of 
the islands are Roman Catholic. As shown by the church registry, in 
189S 6.559,91)8 souls were distributed among 746 regular parishes, 105 
mission parishes, 116 missions — total, 967. Of the regular parishes 
all but 150 were administered by Spanish monks of the Dominican, 
Augustinian. or Franciscan orders, natives not being admitted to those 
orders. The Recolletos or the unshod are an offshoot of the original 
order of St. Augustine. By the revolutions of 1896 and 1898 mem- 
bers of the orders were obliged to take refuge in Manila; of the num- 
ber 4<> were killed and 103 imprisoned until relieved by the American 
troops. Of 1,124 in the islands in 1896 but 472 remain. There were 
at that time missions and missionaries — 42 Jesuits, 16 Capuchins, 6 
Benedictines, and 150 native secular clergymen with small parishes. 
There were man}' native priests assisting friar curates. 

The establishment of religious freedom is guaranteed under the 
Treaty of Peace, December 10, 1898, in terms, "the inhabitants of the 
territories over which Spain relinquishes or cedes her sovereignty 
shall be secured in the free exercise of their religion." [Article X]. 

DEPENDENT ISLANDS. 

The Philippine archipelago comprises 12 principal islands and 3 
groups, adjacent to which are 1,583 dependent islands. The names 
and areas of these islands ma}' be found with the description of the 
main island or province to which they are considered dependent. 

List of main islands or groups in the order of area of mainland with the number and area 

of dependent islands. 



Main island or group. 


Dependent 1) 

islands. 


• -rlent 


Mindanao 


Number. 
258 

311 
148 
17 

116 
135 
26 
40 
29 
59 
46 | 
13 
188 
98 
47 


Sq. m. 
1,162 




1,160 
290 


Sarnar 




15 





351 




Pa ! a wa i 


458 


Mindoro 


58 




342 





114 




Bohol 


214 




85 


Marinduque 


1 1 


Sulu Archipelago 


509 


Calamianes (group i 


677 




63 









Total 


1 , 531 
20 


5.512 
461 


Rombl6n 


Add Burias and Ti<-;i<> 


19 







70 r'/KFK OF THE PHILIPPINE tSLANDS. 

Number and area of dependent islands. 

. m is 

11 

is 

S3 

& to 10 sq.m 11 

an 5 sq.m 1,462 

1 , 588 

VEGETABLE PRODUCTS. 

The staples of the archipelago in their order of Importance are hemp 
(abaca), tobacco, sugar, copra, coffee, and rice. The other products 
arc cocoanuts, chocolate, corn, wheat, indigo, benne seed (sesame), pea- 
nuts, and vegetables of many varieties. In some of the islands in the 
higher altitudes all the cereals and vegetables of the United States 
thrive. In Mindanao and Palawan to the general list may be added 
cinnamon, clove-, nutmegs, mace, and the other valuable products of 
the spice islands of the East. The betel and betel pepper so exten- 
sively used among Asiatic peoples grow abundantly in many parts. 
The tea plant also thrives. 

The soils of the islands of the achipelago consist of the decomposition 
products of the prevailing rocks — porphyritic, syemetic, hornblende, 
and other varieties of granite, crystalline schists generally, siliceous and 
argillaceous limestones, trachytes, basalts, andesites, etc., and the allu- 
viums of the river levels. They possess great fertility and, liberally 
war- red. yield luxuriantly all the indigenous and any of the attempted 
exotic vegetable products of tropical and subtropical latitudes. The 
wonderful productiveness of the soil and diversity of climate make the 
Philippine Islands one of the richest agricultural regions of the world. 
Improved methods of cultivation and machinery will add to this branch 
of wealth. 

Economic classification. — The following Philippine commercial 
and industrial products of agriculture are the staples of home con- 
sumption, manufacture, and export, arranged in groups: 

Gramineous plants or grasses. — The most important are rice, corn, bamboo, 
zacate, cogon, and sorghum, or batad. 

Palay, or rice « Oryza saliva, L.), is the chief food of all Eastern peoples, and in 
th<- Philippines Is the principal crop upon which the sustenance of the indigenous 
population and of the numerous Chinese inhabitants depends. Rice boiled in water 
without >alt, called by Spaniards "morisqueta" and by the Tagalos "canin," is 
looked upon by the natives the same as Americana and Europeans look upon bread, 
bo that a scarcity of rice always causes great hardship to the people of the islands. 
M »re than L20 varieties of rice are known, distinguished by the size, color, and flavor 
of their grains, those of greatest importance being Mimis, greatly esteemed on account 
of its white, transparenl grain and excellent flavor: Binuhangin, Dumali, P>ontot- 
cabayo, and others. A variety called Malagquit has an unusual glutinous quality 
and is much used in the manufacture of cakes and pastry. The rice is cultivated 
either on lowland- (irrigated) or on uplands (drvi. For the cultivation of lowland 
rice the ground is divided into small rectangular plots, having a slight inclination 
mid surrounded with little dikes. called pilapil, which serve to retain the water. 
While these beds are sprouting the Hooded lands are worked, the carabao (water 
ilo) being used, into a soft mud. When the rice grows to a height of 20 cm. 
| 1 cm. - 0.3937 I'. S. in. it is pulled from the beds, formed into bundles, and taken 
to the place where il is to be transplanted. Regular lines of holes are made in the 
softened earth, in each of which is placed a bunch of »> or 7 stalks. When harvest 
time comes, in August or a little later, the plants are taken out one hy one. The 
palay i- now placed in In <l " mandalas " The grain is separated from the 

straw by thrashing, or by use of wind win-never possible, and is finally separated 
the husk by pounding two or three time- in a wooden mortar, called a "lusong," 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 71 

or by making use of a sort of handmill. called "guilingan." On the highland.- it is 
necessary to go over the ground two or three times and break up all clods. The seed 
is sown by hand after the first heavy rains, and without other care the crop is finally 
collected/ The ordinary price of rice in the husk, called palay, is 13 to 14 reales 
fuertes per eavan of 75 liters (about 60 to 65 cents per bushel), while that of shelled 
rice is from 20 to 22 reales fuertes per cavan (about 90 cents to SI per bushel). The 
rice has as its enemies the locust, which totally destroys the crops; an insect which 
attacks the young and tender grain, sucking the juice and leaving it completely 
empty; the maya. a small bird abundant in the lowlands, and the monkey in certain 
regions. Formerly the rice was a great article of export, but to-day a large supply 
comes from Cochin China, the annual production, about 17, 000, 000 ca vans (36,000,000 
bushels), being far below the actual food requirements of the population. The 
unhulled rice, or palay, is used as food for horses and poultry. 

Corn, or maize {Zea mays, L. ) is of American origin, whence it was carried by the 
Spaniards. Its cultivation has become quite general throughout the archipelago, 
especially in those regions where the soil is not altogether suitable for the cultivation 
of rice, as in Cagayan and Isabela. In some places it has taken the place of Moris- 
queta, being reduced to a coarse granular flour by means of the guilingan, and then 
boiled in water without salt. It is also used as food for cattle and fowls, as are the 
leaves and young stalks, which make excellent fodder. The quantity of maize annu- 
ally produced may be set down at about 2,000,000 cavans (about 4,250,000 bushels |. 
It is sold at from 4 to 5 reales fuertes per cavan (about 18 to 23 cents per bushel ) of 
shelled grain. 

Bamboo of various species of the genus Bamb&sa, the most useful being the Caua- 
yang Totoo, which at times reaches a diameter of more than 20 centimeters (0.3937 
in.) and a height of more than 12 meters (1 meter = 39.37 U. S. in.). It is employed 
principally in the construction of native houses, which are often made wholly of 
bamboo, except for the rattan used to tie it together, and the cogon or nipa used as 
thatch. It is also used in the construction of boats, rafts, bridges, aqueducts, scaf- 
folding, vessels of all kinds, hats, baskets, furniture, fishing apparatus, arms, rope, 
harnesses for buffaloes, etc. The young and tender shoots of the bamboo, called 
"labong," make a very acceptable article of food, eaten in the form of salads, sauces, 
and other dishes; and in years of long-continued drought they even take the place of 
rice to a considerable extent. 

Zacate (grass) includes several species used as forage for live stock, especially 
horses, the principal variety belonging to the genus Leersia. The cultivation is con- 
ducted with much care, as the returns near important towns are large. There are 
several crops a year. 

Cogon [Sacckarum Jcoenigu); a rapidly growing plant reaching 3 meters (about 10 
ft. ) in height, and forms a tangled mass only penetrable by fire or knife. The areas 
are burned over during the dry season, the young shoots being cut for cattle fodder 
when 18 in. high. Where nipa does not grow cogon is used for thatching. 

Sorghum, or batad {Holcus sacchcuratus, Bl.); a fodder plant in the Philippines 
cultivated in the United States for sugar or alcohol. 

A number of varieties of other grass and fodder plants form the pastures of the 
mountains. 

Textile plants.— The principal textile plants which furnish fiber 
for the manufacture of cloth, cordage, etc.. are abaca or hemp, cotton, 
pineapple, cabo negro, rattan or bejuco. ramie, agava. and pandan. 

Abaca {Musa textttw, L.) is principally cultivated in the provinces of Ambos 
Camarines. Albay. Sorsogon. and Catanduanes, in the islands of Samar and Leyte, 
and on a smaller scale in Cebii. Mindoro, Marinduque, southern part of Xegros. and 
the north of Mindanao. For its cultivation a moist climate is needed. The soil 
should be open and moist but not swampy. New plants are grown from shoots or 
suckers, called by the natives sa^a, which grow about the base of the plant. Gen- 
erally at the end of 3 years the plant reaches its full development, the most suitable 
time for catting being when the fruit begins to show, as the fiber is then in best con- 
dition. The trunk, which looks like that of the banana, is cut down with a sharp 
knife. The lower part of the trunk and the leaves are then cut off. and the external 
layers of the plant or those containing the liber are then removed and carried to the 
working house, where the fiber is extracted. The finest quality is called lupis or 
quilot, and is of pearly luster. < >ther grades are distinguished by their color and 
consistency. The plant has as enemies two inserts, called "tamiloc" and •'amarog," 
which pass through the metamorphosis in the trunk of the plant, ruining it. The 
abaca (hemp) constitutes one of the chief articles of exportation, perhaps the only 



7'J QAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

one which does not admit of any competition, the average yearly shipments amount- 
ing to nearly 100,000 long tons. It is exported principally to the United states and 
England, small quantities going to Spain, Australia, Singapore, and China. First 
prade between 1885 1894 ranged per kilogram (2.204 Ids.) between $17. 12 and $6. The 
inferior grades ran 25 to 40 per cent lower in the Manila market. The prices in the 
provinces are lees. The production began to assume large proportions m 1855. At 
Manila are a tew factories in which the ahac;i is made into cordage and rope. It is 
also used as a component of certain kinds of native cloth. Under existing conditions 
abaca* plantations, with careful management, yield an annua) return of 30 percent 
on the investment!. 

Cotton Gassypiumherbaceum, L. > is cultivated in the provinces of North and South 
[locos, I'nion. Pangasinan, and A bra. The soil should be open, strong, and easy to 
work, deeply plowed and carefully prepared, and planted when there is no danger of 
heavy rains, in furrows about ;> ft. apart, and an equal distance apart in the furrows. 
When t he seed is ripe it is collected and the cotton passed through a series of manip- 
ulations, rendering it suitable for the manufacture of cloth. Other varieties grow 
wild, and are used for making pillow.- and mattresses. Cotton has recently lost much 
of it- former importance because of the competition of British fabrics. 

Pineapple i Bromelia ananas, L.), of American origin, is cultivated for its fruit and 
the fiber, which is obtained from its leaves. In the Philippines, however, it is of 
more importance as a textile plant. It grows on almost any ground, but gives best 
results in open, strong soil. In order to obtain the fiber the fruit is first cut so that 
the leaves may become as long and broad as possible. When the leaves are well 
developed they arc torn off and scraped with a sharp instrument to separate the 
fleshy part and leave the fiber, which is washed, dried in the sun, combed out, 
classed in four grades, according to its fiueness, and finally employed in the manu- 
facture of fabrics in the same way as Manila hemp. The finer filaments are woven 
by rude looms into a most delicate cloth, wtiich is used for making handkerchiefs, 
waists, and other garments. 

Cabo, Negro | Arenga sacharifera Labill), called "cauong" by the natives, belongs 
to the family of palms. Alongthe edge of the stem of the leaf are long, black, and 
very strong libers, which are useful for the manufacture of ropes and cordage, very 
durable and resisting moisture and even salt water. It is used also in making walls 
or partitions. 

Rattan or Bejito, of the genus Calamus, of several species is called by the natives 
dilan, yantoc, talola-curag, and palasan. These spiny, climbing plants, which some- 
times attain a length of 200 meters (666 ft.), furnish to the natives a material of 
most extended application. The yantoc takes the place of nails, all the framework 
of the houses built of bamboo and nipa, and many of those built of wood, being held 
together by strongly laced bands of rattan. These rattans are also employed in the 
rigging of all the smaller boats, and in the making of rafts, hats, sacks and bags, 
chairs, and other articles of furniture. From the stems of the palasan are made canes 
of world-wide reputation. 

R ,mik [Boehmeria nivea), a nettle resembling that of Spain, but without needles. 
The fiber forms on the outer bark of the plant. It attains a height of from 3 to 7 
feet. The celebrated Canton linen is made from it, the fiber rivaling the flax. The 
cultivation is limited, on account of the special machinery required to extract the 
fiber. It is found only in the Batanes group and X. Luzon. In the urtica arbo- 
rescens, or Dalonot, the same fiber also exists. 

Agave I Agavt Americana L.), called "Magui" or "Maguey" in TagaTog, originally 
from America. Its fleshy, sharp leaves, bordered with a row of spines, furnish the 
liber from which the delicate Nipis cloth is made. It is cultivated on a small scale 
in certain localities in the archipelago, and exported in bulk to England, China, 
Japan, and Egypt. 

Panda N i Panaanas spiralis Bl. I, the leaves of which are used for the manufacture 
of hats and sacks, an important industry in Lueban town and Tayabas province. 
The large leaves of the buri palm [Corypna umbraculifera L.)and the split stems of 
the leave- of the nito ( hygodium semihastatus Del) are utilized for the same purposes. 

Oil-producing plants.- The most important in their order are — 

CocOAMUT {Cocos nucifera L.), of the family of palms from India, and one of the 
most useful products of the Archipelago on account of its many industrial, domestic, 
and medicinal uses. The natives call it niog and the Spaniards coco. When the fruit 
is to be used for the manufacture of oil, a dish of the outer husk, called by the natives 
bonot, is first cut from either end. The rest of the husk is removed, the inner cov- 
ering, or shell, divided into two parts, and the adherent meat separated from the 
shell-. The meat is then deposited in a Large wooden tub which has a hole in the 



GAZETTEEK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 73 

bottom for the escape of the oil, which flows from the mass simply by exposure to 
the sun. This primitive method being slow and imperfect, a better and more general 
one is by means of lire. The cocoanut is placed in suitable receptacles or in specially 
prepared ovens and boiled, or in a large kettle having a slow tire underneath. It is 
usual to express the oil from the meat, as a much larger quantity is obtained. The 
natives use this oil as a condiment, and while still fresh as a purgative. It is greatly 
used for lighting purposes and in the manufacture of soaps. Both in the Philippines 
and Europe it is used in the manufacture of perfumery. The copra, the dried kernel 
of the cocoanut, constitutes one of the chief articles of export. The macapuno, a 
variety of cocoanut, with its soft meat, is made into preserves and sweetmeats, and 
the buco, another variety, with its sweet meat and water, makes a delicious refreshing 
drink. 

Among the many other uses of the cocoanut may be mentioned: By tapping the 
central bud that crowns the tree a kind of wine, called "tuba," is produced, which, 
when allowed to ferment, produces vinegar, and when distilled a kind of brandy. 
From the husk the natives make ropes and cords and a material for calking their 
boats. From the woody shell they carve spoons, cups, beads for rosaries, and many 
other articles. The leaves they use to cover the roofs of their houses. The veins 
and smaller ribs of the leaves are used to make brooms, the midribs serve as fuel, 
and the ashes are utilized in making soap. The trunk of the palm is made to serve 
as a pillar to support the houses. Oil barrels, tuba casks, and water pipes are fash- 
ioned from hollow sections of the trunk. The cocoanut fruit is also a very impor- 
tant item of export. Manila ships annually about 150,000 pesos worth of cocoanuts 
to China and British India, and about 30,000 pesos worth of cocoanut oil to China. 

Castor Oil, Ricixo, Ricixus [Communis L. ), a native of India, there known as the 
Higuera infernal, or infernal fig, and to the Tagalogs as tangantaiigan. The seed of 
the Philippine variety produce about 40 per cent of oil for medicinal (purgative) or 
lighting purposes. A tree (Jatropha curcas) , belonging to the same family, produces 
a reddish oil illuminant, known to the Tagalogs as tuba, in Iloilo as casla, and in 
Ilocos as "tavatava." 

Lumbang [Alcurites triloba B\. ) is cultivated for the oil extracted from its seeds, 
which is of good quality — used for lighting, calking ships, and painting. The refuse 
after the extraction of the oil is generally employed as a fertilizer for the betel palms. 
Lumbang oil is exported to China. 

Bexxe Seed, Sesama, or A.tox.toli (Sesamum orientate L.) , one of the most anciently 
kn< iwn and widely cultivated products of the Orient, and especially successful in growth 
in the Philippine Islands. The seeds often produce 53 per cent of fixed oil of sweet 
taste similar to the product of the olive, with which it is largely adulterated, and holds 
its purity longer. In Egypt, China, Japan, and other oriental countries it is used in 
place of lard or olive oil for cooking. It makes an excellent soap, cosmetic, and 
medicinal emulsion, for which purposes also it is an important article of export. The 
residuum after the extraction of the oil makes a fattening food for cattle and a fertilizer. 
After the sowing of the seed by hand the plants require no care except thinning and 
harvesting, to save loss of the seed. 

Peanut, ma xi, or cacahtat (Arachis hypogsea L. ), a native of lower Guinea, thence 
taken to Brazil, now a favorite product of the three Americas, Europe, Asia, and 
Oceanica. In the Philippines, where the climate and soil are admirably adapted to 
its growth, the product is at present chiefly used as forage for cattle. Its seed produces 
half its weight in fixed oil, which is peculiarly adapted to hot climates, as it is slow 
in turning rancid, even exceeding the benne seed in that respect. The oil is yellowish, 
without odor, sweet, and fluid, and valuable in native toilet, lubricating, and soap 
preparations. The residuum, mixed with an equal weight of flour, makes excellent 
bread, and mixed with cacao is used in the manufacture of chocolate. 

Dye and starch plants. — In this economic subdivision of plant life 
tho Philippine Islands are rich, in the order of their importance, as 
follow-: 

Ami. <>r Indigo (Indigofera tinctoria L.); the juice from the leaves and young 
stalks of the Philippine variety furnishes blue dyestuff freely, which is much use] in 
the industries, and particularly in household economy. The principal provinces in 
which it is produced an- Bataan, Batangas, Bulacan, Baguna, Nueva Ecija, Pangaeinan, 
Pampanga, Tayabas, Zambales, Ilocos Norte and 8ur Capiz, and Bohol. where the 
most suitable conditions for its cultivation are found in the licrlit, deep soil, as the roots 
ramify but little, the central root penetrating to considerable depth. The coloring 
matter is extracted principally from tli<- leaves, which arc collected as soon as they are 
completely formed and before the fruit ha- taken shape. The product is not only 



,4 LZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

lively used in the islands for dyeing thread and cloth of cotton, silk, and wool, 
and for coloring wood, paper, etc., but is regularly exported to China, Japan, and 
Singapore. The Philippine indigo is Becond to Done, possibly excepting that from 
Bengal, tin- most highly prised. The Coromandel or Madras producl is nol its equal. 
lower or A i \/ou i OarthamnuB tinctoriua L.), a variety of saffron called biri in 
the Philippines, and used in the adulteration of thai article. Its stamens produce 2 

\ colors Boluble in water, and a third, red, soluble in alkalies and of greater 

wii Homalanthw poptdifolius K. Greh.) and Oumalon (Dioepyros cunalon 
A. D. C. . - tree-, the bark of which, dried and reduced to powder, turn is lies a black 
coloring matter used by the natives. 

Balicsican (Morinda umbeUeto L. and others), a species of wild bancuro, furnish 
roots from which the natives extract a red coloring matter. The bagolibas wood 

yields a dye of a tawny color. The prepared bark of the dayagao makes a mordant 
which imparts a tine Luster and stability to cloth dyed black, yellow, or red, and 
belolo, dugna, and hagur are used by fishermen for dyeing and preserving their nets; 
color, dark brown. 

A.NANAPJ as I AWizzcaproct ra Benth.), used in dyeing hides to be manufactured into 
whips, Bole leather, and saddles. 

kQmsiP {Malestoma poly anthum Blum.) and Bancuro (Morinda tintoria Etoxb); the 
bark of the former and the root of the latter yield bright-red coloring matter used 
in a difficult and delicate process of dyeing hemp cloth called " pinayusas." 

Bibdcao Raltab ( Casaipina supan L. ) , the trunk of which produces a red color- 
ing matter similar to campeachy or logwood, employed in dyeing cotton or wood. 
It is very abundant in the forests, and some varieties are found which produce a 
color more highly value 1 than that of the Brazil woods. It grows naturally from 
the seeds which fall from the pod. Considerable amount of the dye is produced in 
the Philippines, and is an important article of export to China and England, being 
often used in place of cochineal. The Chinese employ it in dyeing silks, damasks, 
and other fabrics. 

Bacauam I Rhizofora t&nctoria L. ), the chief tree of the impenetrable jungles of the 
mangrove swamps along the coast and near the mouths of rivers, the resort of mos- 
quitoes, aquatic- birds, and amphibious animals. From the bark a reddish coloring 
matter is extracted. The wood is much used as firewood. 

Arrowroot, a herbaceous plant, 3£ ft. in height, having lanceolate leaves about 
L5 cm. (1=. 3937 in.} in length. Along, horizontal, fleshy, white tuber, contains a 
considerable quantity of fecula. It iscultivated with success in all loose, fairly damp 
soils, being planted from buds placed separately in holes about 60 cm. apart, as the 
plant is very leafy. The crop can be collected in 6 or 7 months without further care. 

Buri (Corypha umbraculifera, L. ), celebrated in all the archipelago, giving name 
to the island of Burias, where it is found in abundance, growing spontaneously. It 
belongs to the palm family, readies a considerable height, and is very beautiful, the 
trunk being adorned with a fan-like bunch of leaves. To obtain the starch, the tree 
i- cut down at the root and all of the interior part of the trunk is taken out and 
deposited while moist in casks or troughs, while some of the bitter substances are 
drained from it: it is now pounded with sticks or mallets, when the starch separates 
in the form of very tine grains; it is then collected and dried and made into flour, 
which furnishes an excellent, tasteful, and good food called sago, taking the place of 
rice as a food stuff in Burias, Masbate, and Bohol. Also Bee Burf alcoholic plants. 

Cassava, Guocu, or Cam6ting ('ahoy (Jatropha manihot, L.), a native plant of trop- 
ical countries of the family Ewphorbi&cea notable for its roots, which contain an 
abundance of Btarchy fecula called " tapioca," whose food qualities are so well known. 
In order to utilize the root as food it is necessary to grate, wash, and pros it 
considerably so a- to express the juice. The material remaining is the flour or tap- 
ioca, which is white or yellowish white in color, sweetish in taste, and somewhat 
insipid. It i- much valued in medicine on account of its digestibility, and is much 
Used a- food for infant- and sick people. 

Bagsang i Metroxylon rumphii, Mart. |, a palm, very common in the Visayan Islands 
and very useful to the inhabitant-, especially if there is lack of rice or other food 
-tuffs. Prom tlx- heart of the tree a Bbrt of flour is obtained which is of great nutri- 
tive value, t; i- frequently made into cakes or fritters, and eaten with cocoanut milk. 

Lumbia, or Li hbay (Metrofylon silveatre, Mart.), a palm very similar to the preced- 
ing, but taller and larger and having wider and stronger leaves. A species of flour 

lined from the heart of this palm, which .-erves as a food stuff to the poorer 
specially during times of famine. 
Cauohg I Caryota. orniuta, Bl. I, a palm from whose trunk aspecies of sago is obtained. 
Paoahan, or Bauga (< aryota >><•< us, L. I, a palm containing a poisonous substance, 
but which furnishes ;i Starch or kind of sago, of excellent quality and in good quan- 
tity. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. i D 

Saccharine and alcoholic plants. — Of the saccharine plants, the 
sugar cane is the most valuable, and of the alcoholic plants, the nipa 
or sasa. in order of importance as follows: 

Sugar cjtNE (Sackarum offidnarum, L. ), one of the agricultual products of greatest 
importance. The sugar-producing provinces are Pampanga and Negros, and on a 
smaller scale Laguna, Bataan, Batangas, Iloilo, Cebu, Cavite. Pangasinan, Capiz, 

Antique, and Mindanao. Not less than 20 varieties are known, the "most excellent 
and cultivated being the Batavian. distinguished from the common variety by the 
violet color of its stalks and the larger number of joints and its greater size: the 
otaheite, taller and larger than the preceding, with a lemon-yellow stalk, and the 
Creole, with a slender stalk and of yellowish white color. For a successful cultiva- 
tion of this plant the soil should be deep and of medium consistency, and preferably 
clayey loam or silicious, prepared by plowing three or four times, and finally by hoeing, 
leaving it perfectly soft and smooth. In the Philippines the cultivation of sugar cane 
is generally carried on with little care and intelligence. What is produced, however, 
rinds a good and extensive market, thus constituting one of the chief articles of 
export. The principal markets are the United States, the United Kingdom, China, 
Japan, and Spain. Of the total amount of sugar produced in the Philippines, only 
a email part is consumed in the islands. During the last few years the shipments to 
foreign markets have averaged over 3,500,000 piculs (about 500,000,000 lbs.) a year, 
exceeding in importance all other exports except Manila hemp. 

Nipa, or Sasa [Nipa littoralis, Bl.), one of the most useful palms found in the 
Philippines. As a thatch it covers a great majority of the houses and other buildings 
in the islands: it forms the walls and partitions of the native houses. The sap, called 
tuba, is manufactured into wine, consumed to great extent by the natives. The plant 
grows only in muddy regions, or those which are liable to be overflowed, or the 
mouths of rivers which communicate with the sea. In order to obtain the tuba an 
incision is made in the peduncle immediately below the point of insertion of the 
fruit. From the incision flows a liquid which is collected in bamboo tubes or joints 
called bombones, which are hung conveniently on the plant. The tuba is afterwards 
distilled and then concentrated in stills, and although the loss of liquid is great 
there remains a considerable amount. This tuba, when much fermented, may be 
used as vinegar. 

Sorghum (Sorghum saccharahum, Rers.), one of the family of grasses whose stalk 
yields as high as 17 per cent of prismatic sugar. At present in the Philippines it is 
used for forage. It is cultivated in sections where the cane does not flourish and has 
economic value for sugar and alcohol. 

Cocoaxut; the tuba from the tree is cut before the flower is formed. A bamboo 
joint or bambone is attached for the collection of the liquid. A little of the 
powdered bark of the tongog (Rizophora longissima, Bl. ) is placed in each bamboo to 
give strength and reddish color to the wine, which is collected daily by men in large 
bamboo joints. For convenience of the collectors bamboo walks are extended from 
tree to tree. 

Bum (Corypha umbraculifera, L. ) produces the wine called "tuba." Also see Buri 
dye and starch plants. 

Camona (Caryota onvsta, Bl.) and Pugahax (Caryata ureas, L. ) furnishe a sweet 
liquor or tuba very popular among the natives. 

Maize, or Indian corn (Zea mays, L. ) ; the starch furnishes the pangasi of the 
Visayan Islands. Several families unite in its manufacture, usually resulting in 
considerable conviviality. 

Aromatic plants. — The best known and most cultivated are tobacco. 
coffee, chocolate or cacao, nutmeg and mace, betel or itmo, cinnamon, 
and pepper. 

Toba< i " Nicotiana tabacum, L.), in the Philippines is of great importance, as it 
constitutes a most prominent article for export and home consumption. Tobacco 
coming from the provinces of Isabela and Cagayan is considered the best. That from 
the Visayan Islands i- less line, more unequal in color, but of greater strength. That 
from Nneva Ecija is fine, but somewhat bitter and yellow. That from Union, Ilocos, 
and the Igorrotes ifl of heavy body, broken, and frequently has but little combusti- 
bility. Although tobacco grows in almost all climates the product is more abundant 
and better in hot climates, the heat determining the aroma. The lands most suita- 
ble for its cultivation are of medium consistency ami depth, cooled during the summer 
tune, or sandy or silicious subsoil covered with loam, along river banks periodically 
overflowed, lands called in Spanish "vegas. The preparation of the soil consists of 
three plowing* at intervals of several days, and the completion of the process by grad- 
ing and leveling and the removal of all injurious weeds. The gathering of the leaves 



76 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE [8LANDS. 

begins when they turn yellowish, wrinkle Bomewhat, droop, and show more or less 
of a stickyjuice. Theyare then classified according to size and quality, being left on 
the ground until dried. The tobacco is then tied in bundles, suspended by cords in 
the tobacco storehouses, protected from the sun, but exposed to ventilation on all 
sides by windows and doors, opened or closed according to circumstances. • Tobacco, 
either manufactured or in Leaf, constitutes a most prominent article of export. Over 
L00,000,000 cigars are exported annually from Manila, and sent chiefly to China 
and Japan, the Kast Indies, the United kingdom, Spain, and Australasia. The ship- 
ments of leaf tobacco average about 200,000 quintals I 20,400,000 lbs.), their principal 
market being Spain. 

Coffee I Coffea araUca, L. >, produced in Batangas, Laguna, Tayabas, and Cavite, in 
Lu/on. and Cotabato and Misamis, in Mindanao, [t grows stronger and more luxu- 
riantly in Idealities having both heat and moisture. The soil most suitable for it is 
light and moist, but not marshy, or reddish, somewhat sandy, or black soils without 
too much clay. The gathering is accomplished either by shaking, if the plant is 
high, or by hand picking if low. After gathering, the pericarpium is removed, and 
the berries placed in the sun. When thoroughly dried the husk is removed. The 
other operations to prepare coffee for the market are winnowing, to separate the inner 
husk and all dirt from the berry, and sorting into first and second grades. The pro- 
duction of coffee in the Philippines has fallen off on account of the destruction of the 
plants by an insect of the genus Xy lotrechus and by a fungus of the genus Peronospora. 
The product compares with Mocha and Java or Martinique. The annual coffee crop 
of the Philippines formerly amounted to about 100,000 piculs (14,000,000 lbs.), valued 
at 2,000,000 pesos. 

Chocolate i Theobroma cacao, L. ), a tree distinguished for its showy appearance 
and highly prized for its fruit. The seeds roasted give out a delightful aroma, and 
well ground and mixed with sugar and a little cinnamon form a nutritive, healthful, 
and agreeable food. They are brown, and somewhat larger than an almond. It 
is cultivated in various provinces of Luzon and Visayas, but flourishes best in S. Min- 
danao, especially in the district of Davao, where it is produced in large quantities and 
of excellent quality. The plant demands a warm climate and a considerable amount 
of moisture. The soil should be deep and light, black and reddish, somewhat sandy, 
with an abundant top soil of muck. The total quantity of cacao produced amounts 
to 2,000 piculs (280,000 lbs.), which is consumed at home in the manufacture of 
chocolate. 

Xrr.MKo and Mace (Myristica fragrano Houtt), an article of commerce indigenous 
I iu and Laguna, Luzon, and cultivated will grow in all parts of the island. The 
trunk is covered with a thin bark, blackish and slightly mottled from which, when 
incised, flows a reddish juice which coagulates on contact with the air. The fruit is 
about the size of a small pea, having a thick husk and a hard pit about as large as a 
small peach, inside of which is the nutmeg. This is surrounded by an aromatic rind 
or skin called mace. The beautiful flower is aromatic. From it is made a preserve 
noted for its fragrant odor. The tree attains a height of 33 to 44 in. and begins to 
produce in 5 or (> years. The crop is light at iirst. 

Betel or [tm6 {Piper betel, L. >, a climbing plant cultivated very extensively in the 
Philippines. Near Manila, the town of Pasay, in Rizal, is famous for the excellence 
of its betel. The leaves are used in making the preparation known as "buyo." 
This preparation is composed of one of the leaves of this plant, a piece of lime the 
size of a pea. and a piece of bongaor betel nut. 

Cinnamon (Cinnamomum burmanni Blume. ), a tree found in many of the islands, 
especially in Mindanao. In Zamboanga, Caraga, and the mountains of Misamis the 
varieties of cinnamon have stronger taste and fragrance than of Ceylon. The cinna- 
mon comes from the bark of the branches which have been stripped of their epi- 
dermis, and is an aromatic substance, having many uses. 

Pepper I Piper nigrum, L. i, a climbing plant, clinging to adjacent trees when cul- 
tivated, and bearing a berry; when dried, making black or white pepper. In the 
northern part of the islands the long pepper of British India can be cultivated. 

Medicinal plants. — The Philippine flora embraces a large variety 
of plants of medicinal value among them: 

Fob Diseases op the Head. 

Balocanad (AlewrUes trisperma Bl. i; the oil of the seeds, when rubbed into the 
. kill- all vermin. 

ioi: oil [Ricinus communis L.) or Tangak tanoan; very abundant; used 
principally to alleviate headache.-, being applied on leaves to the forehead, causing 



GAZETTEEK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 77 

sweating and relief; mixed with the oil of sesame, it is applied to the stomach with 
good effect, and to the feet for dropsy. 

Dacdac; when the head is bathed with an infusion from the bark, headache disap- 
pears, as does the lethargy from which the patient suffers. 

For the Digestive Apparatus. 

Bacao; its bark, pulverized and mixed with water, furnishes a remedy for all 
kinds of intestinal parasites. 

Bahay (Adamanthera pavonina L. ) ; its bean-like fruits or its root placed in cavities 
of teeth greatly relieve pain. 

Cabcabax {Polypodium guerdnum L. ) and the Balsamixa or Apalia (Momordica 
balsamina L. ) produce purgatives. 

Maisipaise {Clausena ^ Bun.) ; its leaves give an oil, useful for diseases of the 
stomach. 

Paetax (Lunasia parvifolia Muell.); an antidote for fish poison; cures stomach dis- 
ease, and is a remedy for ulcerating sores. 

Salitbubut or Paxdacaqui (Taberna montana); an infusion of the root of this tree 
given as a drink improves the bowels and stomach in cases of distension, cold, and 
indigestion; is an excellent blood medicine, and is used with great benefit by women 
after parturition. 

Sambong (Blumeo bcUsamifera D. C. ); a sage having medicinal properties, and as an 
infusion is much used in diseases of the stomach. 

Taguyfasix or Alom; the leaves are of value in any chronic stomach disease due 
to inflammation, overloading, or cold, and also in reducing inflammation of the limbs, 
if used as an unguent. 

Taxgulox (Quisgualis Indiana L.) ; its seed, called "pinoncillo," is an excellent 
vermifuge; may be eaten raw. 

For the Circulatory Apparatus. 

Cumalibguib, or Himaxgcorax, or Otob-otob; its root grated into an infusion cleans 
and cures ulcers or wounds; the pounded leaves of a climbing plant in the Yisayan 
Islands called "balarigon" applied to the wound has the same effect. 

Sibucao or Brazil wood ( Casalpinia sappan L. ) ; an infusion of its juice causes the 
absorption of coagulated blood. 

For Affectioxs of the Sexses. 

Haulig; a solution of its bark and leaves in water used as a wash is useful for treat- 
ing and preserving the eyes. 
Tucucay; used for a remedy for deafness. 

For the Skix. ♦ 

Alocloc; its leaves crushed and applied to cutaneous tumors quickly bring them 
to a head and cause the removal of their contents. 

Bago-bago; of the genus Garcinia, family Guttiferx; powdered and placed over the 
fire, and applied hot to patient suffering from inflammation, quiets the nerves and 
relieves pain in the joints. 

Busalas; of medicinal virtue in cases of abscesses. 

Culasi Lummitzera coccinea Wight and Arn. ); its resin cures scab and itch. 

Lagnoto (Diospyros mvltiflora Bl. ); yields a resin which serves as a caustic. ■ 

Loraxtace.e; its wood will cause the pustules of smallpox to appear when they 
are slow in presenting themselves. 

Mampol, of the genus Loranthus of the family. Lorantaceie has the same effect. 

Panhadtolon [Scaevola koenigiiVahl.); an infusion made from its leaves and bark 
used as a lotion cures specific trouble and relieves the pain in the bones which accom- 
panies tins disease. 

Pila; a root of the trailing plant "mangadlao" is used in wounds. 

8 '.lac; the root cures spots on the skin. 

Sabsapabilla, of the genus Smilax a&pera, called by the natives "banag," common 
along the rivers and coasts, from an infusion of its root makes a good remedy for those 
who suffer from specific ulcers. 

Ix Parturition. 

Alactayo or Ticala; its leaves applied to the abdomen of a pregnant woman will 
bring on parturition. 

Taraje [Casuarina equwelifolia Forst. ; an infusion of its leaves cures chlorosis. 



7^ IZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Fob Antidotes. 

B iGoa kBAc; ilie bark of ita root cure- the bite of a poisonous animal or snake. 

Manungai S nadera indica Gaert. ) ; a solution by boiling of this plant is one of 
the beet antidotes for poisonous substances eaten. 

M lrb uc. I ktyutana ) ; the oil and infusion chits stomach disorders. 

Pai kGKiuoN; an infusion of the bark is an antidote and febrifuge; also of the 
rulasusi as a purgative or emetic. 

Fob Febbifuges. 

Dita {Alstonia scholaris P. C); when treated with acidulated water produces an 
alkaloid, ditain, which is employed in place of quinine for all kinds of fevers. 

Tambalaguisa or Mantala [Sophora tomentosa I,.); its fruit is a febrifuge having 
a very bitter taste; it- seeds are used for certain malarial fevers. 

Fob Diuretics. 

Nanguin and Languingui; its leaves applied under the arms as a plaster, after 
beinp heated before the tire, cure muscular and nervous spasms. 

Palo-santo, or Guicos-guicos, or Hannadao, a leguminosa which is an excellent 

remedy for spasms and chills; an infusion of this plant expels injurious humors from 
the body, dors away with obstructions, regulates the stomach, cures the specific 
trouble, and serves as a sudorific. 

Polotaw or Ulingon; an infusion of its leaves and the juice of its bark serve as 
an excellent diuretic. 

For Various Medicinal Purposes. 

Igasud or Pepita de Sax Ignacio (Strychnos ignatii Berg.), a trailer which is only 
found in Visayas, principally near Catbalogan; the seeds of its fruit have various 
medicinal or antidote uses — stomachic, emetic, styptic, for paralytics, for women 
during parturition, for malarial fever, for rheumatism and indigestion, for contrac- 
tions of the nerves, and pains in the body; of all the trailing plants in the islands this 
is probably the most highly esteemed; the fruit is often as large as a pomegranate. 

Pilipog; a bitter medicine, useful as a stomachic, an antidote, and a febrifuge. 

Resins. — In the Philippines thrives a large family of resin -bearing 
trees. Those best known are — 

Axtoxg or Brea negba {Canarium pimela Kom.) ; for illumination. 

Araliaoe.e, the Limolimo (Heptapleurum caudatum Vid.), furnishes a resin used in 
making varnishes. 

Bubsebacae, Abilo (Garuga floribunda Decne.) ; used in medicine. 

I'ii.i or Brea Blanca (Can&rium album Bl. ); for calking ships. 

Pagsaingin I Canarium cumingii Engd.); for the same purposes. 

Conifhkal. Galagala or Piayo ( , igath is orantifolia Salisb. ) ; for burning, lighting, 
and the manufacture of varnishes. 

Diptbbocabpacje apitong ( Dipterocarpus grandiflorus Bl.); for illumination. 

Balao or M ilapaho ( Dipterocarpus veluhnno Bl.); for calking. 

Mayapas {Dipterocarpus turbinates Gaert. ) ; similar to the preceding, for the same 
purposes. 

I >i gling ( Dipterocarpus Bp. ) ; for illuminating purposes. 

( iuijo (Shorea guiso Blumme) ; for the same purposes as the preceding, as does the 
Yaeal i Ilofxn plqjata Vid.) . 

Lata Lauoan {Anisopeters thurifera Bl.); for burning and the manufacturing of 
varnishes and \<}i calking. 

Pai \ < Dipterocarpus vermicifluus Bl.) ; for lighting. 

Alipata i Excoecaria agallocha L. ); a remedy for the bites of 
poisonous animals. 

Birunga {Macaranga tanarius, Mull-Are.); medicinal resin. 

Togo* am {Claoxylon wattichianum, MuelT. Arg.) ; for illuminating and as a medicine. 
( , a, -rinin sp. ) ; usi '1 in medicine. 

I.i.'-i mvobm, Adyangao {Albizzia procera Benth.); used as incense. 

Catubay (Sesbania grandiflora Pen-.); having medicinal properties. 

Cupang {Parkia roxburghiiG. Don.); useful for illuminating purposes. 

CoGONTOCO I Albizzia saponaria Blume. I; for the same purpose as above mentioned. 

Mblastomacbjb, Bota-Bota {Melaslonia oboolvium Jack.); for illuminating pur- 

- and <-;»l!:i.'i_' -liips. 

Rutacej aurantium L.) ; for illuminating purposes. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 79 

Sapixdace.e, Balixghasay (Buchananiajlorida Schan.); illuminating- and calking 
ships. 

Ligas (Semecarpus perrottetii March.); yields an illuminating resin. 

UbticacEuE, Breadfruit or Antipolo [Artocarpus incisa L. ); a medicine and bird 
lime for catching birds. 

Ambling {Artocarpus ovata B\.)\ for making varnish. 

Camansi (Artocarpus camansi Bl.) ; a medicine and drier. 

Nangca (Artocarpus integrifolia Linn.); for illuminating purposes. 

Gums or almacigas. — The names of almacigas resins, the most val- 
uable being found in the Calamianes, in Mindanao, especially Davao. 
and in Iloeos. 

Gum eesixs. — The principal trees which produce gum resins are: 

Axacardiaceje, Casoy, or Balubad (A)iacardium occidental L.); used in the manu- 
facture of varnish. 

Apocyxe-E, Pita (Alstoria scholaris E. Br.); a medicinal gum resin. 

ErPHORBiACE.E. a medicinal resin from the Bigabixg (Macaranga mappa Mull. 
Arg. ) and from the Buta (excoecaria) . 

Guttifera, the Palomaria, or Bitao (CaJophyllum sp.), Bitaxhol (Calophylum 
waUichiana Planch. ), (tutagaby or Taxglaxaxac ( Garcinia Morella Derr. ), Gatasax- 
pula (Garcinia vernuiosa Choisy), Aromo (Acacia farnesiana Willd.), Narra Excar- 
xada (Pterocarpus indicus Willd.), Dugoan (Myristica sp.), Boxga (Areca catechu L. ), 
Lucban or Naranjo (Citrus decumana Murr.), Balete ( Ficus indica BL), and Bax- 
yax tree (Ficus Bp.) ; produce gum resins used in medicines. 

The ^sotac (Pologium sp.) produces a gum resin used as a glue and for other 
industrial purposes. 

Gutta-percha; this valuable article of commerce and industry is found in consid- 
erable quantity in Mindanao, and produced from the trunk and branches of several 
trees of the genera Ficus and Palagium, called by the natives Solonot. A few years 
ago a considerable quantity of gutta-percha was exported to England, but on account 
of the many adulterations'made by the Chinese merchants but little is now shipped. 
(See Forest products; gutta-percha and rubber. ) 

Vegetable wax; many plants produce a certain amount of an oily material sim- 
ilar to beeswax; is found sometimes as a deposit on the surface of leaves, fruit, or on 
the bark of the palm Ceroxylon andicola and the Myrica cerifera; the wax is obtained 
from the trees by scraping the bark; is found chiefly in Luzon, the Visayas, Cala- 
mianes, and Palawan. 

Essences or essential oils. — Among the numerous trees of econ- 
omic value in the Philippines are man}' varieties from which essences 
or essential oils may be extracted. Those only used in the present 
state of the industry in order of prominence are the 

Ylaxg-ylaxg (ilang-ilang), a cultivated and wild tree, often attaining a height of 
60 ft., botanically known as Cananga odorata (Hook) or Unona odoratissima(B\.), 
belonging to the custard apple family, producing leaves 2\ by 6 in. and drooping 
greenish-yellow flowers 3 in. long and of extraordinary fragrance, from which the 
celebrated attar of ylang-ylang, Cananga oil, or Oleum anonx, is distilled. The 
mountain trees produce the best results. The essence is exported to France, Eng- 
land, Singapore, and China, the United States demand being small. 

Sampaguita (Jasminum mmbac L. ), belonging to the family Oleacea?, producing 
white flowers from which a highly prized perfume essence is extracted by distillation. 

Champaca (Michelia champaca L. ), a garden plant belonging to the family Mag- 
noliaceai, attaining a conical-shaped height of 13 ft. The flowers, about 1 in. in 
length, are very fragrant, and produce by distillation a well-known essence. 

Vegetables. — The soil, on account of the tropical climate, produces 
a rich variety of vegetables, with little care on the part of human 
labor. Under the name of vegetables are included the legumes which 
serve as food, those the tubers of which are edible, those roots which 
are edible, and the garden plants. A list of the most important is 
given in the following: 

Baidaxg, cultivated chiefly in the Visayas, has the same uses as the gabe. 

Butingui I Phaseotua vulgaris L.), the true kidney bean, which is found in consid- 
erable variety in the garden. Other legumes which are highly prized by the natives 
are the Zabache( Pfiaseolus lunatus L.), the Patani (Phaseolus inamomus L.), and the 



BO GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

Prijol (Phaseolus caracalla L.) and Frijol (Phaseolus tanMmensis Lour.), a vegetable 
ira highly prized by the natives. 

Calabaza Cucurbita sulcata), a variety of squash which the natives term "Cala- 
basang l > i 1 * "_r * " (bilog meaning round), 01 green color, and used for stew; extensively 
cultivated. 

Camotb Tpomcea batatas Lamk.), the well-known sweet potato, [ts cultivation is 
greatly favored by mountain races. The plant grows in 5 or »> months, extending its 
shoots in all directions, completely covering the ground with its abundant leaves, 
whi.h are likewise edible. When the ground is given over to the exclusive cultiva- 
tion of this plant it is allowed to take root in all directions, and as the roots extend 
and grow the tubers continually, they may he dug up for use at any time of the 1 
year. When its cultivation alternates with that of rice or corn, it is necessary to 
plant anew each year, the product usually being of greater value than in the previous 
wars. The -kin and the edible part take different colors — white, yellow, or violet. It 
i> used as food, either boiled or roasted, and also made into preserves and sweetmeat-. 

Condol [Cucurbita a&pera), a variety of squash which is oval in shape and very 
suitable for making Bweets. 

GrABE I Oolocasia esculenta Schott), introduced from Asia, is now extensively culti- 
vated in almost all the islands, especially in the mountain regions. Jts large roots 
and young leaves make an excellent food for the natives. The roots are also suitable 
for sweets. There are three principal varieties. The best known is the Variegata. 

Garden plants. — Although the natives do not care much for the cultivation of 
these plants, gardens are found near the large centers of population, generally culti. 
vated by Chinese, the products being used by Europeans. Among the vegetables 
cultivated are the onion, garlic, asparagus, radish, cabbage, artichoke, lettuce, endive, 
pepper, tomato, carrot, celery, parsley, and the haras (Anethum famieulum) , a native 
plant whose fruit contains seeds having a sweet flavor similar to anise. 

Milondaga I Cucumw lnzonicus), meaning a melon of the size of a mouse, with a 
flavor similar to the cucumber. 

Mongo ( Phaseolus mungo Bl.), smaller than the lentil, but of the same flavor, cul- 
tivated on a large scale, as it is the principal food of many towns. 

Nami-conot ( 1). peataphylla L. ), same genus and uses as the ube. 

PACUAN or Sandia, a variety of watermelon. 

Paquit ( D. divaricata L. ), same uses as the ube (see). 

Patani ( Phaseolus inamomus L. ), highly prized by the natives. 

Patoi.a i < uci ini is acutanguius) , a variety of cucumber, large and long in size, of a 
sweetish flavor and agreeable odor, eaten green or boiled. 

Pepino, a cucumber eaten boiled or pickled, and also served as salad. 

Potato [Solarium tuberosum L.); in the Philippine archipelago this valuable tuber 
is cultivated with success in certain elevated localities, such as the mountains of 
Benguet, but the tubers produced are small. The annual production of potato 
amounts to 700,000 piculs (98,000,000 lbs. ). 

Potato, sweet. s< e ( lamote. 

Sandia or Pacuan, a variety of watermelon much prized. 

Sitao Phaseolus car acalla L.), a leguminous plant producing a vegetable about 1 ft. 
long. 

Squash, several varieties. 

Tabacog I Cucumis melo), the true melon, although possessing a delightful aroma, 
never reaches the flavor of those of Europe, 

h. papillaris L. ), same genus and uses as the ube. 
lyag | Lagenarie vulgaris), a variety of squash, the meat of which is soft and 
smooth to the touch. 

Tuque | l>. sativa L. ), same genus as ube, highly prized and extensively cultivated. 

Ube ( DlOSCorea (data); the rhizome makes a healthy food of a sweet taste. It is 
somewhat sour when raw, but is rendered sweet and nutritious by boiling. Its cul- 
tivation is simple, similar to that of the potato. It is necessary to carefully prepare 
this tuber and its analogous varieties for eating; when not done, they are poisonous. 
The Lot variety is culled the Cebu ube, although it comes from Bohol, which makes 
a most delicious jelly, highly and universally prized. Various species of the same 
genus grow spontaneously or are cultivated for their edible roots, which attain 
enormous size. Cultivated like the potato. 

Watermelon grows extensively in all parts of the archipelago, the best coming 
f) on i Rizal. 

Zaba< be I Phaseolus lunatus L. }, greatly prized. 

There are also Borne species of the genera Dolichos Vigra Pachyrhizus and Pro- 
phocarpus, which produce vegetables or edible seeds, but less esteemed than the 

08. 



GAZETTEEE OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 81 

FLORA. 

The flora of the Philippine Islands in general is tropical. In Min- 
danao and the Sulu Archipelago it is equatorial, the indigenous growth 
of the durian (Durio zibethinus) and the mangosteen (Garcinia man- 
gostana), both plants near the equator being common. From those 
islands the tropical forms of vegetation lessen until the parallel of 
Manila, where the two floras have their dividing line. To the N. i> 
found the pine and the vegetation of the subtropical belt, and to the 
S. the tropical families of Myrtacese, Lauraceae, Orchicfcaceae, etc. 

There are notable differences in the vegetation on the Pacific and 
China seaeoasts. In the former the rains are more copious, while the 
latter, covered with compact mountain ranges, has a more limited 
agricultural zone. Here are forests containing an abundance of ferns, 
orchids, palms, aroids, and Mdastomacese, and although the fir tree is 
not found, others, such as thealmaciga (Ayathis J ova nth if olio), various 
species of Podocarpus. and the agojos (Casuarina equiRetifolid), grow 
luxuriantly. So. too. where the hand of man has not interfered with 
nature, two kinds of vegetation are seen; either the land is covered 
with extensive forests or with grass of various species, the greater 
part belonging to the genera Sacckcurum, Anthistiria, and Imperata. 

A study of the distribution of species in relation to various latitudes 
and altitudes shows the Philippine flora analogous to that of Sumatra 
and different from that of Java, there being a less number of species 
here than in Sumatra. Also identical species are less abundant on the 
Pacific coast than on the coast of the China Sea. Accepting the classi- 
fication forest flora and agricultural flora, the first is divided as 
follows: 

Mangrove swamp, vegetation along the seashore. 

Vegetation in the lowlands of less than 700 ft. altitude. 

Vegetation of the zone between 700 and 3,300 ft. elevation. 

Vegetation of the mountain zone between 3,300 and 6,000 ft. 

Vegetation of the higher mountain zone between 6,000 and 10,000 ft. 

The second class is made up of various cultivated plants of commer- 
cial or other uses. 

Pasturage. — The pastoral pursuits are also extensive. The carabao, 
or water buffalo, is the most useful animal in the Philippines, and is 
numerously raised in all the provinces where the peculiar conditions of 
marsh land and rivers are found. The Philippine animal is larger than 
the ox. more powerful and less docile. Coming originally from India, it 
is now common to all the warm latitudes of the Eastern Hemisphere. 
In the Philippines it is used in draft, carriage, and tillage. The female 
gives more milk than a cow, from which "ghee," a kind of butter, is 
made. The hide is almost hairless and very tough, making a valuable 
leather. The flesh is not very palatable. Horses, cattle, hogs, fowls, 
and other large and small animals, including sheep, are raised. 

MINERALS. 

The mineral resources of the archipelago are sufficiently known to 
indicate their value as commercial products, but to what extent scien- 
tific exploration and exploitation will determine. It is claimed that 
black lignite, the coal of the archipelago, is, so far as now known, the 

S. Doc. 280 -6 



82 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

most valuable mineral asset of the Philippines, and is found in many 
of the islands from the Luzon peninsula S. through the Visayas to 

Mindanao. 

Fnan a mineralogical standpoint, the best authorities are the Spanish 
mining bureau, the researches of Ashburner, and technical publica- 
tion- of Semper, Santos, Roth, Drasche, and Abella and others; also 
the travels of Comyns, Jfigor, Worcester, and others. 

The use of nold in exchange and adornment and copper for utensils 
was common among the natives upon the first landingoi the Spaniards. 
The mining of metals was never systematically encouraged by the new 
occupants of the islands. The native methods were, and still are, con- 
fined to placer gold washings; their methods of working quartz being 
primitiveand unsatisfactory. Foreign enterprise has invariably been 
attended by failure, owing to revolutions, burdensome laws and regu- 
lations, scarcity of skilled labor, and impracticable expenditure of 
working capital. 

Since American occupation miners and prospectors have often pre- 
ceded the troops. The mining bureau at Manila, by direct report 
through the miner or prospector himself or officers of the army who 
have come upon these pioneers, has reports from almost every island. 
In a majority of cases samples and specimens have been furnished to 
indicate that the mining industry in the Philippines will meet every 
expectation. Through these sources the fact has been established to 
the satisfaction of the bureau that gold, copper, lead, iron, coal, sul- 
phur, granite, marble, petroleum, and other metallic and nonmetallic 
minerals exist in paying quantities. The influence of the miner and 
prospector is making itself felt, repeating the experiences of the pio- 
neer days of the mineral-producing American States of the West. 

Mineral Products.— The following are the metallic and nonmetallic 
minerals of the archipelago: 

Antimony. — The sulphide (stibnite) is reported at Paracale, in Camarines, and 
Zam bales, Luzon. It docs not appear whether in cither case the mineral is suf- 
ficiently abundant to be regarded as an ore deposit. 

Asphalt is reported in Luzon in Ambos-Camarines, between Lake Buhi and Bato, 
as well as in Mindanao at Ilinatuan, in Surigao. 

Clays of Los Banos I Laguna) and of Maunrigao (Surigao, Mindanao) are compar- 
able with the besl Chinese and Japanese kaolins. It would be easy to import expert 
potters from those countries. (See also Kaolin.) 

Coal of the Philippine Islands is of Tertiary age, and a highly carbonized lignite, 
OUS to Japanese and Washington, but not to the Welsh or Pennsylvania coals. 
The native coal might supplant English or Australian coal for most purposes. Lig- 
nite is widely distributed in the archipelago; some of the seams of excellent width, 
and tin- quality of certain of them high for fuel of this class. Coal exists in various 
provinces of Luzon (Abra, Albay, Ambos-Camarines, Sorsogon). The finest beds 
thus tar discovered are in the small island of Batan, E. of Albay, Luzon. The seams 
vary from 2 ft. <> in. to 1 I ft. 8 in. in thickness. The mean of 7 analyses gives the 
following composition: 

Analysis of coal from Bat&n, Albay Province, Luzon. 



< lonstituent. 


Per cent. 


Water 


18.52 


Volatile matter 


37.46 


d carbon 


44.46 


\-u 


4 56 










100.00 








GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 83 

One pound of this coal will convert 6.25 lbs. of water at 40° C. into steam at 100° 
C. The heating effect is about three-fourths that of Cardiff coal. The same beds 
exist in the adjacent islands — Cacraray and Rapu-Rapu. Concessions for coal min- 
ing have also been granted on the main island of Luzon, S. of Batan, at the town 
of Bacon. The coal held of southern Luzon is said to extend across the Strait of 
San Bernardino into the N. portion of Samar. Here coal is reported at half a dozen 
localities. In Mindoro are large deposits in the extreme S. portion (Bulacao), and 
on the adjacent island of Semerara. This fuel is said to be similar to that of Batan. 
The islands of Masbate and Panay contain coal. The deposits thus far discovered are 
not reported of much importance. Specimens from the SW. portion of Leyte, ana- 
lyzed in the laboratory of the Inspection de Minas, are of remarkably high quality, 
but nothing definite about the deposit is known. 

The first discovery of coal in the archipelago was made in the island of Cebii in 
1827. Since then lignite beds have been found on the island at many points. The 
most important croppings are on the E. slope, within some 15 or 20 m. of the capi- 
tal. Cebii. A considerable amount of coal has been extracted, but the industry has 
not been profitable, in part due to crude methods of transportation. The seams are 
often badly faulted. 

At tiling, about 10 m. W. of the capital, the seams reach a maximum thickness of 
15$ ft. Ten analyses of Cebii coal indicate a fuel with about two-thirds the calorific 
effect of Cardiff coal, and with only about 4 per cent ash. 

On the island of Xegros, nearly parallel with Cebii, are known deposits of coal at 
Calatrava on the E. coast, it is believed of important extent. In Mindanao coal is 
known to occur at 8 different localities, but no detailed examinations have been 
made. Seven of these localities are on the E. coast and the adjacent small islands. 
They indicate the presence of lignite from one end of the coast to the other. The 
eighth locality is Zamboanga, 

For details of the Coal Measures of the Philippines, see report to United States military 
governor in the Philippines, by Charles H. Burritt, first lieutenant, Eleventh Cavalry, 
b. >. V., officer in charge of mining bureau, Division of Insular Affairs, August, 1901. 

Copper is reported from a great number of localities: Luzon (Lepanto. Benguet, 
and Ainboa Camarines), Mindoro, Capul, Masbate, Panay (province of Antique), 
and Mindanao ( province of Surigao). Mindanao, practically unexplored, is full of 
; ssibilities. Northern Luzon contains a copper region which is unquestionably 
valuable. The best-known portion of this region lies about Mount Data, a peak 
given as 8,333 ft. (2,500 meters) in height. The range trends due N. to Cape Lacay 
Lacay. Data itself lies in Lepanto. In this range copper ore was smelted by the 
natives before Magellan discovered the Philippines. The process is complicated, 
based on the same principles as the method of smelting sulphosalts of this metal in 
Europe and America, consisting in alternate partial roasting and reduction to "matte" 
and eventually to black copper. The process must have been introduced from China 
i r Japan and practiced only by the Igorrotes, who are remarkable in many ways. 
Vague reports and the routes by which copper smelted by natives comes to "market 
indicate that there are copper mines in various portions of the Cordillera Central, 
bat the only deposits which have been examined with any care are those at Man- 
cayan ( about 5 m. W. of Mount Data) and 2 or 3 other localities within a few miles 
of Mancayan. The deposits of Mancayan are described as veins of rich ore, reach- 
ing 7 meters I 23 ft. ) in width and arranged in groups. Mean assays are said to show 
over 16 per cent of copper, mainly as tetrahedrite and allied ores. The gangue is 
quartz. The country rock is described as a large quartzite lens embedded in a great 
ma>s of trachyte. An attempt has been made by white men to work these deposits, 
but with no considerable success. The failure does not seem to have been due to 
the quality or quantity of ore found. 

< J \> is said to exist in the Cebii coal fields. It is also reported from the island of Panay. 

Gold is found at a vast number of localities in the archipelago from N. Luzon to 
central Mindanao, in most cases detrital, and found either in existing water courses 
or in stream deposits now deserted by the current. These last are called "aluviones" 
by the Spaniards. In Mindanao some of the gravels are in an elevated position and 
adapted to hydraulic mining. The placers are washed by natives, largely with 
cocoanut shells for pans, though the batea is also in use. In Abra are placers. The 
gravel of the river Abra is also auriferous. In Lepanto are gold veins as- well as 
gravels, close to the capper mines. In Benguet the gravels of the river Agno carry 
gold. There is also gold in the provinces of Bontoc and in Nueva Ecija. The most 
important of the auriferous provinces is Ambos Camarines i Xorte). Here the town- 
Bhips of Mambulao. Paracale, and Labo are especiallv well known as gold-producing 
localities. Mr. Drasche, a German geologist, says that there were 7(H) natives at 
work on the rich quartz veins of thisplace at the time of his visit, about 25 vearsago. 
At Paracale are parallel quartz veins in granite, one of which is 20 ft.' in width 
and contains a chute in which the or.- is >aid to assay 38 ozs. of gold to the ton. 



84 QAZBTTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Many other localities in this province have been worked by the natives. The 
islands <>i* Mindoro, Catanduanes, Sibuyan, Sdmar, Panay, Cebu, and Boholare 
reported to contain gold, but do exact data arc accessible. At the S. end of the email 
island of Panaon, B. of Leyte, sure gold-quartz veins, one of which has been worked 

to some extent It IS 6 ft. in thickness and has yielded from $6 to S7 per ton. In 
Mindanao are 2 known gold-bearing districts. One of these is in Surigao, where 

Placer and other townships Bhow gravels and veins; the other is in Misamis. Near 
the settlement of [ponan, on the Gulf of Macajalar, are reported many square kilo- 
meters of gravels carrying Large quantities of gold, with which is associated platinum. 
The product of this district was estimated some years ago at L50 OZS. per month, all 
extracted by natives with hateas, or coeoannt-shell dishes. 

in cm m; this mineral is plentiful in the E. part of the central range of Luzon. 

[ron is abundanl in Luzon, Cebti, Panay, and doubtless in other islands. In Luzon 
it i> found in Laguna, Pampanga, and Ambos Camarines, hut principally in Bulacan. 
The finest deposits are in the last-named province, near a small settlement named 
Camachin, which lies in hit . L5° V and Ion. 121° 12' E. approx. A small industry 
exists here, wrought iron being produced in a sort of bloomery and manufactured 
into plowshares. The process has not been described in detail. It would appear 
that charcoal pig iron might he produced to some advantage in this region. The 
lignites of the archipelago are probably unsuitable for iron-blast furnaces. 

Kaolin; concessions exist tor mining kaolin at Los Baiios, in Leguna, Luzon. (See 
also Clays. ) 

Lr.\i> and Silver; in a mine partially developed near the town of Cebu, on the 
island of the same name. The most important deposit of argentiferous galena is at 
Torrijos, on the island of Marinduque. A metric ton, or 1,000 ks., is reported to 
contain 96 grams of silver, {> grains of gold, and 565.5 ks. of lead. In Ambos Cama- 
rines. Luzon, lead ores occur, but are worked only for the gold. 

Lithographic btone is found at San Mateo, Rizal, Luzon. Should this turn out to 
be of good quality and in large blocks, the deposit would be a treasure. 

Marble of fine quality occurs on the small island of Romblon, and is much employed 
in churches in Manila for baptismal fonts and other purposes. Marbles are also 
quarried at Montalban and at Binarigonan, in Rizal (Morong), Luzon. 

Mercury is reported in Panay and Leyte. (See Quicksilver.) 

Niter is found in the caves at several points in the Philippines, very probably 
« originating in the dung of bats and other animals. It was collected by the insurgents 
for the manufacture of gunpowder. Among the localities where it is known are the 
small islands of MasapiTit and the town of Placer, in Mindanao. 

< tcHERs; these nonmetallic substances, in many cases, are mistaken for impure cin- 
nabar. It will require scientific investigation to determine their character in the 
Philippines. 

< >n.: on Panay, oil is reported at Janiuay, in Iloilo. (See also Petroleum.) 

< M'al; this nonmetallic mineral occurs in Binarigonan, Rizal (Morong), Luzon, and 
at Gatbalogan, S&mar, and is very common in volcanic regions, but the valuable 
variety, fire opal, is rare. (See Precious stones.) 

Platinum is reported in several parts of Mindanao. The finding of this valuable 
mineral, the supply of w r hich to the commerce of the world is now practically con- 
fined to Russia, will prove a valuable acquisition to the mineral products of the posses- 
sions of the United States. (See Gold, Mindanao.) 

Pi: iris; pearl fisheries exist in the Sulu Archipelago and form an important source 
of wealth. The "round pearls" of Siasi and nearby waters are the finest in the 
world. 

Petroleum ; in the island of Cebu petroleum is found associated with coal at Toledo, 
on the W. coast. It is also reported from Asturias, to the N. of Toledo, on the same 
coast, and from A Iberia to the S. Natural gas is said to exist in the Cebu coal fields. 
< >ifi< reported at Janiuay in Iloflo, Panay, and gas is reported from the same island. 
Petroleum highly charged with paraffin is also found on Leyte at a point about 4 m. 
from Villaba, a town on the W. coast. 

Precious stones have occupied but little attention. Their existence in several 
varieties is reported. The presence of the opal is established. 

Quicksilver; the rumors of the occurrence of this metal in Panay and Leyte have 
foiled of verification. Accidental losses of the metal by prospectors or surveyors 
imes lead to reports of the discovery of deposits. 

Salt; deposits of rock salt occur in Mount Blanco and Bamhan (Nueva Ecija), in 
I mba | Laguna), and in Placer (Surigao, Mindanao). As might lie supposed, the 
Datives extract much of their salt from the sea water. 

i mink is found in Santa Cruz, Zambales, and the same mineral is widely dis- 
tributi d in the islands. 

Silver. (Set Lead.) 



GAZETTEEK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



85 



Sulphur deposits abound about the numerous active and extinct volcanoes in the 
Philippines. In Luzon, the principal sulphur deposits are at Daclan, in Benguet, 
and at Colasi, in Anibos Camarines. The finest deposits in the archipelago are said 
to be on the little island of Biliran, which lies to the NW. of Leyte. 

Zixc, both as the sulphide and as a silicate, exists at Paracale, seemingly in con- 
nection with lead ores and gold. Information would point to the conclusion that 
the zinc ores are to be regarded rather as metallic gangue minerals, than as separate 
deposits. 

Mineral-bearing islands and their resources. 



Islands. 



Latitude 
(north 
end). 



Character of mineral resources. 



Bat&n 

Biliran 

Bohol 

Catanduanes 

Cacraray 

Cebu . . '. 

Luzon 

Leyte 

Marinduque 

Masbate 

Mindanao 

Mindoro 

Nesros 

I'anaon 

Panay 

Rapu-Rapu 

Romblon 

Samar 

Semerara 

Sibuyan 

Sulu Archipelago. 



13 19 
11 43 

10 10 

14 8 
13 21 

11 17 
18 40 
11 35 
13 34 



13 32 
11 

10 10 

11 56 
13 15 

12 37 
12 36 
12 7 
12 30 

6 30 



Coal. 

Sulphur. 
j Gold. 

Do. 
j Coal. 
j Coal, oil, gas, gold, lead, silver, iron. 

Coal, gold, copper, lead, iron, sulphur, marble, kaoli 
I Coal, oil, mercury (?) . 

Lead, silver. 

Coal, copper. 

Coal, gold, copper, platinum 

Coal, gold, copper. 

Coal. 

Gold. 

Coal, oil, gas, gold, copper, iron, mercurv (?). 
: Coal. 

Marble. 
j Coal, gold. 
| Coal. 
! Gold. 
! Pearls. 



FORESTS. 



The forest wealth of the archipelago is enormous in variety, quality, 
and quantity. A classification, based on existing law and amendments 
prescribing the tariff on state timber and regulations for the utilization 
of forest products in the public forests of the Philippine Islands, shows 
6 groups of woods: (1) Superior group, with 12 species, including the 
valuable ipil and molave, both woods of export; (2) first group, 17 
species, including camphor, betis, malatapay, and palomaria; (3) second 
group. 48 species, including alalangat and banuyo; (1) third group, 75 spe- 
cies, includingabilo, balodo,calumpit,dao, labato, manga, pipi; (5) fourth 
o-roup, 200 species; (6) fifth group, 13 species and 20 varieties of palm, 
including the valuable areca, orania, bonga, caryota. This classified 
list shows 665 species of timber indigenous to the archipelago, and 
includes, approximately, the most valuable woods of economic or com- 
mercial value. The forest products, besides the woods useful for 
house and ship building, cabinetwork, and other economic and artistic 
purposes, comprise a large variety of gum-producing trees and medici- 
nal and dye plants, already mentioned. The hardwoods of the Philip- 
pines will come into considerable use in the United States. It is 
quoted in technical journals that Philippine mahogany can be delivered 
in the United States at about one-half the cost of the South American 
wood. 

The forests, one of the leading sources of the natural wealth of the 
Philippine Islands, were taken in charge by a forestry bureau, origi- 
nally created by G. O., No. 50, series 1900, and organized April 11, 
L900, and reorganized under acts of June and July. 1901. The field 
force comprises a chief, assistant foresters, inspectors, special agent, 



s <> KTTEEE ov THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

assistant inspectors, assistant foresters, first-class rangers, and second- 
class rangers. Forestry stations have been established in parts of the 
archipelago where the extent and value of the forests warrant. In the 
markets of Manila L 60 varieties of native trees are received; in Min- 
danao t23 varieties of woods are known. The gutta-percha, rubber, 
and other gum trees exist in Mindanao and the Sulu group. Licenses 
to extract forest products from forest lands are issued by the bureau 
for 1 year, the licensee paying the prescribed valuation on each cubic 
foot ^\' wood cut, or if other forest products, L0 per cent o\' the market 
price in Manila. During the fiscal year L900-1901 licenses were 
granted in 25 provinces in Luzon and 28 in other islands. To that 
date the number issued was 699, viz: Timber, 424; firewood, 192; rubber 
and other gums, 38; dyewood, L2; gratuitous, 33. Owners of private 
woodlands must register their titles in the forestry bureau. Eighty- 
six tracts owned by Europeans and natives thus registered aggregated 
(1901) 207,159 acres, of whicn L30,000 acres were in Luzon. The 
products for the fiscal year 1900-1901 were 146,272 cub. ft. of timber, 
24,899 cub. m. of firewood, and 6,140 cub. m. of charcoal. 

The government tax paid into the internal-revenue office on forest 
products from public lands July 1, L900, to June 30, 1901, amounte4 
to $199,372.61 on 2,469,930 cub. ft. of timber (29,639,160 B. M.), and 
L, 955, 561 cub. ft. of firewood. About$5,000 were received on rubber, 
gums (mims mastic), brea, etc., and $1,440 on bark, dyewoods and 
charcoal. The cost of running the bureau was 21 per cent of the 
receipts. Under Spanish rule the figure was 75 per cent of receipts. 

The price of timber in the log at the end of the first haul is from 30 
to 7<» cents per cub. ft. Wood prices in Manila are quoted: Superior 
and firs group, $1 50 to $2.50 per cub. ft., or $5 to 8<i Mexican per 
same for extra sizes of special grades. The government valuation on 
timber is about 5 per cent of the current market price. The demand 
for Philippine timber in the archipelago and China is much greater 
than the supply that is being taken out. 

The finest varieties of fine hardwoods for cabinet and furniture work 
are expected to find an early market in the United States. The total 
number of known native tree species is 665, which it is expected will 
approximate 1,000. Upward of 100 varieties of native Philippine 
woods were selected, polished, and labeled for exhibition at the fur- 
niture makers' convention at Grand Rapids, Mich., and to the Pan- 
American Exposition at Buffalo in L901. It is expected that these 
wood-- can be placed in successful competition with the best woods 
from Central and South America. 

The imports of cabinet woods into the United States during the fiscal 
year ending June 30, L901, amounted to — 

fM. feet.. 32,28] 

"> '•"■•"■ (dollars.. 1,752,612 

AUother, free do.... 1,240,737 

In duly. L901, a cable from the Secretary of War suspended the 
granting of forestry license-; suspension since removed. Much of 
the best timber is inaccessible on account of the absence of roads. 
The majority of native timbers will not float, therefore bamboo rafts 
ar»' used. Bamboo finds a ready sale in all the markets. In the 665 
native trees known are 11 species of oak. true ebony, teak, camagon, 
an abundance of narra (Philippine mahogany), tfndalo, calantas, cedar, 
and other woods suitable for veneering and the most expensive cabi- 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 87 

network. There are 50 .species of trees from which rubber, gutta- 
percha, and other gums are extracted. A scientific exploitation of the 
50,000,000 acres of public forest land is in progress. 

Prior to the passage of the Army appropriation bill, under a pro- 
vision of which the military control of the Philippines was specifically 
defined for temporary purposes, the exploitation of the forests was 
carried on under G. O. of the military governor. No. 92, series (June 
27) 1900. which divided the timber of the island into six classes. There 
was no charge for licenses, but a tax per cubic foot was imposed 
according to class of timber cut. and paid to the government, which 
was a continuation of the Spanish system with an increase of price. 

Forestry officials were on duty October 15, 1901 in the provinces of 
Cagayan, Pampanga, Iloilo, Union. Albay. Zambales, Tayabas, Bataan, 
Tarlae. Ilocos Norte and Sur. Ambos Camarines. Pangasinan. Bulacan, 
Leyte, Rizal. Batangas. Negros Oriental. Negros Occidental. Capiz, 
Antique. Masbate, Romblon, Cavite, in the districts of Zamboangaand 
Cotabato in the island of Mindanao, and at Sulu. 

In Zamboanga (Mindanao) a forestry official collected and returned 
in 3 months wood and leaves of 123 species. The forestry bureau 
from its own sources raised the known numbers of tree species in the 
Philippine Islands from 300 to 665. 

Gutta-percha. — An investigation showed that gutta-percha, the most 
valuable of forest products, was exported in large quantities from 
Cotabato and Zamboanga (Mindanao) to Singapore via Sulu without 
the payment of charges, which led to the prohibition of clearance of 
vessels carrying forestry products which had not paid charges. (Act 
No. 165. 1901, P. C.) The imports at the port of Singapore of gutta- 
percha for 1900 from the Philippine Islands were 232^ piculs. Total 
for all countries 74,066^ piculs, 85,090,001 value. The Philippine 
figures are not regarded as representative. United States Army 
officers report vessels carrying gutta-percha as clearing for Sandakan, 
British X. Borneo, which does not appear in Singapore figures. The 
price of the best quality in the market with 78 per cent gutta (the per 
cent of gutta in the best commercial being 85 to 90) was, 1901, <$260 
per picul (133i lbs.): 1891, 885. The physical conditions in the S. 
islands of the Philippines are peculiarly adapted to this valuable cul- 
ture. The tree attains a height of 50 to 60 ft. and diameter of li to 
2 ft. Age. 20 years: maturity. 30 years. In Java trees fruit at 8 
years and at 15 have a diameter of 1J ft. 

The propagation and growth of the gutta-percha tree is now occu- 
pying a large share of time and expenditure by the colonial govern- 
ments of Holland, Great Britain, France, and Germany. The first 
two own the entire present producing gutta-percha area in Asia, and 
have established experimental and propagating gardens. 

Rubber. — The cost of planting rubber seeds on land cleared of coffee 
plants or left growing is $2 per acre. The first good yield is 6 }^ears. 
To plant twice the number of trees needed per acre and cutting one- 
half at the end of the third year gives returns for expenses to date. 
The planter's return is quoted at $150 to $200 per acre. The rubber 
crop at present price-. 1901, La quoted at 94 cts. per pound in London. 
This docs not include rubber-vine culture. 

The giant rubber vine and several other indigenous varieties have 
been found in large quantities in several of the Philippine islands. 
These islands are credited with exportation of 36 piculs of "Borneo" 



ss GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE [SLANDS. 

rubber (from vines) during L900, which establishes the existence of the 
plant. A (Vara rubber tree planted in Manila in 1 year reached a 
height of 21 ft. 

Then 1 are also 8e> eral varieties of trees producing the sap out of which 
gutta-percha is made. 

Dammar and gum mastic are found in quantities in the southern 
islands. Teak, one of t ho most valuable of shipbuilding woods, is also 
abundant. 

Philippine woods. The following is a list of Philippine woods of 
economic value: 

Aclang-parang {Albizzia sp. ) ; medium weight, dark ash color. 

Acir. | Mimosa acU Bl. ); gives logs up to 32 ft. long by 28 in. square; dark, dull rod; 
strong, tenacious, durable, and takes a good polish; much used for house con- 
struction and shipbuilding; an excellent charcoal. 

A i KQAO i l'n miiti sp. ) ; heavy; ashy color. 

Ai .mian [Diospyros Bp.); heavy; ashy color. 

Aim \ck. \ or A.NTANG | Dipterocarpus sp. ); light, ashy color; gives a valuable gum. 

Ai.iniai \o i Diospyros philippinensis F. V ill. ) ; dark, hard, wood, like ebony. 

Ai.ri-AY or Lbcheas; heavy, dark gray color. 

Ami oris {Cyrtocarpa quinquestUa Bl.); hard; light red or flesh colored, and some- 
times marked with lead-colored spots, with numerous pores of moderate size; 
is employed in house and shipbuilding; subject to the attacks of white ants, 
called "Anay." 

Amuyong (Melodorum fulgens) ; light, straw-colored wood. 

Anagap; 60 ft. high; logs 18 ft. long by 16 in. square; grayish yellow, of fine grain 
and somewhat brittle: used for furniture and house trimmings. 

Anosbf or Anusep; brownish or ashy red color and fine grain, with small pores, but 
somewhat fibrous; used for building. 

Antipolo {Artocarpus incisa L. ); large size, grayish yellow to canary yellow and 
even dark red, sometimes marked with numerous white spots; used for outside 
planking and keels of vessels, and somewhat for cabinet work. 

Anubing or Anubiong, or Axriux (Artocarpus ovata); moderate size; brownish yel- 
low to dark red; of fine texture, with small pores; used for rafters in the native 
dwellings. 

Apiton i Dipterocarpus grandiflorus Bl.); very large size; light or dark greenish gray, 
with lighter or even white spots; logs up to 70 ft. long by 24 in. square; serves 
for furniture and general joiner's purposes. 

Aranga (Homalium sp. |; very large size; logs up to 75 ft. long by 24 in. square; red- 
dish color, with violet stripes; valuable for sea piling and shipbuilding. 

Abac-talon; heavy wood of dark red color. 

BacauaN I Bruguiera caryophilloydes Blum.); heavy weight; dark red color. 

Bagarilao {Na uclea sp.); light wood, dark red color. 

Mahay ( Lepidopetalum perrottetii Blum.); medium weight; straw colored. 

Balacat {Zyzyphus sp.j; light straw colored; medium weight. 

P.ai.ao. Malapaho or Panao {Dipterocarpus vernicifluusB.Ij.)', medium to large size; 

yellowish white or light greenish gray, sometimes with tints of light rose and 

yellowish red: used for house building, and somewhat for ship construction; its 

rinous gum, fluid and odorous, is employed for varnishing furniture, picture 

frames, and floors of rooms. 

Balayohod; dark grayish; medium weight. 

Balibago {Hibiscus tuiaceus L.); light white wood. 

Batitinan [Lagerstroemia batilman); first-class wood; large size; logs up to40ft. long 
by 18 in. square; ashy red to intense olive-brown color; strong, tough, and 
elastic; used for ships, planking above water, and for furniture, being much 
stronger than the teak and advantageously replacing it. 

Banaba {Lagerstroemia speciosa Pers.); 30 to 50 ft. high; reddish white to dull red; 
used for ship and house construction, preferably the red variety; is strong and 
resists the elements well. 

Banatanhisan; heavy wood of light-brown color. 

Bangi m. or Bancal (Sarcocephaius cordatus Mig., Nauclea glaberrima D. C.) ; large 
ga up to 24 ft. long by 16 in. square; golden-yellow color or greenish 
yellow; used in house building and in general joiner's work, but principally for 
the construction of small canoes. 

Hani, light white wood. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 89 

Baxxix: heavy white wood. 

Bansalagui [Mimusops elengi); first-class wood for its strength, elasticity, and dura- 
bility: logs up to 40 ft. long by 18 in. square; reddish white with ashy spots or 
uniform bright red; used in shipbuilding, suited for making tool handles and 
adapted to turning. 

Baxsio; whitish wood; medium weight. 

Bantiqui; heavy, fine-grained wood. 

Banuyo [Dipterocarpus sp.) ; straw colored, medium weight. 

Barusang; heavy grayish yellow. 

Baticulixg or Baticulix (Milingtonia quadripinnata BL); yellowish white or green- 
ish white; easy to work, takes a good polish, and employed for joiners' work. 

Batixo (Dipterocarpus sp.) ; straw colored, medium weight, 

Bayucan (Dipterocarpus sp.) ; heavy wood, similar in appearance to maple. 

Betis (AzaoJa bet is Bl.) ; logs up to 65 ft. long by 20 in. square; brownish red or 
light red; used for building keels of vessels, also for fresh-water piling, piers, 
wharves, etc. 

Bixayoyo; heavy reddish wood. 

Bixxaxg (Macaranga mappa Mull. Arg. ); very light wood; grayish white. 

BixrxGA (Macaranga Tanarius Mull. Arg.); reddish wood, medium weight. 

Bitag (Caloplujlum sp. ); reddish-brown wood; medium weight. 

Bitaxg (Calophylum spectabile Willd. ); grayish wood; medium weight. 

Bitaxhol or Bitaxjol. (See Palo Maria.) 

Boloxgita, Boloxgeta, or Boloxzeta (Diospyros pilosantheraBl.) ; light-red color, or 
dark red, with streaks and spots of black; very useful for building and cabinet 
work. 

Bayug (Plerospermum acerifolium Willd.); grayish-yellow wood; medium weight. 

Bucbuc (Streblus, sp. ); heavy white wood. 

Bulac; white wood; very light and pithy. 

Buxa; heavy, grayish-yellow wood. 

Caba (Fragree sp.); light whitish wood. 

Cabuy ( Citrus histrix V. C. ) ; heavy white wood. 

Calamaxsaxay (Stephegyne sp. ) ; rosy white to bright red; useful for building and 
construction. 

Calaxtas or Philippixe Cedar ( Cedrela odorata Bl. ) ; logs up to 40 ft. long by 35 in. 
square; flesh color, brick red, or in some varieties, a pale ashy red; used chiefly 
for the manufacture of cigar boxes and makes handsome inside house fittings. 

Calimaxlao (Diospyros sp. ); light yellowish -white wood. 

Calobcub (Eugenia macrocarpa Rob.); heavy wood, dark brown to black color. 

Calumpaxg (Sterculia foetida, L. ); very great size; brownish-yellow color; easy to 
work, but not lasting; used for boards. 

Calu.mpit (Perminalia edulis L. ); moderate size; dull yellowish color, with ashy 
spots, or of a uniform ash color; ripe fruit is edible; used in some places for dye- 
ing cotton a dirty straw color. 

Camagox (Diospyros pttosantfyeraY&e.)', logs 9 or more ft. in length up to 12 in. in 
diameter; black with narrow brown or yellowish-red streaks and sometimes with 
black spots; takes a good polish, and does not curl; highly valued for cabinet 
work, and often confounded with ebony. 

Cam a yuan; red violet, and bright red or brownish red; employed for building pur- 
poses; both in the form of small pieces and in boards. 

Camuxixg (Muraya exotica L. ); 12 to 15 ft. high; bright ocher yellow, uniform or 
with wavy streaks and spots of brown; used chiefly for cabinet work; the Moros 
use it in making handles for their weapons; takes a good polish. 

CaSafistula ( I ''.'ass in fistula L.) ; medium weight wood, white or light reddish in color. 

Cahi-oi; grayish color, medium weight. 

Caroxsax; heavy grayish white. 

Catmox (DUlenia PTittippinensis Rolph); heavy wood, resembling rosewood in 
appearance. 

Cayaxtol; heavy grayish white. 

C a y atao ; heavy' red dish . 

Caytax (Zanthoxylum oxiphylum Edg. ); heavy grayish yellow. 

Obi; yellowish brown with greenish spots; used' in building, chiefly for joiners' 
work. 

Culixg-maxoc; rosy white to brick red, sometimes with streaks and spots of lighter 
color; good for building purposes, although not in common use; somewhat used 
for cabinet work. 

Crr.is (Memecylom edvla Roxb. ): heavy grayish yellow. 

Cupaxg [ParMa Roxburghii G. Don.) flight, reddish-brown color. 



90 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Dao Dracontamdam bd.); Light; dark grayish. 

Dale {TerminUia)) reddish brown; medium weight. 

ly or Bangai ( Grewia sp. ) ; reddish gray medium weight. 

Dangon <>r Danglig (IHpterocarpus sp.)] grayish yellow; medium weight. 

Dingi vs Buciba comintana Bl. I; logs up to 30 n. long by L6 in. square; brownish or 
ashy red; very durable; employed in the construction of buildings and ships. 

Du ing-bi piqi i i Podooarpus sp. i; light gray; medium weight. 

I*ii \ (Alstoria scholaris); grayish yellow; medium weight. 

DoLiTAN-POTi [Garcinia sp. ) ; heavy grayish yellow. 

In i;\ r ( Ebigt nia Bp. I; heavy dark reel. 

\. or Dongon (Stercuiia cimbifromis D. C); logs 50 it. long by 20 in. 
square; pale reddish, used for roof timber and for keels of vessels; strong but 
does not resist the attacks of sea worm. 

Ebano, Ebony, or Luyong (Dioapyros nigra L.); differs from camag6n in its more 
intense and uniform black color, without brown or yellow streaks; very valuable 
for cabinet work, and also employed in making gunpowder. 

< : \ i as w-iti.a {Carmngiana sp.); heavy red wood. 

GUETALAS; reddish brown; heavy wood. 

Guuo, Guso, or Guisoc (IHpterocarpus auiso Bl.); logs up to 75 ft. long by 24 in. 
square; light red to. lark red; very durable, strong, tough, and elastic; in Manila 
used for carriage shafts; in Hongkong, for wharf decks and flooring. 

GuiM; heavy grayish yellow. 

< tivo; heavy reddish yellow. 

II Ai.ri" \o; heavy red wood. 

Himbabao; grayish yellow, medium weight. 

li.ANo-ii. ano or Alang-ilang [Unona odoratissima L.); white wood, soft, does not 
last well, and subject to the attacks of insects. 

In i. <>r Yimi. i Ep< rua decandra Bl. ); logs up to 50 ft. long by 26 in. square; usually 
dark red; sometimes ocher yellow; has the good qualities of molave, except 
resistance to sea worm; excellent for ruilding purposes and joiners' work, and 
for railroad sleepers. 

.1 \(.n>: very light whitish wood. 

Lax \ w i AnUoptera thurifera ); dark grayish; medium weight. 

Lanete, Lanate, nrLAxiTE (Anassrr /a, , if! r>\.); logs up to 25 ft. long by 18 in. square; 
bone or ashy white with white spots: used for cabinetwork, carved objects, 
musical instruments, inside decorations, and turning; also for making match 
boxes. 

Lam'taii I Hibiscus) ; reddish white or light red color, with narrow yellowish streaks; 
easy to work; commonly employed in cabinetwork and for inside finishing of 
houfi 

Lauan, Lauaan, orSADDANA (IHpterocarpus thurifera L.); logs up to 75 ft. long by 24 in. 
square; reddish white or ashy with brown spots; used principally for the con- 
struction of canoes. 

Liga; heavy reddish gray wood. 

I.ii-o i Eugenia s;.. |; heavy white wood. 

Loctob I Mens laurifolia Blanco); -ravish yellow; lightweight. 

M kBOLo i Diospyros isocolor Willd); very heavy white wood. 

M kCASiM, Macasin, or Macaasim; 2 varieties, the red and the white; former is used 
for house and shipbuilding, latter for inside housework and flooring. 

Hacdpa; very heavy red wood. 

Hagabambulo; grayish yellow; heavy weight. 

Malaanunang (Shorea maXaanunang Bl.); light wood; grayish yellow. 

>l ILABAYABAS; very heavy wood; dark brown or black. 

EdALABONGA (Lauras hexandra Pers.); moderate size; light red with orange streaks 
and sometimes with lead-colored spots; especially used for making common boxes. 

M \i. \« '\i)ir> | LU$ea ehim nsis ham. |; canary yellow, <larkening with time, and tak- 
ing on greenish brown tints; used for beams and ribs for shipbuiling, and also 
gives good boards. 

M \i. \< ainoti:; very heavy wood of reddish-brown color. 

M llacaTm6n; several varieties, 2 of them deserving special mention; first, brick red, 
with spots and streaks of black: second, red with a few streaks and spots of lead 
color: both somewhat used tor building purposes. 

HALAfl i H6» I I hlli n'l'i sp. ); heavy straw colored. 

Maiaim'm \t. M ILARUJ \r, or M w.ua'u \ r ( Myrtus subrubens'Bl.); large size; brownish- 
yellow color, with streaks of intense brown or ash; gives good boards, and some- 
what used in making common furniture. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 91 

Malagaitmtjn; heavy straw-colored wood. 

Malaiba (Phyllanthus sp. ) ; light wood; whitish color. 

Malaitmo {Ccltis philippinensis Bl.) ; heavy, light colored. 

Malubig (Syzygium sp. ); heavy wood of dark gray color. 

Malanangca; heavy white wood. 

Malapaho {Dipterocarpus velulina BL); heavy, dark, red wood. 

Malasantol ( Thespesia populnea Corr. ); heavy wood, whitish color. 

Malatalax or Malatalang; brittle wood of reddish color with spots and streaks 
of black: very little used for building. 

Malatapay {Alangium octopetalum Blanco); small tree and not abundant ; yellowish 
wood spotted with brownish black; highly valued for the construction of fine 
furniture. 

Malatiaong; heavy wood; grayish yellow. 

Malato; light wood; reddish color. 

Malatoob; dark-gray wood; medium weight. 

Malatumbaga ( Or u diet spicata D. C. ) ; large size; flesh red to brick red; little employed 
for building purposes: gives very good boards for box making. 

Malauhud; straw colored: medium weight. 

Malaya; dark gray; medium weight. 

Mambog (StepJiengyne dirersifolia Hook); light wood; grayish white. 

Manabang; heavy wood; yellowish white. 

Mancalamian; reddish color with lighter streaks; little employed in building, being 
used only in Luzon. 

M ax a yao; grayish yellow; medium weight. 

Mancono (Xanthostemon verduganianus Nav. ) ; very hard and heavy; found in Min- 
danao; deep chocolate color. 

Maxgachapuy or Mangachapoi {Dipterocarpus mangachapoi BL); logs up to 55 ft. 
long by 20 in. square; 2 varieties, red and white; very elastic, and when seasoned 
withstands the climate as well as teak; used for masts and decks of vessels, and 
for all work exposed to sun and rain. 

Mangasinoro (Fagroca vol chilis Jack.); very large size; ashy yellow; soft and not 
very durable; little used in building. 

Manicnic, Manipnip; ashy red or light ashy; used in house building not very 
extensively. 

Mapulat (Palagium sp.); straw colored; medium weight. 

Mara, Marax, or Marang; reddish yellow, sometimes dirty greenish white. 

Mayapi or Mayapis (Dipterocarpus mayapis BL); large size; reddish with colored 
streaks and spots; soft and does not last well; considerably used for box making. 

Midbid ( Lagt rstramia sp. ); heavy wood; reddish-brown color. 

Molave ( Vitex geniculata BL); logs up to 35 ft. by 24 in. square; yellow, yellowish 
green, or ashy; resists sea worms, white ants, and the action of the tropical 
climate. Extremely strong and durable, lasts well under ground; very highly 
valued for building purposes, called by the natives the "queen of woods." 

Mulang-u; heavy wood, dark gray color. 

Xarra, Naga, or Agaxa (Pterocarpvs santalinus L. ); logs up to 35 ft. by 26 in. square; 
known as the mahogany of the Philippines; scarlet to blood red; take a beau- 
tiful polish ; much employed in the manufacture of furniture; from the bases of the 
trunks of the largest trees magnificent pieces are sometimes obtained of sufficient 
size to make tops for large dining tables. 

Narra Blanca or Narra Amarilla (Pterocarpus pallidus BL) ; ocher yellow with 
brown streaks; in time it takes a brownish yellowish color; employed in finishing 
furniture. 

Nato Sterculia balanghas L. ) ; reddish white with delicate spots of more intense color; 
sometimes rosy, occasionally brick red; used especially for joiners' work. 

Opac: very light wood, yellowish white in color. 

Pagatpat, Palopad, or Palatpat (Sonneratia pagatpat BL); moderate size; some- 
what resembles cork; reddish color of various tints; used somewhat for building, 
especially for work under water. 

Pahuhutax {Mangijera longipes Griff); light white wood. 

Pa it; very heavy red wood. 

Paitax; light white wood. 

Palayax or Roble; several species of the genus Quercus are found in the Philippines. 

Palms; for structural purposes the species known under the name of Palma brava 
are the most important; resisting moisture; trunks are converted into tubes for 
conducting water, used for rafters in house building, for piles, and for telegraph 
poles; from the hard outer wood handsome canes and bows are made. 



92 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

Palo Maria, or Bitanhol, or Bitanjol (CcUophylum inophylum D. C); moderate 
e; light red; exceedingly tough and lighter than molave; much used forship- 
building; acquires gigantic proportions in Mindanao. 

Palo Napuy; violet with blackish spots; Bomewhal employed for building purposes; 
hardly known in the Manila market, bu1 not to be despised. 

Palbaguyuguin; grayish yellow, medium weight. 

Palubapis; Light wood, dark straw color. 

Panao; liirlit grayish yellow wood. 

Pangi ban; ashy yellow color; somewhat used for building purposes. 

Panaybana* PUrospernum Bp.); very heavy wood, grayish brown. 

Panosilo; yellowish white: not very beautiful; not very much used. 

PA8AC {Mim08ops erythroxykm Bos.); large, hard. tOUgh, and durable, reddish and 
durable, reddish white or flesh red color; employed for building purposes; like 
yacal, but inferior to it. 

Pabquit t Memecylon paniadatum Jack.); heavy wood of reddish color. 

Tin ( Canarium sp. ) ; straw colored; medium weight. 

Pino or Palo Pino I Pinvs insularis Endl.); a very large tree, reaching an extraor- 
dinary size in the mountains of I locos, Lepanto, and Benguet. 

Pubo Pdbo I LUsea littoralis Benth.); reddish yellow wood of medium weight. 

Putat i Barringtonia racenom Bl.); white; medium weight, 

PUTOTAM or PoTOTANJ reddish-brown wood of medium weight. 

Sampaloc ( Tamarindus indict P.); roots are used for carpenter work. 

Santol or Santos {Sardoricum indicum Cav.); reddish and of strong texture; little 
employed for building purposes. 

Sibucao or Palo-Sapang (UescUpinia sappana); orange red; pegs made from it are 
used in the manufacture of small sailing craft in place of iron spikes and nails. 

Siriqik; grayish yellow; medium weight. 

Solipa or Sulipa {Sulipa pseudopsidium Bl. ) canary yellow or greenish yellow; 
employed for coopers' work. 

Sri'A ( Dipterocarpus sp.); large size; yellowish or dirty ocher, becoming brownish 
yellow in time; very similar to fpil, but inferior to it; employed for house and 
ship building. 

Tabigui-itim; heavy wood; deep-red color. 

Taboc [MgU decandra Naves); heavy white wood. 

Tai.i's.w I Terminalia catappa); dark straws colored; medium weight. 

Tamauyan-poti {Gymnospona sp. ); light white wood. 

TANGiLBorTANGiLiorTANGUiLi ( Dipterocarpus polyspermusBl.) ; large size; brownish 
red; much used for the construction of canoes and also for joiners' work. 

Tangibam ( Finis sp. ) ; white wood; medium weight. 

Tapal; very heavy wood, with black and white stripes. 

Ti:< \ | Tectona grandis P.); little known in the Philippines; exists in Mindanao and 
said to exist in NegTOS. 

Tib.wos or Tubayos; heavy slate-colored wood. 

Tibig (Firus glomerata Bl.) ; white wood; medium weight. 

Tinaan pantay; light-gray wood of medium weight. 

TIndalo [Eperua rhymboidea BL); large size; light red, growing darker with age and 
in time becoming completely black; takes a good polish; used for house decora- 
tion and the manufacture of line furniture; occasionally for building. 

Tingan-tingan | I'll rospt I'm u m obliguum Blanco) ; dark straw colored ; medium weight. 

Toon (Bischofiajavanica Mull., Arg. ); light gray; medium weight. 

ToocorTooG; heavy dark-red wood. 

TuCANGCALO [Sterculia rubiginosa Vent. Hook); heavy dark-red wood. 

Y \( \i. or Saplungam (Dipterocarpus plagatus BL); one of the heaviest and most 
enduring of the Philippine woods. Reaches a height of 40 to 60 it., with a diam- 
eter of 2 to :; ft.: logs up to 50 ft. long by 22 in. square; earthy-yellow color; 
solid and line texture; proof aga in st white ants and has great strength and tenac- 
ity; much used in house building as well as in shipbuilding. 
Economic uses. — The uses of the more important woods are: 
Cabinet wobk: Ebano, camagon, bolongita, tmdalo, narra, malapatay, alintatao, 

and camdning for fine furniture: lanete, narra blanca, lanutan, malarujat, batitinan, 

and antipolo for common furniture. 
Shipbuilding: Yacal, betis, diingon, and fpil for keels and sternposts; antipolo for 
and outside planking; molave for futtock timbers and stems crooks lor frame- 
work; banab;i for outside planking and beams; guijo for beams, masts, and yards; 

batitinan for keelsons and clamps: mangachapuy for waterways and deck timbers; 

amugufs for upper works and partitions; palo-maria for futtock timbers, masts, and 

yards. 

nobs: Tangile, lauaan, malaanonang, balao, mayapis, and many others. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 93 

House building: Molave for beams, framework, doorcasings, window casings, 
floor boards, etc.; fpil, same as molave; supa and balao are substitutes for but 
inferior to fpil; dungon for rafters, door and window joints, clamps, etc.; banaba, 
employed for various purposes, and especially for all parts exposed to the action of 
moisture; yacal for framework; amuguis, baticulin, and malatumbaga used in form 
of boards for partitions, ceiling work, etc. 

Box making: Calantas for cigar boxes and fine boxes in general; tarigile, mayapis, 
and malaanonang for common boxes. 

FRUITS. 

The wild and cultivated fruits of the Philippines are abundant in 
variety and superior in quality. The introduction of new species from 
the United States is also successful, particular^ grapes, strawberries, 
blackberries, figs, and walnuts, which flourish in the highlands of 
Benguet. 

The following is a description of the best known fruits, having 
chiefly in view their industrial and domestic uses: 

Anona (Anona reticulata L. ); an exotic from Mexico, its meat being white and soft 
and containing, like the ates, small, black pits; is sweet and fragrant, and has 
an exterior appearance resembling the common custard apple or bullock's heart. 

Ates (Anona squamosa L.); juicy, aromatic, very sweet, very soft, and somewhat 
peppery; a table delicacy. 

Balimbing (Arerrhora carambola L. ); has the flavor of a quince, and is used by the 
natives as food with dry fish or meat. 

Banana; the commonest and cheapest fruit in the Philippines, there being a large 
number of species, varying greatly in form and taste. It is called platano by the 
Spaniards, and saguing by the Tagalos. The trunk of the banana tree is not 
solid, but soft and full of minute little tubes or aqueducts, which serve to conduct 
the sap which sustains and matures the plant within the short space of one year. 
Shortly after fruit ripens the plant begins to decline and the leaves dry up and 
fall. The fruit grows in bunches of various shapes, according to the species. 
Important varieties: Lakatan, very similar to the ordinary American banana; 
latundan, less yellow and sourer than the preceding, being noted for its digestive 
qualities; the saba, which makes a most delicious fritter; the hanipa, sweeter 
than the sabd, and cultivated principally in Samar and Leyte; the tambonan, a 
very common and healthful species; the camada, very large; the tundoc, also 
large, the skin of which is of a violet color; the binalatong, larger, more deli- 
cate, and more fragrant; the torlangd'ato, called in Spanish "the lady finger;" the 
pilbitin, a small, sweet, and rich variety; the tarip, the burigaran, the putian, 
the dariao, the mungco, the talood, the tinumbaga, the dariyas, the burigulan, 
the gloria, and others. P. Delgado enumerates and describes 57 varieties. 

Camias (Averrhora bilimbi L.); when green has an agreeable sour taste, but when 
ripe is sweet and fragrant; is often pickled or candied, and its juice removes the 
stain of iron rust and other spots from linen. 

Cantaloupes; of excellent varieties, especially in the provinces near Manila. 

Chico; 2 varieties; the chico sapote or sapote (Achras sapote L.) and the chico 
mamey or chico (Lucuma mamosa Gaert) . The sapote is an evergreen tree, with 
thick shining leaves and milky juice, a native of tropical America. Its fruit is 
about the size of an orange, green on the outside and black on the inside, sweet, 
and makes excellent preserves. The chico is smaller, the skin and pulp of deep 
brown, with brilliant black seeds embedded in it. It contains a pleasant 
flavored pulp resembling quince marmalade in appearance and taste. 

Citron; fruit very large; is found in abundance. 

Duhat (Lomboy) {Eugenia yarnbolona L. ); a tree of hard and durable wood; pro- 
duces a wild edible fruit, dark purple to black in color, about the size of an 
olive. Its astringent bark is used in dyeing, tanning, and in medicine. 

Guanahano ( Anona muricata L. ); pear shaped, being similar in exterior appearance 
to the pineapple, containing an agreeable slightly acid pulp; used for preserves. 

Guayaba (Psidium guayaba L. ); a Tagalo bayabas; when ripe is of yellowish color, 
and very aromatic, as are the leaves. The pulp is acid, and has different color 
according to the varieties, white, yellow, and pink. The interior is filled with 
little hard stM-ds or pits, which are embedded in the meat. It is a carminative 
and an excellent jelly and marmalade. Natives use this fruit as food. 



^4 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE [SLANDS. 

l.w. . [ or Nangca (Ariocarpua integrifolia Willd); is perhaps the largest found in 
the world, Borne as large as a good-sized wain- jar. The ripening fruit is recog- 
I by its aromatic and penetrating odor. The fruit cut shows a large amount 
oi yellowish or whitish meat, of which preserves and sweetmeats are made, 
resembling the date, with an odor like musk. The seeds when boiled or baked 
resemble the chestnut The wood of the tree is yellow, solid, durable, and very 
serviceable for vt orking. 

>\ Lansium domeslicum Jack orBoboo); is beautiful in appearance and giv*s 
a cool shade. The leaves are of a beautiful clear green, The fruit is a yellow 
berry, the skin being bitter, thin, and fine. Within it are contained fine divi- 
sions, as in the lemon, but the flesh is crystalline white, almost transparent, 
sweetish sour,quite delicate, and very refreshing. This fruit is healthful for those 
who suffer from heat. The best kind of lanzones grows in Laguna, Luz6n. 

Lkmon8; 7 varieties of this fruit, some of superior quality. 

M ibolo (Diospyros discolor Willd); is about the size of a quince and contains a large 
Beed. The skin is reddish and velvety. The flesh is white and sweet, bul some- 
what indigestible, and has a rather strong odor. 

M vcupa (Eugenia malaccensis L.); about the size of a sweet pepperand of somewhat 
the same shape, rather larger and quite red in color; morelustrous; bitter-sweet 

in taste, somewhat agreeable, but has no solid flesh which can be eaten. 

Mamp6n or Pajo (Mangifera aUissima Blanco); very similar to the manga, frequently 
preserved in brine in the form of pickles; also' made into sweetmeats and pre- 
serves. There are other small varieties about the size of an olive, which are 
used in making pickles and preserves. 

M \ no \. I Mangifera indica L. ) ; one of the most exquisite fruits in the world, and the 
queen of the Philippines. The largest is from 6 to 7 in. in length ; flattened. 
The skin is yellow and rather tine; the interior a fleshy, fibrous drupe, and with 
lin >re or les< of a turpentine flavor, but sweet and delicate. The pit in the center 
is almost as long as the fruit itself, but very narrow. The leaves are long, wide, 
and dark green, and an infusion of them somewhat similar to tea. The manga is 
used as a food, not only when ripe (April) , but when green. It is used also for 
preserves, jelly, and marmalade. The natives make the boiled manga into a 
kind of relish of sweet-acid flavor, as palatable as the Indian chutney. The best 
mangas come from Imus, Cavite, Luzon. 

M ingosteen or Mangostan ( Qarcinia mangostana L); an exotic fruit, grows only in 
Sulu and some points of Zamboanga and Cotabato, where it is called the "Kings' 
fruit.*' because it is so highly prized by the Moro sultans. It is dark red or pur- 
ple and about the size of an orange. The edible and juicy parts form small, 
white divisions, very soft, found in the interior; covered with a double skin, red- 
dish in color, and which must be removed before the fruit is eaten. The rind of 
the fruit, as well as the bark and wood of the tree, is very astringent and has 
been used in medicine. 

Oranges of various indigenous species are found. The principal is the cajel. An- 
other the naranjita. There are several wild species, one of which is called 
"amuniintay." They are very large, being 12 or 13 in. in circumference, have 
a thick skin, are very juicy and bitter. 

Papaya fpapaw I I Cariea papaya, L.); 2 sexes. The male produces tubes filled with 
small white aromatic flowers; the female yields fruit. The tree restmbles a 
palm, with large broad leaves. The fruit, a small squash in appearance, is ordi- 
narily 10 in. long, commonly of an oblong form, ribbed, with a thick, fleshy 
rind, and sweet. When it ripens the skin changes from green to a reddish color, 
as does t} 1( . flggh a l 80< ]\ j s sometimes eaten raw or made into a sauce, or when 
green is boiled as a vegetable and pickled, in combination with red peppers, 
-pice-, radishes, and onions, formings nice hors d'oeuvre, with a yellow sweet- 
acid sauce, called achora by natives and Spaniards alike. The seeds are an 
efficacious vermifuge. 

Pine ipplbs ( Bromelia ananas L. or Ananosa saliva Lindley) ; have a fine flavor, aromatic 
and slightly tail on account of the presence of malicacid. It isof more importance 
however as a textile plant. 

Rima (Artocarpus incisa L.), composed of the numerous small female flowers united 
into one large fleshy mass about the size of a child's head, and is covered with 
hexagonal marks externally which are the limits of the individual /lowers. The 
flesh IS a substantial food, and on this account it is called the breadfruit plant. 
It is either boiled or roasted and then eaten with su<rar orsirup. It is also made 
into prest I 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 95 

Santol (Sandot'tcum indicum Cav. ); similar to the peach; but larger and the rind 
thicker. Inside there are several divisions, as in the mangostan, of a white color 
and bitter sweet taste, each division containing a hard pit, with carminitive 
qualities. It is used principally for preserves and pickles, although it is eaten 
raw when ripe. Bulacan, Luzon, produces the best santols. 
Sapote (Diosj)yros ebenastcr Eetz) ami Pagapat ^Do Kaki L. ), are natives of China. 

Among the large number of wild species of fruits found in the Philippines in gen- 
eral, sour, sweet, and somewhat carminitive, may be mentioned the doctoyan, the 
the pananquian, the durion, the abuli, amahit, angiap, amaga, agononan, abubu- 
nanu, alanganisan, dae, amamampang, bonano, harobor or marobo, cabaan, carong, 

gayan, dalinson, etc., which are described by P. Delgado. 
Tampoy ( Eugenia jambos, L. ) : about the size of a small apple, the flesh being soft, 
sweet, and having an odor like roses. In color and shape it resembles a guay- 
aba. 

MECHANICAL INDUSTRIES. 

The Philippine Islands, notwithstanding the aptitude of the inhabit- 
ants and abundance of ravr material for all kinds of fabrics, is not a 
manufacturing' country. There exist, however, some very prosperous 
industries, generally carried on with primitive implements and meth- 
ods. The introduction of modern machinery, considering the impor- 
tance and wealth of the islands, not only as producers, but possessing 
the necessary resources, would speedily make them a factor as a manu- 
facturing center in the Far East. The most important industries are : 

Manufacture of cloth. — The fibers used in weaving are hemp, pine- 
apple, cotton, and silk. The first two are products of the country. 
Silk comes from China and cotton is imported. Cloth made from 
hemp alone is called sinamay, which is used for shirts for men and 
waists and skirts for women. A finer variety of hemp cloth, often 
confused with pineapple cloth, is called tinampipi. Cloth made from 
pineapple fiber is called pina, a very delicate fabric used for making 
handkerchiefs, waists, and other elegant garments. From silk alone, 
or from a mixture of silk and cotton or pineapple fiber, are made the 
Philippine jusis, famous for their lightness, beauty, and delicate pat- 
terns. From cotton are manufactured hea^w blankets, of which a spe- 
cialty is made in both the Ilocos provinces. In the district of Tondo. 
Manila City, is a factory in which cotton is woven by means of modern 
machinery into textile fabrics. In the weaving of these articles not a 
machine moved by steam, with the exception mentioned, is used, only 
primitive looms worked by hand and by the most simple methods. 
Women work the looms, the majority being girls from 12 to 20 years 
of age. The work is good, considering the simple methods and the 
primitive machinery used. The provinces of Albay, Batangas, Cala- 
mianes, Ambos Camarines, Ilocos, Iloilo, Rizal, and Tayabas are pre- 
eminent in this line. 

Manufacture of mats, hats, etc. — In the manufacture of mats, 
sleeping mats. hats. bags, cigar cases, etc., intelligence, skill, and 
patience are shown. This is the more wonderful, as the only instru- 
ment used is a sort of knife called guloc. The materials are rattan, 
palm leaves, ferns, bamboo, buri, all of which are abundant. The 
provinces notable for these articles are Albay, Bulacan, Ambos Cama- 
rines, Iloilo, Laguna, Pampanga, Pangasinan, and Tayabas. 

Manufacture of cordage. — In a suburb of Manila City, called Santa 
Mesa, and San Juan del Monte. Rizal, are several factories of rope and 
cordage, in which primitive methods are employed, machinery being 
onlv used as a motor of the instruments used. 



( .>o GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE [8LAND8. 

Tobacco. In this important Philippine industry the Havana meth- 
ods of gathering and curing the leaf and manufacturing the product 
are used. In some places the manufacture is carried on with modern 
machinery. In all more women than men arc employed. The cigar- 
ette machines in many factories arc worked by steam. The most 
prominent factories in the archipelago arc located in Manila. 

Sugar. In Negros and Pampanga are many iron mills, worked by 
animal, water, or steam power, for the manufacture of sugar. In 
Manila there is a large sugar refinery, and another in Malab6n, Rizal, 
S. of Manila City. 

Hemp. -The extracting of the hemp fiber and its drying constitutes 
a large industry, apart from its manufacturing into rope or cloth. It 
is conducted by means of primitive and simple apparatus. The hemp 
fiber is found in the market in bunches or bundles, and is classified 
according to its quality. 

Indigo. — The production of indigo is accomplished through several 
operations— maceration in water, addition of lime, shaking or stirring 
and decantation of the water, formation of the indigo into masses, and 
wrapping. It is then placed in wooden boxes and sent to the market. 

Alcohol. — The materials used in the manufacture of alcohol are the 
juice from the nipa or tin 4 cocoanut palms and low-grade molasses. 
Nipa wine is manufactured in Dagupan, Pangasinan, Vigan, Ilocos, Sur 
Luzon, and Capiz. Panay. In all the archipelago there are not less 
than :>.<>< 10 stills, the -1- largest in -Manila. 

Oil. — This product is extracted from cocoanuts, the methods em- 
ployed being very rudimentary. Other oils extracted are lumbang, 
castor oil. and those from the peanut and other plants. Essential oils 
arc extracted from the ilang-ilang, sampaguita, and champaca flowers. 

Rice. — In tare clearing rice a primitive apparatus called the lusong is 
employed. The lusong is a large wooden mortar in which the rice is 
pounded until the husk is removed. One or two steam mills were 
installed in Calumpit, Bulacan, but were subsequently destroyed in the 
ravages of war. 

Soap. — This article has been made in the islands for a long time, but 
tin- methods employed are most primitive. The manufacture of 
laundry soap is conducted only by Chinese. In Manila there are small 
establishments in which toilet soap is manufactured. 

Starches. -This industry, while small, has abundance of raw mate- 
rial found in the country- 
Cheese. — This dairy product is made in small quantities, that com- 
ing from (Vbu and Laguna being of excellent quality. 

Leather. This industry is but rudimentary, although considering 
the large number of cattle found in the country it might be made of 
Miinc importance. 

Fisheries. — The marine and fresh-water fisheries are extensive and 
valuable. A provision in the municipal code authorizes the levying 
of a tax on the privilege of fishing by municipalities within the limits 
of their respective jurisdictions. 

Shipbuilding. This important industry is carried on in all the 
larger islands where transportation is by coastwise and river craft. 

Building trades. -This branch of industry is conducted with skill 
in the better class of structures. In the construction of the light nipa 
houses and Cogon hut- the mechanical ingenuity of the inhabitants 
IS also shown to good advantage. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



97 



FOOD PRICES. 



The following is a digest of information on the prices, in gold, or in 
silver, exactly double the figures here shown, of commodities in Manila, 
taken from Bulletin No. 32, June, 1901, Department of Labor: 

Prices of certain articles in common use in Manila, April 1, 1900. 



Articles. 


In common use among— 


White-. 


Natives. 


Chinese. 




per pound . . 

do 


SO. 07 i 
.04 
.25 
.56 
.06 

]20 2 
.20 














per 18-ounce tin.. 

per pound. . 

do 

do.... 

do.... 

do.... 

do 












Candy, caramel lozenge of sugar 

Cheese: 

European 

Fresh Philippine 


10.06 














Corn, drv 

Eggs; 

Fresh 

From the provinces 

Fish: 

Cod, -alt 


.02| 

.20 


§0. 02£ 


per dozen . . 

per 100.. 

per pound. . 

do 


,20 
1.25 

.15 






Drv 


.10 

.10,. 15,. 20 


.10 




do.... 


. 10, . 15, . 20 
.25 
.20 

• .04 
.05 
.30 
.12| 

.20 
.30 
.25 
.15 
.181 
.20 
.071 


.10, .15, .20 


Oysters, canned 


per 13-ounce can . . 

per 23-ounce can. . 

per dozen.. 

do 

per pound.. 

per 14-ounce can.. 

do 

per 26-ounce can.. 

per pound . . 

do 




Fruit: 

Bananas 

Oranges 


.04 
.05 


.04 
.05 


Canned, guava jelly 

Canned, mango jelly 

Canned, peaches 

Dried, apples, plums, peaches, etc. 
Lard 








""."is" 

.181 


.is 


Pure leaf 

a 


do.... 

: do.... 

do.... 


,18i 


Lentils 




Macaroni 


do.... 


.05 




' 




.62* 




Beef, dried 




.20 
.20 
.15 




Beef, fresh 

Caribou 


do — 

do.... 


.20 




Chickens 


each.. 

do.... 


.25 
.25 
.32| 
.37i 

.50 

.20 

.20 

3.00 

.25 
.10 




Ducks 




.25 


Ham. New ^ ork 






Ham. Spanish 


do 

each.. 

per pound. . 

do 

each.. 

per 18-ounce can.. 

..per | liter (0.53 quart).. 




Hens 




Mutton . fresh 




Pork, fresh 

Turkevs 


.20 


.20 


Milk: 

Condensed 


1 

1 


> 






.05 
.06 


.05 


Oil: 

anut 

Olive 


do.... 

..per 3 liter (0.79 quart).. 
per pound.. 


.06 
.30 
.12| 
.25 

.06 


.06 


lick 


1 " 








Europea a 


per pound.. 

do 




jon or Philippine 


.02$ 

.Ol.i 


.02i 


Salt: 

Common 

Fine 

Shells, salted 


do.... 

per 3 pounds.. 

per pound . . 


.on 

.15 


.01$ 

"\'6i" 


Bpices: 

Allspice, whole 

Mustard 


do.... 

per 10-ounce packet.. 

per pound.. 

do 

do 


.25 

.20 
.25 

.10 


. 25 


.25 


Pepper, red. ground 





per, whole 

Saffron, common 


.10 


.10 
.02J 




do 


>12j 

,07| 

.06 
.05 






brown: 
First-claw 


do.... 

. do . 






Dd-clase 






Third-class 


do.... 


.05 


.05 



S. Doc. 280 



98 



GAZETTEEB ok T1IK PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



i of certain articles in common un in Manila, April /. t900 — Continued. 





Articles. 


in common use among— 




Whites. 


Natives. 


Chinese. 


Pint-class 


per pound.. 

do 


Si). 75 










SO 25 


Tobacco: 

First-class 


do.... 

do.... 

do.... 

per 20-OUnce can.. 

do — 

do.... 

do.... 

do.... 

per 2-pound head . . 

per pound . . 

do 

do... 

do.... 

...do... 


. 26 
.15 

.10 

.20 
.17* 
.15 

.174 

.17.i 

.10 
.06 
.05 
.02i 

.05 






- ond-class 


SO. 15 
.10 




Third-class 

Vegetables, canned: 
Artichokes 


.10 


Pease 






Peppers 






Tomatoes 






Other 






Vegetables, fresh: 

Cabbage, white 






Onions 






Potatoes 






Tomatoes 


.02j 




Pot herbs 




Salted, pot herbs 

Vermicelli 




02 


per 3 pounds. . 

per i liter (0.79 quart) . . 

per 4 liter (0.53 quart).. 

per 16 liters (16.91 quarts).. 

per pound.. 

per (small) box.. 


.50 

.12J 

.024 

2.00 

3.25 

.12* 

.01 
.30 
.05 

1.25 
1.00 






Vinegar: 

European 






From the islands 

Wine, red: 

Ordinary 


.02^ 


.024 


Superior 










Matches: 

European 






.30 
.05 


.30 


Oil, kerosene. Russian... 
S.-ap. laundry: 


per pound. . 

per 25 pounds. . 


.05 


ad-class 


do 


1.00 


1.00 



Labor. — This question is a difficulty felt all over the islands. The 
lands are so rich and produce so much for so little work that the 
oative, naturally indolent, finds he is able to support himself with 
very little labor. His wants are few, his love for idleness is great. 
Skilled labor is hard to get. A proposition is advanced to allow the 
Chinese to come in as laborers, but not as merchants, claiming "the 
unpopularity of the Chinese is due, not to their coming as laborers in 
the labor market, but as to skill as tradesmen." In the great works 
which are performed here, it may be thought wise to allow companies 
to bring in Chinese skilled laborers under a bond to take them out 
when the work is accomplished. The hope is that the influx of the 
Americans, the high prices that the Americans give for their work, 
and the examples of the comforts that the Americans enjo} T will teach 
these people, who are exceedingly imitative, that the things they now 
regard as mere luxuries are equally necessities, and that a desire for 
them will induce Labor. 

WAGE RATES. 

The following, taken from Bulletin No. 32, June, 1901, Department 
of Labor, shows the rates of wages paid in April and May, 19(A), in 
Manila, in 664 establishments, covering 69 distinct industries, of which 
only the mo-t Important are here given. The whole number of 
employees was 22,155, of which L87 were white, 17,317 native, and 
4,651 Chinese. Under each occupation the highest daily rate is first 
given, followed by the lower daily rates in order, and by the highest 



GAZETTEEK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



99 



and then the lower monthly rates. Sunday work is more common 
than in the United States. The prices and wages given are in gold. 
In the actual transactions silver, of exactly half the value of gold, is 
used, and the amounts, therefore, in all cases are exactly double those 
here shown. In all ordinary business transactions in ^Manila silver is 
still the money in use. The gold that has come in under the new con- 
ditions does not appear to have had any noticeable effect upon the 
circulating medium, having practically disappeared. Native labor is 
difficult to secure, especially skilled labor. Throughout the archi- 
pelago wages have doubled or trebled since United States occupation. 
All employees are males, except where otherwise mentioned. 

Rates of wages in Manila, April and May, 1900. 



Occupations. 



Bookbinding (U estab- 
lishments) . 

Masters 

Workmen 



Workwomen 

Brewery (1 establish- 
ment). 

Master 

Foreman 

Workmen 



Nation- x >> 
ality. j|| 



Workwomen . 



Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 



White . . 

Native.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 



Carpenter shop {1U es- 
tablishments). 

Masters 



Apprentices. 



Apprentices (chil- 
dren). 

Workmen 



Carpenters, house {8 
lishments). 



Masters ... 
Workmen . 



Chinese 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 

....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 



Chinese 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 



Rate of 
wages. 



81. 00 day. 
. 50 dav. 
. 37! dav. 
.25 dav. 
. 12! dav. 
. 12! day. 



150. 00 mo. 
30. 00 mo. 
22. 50 mo. 
15. 00 mo. 
10. 00 mo. 

8. 00 mo. 

5. 00 mo. 

5. 00 mo. 



»15 



50 day. 
00 mo. 
12! dav. 
10 day". 
05 day. 
07| day. 

00 mo. 
42£ day. 
37! day. 
25 dav. 
12! dav. 
10 day. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 



Occupations. 



Carriage factory (7 es- 
tablishments). 

Masters 



Apprentices. 



Blacksmiths 



Blacksmiths' helpers 
Carpenters 



Cloth workers. 



» 1.50 day. 
» 1.00 dav. 

» . 50 dav. 

• . 50 dav. 

».37!dav. 

» . 37! dav. 

».25day. 

• . 25 dav. 

».15day. 

■ . 15 day. 

» . 12| day. 

» Also 3 meals and room. 



Leather workers . . 



Painters 



Workmen 

Alcohol distillery (7 
establishments). 

Masters 



Nation- 
ality. 



Native.. 
White . . 
...do... 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 



Chinese 
White . . 



g >J Rate of 
3-cl wages. 



15, 



00 dav. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
25 dav. 
12! dav. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
75 dav. 
62| dav. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
37! dav. 
00 mo. 
62! dav. 
50 dav. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
62! day. 
50 day. 
50 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
75 day. 
50 day. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
75 dav. 
50 day. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 



» 1.00 dav. 
100. 00 mo. 



100 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Rate of wage* in Manila, April and May, 1900 — Continued. 



* occupations 



<ii.<till< ry (7 

Continued, 





Foremen . . 
Workmen . 



• itablish- 




Workmen. 



lishmente). 




Workiiu-n. 







Nation- 
ality. 



Apprentice. 

Wurkimii .. 



u veter- 

Master 

Workmen 



White ... 
Native.. 
White .., 

Native.. 

...do... 
Chinese 

Native.. 

Chinese 
Native.. 
Chinese 
...do... 
White .. 

..a\o ... 
Native.. 

...do... 

...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 



White . . 
...do... 
...do... 
Native.. 
Chinese 
Native.. 
...do... 
Chinese 

Native.. 

...do... 
Chinese 

Native.. 
Chinese 



White .. 

Native. 

Chinese 
White .. 

Native.. 

...do... 
...do... 
Chinese 
...do... 
White .. 
...do... 

Native.. 

...do... 
...do... 



late of 
§ wages. 



White .. 

Native. . 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 



White .. 

Native. . 

...do... 



10. 



oi) mo. 
oo mo. 
oo mo. 

7.") dav. 

50 day. 
BO day. 

" 1 1\. 
37| day. 

•J."> dav. 
25 day. 
25 day. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 



00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 



1. 00 dav. 
.50 day. 

a . 50 day. 
30. 00 mo. 
15. 00 mo. 
15. 00 mo. 
. 25 day. 

".25 day. 

» . L2J day. 
15. 00 mo. 
12. 50 mo. 

9.00 mo. 

8.00 mo. 

7. 50 mo. 



2. 00 day. 
1. 50 day. 
1.00 day. 

.124 day. 

.50 day. 

.25 day. 



40.00 mo. 
16.00 mo. 

9. 00 mo. 



< occupations. 



Chocolate factory (? 

establishments). 

Masters 

Workmen 



Oiqa/r and cigarette 
factory {Si establish- 

in< nt.<\. 

Masters 



Apprentices 

Box fillers 

Box finishers 

Cigarette makers . 

Cigarette packers . 
Cigar rollers 



P^ngineers 

Foremen 



Sorters 

Workmen , 



Cigar-box factory {i 
establishments}. 



Nation 

ality. 



Chinese 
...do... 
...do... 



White .. 

Native.. 

...do... 
....do... 

White .. 
....do... 

...do... 

...do... 

Native. 
....<!o... 

.do... 

.do'-.. 
.do>>.. 
....dot.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do 1 *.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....doi>.. 
....do*.. 
....dot.. 
....dob.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....dob.. 
....do... 
....dot.. 
....do*.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....dob.. 
....do... 
....dob.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 

White .. 
....do... 
....do... 

Native.. 

do ... 

....do ... 
....do... 

....do... 

Chinese 

....<]o... 
Native. . 
....do... 
....do... 



Masters ... 

Workmen 



»AlS0 8 mealfl and room. 



White .. 
....do... 
Native.. 
....do... 
Chinese 

Native.. 
Chinese 

bAlso 3 meals. 



Kate of 
wages. 



"SI. 00 day. 
:i .50 day, 
».25day. 



50 day. 
00 day. 
50 dav. 
00 day. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 

oo mo. 
12* day. 
10 day. 

50 mo. 
. 37^ day. 

•2r> dav. 

00 mo. 
, 50 mo. 
. 37 i day. 
,2.") day. 
,25 dav. 
, 00 mo. 
. 50 mo. 
,37j day. 
,25 day. 
,50 mo. 
. 25 day. 
,50 mo. 
.7-") dav. 
,62j dav. 
.50 day. 
. 50 day. 
,37j dav. 
. 37* dav. 
. 25 day. 
. 00 mo. 
. 00 mo. 
. 00 mo. 
.50 mo. 
.50 mo. 

• r )0 dav. 

00 mo. 

50 day. 

00 mo. 

00 mo. 

00 mo. 

37.1 day. 
. 00 mo. 
. 50 day. 
,37i dav. 
. 25 dav. 
.25 da^. 
. 20 dav. 
. 15 day. 
i. 00 mo. 
. 50 mo. 



50. 00 mo. 
45. 00 mo. 

. 50 dav. 

. 37* day. 

.37* day. 

.25 day. 

. 25 day. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



101 



Rates of wages in Manila, April and May, 1900 — Continued. 



Occupations. 



mut-oil factory 
(i establishment). 

Master 

Workmen 



Nation- 
ality. 



Comb making (1 estab- 
lishment). 

Master 

Workmen 



Confectionery (19 es- 
tablishments). 
Masters 



Apprentice (child) 
Scullions 



Workmen 



Native.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 

Chinese 



Chinese 
...do... 



Workwomen 

Copper foundry (3 es- 
tablishments). 

Masters 

Workmen 



Chinese 

White .. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 

Native.. 
....do... 
....do... 

Chinese 
....do... 

Native.. 
....do... 
....do... 

Chinese 
....do... 
....do... 

Native.. 

Chinese 

Native.. 

...do... 

...do... 

...do... 

...do.... 

...do... 

...do.... 

Chinese 

Native.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 



• (U establish- 
ments). 

■8 



Workmen 



•light plant (1 

Electrician 

Electrician, assistant. 

Engineer 

Engineer, assistant... 
Workmen 



Chinese 
....do... 
...do... 



White . 
Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
....do.. 



White . 
...do.. 
....do.. 
Native. 
....do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 



Rate of 
wages. 



$50. 00 mo. 
20. 00 mo. 
15. 00 mo. 
11. 00 mo. 

7. 50 mo. 

6. 00 mo. 



a §0. 50 day. 
a . 25 day. 



a . 37^ day. 
a 50.00rno. 
*> 50. 00 mo. 
<=50.00mo. 
<» 40. 00 mo. 
30. 00 mo. 

17. 50 mo. 

15. 00 mo. 
« 15. 00 mo. 

a . 10 dav. 
a 4. 00 mo. 
c 4. 00 mo. 
b3.00mo. 
o 3. 00 mo. 

a . 25 day. 

a . 10 day. 

a 15. 00 mo. 

■ 15. 00 mo. 

a 10.00mo. 

9, 00 mo. 

<=9.00mo. 
8. 00 mo. 

c 8. 00 mo. 
7. 50 mo. 

b 7. 00 mo. 
6. 00 mo. 

a 6. 00 mo. 

•> 6. 00 mo. 

c 6. 00 mo. 
4. 00 mo. 

« 4. 00 mo. 
6. 00 mo. 

c 6. 00 mo. 



10 fl . 50 dav. 
10 a. 25 day. 
10 a.l2|day. 



4. 00 dav. 

4. 00 dav. 

3. 00 day. 
8 1.00 day. 
8 .75 day. 
, 50 day. 



150. 00 mo. 
50. 00 mo. 
100. 00 mo. 
40. 00 mo. 
22. 50 mo. 
15. 00 mo. 
11. 00 mo. 

8. 00 mo. 

6. 00 mo. 

5. 00 mo. 



Occupations. 



Essence distillery (1 

establishment). 

Master 

Workmen 



Furniture factory (16 
establishments). 

Masters 



Apprentices 

Apprentices (chil- 
dren. 



Workmen . 



Guitar factory (2 estab- 
lishments). 

Masters 

Workmen 



Handsaw mill (16 
establishments). 

Masters 

Workmen 



Harness factory (11 
establishments). 

Masters 



Apprentice (child). 
Workmen 



Nation- 
ality. 



White . 
Native.. 
...do.., 



Chinese 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 



...do.., 

...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 



Native . . . 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 



Chinese . 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 



Native.. 
White . . 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 



Rate of 
wages. 



$40. 00 mo. 
15. 00 mo. 
7. 50 mo. 

I 



a . 50 dav. 
a 25. 00 mo. 
a 22.50mo. 
a 20. 00 mo. 
a 17. 50 mo. 
a 15. 00 mo. 
a 15.00mo. 

a 2. 00 mo. 

a 3. 00 mo. 

a 2. 00 mo. 

a 1.50 mo. 
a . 37 £ day. 

a . 25 dav. 
a . 12i day. 
a 15. 00 mo. 
a 12.50mo. 
a 11. 00 mo. 
a 10.00mo. 
a 10. 00 mo. 

a 9. 00 mo. 

a 8.00mo. 

a 7. 50 mo. 

a 7. 50 mo. 

b 6. 00 mo. 

a 5. 00 mo. 

a 4. 50 mo. 

a 4. 00 mo. 



1. 00 dav. 
. 50 dav. 
.37£day. 
. 25 day. 



<■ 1.00 dav. 
a . 50 day. 
» . 25 day, 
a . 15 day. 



00 day. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
75day. 
50 dav. 
37£day, 
25 dav'. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 



■Also 3 meals and room. 



3 meals. 



; Also 2 meal 



1 Also meals and room. 



102 



(JAZKTTKKK i>V THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



i of wages in Manila, April and May, 1900 — (\>ntiimed. 



Occupations. 



Nation- 
ality. 



Rate of 
wages. 



Occupations. 



Nation- 
ality. 



Rate of 
wages. 



Hit ami panuol fac- 
tor!/ ( i establishnu nt). 

Mast r. ha1 depart- 
ment. 

Master, parasol de- 
partment 

Apprentices 

Engineer 

Workmen 



Workwomen, 



lint factory 1 7 atab- 
' lishmems). 

Masters 



Workmen . 



Workwoman 

Horseshoeing (5 estab- 

lislllllt lit.-). 

Masters 

Workmen 



Ice factory (2 estab- 
lishments). 



Masters 

Engineers 

Engineers, assistant . 
Workmen 



Iron foundry i /, rstnh- 
' lisluiii rits). 

Masters 



Apprentices. 
Blacksmiths 



Blacksmiths 1 helpers 

Engineers 

PUen 

Ladlen 



Molders. 



White .. 

....do... 

Native *> 
White .., 

...do..., 
...do... 

Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 



White .. 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 



Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 



White .. 
...do... 
Native.. 
Chinese 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 



White .. 
Native.. 
Chinese 
...do... 

Native.. 
Chinese 
Native.. 
Chinese 

Native. . 
Chinese 

Native.. 

White .. 

Native.. 

,...do... 
Chinese 
...do... 
...do... 
,...do... 
....do... 

Native.. 

...do... 
Chinese 
...do... 



10 



§100. 00 mo. 
75. 00 mo. 

4. 00 mo. 
50. 00 mo. 
40. 00 mo. 
30. 00 mo. 
22. 50 mo. 
19. 00 mo. 
15. 00 mo. 
22. 50 mo. 
15. 00 mo. 
10. 00 mo. 

7. 50 mo. 



40. 00 mo. 

30. 00 mo. 

25. 00 mo. 

. 50 dav. 

. 37* day. 

. 25 day. 

15. 00 mo. 

10. 00 mo. 

8. 00 mo. 

7. 50 mo. 

6. 00 mo. 

5. 00 mo. 

4. 00 mo. 



1.00 dav. 
. 50 day. 
. 37* day. 
.25 day. 



100. 00 mo. 

62. 50 mo. 

30. 00 mo. 

. 25 day. 

15. 00 mo. 

11. 00 mo. 

9. 00 mo. 

7. 50 mo. 



00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
10 day. 
00 mo. 
37* day. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
37* day. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
25 day. 
60 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 



Iron foundry (/> estab- 
lishments) — Cont'd. 

Polishers 



Workmen 



Iron works {1U estab- 
lishments). 

Masters 

Apprentices (chil- 
dren). 

Blacksmiths 

Blacksmiths' helpers 
Workmen 



Machine shop (1 estab- 
lishment). 

Master 

Workmen 



Marble ivorks (2 estab- 
lishments). 

Masters 



Workmen , 



Millinery (3 establish- 
ments). 
[All females.] 

Mistresses 



Apprentices.. 
Workwomen . 



Perfume factory (1 es- 
tablishment). 

Master 

Workmen 

Workwomen 



Printing (10 establish- 
ments). 

Master 

Apprentices 

Compositors 



Engineers. 



Native.. 

Chinese 

...do... 

Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
Chinese 
...do... 
...do... 



Chinese 
...do... 

...do... 
...do... 
...do... 



Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 



White . 

do 
Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 



White . 
Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 



White 

Native... 

...do. 



Workmen . 



■ AlSO B meals and room. 



White. 
Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
White . 
...do.. 
...do.. 
Native. 

b Females. 



§15.00 mo. 

* 9. 00 mo. 

.25 dav. 

12. 50 mo. 

11. 00 mo. 

7. 50 mo. 

7. 50 mo. 

» 7. 50 mo. 

6. 00 mo. 



"1.00 day. 
». 07* day. 

".50 day. 
a . 37* day. 
» . 25 day. 



1.50 day. 
. 75 day. 
. 50 dav. 
. 37* day. 
. 25 day. 



1.50 dav. 
40. 00 mo. 

. 75 day. 

.37* day. 
15. 00 mo. 
10. 00 mo. 



4. 00 dav. 
2. 00 day. 

. 10 day. 

. 50 dav. 

. 25 day. 



50. 00 mo. 
. 50 day. 
. 25 day. 



30. 00 mo. 

.12* day. 

.10 day. 
1.00 day. 

. 75 day. 

.02* day. 

. 50 day. 

.37* day. 

.25 day. 

.12* day. 

17. 50 mo. 

15.00 mo. 

12.50 mo. 

11.00 mo. 

9. 00 mo. 

6. 00 mo. 

1.00 day. 

. 75 day. 
62. 50 mo. 
50. 00 mo. 
40. 00 mo. 

.37* day. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 103 

Rates of wages in Manila, April and May, 1900 — Continued. 



Occupations. 



Printing (10 establish- 
ments) — Cont'd. 

Workmen 



Masters 

V Apprentices. 
Compositors. 



Engineer . 
Foremen . . 
Workmen . 



Shirt factory (7 esta b- 
lishments). 

Masters 



Workmen . 



Workwomen. 



Workwomen (chil- 
dren). 

Shoefactory (31 estab- 
lishments). 

Masters 



Apprentices. 



Apprentices (chil- 
dren,. 



Workmen . 



Workwomen... 



Nation- 
ality. 



Native . 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
White . 
Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 



White . 
Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 



White . . . 
Native.. 
....do.... 
Chinese . 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 

....do... 
....do... 
Native... 
Chinese . 
Native... 
Chinese . 
....do... 
....do.... 
Native... 
Chinese . 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 



lab- 

lishments). 

Masters Native.. 

....do... 



Rate of 
wages. 



00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 



1. 00 day, 
22. 50 mo. 
20. 00 mo. 
17. 50 mo. 
. 50 dav. 
15. 00 mo'. 
12. 50 mo. 
10. 00 mo. 

9. 00 mo. 

6. 00 mo. 
. 25 day. 

7. 50 mo. 

6. 00 mo. 

5. 00 mo. 
. 10 dav. 



1. 50 dav. 

1. 00 day. 

. 75 day. 

a . 50 dav. 

a 15. 00 mo". 

* . 10 dav. 

a 2. 00 mo. 

a . 10 dav. 



10 

a 7 
••■•; 
a 5 
H» M 
10 M 
10 »3, 
10 »3. 



,071 dav. 
00 mo. 
50 day. 
40 day. 
37±day. 
371 day. 
35 day. 
30 day. 
25 dav. 
25 dav. 
20 dav. 
181 dav. 
12| day. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 



Occupations. 



Silversmiths (29 estab- 
lishments)— Cont' d. 

Masters 



Apprentice 
Workmen . . 



Soap factory (22 estab- 
lishments). 

Masters 



Apprentices (chil- 
dren). 



Foreman.. 
Workmen . 



Steam sawmill (1 es- 
tablishment). 

Master 

Engineer 

Workmen 



Steel engraving (2 i 
tablishments) . 

Masters 

Workmen 



Sugar refinery (1 
tablishment) . 

Master 

Engineer 

Workmen 



Tailor shop (97 estab- 
lishments). 

Masters 



Apprentices. 



Apprentices (chil- 
dren;. 



Workmen 



2. 00 dav. 
1.. 50 day. 



a Also 3 meals and room. 



\<o 
Pi • 
Nation- I m §> 
alitv. 5-e 

! o 
W 



Native.. 
White . . 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 



Native... 
Chinese . 
White... 
Chinese . 

...do.... 
White . . . 
ISfative... 
Chinese . 
Native... 
Chinese . 
...do.... 
...do.... 
Native... 
...do.... 
...do....j 
...do...J 



White . 
Native. 
White . 
Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 



Native. 
...do.. 



White . 
....do.. 
Native. 
....do.. 

....do.. 
Chinese 



Chinese 
White . . 
Native.. 
White .. 
Native.. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 

...do... 
...do... 

Chinese 
Native.. 
...do... 

....do... 



10 



10 



10 



Rate of 

wages. 



$1.00 day. 
50. 00 mo. 
30. 00 mo. 

. 25 dav. 
1.00 day. 

. 75 day. 

. 50 day. 

. 371 dav. 

. 25 day. 
22. 50 mo. 
15. 00 mo. 



. 75 day. 
a . 50 dav. 
62. 50 mo. 
a . 10 day. 

a . 071 day. 
30. 00 mo. 
. 371 day. 

a . 37£ dav. 
. 25 day. 

a .25 day. 

a . 15 dav. 

a . 121 day. 
15. 00 mo. 
10. 00 mo. 

7. 50 mo. 

6. 00 mo. 



75. 00 mo. 
30. 00 mo. 
30. 00 mo. 
15. 00 mo. 
10. 00 mo. 
7. 50 mo. 



1. 00 dav. 
. 50 dav. 



75. 00 mo. 
62. 50 mo. 
30. 00 mo. 
15. 00 mo. 

9. 00 mo. 

7. 50 mo. 



a . 50 dav. 
50. 00 mo. 
50. 00 mo. 
40. 00 mo. 
30. 00 mo. 
22. 50 mo. 
20. 00 mo. 
it. ."in mo. 
15. 00 mo. 
a 15. 00 mo. 

3. 00 mo. 

3.00 mo. 

2.00 mo. 
. I2iday. 

3. 00 mo. 

2. 00 mo. 

» 2. 00 mo. 

. 50 dav. 

. 371 day. 

. 25 day. 



104 GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

i of wages in Manila, April and May, 1900 — Continued. 



Occupation* 



ality. 



lishmrnu)— Cont'd. 
Workmen 



Wor women. 



Masters 



Apprentices. 



Chinese 
Native.. 
White .. 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
...do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 

...do... 
Chinese 
Native.. 
...do... 
...do... 
....do... 
...do... 

...do... 
....do... 
....do... 



White .. 
Native.. 
Chinese 
...do... 
...do... 

Native.. 

Chinese 
...do... 



I. 



10 



LO 



Elate of 
wages. 



. 25 day. 

11',. Way. 
50 mo. 
50 in". 
iki mo. 
50 mo. 
tio mo. 
50 mo. 
00 ni". 
iki in... 
00 mo. 
00 in". 
.Mi mo. 
00 in". 
00 mo. 
00 in". 
00 in". 
25 day. 
25 day. 
16 day. 
. ir> <lav. 

12* day. 
Tii day 
12j day 
10 day. 
10 day. 
07* day, 
60 mo. 
50 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
00 mo. 
oo mo. 



2. 00 day. 
30. 00 mo. 
as. 00 mo. 
12.50 in". 
10. 00 mo. 

4. 00 mo. 
"3. 00 mo. 
•2.00 mo. 



< iccupation 



Tin shop I ■"> establish- 
ments)— Cont'd. 



Apprentices 
dren i. 



(chil- 



Workmen 



Undertakers (3 estab- 
lishments). 
Masters 

Coachmen 



Workmen . 



Watch making (6 estab- 
lishments). 

Masters 



Apprentice. 
Workmen . . 



Wood, bone, and horn 
engraving (U estab- 
lishments). 

Masters 



Workmen 



Nation- 
ality. 



Chinese . 

...do.... 
...do.... 

Native... 

...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 

Chinese . 

Native... 
Chinese . 

Native... 
Chinese . 

...do.... 

...do.... 



Native. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 
...do.. 



Native. 
White . 

...do.. 

...do.. 

Native. 

...do.. 

....do.. 



Chinese 
...do... 

.....1"... 
....do... 



Kale Of 

wages. 



'82.00 mo. 

■ 1.60 mo. 
. 76 daj 
20. 00 mo. 
15. 00 mo. 
12.50 mo. 

10. 00 mo. 

9.00 ni". 

"-.1.00 mo. 

8.00 ni". 
»7.50 ni". 

6.00 mo. 
»6.00 mo. 
"5.00 mo. 
" 4. 00 mo. 



1. 50 day. 
.75 day. 
.50 day. 
.371 day. 
.25 day. 
. 25 day. 



1.00 (lav. 

40.00 ni". 

6 40.00 mo. 

c 30. 00 mo. 

.25 day. 

.50 day. 

15. 00 mo. 



■ 50 «hu 
"..Mi day. 
a.25 day, 
».25 day. 



Is and room. 



Not reported. 



Also meal. 



THE PRESS IN THE PHILIPPINES. 



The Philippine press is divided into daily, weekly, or monthly 
issues, classified as follows: The American insular press, represented 
by several daily newspapers, the Manila Times, the Manila Freedom, 
and the New American, printed in the English Language. The Span- 
ish Philippine press, having in common the language in which they 
are printed, but differing in political views and affiliations, accord- 
ing to the interests and news advocated. The following are the most 
important publications: 

La Democracia, the organ of the Federal party. 

ElComeecio, Spanish independent, a mercantile and news bulletin. 
It is the oldest newspaper in the Manila press. 

El ReNACLMIENTO, Filipino. 

El Progreso, Spanish. 

El NoTlCTERO DE Manila. Spanish. 

El DlARIO DE Filipinos, the organ of the conservative party. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 105 

LiA Fraternidad, Filipino. 

El Grito del Pueblo, Filipino, printed in Spanish and Tagalo. 

Libertas, the organ of the religious orders. 

All the foregoing are printed in Manila. Outside of the capital, two 
papers are issued in Cebu, El Nuevo Dia and El Pueblo, and two or 
three others in Iloilo. 

There are also weekly or nionthty publications. Several educa- 
tional institutions and associations publish their leaflets or bulletins 
periodically. 

In 1831 the publication of La Guia de Forasteros, with interesting 
notices, supplemented the efforts of the Government to promote enter- 
prise in the exploitation of the valuable mineral, lumber and other 
industries of the islands. 

In 1852 the Official Bulletin of the Philippine Islands was established 
under the auspices of the provincial government. It may be said that 
the introduction of the printing press, although not the newspaper 
branch of that important industry, took place in the archipelago some 
years prior to its establishment in the colonies of North America. 

The voluminous literature of the Philippine Islands in many lan- 
guages will be found fully described, with selected list of authorities, 
under the head "Philippine Bibliography." 

CUSTOMS SERVICE, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

[Ports of entry and ports for coastwise trade only — classification of ports.] 

Entry port; a port at which a custom-house is located, a collector 
of customs is in charge, and duties are collected. 

Open port; same as a port of entry. 

Interior port; one at which an inspector of customs has been 
assigned to duty, but at which no duties are collected. 

Local port; same as interior port. 

Equipped port; either an entry or interior port, or any port at 
which a customs official has been assigned to duty. 

Unequipped port; one at which no customs official has been assigned 
to duty, at which no duties are collected, and at which no vessels are 
permitted to enter except by order of the military governor or dis- 
trict commander. 

In this list the only ports referred to are entry and interior ports. 

PORTS OF ENTRY. 

Manila, Luzon, August 20, 1898. 

Iloilo, Panay, Februarv 22, 1899. 

Cehu. Cebu, March 14, 1899. 

Jolo (Sulu), 8 Sulu Archipelago, December 26, 1899. 

SiASi, a Sulu Archipelago, December 26, 1899. 

Zamboanga,* Mindanao, December 26, 1899. 

The six above-mentioned ports represented all of the entry ports in 
the Philippine Islands November 1, 11)01. 

The island of Guam is not considered in the Philippine service, as 
said port has never made any report to the Secretaiy of War. 

a No transactions are reported previous to January 1, 1900. 



106 



GAZETTEER OF THF PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



Philippine ports for coasting trade only.* 

[On January 1. 1902, In addition to the 6 entry ports named 109 were interior ports, "for coastwise 

trade only."] 



Name ol port. 



Cebd 

Negros Occidental, 

Cebu 

Batangas 

Zamboarga 

Batangas 

Leyte 

Catanduanes 

Marinduque 

Cebd 

Zambales 

Tawi-Tawi 

Sorsog6n 

Surigao 

Zambales 

Leyte 

Misamis 



Capiz 

Ilocos Sur . . 

Capiz 

Cebii 

(Two ports) 
Leyte 





AJbay 

Atunonan 

Aparri 

Aigao 

Bac61od 

Balamban 

Balayan* 

Baailan I 

Batangas* 

Baybay 

Birac 

Boar 

Bogd 

Bounao 

Bongao 

Bulan 

Butiian 

Cabahg&n 

Babalian 

Cagayan 

CaJbayoc* 

Calivo 

Camion 

Capia 

Carcar 

Carigara-Barugo 

Carigara 

Catbalogan* 

Cavite 

Cotabato 

Culion 

Cnrrimao 

Cuyo 

Daet 

Dagupan 

Dalaguete 

Danao 

Dapitan 

Davao 

Donsol 

Dumaguete 

Dumanjug 

Estancia 

Gasan 

Gdbat 

Guiuan* 

Gninayangan Tayabas 

Guindulman* Bohol 

Hlnunangan j Leyte 

Iba { Zambales 

Ibajay i Capiz 

Iligari Misamis 

[nabadga* Bohol 

babela Baailan 

Jagna* ! Bohol 

Jimamaylan Negros Occidental.. 

Jimenez Misamis 

Laoag Ilocos Norte 

Lagdan ■ 

Legaspi \lbay 

Lemery * Batangas 

Loboo ■ do 

Lncap Zambales 

Lucena Tayabas 

Maasin Leyte 

Malitbog do 

Masinloc Zambales 

Mati Davao »... 

Matnog Sorsogon 

Bfanban Tayabas 



Province. 



island. 



When opened. Collection districts. 



Zambales Luzon 

Aibay do 

Cebd Cebd . 

Tayabas do 

Cagayan do 

Cebti . 



Cavite 

Cotabato 

Calamianes 

Ilocos Norte 

Cuyo 

Ambos Camarines. 

Pangasinan 

Cebii 

....do 

Dapitan 

D&vao 

Sorsog6n 

Negros Oriental . . . 

Cebu 

Iloilo , 

Marinduque , 

Sorsog6n 



Negros 

Cebd 

Luzon 

Mindanao 

Luzon 

Leyte 

Catanduanes 

Marinduque 

Cebv'i 

Luzon 

Sulu Archipelago. 

Luz6n 

Mindanao 

Luzon 

Leyte 

Mindanao 

Samar 

Panay 

LuzOn 

Panay 

Cebu 

Leyte 

do 

Samar 

Luzon 

Mindanao 

Calamianes 

Luzon 

Cuyos group 

Luzon 

do 

Cebu 

do 

Mindanao 

do 

Luzon 

Negros 

Cebu 

Panay 

Marinduque 

Luz6n 

Samar 

Luzon 

Bohol 

Leyte 

Luzon 

Panay 

Mindanao 

Bohol 

Basilan 

Bohol 

Negros 

Mindanao 

Luz6n 

Samar 

Luzon 

do 

do 

do 

do 

Leyte 

do 

Luzon 

Mindanao 

Luzon 

do 



Nov. 8,1900 
Jan. 27, 1900 
Nov. 1, 1900 
June 10,1900 



Jan. 

Nov. 

Nov., 

Feb. 

June 

Dec. 

Feb. 

Feb. 



Mi 

Jan. 

Apr. 

Dec. 

Aug. 

Apr. 

Jan. 

Mar. 

Jan. 

Jan. 

Feb. 

Mar. 



1,1900 
4,1900 
1900 
4, 1900 
1,1900 

26. 1899 

1. 1900 

22. 1900 

See Virae 

June 1,1900 

....do 

Apr. 7, 1900 

13, 1900 
30, 1900 

6. 1901 

24. 1900 

20. 1901 
3,1900 

30, 1900 
1,1900 
1, 1900 
11, 1900 
1,1900 
5, 1900 

....do 

Jan. 30,1900 
Mar. 16,1899 
Jan. 12,1900 
June 9,1901 
Oct. 17,1900 
June 9,1901 
Apr. 10,1900 
Jan. 1,1900 
May 15,1901 
Feb. 14,1900 
Apr. 3. 1900 
Jan. 12,1900 
Jan. 30,1900 
June 15, 1900 
Mar. 12,1900 
Feb. 17,1902 
May 16,1901 
Feb. 14,1900 
Dec. 24,1900 
Oct. 22,1900 
June 22, 1900 
Aug. 20,1901 
Feb. 1,1900 
June 19, 1900 
Apr. 3,1900 
June 22, 1900 
Apr. 1,1900 
Apr. 6, 1900 
Feb. 17,1902 
Jan. 3, 1901 
1,1900 
20, 1900 
30, 1900 
20,1900 
16,1900 
14,1901 
22,1900 

7. 1900 
20, 1901' 

7,1900 
13, 1900 

4. 1901 
10, 1900 



Jan. 
Feb. 
Jan. 
Feb. 
Nov. 
Jan. 
May 
July 
A uk. 

Apr. 

.Mar. 
Apr. 

Apr. 



Manila. 

Cebu. 
Manila. 
Do 
Cebd. 

Iloilo. 

Cebu. 

Manila. 

Zamboanga. 

Manila. 

Cebu. 

Manila. 
Cebd. 

Manila. 

Zamboanga. 

Manila. 

Zamboanga. 

Manila. 

Cebii. 

Zamboanga. 

Cebd. 

Iloilo. 

Manila. 

Iloilo. 

Cebii. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Zamboanga. 

Palawan. 

Manila. 

Palawan. 

Manila. 

Do. 
Cebii. 

Do. 
Zamboanga. 

Do. 
Manila. 
Iloilo. 
Cebii. 
Iloilo. 
Manila. 

Do. 
Cebii. 
Manila. 
Cebii. 

Do. 
Manila. 
Iloilo. 

Zamboanga. 
Cebii. 

Zamboanga. 
Cebii. 
Iloilo. 

Zamboanga. 
Manila. 
Cebd. 
Manila. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Cebu. 
Leyte. 
Manila. 
Zamboanga. 
Manila. 

Do. 



• By ad of the Philippine Commission July it, r.ioi, the provinces of Batangas, Bohol, and Cebii were 

'i to military government. On January i. 1902. Cebd, and on April 7, 1902, Bohol, ports were 

ed to coasts fee trade. Under General orders 872, Division of the Philippines, Manila, series 

1901 (Decembers), port- in Batangas and Laguna were closed to trade on December 10 until further 

order-. May ]. 1902, port- of Batangas and Lacuna, Luzon, and island of Mindoro opened for resump- 
tion of trad'-. The porta ol .Samar were also closed on account of military operations in that island. 
ned May. 1902. 
'"Opened February 2, 1900. Closed June 10, 1900. Reopened as above. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Philippine ports for coasting trade only — Continued. 



107 



Name of port. 



Province. 



Collection districts. 



Misamis 

Naga 

Nasugbu » 

Nueva Caceres 

Olongapo 

Orani 

Oroquieta 

Ormoc 

Palanog 

Palauig 

Palornpon 

Pasacao 

Polloc 

Puerto Princesa... 

Romblon 

Salomague 

San Antonio 

San Carlos 

San Felipe 

San Fernando j 

San Narciso j 

Santa Cruz 

Santa Cruz de Napo.. 1 
San Jose de Lagonoy 
San Jos£ de Buena 
Vista. 

Sibonga 

Silay 

Sorsogon 

Sual 

Siibig 

Surisao 

Taal» 

Tabaco 

Tacloban 

Tagbilaran a 

Torrijos 

Tubigon* 

Ubay* 

Vigan 

Virac (Birac) 



Misamis 

Cebu 

Batangas 

Ambos Camarines . . 

Zambales 

Bataan 

Misamis 

Leyte 

Masbate 

Zambales 

Leyte 

Ambos Camarines . . 

Cotabato 

Palawan 

Rombl6n 

IIocos Norte 

Zambales 

Negros Occidental.. 

do 

Union 

Zambales 

do 

Marinduque 

Ambos Camarines . . 
Antique 



Mindanao . . . 

Cebu 

Luzon 

....do 

do 

do 

Mindanao . . . 

Leyte 

Masbate 

Luzon 

Leyte 

Luzon 

Mindanao . . . 

Palawan 

Romblon 

Luz6n 

do 

Negros 

Luzon 

do 

do 

....do 

Marinduque. 

Luzon 

Panay 



Cebu 

Negros Occidental.. 

Sorsog6n 

Pangasinan 

Zambales 

Surigao 

Batangas 

Albay 

Levte 

Bohol 

Marinduque 

Bohol 

do 

IIocos Sur 

Catanduanes 



Cebu 

Negros 

Luzon 

....do 

....do 

Mindanao 

Luzon 

....do 

Leyte 

Bohol 

Marinduque 

Bohol 

do 

Luzon 

Catanduanes Jan. 



Apr. 


3. 1900 


Zamboanga 


Feb. 


4, 1900 


Cebu. 


Dec. 


17, 1900 


Manila. 


Feb. 


28, 1900 


Do. 


Nov. 


27, 1900 


Do. 


Jan. 


1,1900 


Do. 


Aug. 


17, 1900 


Zamboanga. 


Feb. 


22, 1900 


Cebu. 


June 


1.-1900 


Iloilo. 


Feb. 


21, 1901 


Manila. 


July 


7, 1900 


Cebvi. 


Feb. 


28, 1900 


Manila. 


Dec. 


6, 1900 


Zamboanga 


June 


9, 1901 


Palawan. 


Jan. 


10, 1900 


Iloilo. 


Aug. 


6, 1900 


Manila. 


May 


2,1901 


Do. 


Feb. 


17, 1902 


Iloilo. 


June 


1,1900 


Do. 


Jan. 


1, 1900 


Do. 


May 


2,1901 


Do. 


Keb. 


1, 1900 


Do. 


Jan. 


26. 1900 


Do. 


July 


14, 1900 


Do. 


Feb. 


1, 1900 


Iloilo. 


Feb. 


4, 1900 


Cebu. 


June 


1, 1900 


Iloilo. 


Jan. 


30, 1900 


Manila. 


Apr. 


7, 1900 


Do. 


Feb. 


1, 1900 


Do. 


Apr. 


3, 1900 


Zamboanga. 


Feb. 


1, 1900 


Manila. 


Feb. 


14, 1900 


Do. 


Jan. 


30, 1900 


Cebu. 


Mar. 


22, 1900 


Do. 


May 16,1901 


Manila. 


Apr. 


5, 1900 


Cebu. 


June 22,1900 


Do. 


Jan. 


1, 1900 


Manila. 


Jan. 


30,1900 


Do. 



List of ports of entry and ports open to coastwise trade only, by collection districts, in the 

Philippine Islands. 

[Ports of entry and collection: Cebu, embracing the islands of Cebii, Leyte, Samar, and Bohol; Iloilo, 
embracing the islands of Negros, Panay, Masbate, and Romblon; Manila, embracing the islands of 
Luzon. Marinduque, Catanduanes; Palawan, embracing the islands of the Calamianes, Cuyos, and 
Palawan; Zamboanga. embracing the islands of Basilan, Mindanao, and Sulu Archipelago, except 
Sulu and Siasi ports of entry.] 



Name of port. 


Province. 


Island. 


When 
opened. 


CEBtT. 

Argao 


Cebu 


Cebii 


Nov. 4,1900 
Feb. 4, 190O 


Balamban 


do 


do 


Bavbav 


Levte 


Levte 


Feb. 22,190a 


Bog6 


Cebu 


Cebu .. 


June 1, 1900 


Cabalian 






Aug. 20,1901 
Jan. 30,1900 


Calbayog* 






Carcai 


Cebu 


Cebii . . 


Feb. 1, 1900 


Carigara-Barugo 






Mar. 5, 1900 


Catbalogan a 






Jan. 30,1900 


Dalaguete 


Cebii 


Cebu 


May 15,1901 


Danao 


do 


do 


Feb. 14,1900 




do 


...do... 


Mar. 12,1900 
Dec. 24,1900 








Guindulman » 


Bohol 


Bohol 


June 22, 1900 


Hinunarigan 


Levte 




Aug. 20,1901 
June 22, 1900 


Inabanga* 


Bohol 


Bohol 




do... 


...do... 


Apr. 5, 1900 
Feb. 20,1900 
July 7,1900 








Maasin 


Leyte . . . 




Malitbog* 


do 


.....do 


Aug. 20,1901 


Naga 


Cebu 


Cebu 


Feb. 4, 1900 



•Closed until further orders. See footnote (»), p. 106. May 1, 1902, ports of Batangas and Laguna, 
Luzon, and island of Mindoro opened for resumption of trade. Ports of Siimar were reopened May, 1902. 
b This port opened February 12, 1900. Closed June 10, 1900. Reopened as above. 



108 



GAZETTEER OF THE PIIILllMMNK ISLANDS. 



lAsi of ports of entry ami ports open to coastwise trade only, etc. — Continued. 



Nairn- 



Province. 



Island. 



When 
opened. 



Onnoc Lej te. 

Palompon do 

Bibonga , Cebu . 

Tacloban i.e> te. 

Tagbilaran* Bono! 

Tuibigon* do 

Obay« do 






■ i 



Capii 

Dumaguete 

Estancia 

Iliajay 

Jimamaylan 

Palanog 

Romblon 

San Carl.- 

San Jose de Buena Vista 
Silay 



Agno 

Albay 

Attmonan 

Aparri 

Balayan* 

Batangas* 



Bolinao 

Bulan 

Cabangan 

Cand6n 

Cavite 

Corrimao 



Dagnpan 

Donsol 

Gasan 

Giibat 

Guinayangan 







Lemery* 

i. 

Lucap 

Lncena 

Masinloc 

Matnog 

Mauban 

Nasugbii* 

- 

Olongapo 

Orani 

■ 

Salomague 

san Antonio 

San Felipe 

rnando 

Ban Narciso 

Santa CrOZ 

Santa Cruz de Napo. 
San Jose* de L 

6n 

Bual 

Sdbig 





Torrijofl 

Vlgan 





PALAWAN. 

CulJ6n 



Puerto I'nii' <-ii 



i Accidental ... 

Capiz 

do 

Negros oriental 

[loilo 

Capiz 

NegTOS Occidental 

Masbate 

Romblon 

Negros Occidental 

Antique 

Negros Occidental . . . 



Zand >ales 

Albay 

Tayabas 

Cagayan 

Batangas 

do 

Marinduque 

Zambales 

Sorsogon 

Zambales 

Ilocos Sur 

Cavite 

Ilocos Norte 

Ambos Camarines . 

Pangasinan 

Sorsogon 

Marinduque 

Sorsogon 

Tayabas , 

Zambales 

[locos Norte 

Albay , 

Batangas , 

do 

Zambales 

Tayabas 

Zambales 

8orsog6n , 

Tayabas , 

Batangas 

Ambos Camarines 

Zambales , 

Bataan , 

Zambales 

And /os Camarines . 

I Incus Norte 

Zambales 

do 

Union 

Zambales 

.....do 

Marinduque 

Ambos Camarines . 

Sorsog6n 

Pangasinan 

Zambalas 

Batangas 

Albay 

Marinduque 

[locos Sur 

Albay 



Calamianes. 

Cuyo 

Palawan . . 



l.evie. 
....do 

Cebu . 
Leyte. 

Bobol 

....do 
.....do 



Negros .. 
Panay ... 
.....do... 

Negros .. 

Panay. . . 

— do ... 

Negros . . . 
Masbate . 
Romblon 
Negros . . . 
Panay ... 
Negros .. 



Luzon 

....do 

....do 

do 

do 

do 

Marinduque. 

Luz6n 

do 

do 

.....do 

.....do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

.Marinduque. 

Luzon 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

....do 

do 

....do 

....do 

Marinduque. 

Luzon 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

Marinduque. 
Luz6n 



Catanduanes 



Calamianes. . 

Cuyoa group. 
Palawan .... 



Feb. 22,1900 
July 7.1900 
Feb. 4,1900 

Jan. 30,1900 
Mar. 22,1900 
Apr. n.1900 
June 22,1900 



Nov.. 

Mar. 

Jan. 

June 

Feb. 

June 

Feb. 

June 
Jan. 
Feb. 
Feb. 
June 



1900 

1,1900 

11,1900 

15, 1900 

17, 1902 

19, 1900 

17,1902 

1, 1900 

10,1900 

17, 1902 

1,1900 

1,1900 



Nov. 8, 
Jan. 27, 
June 10, 
Jan. 1, 
June 1, 
Feb. 1, 
June 1, 
Apr. 7, 
Jan. 30, 
Dec. 24, 
Jan. 1, 
Mar. 16, 
Oct. 17, 
Apr. 10, 
Jan. 1, 
Jan. 30, 
May 16, 
Feb. 14, 
Oct. 22, 
Feb. 1, 

Jan. 1, 

Jan. 30, 
Feb. 20, 
Nov. 16, 
Jan. 14, 
May 22, 
Apr. 7, 
Apr. 4, 
Apr. 10, 
Dec. 17, 
Feb. 28, 
NCV. 27, 

Jan. 1, 
Feb. 21, 
Feb. 28, 
Aug. 6. 
May 2, 
June 1, 
Jan. 1, 
May 2, 
Feb. 1, 
Jan. 26, 
July 14, 
Jan. 30, 
Apr. 7, 
Feb. 1, 

Do. 
Feb. li, 
May 16, 
June 1, 



1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1899 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1901 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1901 
1900 
1900 
1901 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1901 
1900 
1900 
1901 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 
1900 

1900 
1901 

1900 



Jan. 30,1900 



June 9 1901 
Do. 
Do 



»See footnote, p. 106. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 109 

List of ports of entry and ports open to coastwise trade only, etc. — Continued. 



Name of port. 


Province. 


Island. 


When 
opened. 


ZAMBOANGA. 


Tawi-Tawi . . 


Sulu Archipelago 


Mar. 13 1900 






Apr. 6, 1901 
Apr. 3, 1900 
Jan. 12,1900 


Cagay&n 




do 




do 


Dapitan 




do 


Apr. 3, 1900 
Jan. 12,1900 


Davao 


do 






...do .. 


Apr. 3, 1900 
Apr. 1, 1900 
Jan. 3, 1901 




Basilan 

Misamis 

Davao 








Mati 


do 


Mar. 13,1900 




do 


Apr. 3, 1900 
Aug. 17,1900 
Dec. 6, 1900 


Oroquieta 

Polloc 


do 


do 


Cotabato 


do 


Surigao 


Surigao 


do 


Apr. 3, 1900 







LIGHT-HOUSES. 

The shores along- the routes of commerce and at the entrances to the 
great harbors of the archipelago open to entry or coastwise trade have 
been brought under the Light-House Service of the National Govern- 
ment. The number and class of lights is being extended to keep pace 
with the expansion of maritime and interisland intercourse. 

LOCATION OF LIGHTS AND WATERS LIGELTSD. 
[For technical description see island or province of location.] 

Balabac Island; on the point S. side of entrance to Calandorang Bay, for vessels 
entering or leaving the Sulu Sea by Balabac Strait. One fixed light. 

Cape Melville, on the hill near and NW. of the cape S. end of Balabac Island, for 
vessels passing between the China and Sulu seas by Balabac Strait, between 
the island of that name and Borneo. Light, 1 flash every 20 seconds. 
Burias Island: 

Busuanga Port, Piedras Point, NE. coast of Burias Island, lighting entrance to 
Ragay Gulf, S. coast of Luzon, between Ambos Camarines and Tayabas. 
Light, fixed blue. 

Busin Islet, off the N. coast of Buria^. Island, at W. entrance to Port Busin, and 
lights the channel between Burias Island and S. point of Tayabas province, 
between Ragay Gulf and Mindoro Sea. Light, 1 fixed. 

Colorado Point, NW. coast Burias Island, lighting channel between Burias and 
Tayabas, Luzon, and the channel between Ragay Gulf and Mindoro Sea. 
Light, 1 fixed. 

Engano Mouth, SE. coast of Burias Island, lighting approach to San Bernardino 
Strait to the E. and toward the Verde Passage to the W. Light, 1 fixed. 

Malaguing-Ilog, S. end of Burias Island, lighting the approach to San Bernardino 
Strait on the E. Light, 1 fixed blue. 
Cabra Island, about 656 yds. from the sea, near the W. point of the island, off the 
NW. point of Lubang Island. It is the outer light of approach to Manila Bay 
from the SW., and the light to the W. end of Verde Passage between Luzon 
and Mindoro and connecting the China and Mindoro seas. Light, 1 flash; 
every minute shows 2 flashes, each of 8 seconds' duration, separated by an 
interval of 7 seconds, the group being separated by an interval of 37 seconds. 
Caful Island, on the N. point of the island of that name, 165 yds. from its extrem- 
ity. It lights the W. entrance to San Bernardino Strait between Samar and 
Luzon, and the S. route from the Pacific Ocean across Mindoro Sea to Manila, 
via the Verde Passage. Light, 1 fixed. 
Cebu Island: 

Bagdcai Point, E. side of Cebu Island, lighting the NE. entrance to the port of 
Cebu between Mactan Island and the mainland. Light, 1 fixed. 

Cebik port, on Mactan Island. Light, 1 fixed red. 

Cebu port, San Nicolas Church tower, 60 ft. high. Light, 1 fixed. 

CeM port, on Port Cebu, at the SE. salient of the fort (San Pedro). Light, 1 
fixed red. 

Lams Point, approach to Cebu port, 36 ft. above the water. Light, 1 fixed green. 

Lipnta Bank, at the entrance to Port Cebu, 42 ft. above the sea. Light, 1 fixed 
red. 



110 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Lkvii: [sland: 

Oomduai [Oanamay) Islet, s. side of Janabatas Channel, W. entrance between 
S;iniaraml Leyte, and connecting Carigara Bay, on the Visayai Sea, with San 
Pedro and Ban Pablo Bay, on the Pacific side. Light, l fixed rod. 

Tadoban. on Panirugan Point. E, coast, entering Juanico Strait from San Pedro 

Bay BE. Light, l fixed red. 
\ [bland: 

Aparrx, NW. from and at the month of the Grande de Cagayan River, about 
yds. from the sea, 1,684 yds. from the I. hank of the river, on the N. coast 
of Luzon, between Engafio Gape on the E. and Bojeador Cape on the W. 
Light, 1 flash every second. 

idor ( ape, on the summit of a hill 1,750 yds. E. of the NW. extreme of the 
tape at the extreme NW. point of Luzon. It is the most W. of the lights on 
the N. coast of the ;sland, and in the approach of vessels from the China coast 
on the NW. Light, 1 flash every minute. 

Oapones Grande, 328 yds. within the W. extremity of the island. Light, 1 flash 
every 30 seconds; eciipse total. Lights the approach to Subig and Manila 
bays from the NW. 

Dagupan, S. shore of Lingayen Gulf, Pangasinan Province, NE. side of Dagupan 
River, entrance on PointGuecet. Light, 1 fixed red. Lights the approach to 
Dagupan, the N. terminus of the Manila and Dagupan Railroad. 

Engailo Cape, on the extreme N. point of Palaui Island, on the summit of a hill 
at the northeasternmost point which forms the cape. Light, 1 flash every 30 
seconds; 2 flashes in succession. It lights the approach from the Pacific to the 
extreme NE. point of Luzon, and the channel between the Babuyanes Islands 
and '.he mainland. It is the easternmost of the lights on the N. coast of Luzon. 

Malabrigo Point, on the S. coast of Batangas, on the N. shore of the Verde Pas- 
sage separating Luzon from Mindoro, on the steamer route between that pas- 
sage and San Bernardino Strait, the S. route between the Pacific Ocean and the 
China Sea on the voyage from the United States to Manila. Light, 1 flash 
white and red; 1 red and 2 white flashes every 20 seconds; time between white 
flashes, 3 seconds; from white to red flash, 8 seconds; from red to white flasn, 
9 seconds. 
Manila Bay: 

Caballo Island, lighting the S. channel of entrance to Manila Bay between Cavite 
and Corregidor. Light, 1 fixed. 

Corregidor Island, on the highest part, and lighting the approach to the bay from 
the China Sea. Light, 1 flash white and red; alternate flashes every 10 sec- 
onds separated by total eclipses. 

Corregidor Island, W. mole head. Light, 1 fixed. 

Manila, on the battery S. side of quay, mouth of Pdsig River. Light, 2 fixed 
electric, horizontal, and 3 ft. apart. 

Manila, W. mole. Light, 1 fixed red. 

P&ng Hirer, mouth of, on the N. side of quay. Light, 1 fixed red. 

San Nicolas Banks, in Manila Bay, on the NW. head of the NW. of the 2 shoals 
which form the bank. Light, 1 flash every minute; flash 20 seconds, eclipse 
40 seconds; electric. 

Sangley Point, light at the extremity of the W. head to Cavite Bay. Light, 1 
fixed red. 

Santiago, about 66 yds. N. of S. extreme of the cape on the W. head of Balaydn 
Bay, S. shore of Batangas, and lights the Verde Passage between Luzon and 
.Mindoro W. entrance. It is one of the principal lights of approach to Manila 
Bay from the San Bernardino or S. route across the islands. Light, 1 flash 
every 36 seconds, 3 flashes in succession; flash 4 seconds, eclipse 2 seconds; 
flash 4 seconds, eclipse 2 seconds; flash 4 seconds, eclipse 20 seconds. 

San Fernando, S. point of entrance to that port, E. head to Lingayen Gulf, and 
on«- of the lights on the Western or China Sea, coast of N. Luzon, in Union 
Province. Light, 1 fixed red. On January 1, 1902, changed to 1 fixed white 
(N. to W.); also range lights established 

Sualport, Portuguese Point, in the SW. angle of Lingayen Gulf. Light, 1 fixed red. 
BIahbatb [bland, Pngui Point, on the highest part, about 190 yds. E. from its 
extremity. At the extreme N. pointof Masbate Island, and lighting the chan- 
nel between that island and Burias and Ticao islands on the N. side of the 
channel Leading to San Bernardino Strait. Light, 1 flash white and red alter- 
nately every 30 seconds. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. Ill 

Mindanao Island: 

Dapitan Bay, Tubud Point, the S. head of the channel between Mindanao and 
Negros, and connecting the Mindanao and Sulu seas. Light, 1 flash red. 

Ddvao Port, N. point of entrance to Davao River, lighting the channel of Pasi- 
putan Strait between Samal I. and the mainland on the W. shore of Davao 
Bay. Light, 1 fixed red. 

Glan {Glan Masild) Hirer, S. side of river entrance on Canalasaii Cove, near the 
E. head to Sarangani Bay, S. coast. Light, 1 fixed. 

Metii, on the pier at the head of Pujada Bay, Davao, E. coast of Mindanao. 
Lights, 2 fixed red. 

Oroquieta, in front of the municipal building on the W. shore of Iligan Bay. 
Light, 1 fixed red. 

Parang Parang, Polloc or Palac Harbor, on the mole heads E. shore of Illana 
Bay, Cotabato Province. Lights, 1 fixed red, 1 fixed green. 

Zamboanga, on the extremity of the mole, S. point, and lights Basilan Strait 
between Mindanao and Basilan Island and the connecting channel between 
Sulu and the Celebes seas. Light, 1 fixed red. 
Palawan (Paragua). 

Port Royalist (Puerto Princesa). Tide pole point. Lights the Sulu Sea passage 
along the E. coast of Palawan between Balabac and Mindoro straits. Light, 
1 fixed. 

Port Royalist (Puerto Princesa), Obando Mole. Light, 1 fixed. 
Panay Island: 

Calabazas, S. extremity of the E. islet. At the N. entrance to Iloilo Strait be- 
tween Panay and Negros. Light, 1 flash every 15 seconds; 3 flashes in quick 
succession; eclipses total. 

Guimaras Island, SW. extremity 4£ m. N. 24° 3CK W., from Point Lasaran. The 
E. head to the S. entrance to Iloilo Strait between Guimar&s and Panay 
Islands. Light, 1 flash white and red every 15 seconds; group of 3 white flashes 
followed by 1 red flash. 

Iloilo (Siete Pecados), at the N. entrance of the narrow channel of Iloilo Strait be- 
tween Guimaras and Panay Islands, and leading to Iloilo Harbor. Light, 1 
fixed with red sector. 

Iloilo, right point of entrance to Iloilo River. Light, 1 fixed red. 

Manigonigo Islet, off the NE. extremity of Panay, lighting the channel in the Vis- 
ay an Sea between that point and the extreme SW. point of Masbate. Light, 
1 flash every 5 seconds. 

Xorth Gigante Island, on the most salient point of theN. extremity and lights the 
channel in the Visayan Sea between the NE. point of Panay and the S. coast 
of Masbate. Light," 1 flash white and red; every 15 seconds 3 white flashes, 
followed by 1 red flash. 
Romblon Island: 

Off Agbatdn, beacon near Sabang Point. Light, 1 fixed. 

Off Binagon Point, beacon. Light, 1 fixed. 

Sabang Point, N. entrance. Light, 1 fixed. 

Off Sabang Beacon. Light, 1 fixed. 

Off Rosas Point, beacon. Light, 1 fixed. 
SA mar Island: 

Calbdyoc, W. coast at N. end of town near the outpost. Light, 1 fixed red. 
Lights the approach to Janabatas Channel. 

Catbalogan, W. coast, on army headquarters building. Light, 1 fixed red. 
. Approach to Janabatas Channel on the N. 
San Bernardino, on the summit of an islet in the E. entrance to San Bernardino 
Strait, the first light of approach to the S. route to the island from the Pacific 
to Manila. Light, 1 flash white and red, alternating every 30 seconds; white 
flash 1 second, eclipse 14 seconds; red flash 1 second, eclipse 14 seconds. 
Sulu Archipelago: 

Sicud Island, shown at an elevation of 20 ft. from framework, near the end of the 
wharf of Siasi. Lights the Celebes seacoast of Sulu Archipelago and approach 
to Tapaan interisland passage to Sulu Sea. Light, harbor, red. 

WEATHER SERVICE. 

A weather bureau for the islands was established by act (P. C, No. 
131) May 22, 1901, with stations at Aparri (Cagayan), Baguio(Benguet), 
Dagupan (Pangasinan), San Fernando (Union), and San Isidro (Nueva 



112 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

Ecija), in Luzon: Capiz (Cajpiz), Cebfi (Ceb6), and [loilo (lloilo), in 
Panay; Maasin, Ormoc, andTacloban, in Leyte; Tagbilaran, in Bonol, 
in tin* Vasayas and Butuan, and Surigao (Surigao). Mindanao, with 
central office at Manila. The Philippine Islands arc known to naviga- 
tors a> the "breeding ground" 01 typhoons. The establishment of 
forecasts and warnings on the Chinese, Formosa, and Japanese coasts 
is, therefore, o\' value to commerce. 

COMMERCE OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

'•Tin 4 United States will for the term of ten years from the date of 
the exchange of the ratifications of the present treaty, admit Spanish 
ships and merchandise to the ports of the Philippine Islands on the 
same terms as ships and merchandise of the United States." [Article 
IV. Treaty of Paris.] 

Customs. — The custom-house at Manila was opened for business 
by the United States military government August 20, 1898. The 
Spanish tariff and customs regulations found in force were continued. 
In anticipation of the occupation of Manila, a translation of the Span- 
ish tariff, with some modifications, had been prepared in Washington 
prior to the arrival of the troops, and by order of the President, dated 
July L3, L898, directions were given to proclaim and enforce the tariff 
in tie islands as soon as the United States forces obtained possession. 
This tariff and the accompanying orders were received at Manila in 
September, after the custom-house had been in operation for some 
weeks. It was at once published, to take effect October 1, 1898. The 
proclamation of this new tariff, and the short notice given of the 
change, caused many protests, petitions, and requests from merchants 
and other persons doing business in Manila, for which reason it was 
derided by the military governor that to put it into effect at once would 
derange trade and prejudice American interests. Its enforcement 
was therefore postponed. 

The following G. ()., No. 10, Manila, P. I., October 26, 1898, was 
accordingly issued from the office of the military governor in the 
Philippine Islands: 

•• Referring to general orders of the 29th ultimo from this office, wherein is recited the necessity of a 
ciirefui revision of the ' Customs Tariff and Regulations' prescribed by the United states Government 
for BUCh portion of the Philippine Islands as may be under United Mates control, and in order to satisfy 
United states Government interests and prevailing business conditions, and proclaiming, for such 
. the postponement of the practical application of those tariff regulations until November 10 
I la hereby ordered that the same, amended and revised, and as now fully contained in the 
following printed schedule, be put in force from and after the date proclaimed, viz, November 10, 

•• Upon the occupation of any ports fir places in the Philippine Islands by the forces of the United 

. the foregoing order will be proclaimed and enforced." 
Also ■• Regulations for the guidance of officers concerned in the collection of duties on Imports and 
export-, taxes, and Other Charges and exactions to be levied and collected as a military contribution 
- and places in the possession of or under the control of the forces of the United States in the 
Philippine Islands, " under tic- following subdivisions: 
Entrance and clearam 

Entry of merchandise. 

Wharf chS 

Harbor and commercial Improvement charges. 

of duties on import- under classes and groups. 
■ rt duties. 
>■- free of duty. 

duty subject to the formalities determined for each ease by the customs regulations. 
Articles free of duty subject to conditions stated. 
Goods not specially classed in the tariff. 
Packages and recipients. 
Tare ;i ilowance, 

■nportation of national products. 
Articles prohibited. 
Miscellaneous provisions. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 113 

Tariff. — A revision of the tariff and regulations was begun in June, 
1900, by a board of officers appointed by the military governor under 
instructions from the War Department. By order of the Secretary of 
War this board reported to the United States Philippine Commission 
on August 25, 1900, who then formally took up the subject of tariff 
revision, their labors resulting in the enactment, on September 17, 1901, 
"by the authority of the President of the United States, and with the 
approval of the Secretary of War first had," of the following act 
(So. 230) to revise and amend the tariff laws of the Philippine Archi- 
pelago, providing — 

Short title.— Sec. 1. The provisions of General Order, No. 49, Office of the United States military 
governor in the Philippine Islands, dated October 23, 1899, relating to customs duties on imports and 
exports of the Philippine Islands, and tonnage duties and wharf charges therein, and the several 
orders supplemental thereto and amendatory thereof, are hereby amended to read as follows: 

Import duties.— Sec. 2. Duties shall be collected on all articles, goods, and merchandise imported 
into the Philippine Islands at the rates hereinafter provided, except when expressly exempted from 
duty by this act. 

Provision for merchandise in transit. — Sec. 3. Merchandise in transit at the time the present 
revision goes into effect may be entered under the provisions of law existing at the time of shipment; 
provided, however, that this privilege shall not be extended beyond the period of sixty days after the 
date of the enforcement of the present tariff of duties and taxes. 

Export duties.— Sec. 4. Duties shall be collected at the rates hereinafter provided on such articles, 
goods, and merchandise exported from the Philippine Islands as are hereinafter specifically prescribed 
in this act. 

General rules. — Sec. 5. The following rules and regulations shall be observed in the construction 
and enforcement of the various provisions of this act: [The general rules are then given in detail in 
this act.] 

Prohibited importations. — Sec G. Explosives, arms, etc., except by authority; obscene literature 
and gambling devices. 

Abbreviations.— Sec. 7. The following abbreviations shall be employed in the tariff: 

G. W. = gross weight. I Kilo. = kilogram. 

N. W. = net weight. Kilos. = kilograms. 

Hectog. = hectogram. | Hectol. = hectoliter. 

How payable.— Sec. 8. Duties shall be paid in United States money except that— 

Tiie following coins now in circulation in the Philippine Islands shall be received for customs duties 

and taxes at the following rates in money of the United States: Peso, 50 cents; medio peso, 25 cents; 

peseta, 10 cents; media peseta, 5 cents; but such rates shall be changed in accordance with a quarterly 

proclamation of the civil governor. 
Metrical system.— Sec 9. The metrical system of weights and measures as authorized by sections 

3569 and 3570 of the Revised Statutes of the United States, and at present in use in the Philippine 

Islands, shall be continued. 

The meter is equal to 39.37 inches. 

The liter is equal to 1.0567 quarts, wine measure. 

The kilogram is equal to 2.2046 pounds avoirdupois. 

Importations from the United States.— Sec 10. Importations from the United States are dutiable 
under the provisions of this act, but no customs duties shall be imposed on articles, goods, or merchan- 
dise transported only from one place or port to another place or port in the Philippine Islands. 

Kates —Sec 11.— The rates of duties to be collected on articles, goods, and merchandise imported 
into the Philippine Islands shall be as follows: 

Thirteen classes following the usual classification in the United States schedules. 

Free.— Sec 12. Free list. 

Export duties.— Sec 13. On the following products of the Philippine Islands, when exported there- 
from, there shall be levied and collected, on the gross weight thereof, export duties as follows: 

398. Abaca, raw or wrought hemp 100 kilos. . §0. 75 

389. Indigo do 25 

400. Indigo emploved for dveing ("tintarrou") do 025 

401. Rice do. ... 1. 00 

ii >i. Sugar do 05 

- oanuts, fresh and dried (copra) do 10 

404. Tobacco, manufactured, of all kinds and whatever origin do 1.50 

106. Tobacco, raw, grown in the provinces of Cagayan, Isabela, and New Biscay (Luzon 

Islands) 100 kilos.. 1.50 

}(*'.. Tobacco, raw, grown in the Visayas and Mindanao Island do 1.00 

107. Tobacco, raw, grown in other provinces of the archipelago do 75 

Certificates of origin of raw tobacco may be required by the customs authorities when 
proof of the place of production is necessary. 

Tonnage.— .-EC 14. Tonnage dues. 
Tonnage.— Sec. 15. Exemption from tonnage dues. 
Wharf charges.— Sec. 16. Wharf charges on exports. 
Exemptions.— Sec. it. Exemptions from wharf charges. 
Reimportations.— Secs. 18 and 19. Reimportation of insular products. 
Repealing.— Sec. 20.— Repealing clause. 
Repertory and index. -Sec 21. Repertory and index. 
Title.— Sec 22. Title of act "Tariff Revision Law, of 1901." 
In effect.— Sec 23. Tariff law takes effect November 15, 1901. 

This tariff enactment of the insular commission was accepted by stututory enactment of Congress 
in—. 

S. Doc. 280 cS 



Ill \/J TTKKK <>K THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

CONFIRMATION OF "THE TARIFF REVISION LAW OF 1901." 

"An act temporarily to provide revenue for the Philippine Islands, 
and for other purposes," approved March 8, L902, which confirmed the 
tariff Legislation of the Philippine Commission and defined the appli- 
cation o\' rates of duty, collection of tonnage taxes, issuing of licenses 
to engage in exclusively harbor business to vessels, the use of the funds 
so collected, and other details, and of customs application and regula- 
tion, as follow-: 

That the provisions of an ac1 entitled "An act to revise and amend the tariff laws of the Philippine 
Archipelago," enacted by the United States Philippine Commission on the seventeenth day or Sep- 
tember, nineteen hundred and one, shall be and remain in Eull Force and effect, and there shall be 
levied, collected, and paid upon all articles coming into the Philippine Archipelago from the United 
States the rates of duty which arc required by the said act to be levied, collected, and paid upon like 
articles imported from foreign countries into said archipelago. 

2. That on and after the passage of this net there shall be levied, collected, and paid upon all 
articles coming into the United states from the Philippine Archipelago the rates of duty which are 
required to be levied, collected, and paid upon like articles Imported from foreign countries: Provided, 
That upon all articles the grow th and product of the Philippine Archipelago coming into the United 
from the Philippine Archipelago there shall he levied, collected, and paid only seventy-five 
per centum of the rates of duly aforesaid: And provided farther. That the rates of duty which are 
required hereby to he levied, collected, and paid upon products of the Philippine Archipelago coming 
Into the United States shall he less any duty or taxes levied, collected, and paid thereon upon the 
Bhipmenl thereof from the Philippine Archipelago, as provided by the act of the United states Phil- 
ippine Commission referred to in section one of this act, under such rules and regulations as the 
Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, hut all articles, the growth and product of the Philippine 
Islands, admitted into the ports of the United States free of duty under the provisions of this act. and 
coming directly from said islands to the United States for use and consumption therein, shall he here- 
..•mpt from any export duties imposed in the Philippine Islands. 

>i . . :;. That on and after the passage of this act the same; tonnage taxes shall he levied, collected, 
and paid upon all foreign vessels coming into the United states from the Philippine Archipelago 
which arc required by law to he levied, collected, and paid upon vessels coming into the United 
States from foreign countries: Provided, how ver, That until July first, nineteen hundred and four, the 
provisions of law restricting to vessels of the United States the transportation of passengers and mer- 
chandise directly or indirectly from one port of the United States to another port of the United States 
shall not be applicable to foreign vessels engaging in trade between the Philippine Archipelago and 
the United states, or between ports in the Philippine Archipelago; And provided further, That the 
Philippine Commission shall be authorized and empowered to issue licenses to engage in lighterage 
or other exclusively harbor business to vessels or other craft actually engaged in such business at the 
date of the passage of this act, and to vessels or other craft built in 'the Philippine Islands or in the 
United States and owned by citizens of the United states or by inhabitants of the Philippine Islands. 

Sec. i. That the duties and taxes collected in the Philippine Archipelago in pursuance of this act, 
and all duties and taxes collected in the United States upon articles coming from the Philippine 
Archipelago and upon foreign vessels coming therefrom, shall not he covered into the general fund 
of the Treasury of the United States, hut shall he held as a separate fund and paid into the treasury 
of the Philippine Islands, to he used ami expended for the government and benefit of said islands. 

SB . 6. That when duties prescribed by this act are based upon the weight of merchandise deposited 
in any public or private bonded warehouse, said duties shall he levied and collected upon the weight 
■ if -mli merchandise at the time of its entry. 

BBC. 6. That all articles manufactured in bonded manufacturing warehouses in whole or in part of 

imported material-, or of materials subject to internal-revenue tax, and intended for shipment from 

the United States to the Philippine Islands, shall, when so shipped, under such regulations as the 

ry of the Treasury may prescribe, he exempt from the internal-revenue tax, and shall not be 

charged with duty except the duty levied under this act upon imports into the Philippine Islands. 

That all articles subject under the laws of the United States to internal-revenue tax, or on which 
th.- internal-revenue tax has been paid, and which may under existing laws and regulations be 
exported to a foreign country without the payment of such tax, or with benefit of drawback, as the 
case may be, may also be shipped to the Philippine islands with like privilege, under such regula- 
tion- and the filing of such bonds, bills of lading, and other security as the Commissioner of Internal 
Revenue may. with the approval of the Secretary of tin; Treasury, prescribe. And all taxes paid 
upon BUCh articles shipped to the Philippine Islands since November fifteenth, nineteen hundred and 
one. under the decision of the Secretary of the Treasury of that date, shall be refunded to the parties 
Who have paid the game, under such rules and regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may 

pn scribe, and a sum sufficient to make such payment is hereby appropriated, out of any money in the 
Treasury not otherwise apppropriated. 

That where materials on which duties have been paid are used in the manufacture of articles 

manufactured or produced in tin- United States, there shall he allowed on the shipment of said arti- 

the Philippine Archipelago a drawback equal in amount to the duties paid on the materials 

used, less one per centum of such duties, under such rules and regulations as the Secretary of the 

Treasury may prescribe. 

7. That merchandise in bonded warehouse or otherwise in the custody and control of the 
officers of the customs, upon which duties have been paid, shall he entitled on shipment to the 
Philippine Islands within three years from the date of the original arrival, to a return of the duties 
paid ie88 One per centum: and merchandise upon Which duties have not been paid may be shipped 
without the payment of duties to the Philippine Islands within said period, under such rides and 
regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. 

- That the provisions of the act entitled an "An act to simplify the laws in relation to the 
collection of revenues," approved June tenth, eighteen hundred and ninety, as amended by an act 
entitled " An a<t to provide for the Government and to encourage the Industries of tin; United states," 
approved July twenty-fourth, eighteen hundred and ninety-seven, shall apply to all articles coming 
into the United state- from the Philippine Archipelago. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



115 



Imports and exports of merchandise, 1900 and 1901. 

[Note.— Beginning July 1, 1900, the statistical reports to the Division of Insular Affairs were based 
upon a new schedule, giving the classification of commodities imported and exported much more in 
detail than were required by the schedule in effect prior to that date. Owing to this change it is 
impossible to make comparison by articles and countries in some instances. In weights the ton is 2,240 
lbs. and the hundredweights 112 lbs., unless otherwise indicated. The value of exports of domestic 
merchandise is their value at the time of exportation in the island whence they are exported.] 



Imports and exports. 


12 months ending June — 


1900. 


1901. 


IMPORTS. 
Free oi duty: 


$6,477 
25,849 
273, 259 


$340 




23, 289 










Total free of duty 


305, 585 


23, 629 






Dutiable: 


5,483,806 

11,169,012 

311, 642 

1, 779, 870 

1,551,521 


8, 158, 794 




18,329,186 
900, 062 






2, 720, 736 




146, 999 






Total dutiable 


20,295,851 


30, 255, 777 






Free and dutiable: 


5, 483, 806 
11,169,012 
318, 119 
1,805,719 
1, 824, 780 


8, 158, 794 




18, 329, 186 

900,402 

2,744,025 








146, 999 








20,601,436 
4, 761, 396 


30, 279, 406 




8,041,541 




EXPORTS. 

Products of— 


17, 272, 144 

1,521,736 

23, 923 


20, 635, 421 

1, 617, 030 

173, 345 

978 










933, 265 


788, 174 








19,751,068 
567, 656 


23, 214, 948 
758, 159 







GOLD AND SILVER. 



Gold: 

Imports 
Exports 

Silver: 

Imports 
Exports 



8149, 349 
1,160,597 

2,293,071 

854, 775 



$508, 223 
305, 251 



2, 030, 782 
2,911,063 



TONNAGE. 
[Net tons 100 cub. ft. carrying space after prescribed allowances for crew, engine, etc., space.] 





12 months ending June— 


Vessels. 


1900. 


1901. 




Number. 


Net tons. 


Number. 


Net tons. 


Entered: 


1,266 
2,267 

1.436 
2,254 


100, 607 
989,649 

123,927 
975,701 


5,388 
3,200 

6,018 
3,196 


190, 856 
1,453,512 

190,320 
1,437,498 




< leared: 

Sailing 


Steam 





110 



G \XKTTKKK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



Import* and exports, by countries, including gold and silver. 





12 months ending June— 


Countries. 


1900. 


1901. 




Imports. 


Exports. 


Imports. 


Exports. 


Europe: 

I'nited Kingdom 


$8,946, iv.i 

1,210,067 

185,684 

2,091,207 

91,681 

66, 242 

120,001 

9, 806 

200, 271 


10,509 

98, 398 

1,392,439 

1,320, 158 

6,784 

173,879 


86,956,146 
2,185,262 
1,684,233 

2, loo, Mit; 

1 15, 556 

107,019 

274,981 
14,929 

179,300 
205 

314,788 
4,665 

892, 936 
199 
105 


810,701.711 
si 626 


Germany 


Prance 


1,934)256 

1,050,400 
5 008 




ll:ilv 


Austria-Hungary 


289,091 
2,607 


Belgium 


Denmark 






1,300 


20 


Portugal 


185 




141,639 

500 

215.990 














75 


18,423 


Turkey 


Gibraltar 




5,241 
4, 937 


8,584 
982 


Malta 












Total Europe 


8, 579, 553 


9,242,520 


14,877,085 


14,701,723 




North America: 

United States 


1,657,701 


3, 635, 100 
14, 910 


3,034,055 
29, 846 


2, 572, 021 
7,801 










1,657,701 


3, 650, 070 


3,001,501 


2, 579, 822 












349 












Booth America: 




300 




i ;;<;;! 


Bolivia 






210 


Brazil 




i,6io 




910 


Uruguay 






238 
















1,310 




2, 721 








West Indies: 








100 








2,727 












Total West Indies 






2, 727 


100 










Asia: 


6, 474, 441 
8,524,277 

260, 101 


2, 085, 301 
3, 220, 440 
1,032,402 


4, 565, 326 

3, 529, 322 

805, 771 

89 

107 

407, 907 

48 

2,830,797 

237, 817 

1,914,238 


303,801 
5,007,517 

1,443,880 
920 














92 




442 


41,704 


860 


Turkey . 


191 




1,973,340 
26,556 


903, 005 
16, 504 


1,314,084 




11,311 




1,483 
447 






250 










Total Aids 


12,259,157 


7, 906, 326 


14,351,422 


8,204,616 






Oceania: 




603 












101 




544,440 


564,490 

3,569 


442,318 


600, 103 




1,357 




77 










000 


2, 751 












544,517 


508, 662 


442, 924 


004,372 






Africa: 

British 




4,026 




17,460 






533 
79,219 




Egypt 


2, 928 


333, 520 


320,109 






l! Africa 


2,928 


337, 546 


79, 752 


337,559 








23, 043, 856 


21,700,410 


32,818,411 


26,431,262 







GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



117 



Imports and exports, by countries, including gold and silver — Continued. 
RECAPITULATION. 





12 months ending .June- 




Countries— 


Imports— 


Exports— 




1900. j 1901. 


1900. 


1901. 




88, 579, 553 $14, 877, 085 
1,657,701 3,064,501 


$9, 242, 520 

3, 650, 076 

1,310 


$14, 701, 723 




2, 579, 822 
2,721 






j 


349 




2, 727 




100 




12,259,157 | 14,351,422 

544,517 j 442,924 

2,928 ! 79,752 


7,966,326 
568, 662 
337, 546 


8,204,616 




604, 372 


Africa 


337, 559 






Total 


23, 043, 856 32, 818, 411 21 . 766. 440 


26,431,262 









Imports and exports of gold 


and silver, 


by countries. 






12 months ending June — 


Countries. n 


1900. 


1901. 




Imports. 


Exports. 


Imports. 


Exports. 


Gold ore: 




$2, 050 












$6, 000 










Total 




2,050 




6,000 








Gold bullion: 

Germany 




1,050 

2,365 
78, 705 






Hongkong 






150 


China 












Total 




82, 120 




150 










Gold coin: 

United Slates 




63, 000 
13, 250 


$178,970 










France 




304 

5,514 

77, 585 

208, 815 

37,035 




Spain 




12, 524 

534. 826 

452. 827 




China 


$57,445 
36, 232 
55, 672 






298, 085 
1,016 


British East Indies 








Total 


149, 349 


1,076,427 


508, 223 


299, 101 




Silver bullion: 

China 




6,039 




1, 250 


British East Indies 




5 










Total 




6,039 


5 


1,250 






Silver coin: 




50, 000 
81,459 












1,145 


Egypt 




75,000 
147, 800 
979, 922 
610, 865 
217, 190 




China 


718, 552 
848, 425 
726, 094 


607,062 
85,080 
25, 135 


288, 850 
2, 066. 033 


Hongkong 


British East Indies 


553, 785 


Dutch East Indies 












Total 


2, 293, 071 


848, 736 


2,030,777 


2, 909, 813 




Grand total 


2,442,420 


2, 015, 372 


2,539,005 


3,216,314 





doing the carrying trade — June, 1901. 



Imports (foreign) from— 


Total. 


Imports (foreign) from— 


Total. 


United States 


$282, 610 

487,859 

176, 042 

115, 560 

158, 449 

7, 325 

7,667 

17,290 

105 

12,894 

145 

37, 406 

60 

32, 226 




$525 


1'nitfd Kingdom 




221,323 
296, 948 


Germany. 




France 




94, 412 
25 


Spain 




Italy 




86, 228 

254, 601 

526 


Austria-Hungary 




Belgium ". 




Gibraltar 




248,425 

150,184 

223 


Netherlands 




Portugal 


Egypt 


Russia 




100 




Total 




Switzerland ". 


2, 689, 158 







ns 



GAZETTEER ov THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 
Vessels doing the carrying trade — .Time, woi — Continued, 



Exports | foreign > to- 



United States . .. 
United Kingdom 

Germany 

Prance 

Spain 

Italy 

Austria-Hungary 

Belgium 

Gibraltar 

Netherlands — 



Total. 



192, 7?:; 

1,107,490 

5,225 

46,645 

166,417 

865 

19,525 

437 

143 

20 



Exports (foreign) t< 



Canada 

China 

Hongkong 

Japan 

British East Indies 

Dutch East Indies. 
Australasia 

Total 



Total. 



81,323 

3,797 

138,942 

235,114 

43,457 

1,312 

48,014 



1,911,399 



Import* and exports^ by Philippine customs districts, including gold and silver. 



Ports. 


Imports 12 months 
ending June — 


Exports 12 months 
ending June— 




ftoo. 


1901. 


1900. 


1901. 




§20, 839, 174 

1,235,445 

850,988 

84, 429 

19, 494 

14, 326 


828, 586, 988 

2, 336, 918 

1,430,363 

326, 295 

57, 250 

80, 597 


817, 180, 846 

2, 075. 244 

2, 377, 506 

99,995 

28,808 

4,041 


821,522,444 


Hollo 


1,512,046 


(Vi.u 


3,093,714 
230, 872 


Jol6 (Sulu) 




47, 096 




25,090 






Total 


23,043,856 


32,818,411 


21,766,440 


26,431,262 







Imports of the Philippine Islands, by countries, during the calendar years 1889 to 1893, 
inclusive, as compared with 1899 and 1900. 



Countries from which 
imported. 


1889. 


1890. 


1891. 


1892. 


1893. 


1899. 


1900. 


Per 

cent 

in 

1900. 


United Kingdom 


85, 583, 293 
(') 

4,315,108 

1,990,739 

2, 058, 608 

1,380,664 

. r ).")S. 254 

678, 264 

401,793 

62,866 

13, 782 

24,687 

32, 642 

41,323 


85, 767, 568 
(') 

3, 903, 722 
2,541,158 

1,558,423 

185, 454 

540, 506 

22, 166 

521,699 

936 

31, 193 

17,068 


85, 122, 687 
3,376,257 

3, 534, 735 

1 , 812, 692 

1,711,893 

312, 092 

347, 338 

171,888 

294, 287 

8,514 

38, 857 

48, 294 

1,968 

5,823 

0,675 

355 


85, 196, 192 
4,397,642 

3, 029, 940 

987, 652 

1 , 003, 074 

527, 587 

208, 392 

272, 866 

175, 509 

47, 046 

37,972 

119,630 

18, 987 

13, 004 

12, 493 

8,790 

248,654 


84, 247, 883 
5,104,875 

2, 23/, 471 

156, 135 

517, 933 

1,246,248 

956, 706 

477, 026 

78, 342 

206, 800 

182, 678 

65, 399 

02, 970 

40, 599 

3,185 

32,385 

202, 956 

2,605 

1,456 

1,352 

199 


83,239,066 
2, 703, 336 

7,989,763 


85,570,931 
1,989,235 

9,530,443 


20 

7 


China (including Hong- 
kong 


34 


French Indo-China b 


1,091,922 

922, 875 

1,351,854 

292, 038 

114, 475 

174,469 

183,758 

616,097 

72,114 

178, 189 

3 

65, 752 

121,341 


( c ) 

1,031,810 

2, 153, 198 

978, 095 

203, 533 

709, 807 

441,319 

197, 774 

88, 634 

100, 173 

4,276 

137,283 

257, 198 





United States 


8 




4 




1 




3 




2 




1 


Austria-Hungary 




5, 849 

39,870 

444 








Italy 


15,848 






1 
























4,730 
13,093 














10, 124 

373 

*1, 285, 063 

26,450 

2,012 


























2,031,294 
234,778 
815,490 


9 














1 






•748, 004 


3,934 


9,471 


5,299 


3 






Total 


17,236,266|l5,884,060 


10,798,289 


16,314,901 


15,890,500 20,440,074 

I 


27, 705, 100 


100 







■ No separate statistics available. 
1 Througb Saigon 

' Included under China, I'.mm). 

'Reports do not specify Singapore; probably included in British East indies. 

•Including import- from Spain. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



119 



Annual average values of merchandise exported, 1892-1896, as compared with those of 1899 

and 1900. 



Countries. 


1892-1896. 


1899. 


Per cent 
in 1899. 


1900. 


Per cent 
in 1900. 




88,844,020 

3, 855, 165 

■6,058,232 

986, 012 

1,174,068 

201, 158 

b 345, 430 

616, 631 

106, 602 

31, 710 

27, 487 

106, 451 

« 99, 174 

18, 894 


83,701,245 

1,160,007 

4,040,255 

574, 929 

4,721 

25, 410 

( e ) 

2, 017, 120 

320, 103 

6,970,831 


19 
6 

21 
3 


$8,117,770 

1,619,270 

2,968,851 

2,533,607 

15, 605 

126, 729 

(°) 

794,453 

621,892 

7,215,941 

20 


32 




6 




11 




10 




















10 
2 
37 


3 


Australasia 


2 

27 








1,300 

22,244 

750 

384, 525 






Dutch East Indies 




10, 027 

400, 805 

1,571,509 








1 


British East Indies . . 


2 


6 




7,835 

J 9,117 

386 


























343 
1,720 




18,438 

5,131 

12,802 

012, 340 

74, 212 




Italy 
















Egypt 




41,119 

6, 760 




2 


Other countries 

















» Annual average, 1893 to 1897. 
>> Annual average, 1892 and 1893. 
« Statistics for 1896 only. 



a Annual average, 1893 to 1896. 

e Included under British East Indies. 



Quantities and values of the principal articles of merchandise imported into the Philippine 
Islands during the ccdendar year 1900. 



Articles imported. 



1899. 



Quantities. 



Values. 



1900. 



Quantities. 



Values. 



AGRICULTURAL IMPORTS. 

Wines gallons. 

Rice pounds. 

Wheat flour barrels. 

Canned goods 

Distilled spirituous liquors gallons. 

Pork, bacon, and lard pounds. 

Veget a I >les do. . . 

Olive oil do... 

Malt liquors and cider gallons. 

Cocoa pounds . 

Beeswax, stearin, etc do... 

Fruits do... 

Butter do. . . 

Cheese do. . . 

K O K A G R I C LT U R A L 1 M PO RTS . 

Cotton manufactures pounds. 

Mineral oil- do... 

Iron and steel manufactures do. . . 

Copper, and manufactures of do . . . 

Paper, and manufactures of do... 

Flax. heinj>. jute, etc., manufactures of do... 

Silk manufactures do... 

Earthen, stone, and china ware 

Woolens 

and glassware 

Boots and shoes pairs. 

Leather and manufactures 

Fish pounds. 

Bo< »ks, etc do. . . 

Agricultural machinery do. . . 

Pianos number. 

Jewelry 



337, 394 

242, 818, 913 

05, 741 



119, 793 
1,008,000 



540, 555 



$432, 350 
3, 523, 091 
381,998 
128, 185 
292, 557 
144, 669 
216, 847 
53, 080 
277, 830 
100,430 



321,514,113 
113,484 



170, 12S 
193, 898 



201,597 
177, 040 



70,130 
58,017 
40, 521 



4, 522, 408 
160, 720 
388, 138 

99, 051 
512, 239 
272, 292 
183, 000 
184,007 
121,201 
579,418 
144,125 

78, 01 i 

135,407 

310, 485 

4, 498 

1,500 

44, 957 



430, SOO 
299,011 



3279, S18 
1,305,050 
475, 230 
129,201 
297, 511 
233,413 
275, 959 
27, 303 
1,113,684 
171,317 



87,514 
85, 637 
48, 791 



8, 729, 777 

•374,717 

1,425,233 

53, 949 

379. 225 

2 15. 365 

385,984 

95, 299 

168,211 

395,620 

L60,309 

81,092 

95,265 

83, 880 

6,720 

8,310 

191,908 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

Quantities and value* of tin principal article* exported from the Philippine Island* durinf 

the calendar '/<<<>• 1900. 



Articles exported. 



Manila hemp tons. 

Sugar pounds. 

Copra, Including cocoanuts do... 

Cigars ;in<l cigarettes do... 

Leaf tobacco do... 

( '■ >ffee do. . . 

Rico do... 



Cordage and rope . .. 

Indigo 

Hides and skins 

limber and lumber. 
Wax, stearin 



.do., 
.do., 
.do.. 



.pounds 



Quantities. Values. 



69, 048 
189,226,650 



14,060,810 
76,647 



256,549 



70, 708 



$7,993,674 
3,469,710 

727, 256 

946,702 

TTti, 841 

12,182 



32, 694 

60, 017 
1,133 
2, 24a 



1900. 



Quantities. Values 



81), 188 

113,719,971 



22.02S, 5-16 
29, S25 



17,289 

12,225 



250 



290, loo 
897,144 
184,868 
161,369 
033,900 
3, 142 



2, 305 

1 , 325 

311,183 

24,077 

33 



Hemp exports, 1850-1899. 

[From report of the Manila Chamber of Commerce.] 



Year. 


United 
States. 


Great 
Britain. 


Califor- 
nia. 


Austra- 
lia. 


Other 

ports 


Total 
exports. 




Huh*. 

59, 097 

71,61 (7 
110, 257 
102,292 
114,009 
107.290 
156, 193 
121,555 
144,476 
142,328 
140, 738 

80,489 
114,697 
110, 902 
124, 553 
144, 722 
139, 444 
1 13, 785 
147, 364 
146,846 
163, 859 
242, 556 
200,172 
161,057 
158, 965 

99,216 
120,527 
153,222 
124, 592 
162, 264 
189, 657 
253,361 
176,521 
170, 670 
1 OS. (171 
194,309 

17:5,001 
246, 845 
246, 437 

199,707 
109,719 
132,267 
883, 070 
212,463 
401,755 
273,918 
290, 327 
417.90:', 
888,124 
266, 828 


Bales. 

8,740 
11,801 
11,876 

6, 545 
46, 369 

10. 335 
18, 604 

47, 991 
52, 817 

65. 336 
51,019 
96, 831 

113, 743 
91, 830 

113,129 
39, 658 

48, 216 
57, 015 
65, 030 
47, 284 
65, 590 
71, 749 
88,535 

119,482 
114, 897 
131,987 
153, 095 
142, 317 
172, 174 
136, 229 
178,143 
148, 763 
142,519 
167,151 
213,577 
190,919 
164,148 
227, 288 
347,864 
822, 022 
841,993 
443,213 

372,841 
835,372 
493, 700 
107,822 
403, 522 
392, 127 
209. 860 


Bales. 


Bales. 


Bales. 

2,578 

3,918 

3,499 

2,508 

948 

1,867 

1,401 

1, 571 

3,889 

2,985 

2,019 

1,882 

1,645 

2, 507 

1,684 

2,943 

2, 010 

2,251 

2,474 

1,315 

1,164 

2,963 

2,725 

3,197 

4,512 

5,004 

5, 730 

3,432 

3,417 

4,936 

5, 563 

3, 282 

3,580 

3, 848 

5, 657 

10,463 

11,586 

11,514 

11,405 

9, 081 

11,530 

17,194 

15,527 

18,722 

29,475 

23, 782 

32, 706 

86,614 

28,137 

81,864 


Bales. 

70, 415 

87, 286 

125, 632 

111,345 




L851 .. 






1862 ... . 






1863 






1864 






161,326 


1 856 






119, 492 


1856 


1,449 

2, 678 

5,070 

2,440 

4,720 

4,800 

5,300 

6, 260 

4,713 

6,800 

7, 560 

8,801 

7,100 

11,000 

7, 950 

11,250 

17, 124 

17, 998 

24, 638 

19,111 

21,750 

9,700 

17, 650 

14, 500 

14,910 

19,500 

14, 300 
9, 400 
7,431 
8,067 

13,150 
15,628 
84,950 
20, 200 
21,500 
24,850 
19, 756 
22, 050 
18,600 
27, 750 

15, 450 
25, 450 
IS, 325 
19,120 




177,647 


1867 




173, 795 


1868 




200, 252 


1859 




213,089 
198,496 


I860 




1861 


8 

670 

477 

2, 597 

4, 775 

6, 122 

6, 050 

10, 572 

6, 729 
5,717 
3,358 
4,064 
9, 600 
4,995 

7, 598 
14,262 

6, 597 
15, 856 

6, 050 
12, 190 

9,546 
16,752 
16,866 
13,070 
13, 372 

9,737 
14,798 
17, 723 
17,501 
18,413 
IS, 522 
13,783 
15, 393 
10,779 
13, 085 
16,888 
18,829 
15,893 
14,576 


181,010 


1862 


286, 055 


1863 


212,036 


1864 


246, 676 


1866 


198, S'J8 


1866 


203, 352 


1 B67 


217, 902 


1868 


232, 540 


I860 


213,174 


1870 


244,280 


1871 


331,876 


1872 


312, 620 


1878 


311,334 


1-71 


308, 007 


1876 


262, 916 


1876 


315, 364 


1877 


315, 268 


1K7M 


333, 689 


1879 


323, 979 


1880 


400,463 


1881 


434, 452 


1882 


353, 672 


1883 


373, 435 


1884 


407, 809 


1885 


417,130 




371 , 682 




1887 


514,973 


1888 


661,429 




668,671 







506, 155 




686, 546 





790, 508 




1898 


611,469 


] 894 . 


795, 981 




832, 295 





765, 893 




902, 378 




792, 606 





600, 738 








GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



121 



Philippine hemp statistics — Hemp receipts, 1850-1899. 



PI cuts. 

1850 136,964 

1851 182,503 

1852 237,864 

1853 250,623 

1854 310.971 

1855 280,012 

1858 356,055 

1857 388,000 

1858 445,750 

1859 444,398 

1860 486,212 

1861 414. 696 

1S62 463,971 



[From report of Manila Chamber of Commerce.] 



Pic II Is. 

1863 470,754 

1864 478,065 

1865 379,191 

1866 371,256 

1867 402.388 

1868 492,884 

1869..: 427.070 

1870 502,822 

1871 517,856 

1S72 616.603 

1S73 672,238 

1S74 629,150 j 

1875 534,450 I 





Pic ids. 


1876 


.... 618,952 


1877 


669, 674 


187S 


650, 313 


1879 


686, 874 


1880 


.... 807,712 


1881 


.... 866. 321 


1882 


.... 707,114 


1883 


.... 797, 330 


1884 


.... 795,172 


1885 


.... 846,151 


1886 


.... 805, 415 


1887 


.... 1,069,350 


1888 


.... 1,315.582 



Picuts. 

18S9 1,131,768 

1890 1,085,824 

1891 1,358,846 

1892 1,520,253 

1893 1.540,462 

1894 1,584,541 

1895 1,603,507 

1896 1,618,864 

1897 1,7,50,866 

1898 1,4S4,40S 

1899 985,522 



Comparative statement of exports from Philippine ports, 1890-1899. 

[From report of the Manila Chamber of Commerce.] 

SUGAR. 

[Piculs.] 

[1 picul = 137.9 (P. I.) United States pounds.] 



Year. 



1891- 
1892 
1893 
1894 
1895 
1896 
1897 



From- 



To— 



Manila. I Cebu. 



874, 
1.174. 
1, 089, 
1,712, 
1,577, 
1,729, 
1,563, 
918, 
251, 



088| 55, 

374 140, 

054 294, 

059 271, 

523 163, 

665 213. 

277 12:!. 

114 247, 

169 159, 

374 210, 



Total. 



Iloilo. 



280 1 

200 1 
220 2 
400 2 
172'1 
352 1 
228 1 
1102 
469 2 
7S01 



431, 054 
357, 685' 
571, 989' 
203, 523 
369, 507 
754,315, 
984, 519 
066, 786: 
449, 023 
197, 7001 



2. 360, 
2, 672. 
3.955, 
4, 186, 
3, 110, 
3, 697, 
3,671, 
3,232, 
2, 859, 
1,480, 



Great 
Britain. 



i22 

259 

263 1 

9821 

202 

332 1 

024! 

oioj 

661 
854: 



640, 656 
731,507 
, 181, 392 
,577,155 
978. 719 
, 373, 433 
901, 256 
799, .548 
675, 670 
132, 792 



Nova 
Scotia 

and 
Canada. 



1, 604, 

1, 505, 

1,291, 

910, 

1,055. 

1,305, 

342, 

520, 

353, 



Conti- 
nent of 
Europe. 



China 

and 

Japan. 



62, 905 576. 690 
37, 394 299, 286 
48,5121,219,48' 
69,4931,248,913 
68,6661,152,662 
63,1491,205,513 
55,9461,407,994 
28, 862 2, 061, 060 
2,8871,660,352 
164,033 838,349 



Cali- 
fornia. 



Total. 



82,320 2,360,422 

2,672,259 

| 3,955,263 

.... 4,186,982 
3, 110, 202 
3, 697, 332 
3,671.024 
3, 232, 010 
2, 859, 661 
1, 488, 854 



COPRA. 

[Piculs.] 





From — 


Total. 


To- 


Year. 


Manila. ! Cebu. Iloilo. 


Great 
Britain. 


Conti- 
nent of 
Europe. 


China, ! Totel - 
etc. 


1890 


74.417 






74, 447 

245, 309 
259, 539 
1*4,304 
532,233 
593, 671 
607, 529 
811,437 
263, 402 
291, 322 


2,894 1 3,200 
73,307 i 131,142 
41,991 \ 198,737 
26,400 129,405 
121,627 I 378,746 
115,097 ; 451.515 
49,200 ! 554,112 
57,614 ! 752.470 
12,180 248,655 
44.704 24fi.3fifi 


68,353 74,447 

40,860 245.309 

18,811 1 259,639 

28,499 184,304 

31,860 ! 532,233 

27,059 j 593,671 

4,217 ' 607.529 

1,353 811,437 

2,567 | 263,402 

252 1 291,322 


1891 


245. 309 
259, 539 
184,304 
512, 729 
549, 319 
558,329 
765,023 
252. M0 
215, 819 






1892 






1868 






1894 


19,504 
44,352 
49,200 
46, 414 
10,562 
66,282 




1896 










1 K>~ 




1896 




1899 


9,221 











122 



GAZETTEER oK TI1K PIIILI1MM N E ISLANDS. 



('•>ii)/>uniiir, statement of exports from Philippine ports, 1890-1899 — Continued. 

LEAF TOBACCO. 

[Quintals.] 
[1 quintal L01.44 United States pounds.] 





To— 




Year. 


Greal 
Britain. 


Dnited 

States. 


Conti- 
nent Oi 

Europe. 


China, 
etc. 


Total. 


1890 


2, 706 
7,664 

. r .,;;:;i 

15,904 

10,500 

180 

6,887 
37,008 
21,893 
20, 845 




L69.328 

195,925 
217, 160 
213,611 
178,699 
203,611 
189,973 
253,311 
1 13, 153 
89, 094 


7,020 
3,577 
1,352 

1,168 

1,795 
8, 576 
23, 325 
26,868 
9,812 
1,322 


179,0.54 
207,166 
263, 850 

230, 686 
190,904 
207, 371 


lv.fl 




1892 


4 

is 
10 

1 
II 


1 693 






1 896 


1 896 


219,729 


1 897 


316,712 




312 


17."., 170 




1 B99 


114,261 







TRADE BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

Vol in of merchandise imported and exported by the United States it> trade with the Philip- 
pine Islands by mm mil average, by decades, 1848-1897. 





imports. 


Total. 


Exports. 


Total. 


Total im- 
ports and 

exports. 


Excess of 


Year- ended 
June 30. 


Free. 


Dutiable. 


Domestic 

mer- 
chandise. 


Foreign 

mer- 
chandise. 


imports 

over 

exports. 


Annual average: 

1848-1857 

1868-1867 

1868 1-77 

1878-1887 

h-- 1892 


(38, 060 

89, 888 

232, 072 

132,717 

5,090,6132 
3, 189, ;;77 


82, oso, 7m; 
2, 565, 783 
6, 788, 555 
8,621,660 

6, 897, 746 


$2,118,846 

2, 655, 071 
(i, 021, 527 
8,754, 107 
8, 786, 988 


$86. 462 
77,(175 
95, 859 
106, 304 
130,662 
L35.207 
132,935 


85, 70i ; 

330 

3,590 

667 


$92, 168 
78, our, 
99, 149 
10(1,971 
130,662 


$2,211,014 
2, 733, 076 
6,120,976 
8, 861, 378 
8,916,650 
6,188,460 
7,552,555 


82,026,678 
2, 577, 066 
5,922,078 
8,647,436 
8,655,326 


1893-1897 

1888 -1897 


962, 720 
3, 930, 233 


6,053,232 
7, 119,610 


21 

10 


L35.228 
L32.945 


5,918,004 

7, 286, 665 



Value of imports and exports of the United States 

1891 to 1900. 



in trade with the Philippine Islands, 



year ending June 30— 




Imports. 




Exports. 


Free. 


Dutiable. 


Total. 


Domestic. 


Foreign. 


Total. 


1891 


3,087,268 

(1.239, 6 12 
9, 117,170 
6,992,364 
8,657,952 
2,699,020 
3,086,057 
3,387, 168 
:;. ii n. 157 
5,031,989 


2, 079, 941 

69,011 

42, 687 

15, 978 

1,073. Ill 

2,383,837 

1,297,688 

443, 247 

1,008,617 

939,219 


5, 167, 209 
6, 308, 653 
9,169,857 
7,008,342 
1,731,366 
4,982,857 
4,383,740 
3,830, 115 
1. K to. 771 

6,971,208 


121,572 
00, Oil 

154,378 

I 15. 166 

110,255 
162,341 
01.507 
127,787 
101,258 
2, 635, 624 




121,572 






60, 914 







151,378 




1894 




1 15, Kiti 
119,255 








18^6 


105 


162, 116 


1 s97 


94.597 




17 
2, 935 
4,825 


127, HOI 





104, L98 




1900» 


2,640, no 







'Subject to revision. 

IMPORTS. 

cted list of articles of import for the twelve months ending June, 190 1, to show their 
relative market demand and the relations of the United Slides in value to the principal com- 
/,<ti,,i/ natio 

Agricultural implements Value. 

PlOWS, cultivators, and parts $1,595 

Dnited Statec per cent.. f>i 

All other implements 6,649 

Dnited Kingdom percent..82 

and manufactures of (Germany, England, Dnited states) 94,641 

arrlages, and other vehicles, and parts of, steam 78,382 

Dnited Btates per cent.. 95 



GAZETTEEK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



123 



Selected list of articles of import for the twelve months ending June, J 901, etc. — Continued. 

Value. 

Cvcles, and parts ol .• $82, 132 

United States per cent. .92 

Cotton, and manufactures of: Cotton , raw G9, 240 

United States $32, 660 

United Kingdom 32, 354 

Manufactures of, cloth 1, 580, 101 

United States §66, 540 

United Kingdom 2, 670, 174 

Germany 184, 066 

Looselv woven muslins 2, 453, 712 

United States §18, 373 

United Kingdom 1, 479, 223 

Wearing apparel 773, 424 

United States $4, 676 

Germany 211, 8S3 

United Kingdom 110. 983 

Iron, bar 63, 571 

United States §2, 283 

United Kingdom 48. 371 

Sheets, and plates 218, 223 

Great Britain §211, 446 

Cutlerv, all other 80, 607 

United States $3, 561 

Germany 56, 196 

Great Britain 5, 650 

France 5, 531 

Boilers and parts of engines 117, 213 

United States §27, 119 

United Kingdom 73, 334 

Sewing machines 127, 737 

United States §34, 914 

Germany 66, 747 

Tvpewriter | machines) *. 23, 952 

United States §22, 886 

B n .t< and shoes 217, 665 

United States §10, 929 

S pa in 1 18 , 843 

Beer in bottles 1, 030, 698 

United States $854, 474 

United Kingdom 33, 124 

Germanv 39, 818 

Oil , i Humiliating 451 , 319 

United States §22, 748 

Russia 307, 002 

EXPORTS. 

A selected list of articles of export from the Philippine Islands for the twelve month* ending 
June y 1901, showing their quantity and value. 



Articles and countries. 


Quantities. 


Values. 


Books, maps, engravings 
United Kingdom 


etc. 


exported to- 


free.. 




§§25 


do... 




117, 650 








do... 




466 








do... 




58 










Total 




118,199 








free.. lbs.. 

do... 

do... 






Coffee, exported to- 
United States 

United Kingdom 

France 


974 

1, 658 

202 

6, 17'.' 

638 

7,909 

42, 814 

21,320 


105 
275 

22 


Spain 






do... 


705 


Switzerland 






do... 


103 


China 






do... 


442 


Hongkong 






do... 


3,292 


British Ea^t Indies .. 






do... 

do. 


1 . 672 










Total 


SI, 991 


6, 616 




s of, 


exported to— 


free.. lbs.. 

do... 




Copper, and manufacture 
United Kingdom 


13,882 


2,000 


China 






....do... 






Hongkong 






do... 


226, 892 
3,861 


22,069 


British East Indies .. 






do... 


370 












Total 


244.635 


24, 439 













V24 



GAZETTEER (>K THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



.t tdeeUd tirt ofartieUi of export from the Philippine Islands for the twelve months ending 
.Inn, , 1901, showing their quantity and value — Continued. 



Articles and countries. 


Quantities. 


Values. 


Fibers, vegetable, textile grasses, and manufactures of: 
Hemp 1 manila) exported to— 

l n it i<l States 

United Kingdom 

Prance 


dnt.. tons.. 

do.... 

do.... 


17,872 
74,685 

83 

1ST 


82, 402, 867 
9,849,527 

10,500 


Spain 


do 


32 332 


China 


do 




Hongkong 


do.... 

...do... 


9,189 

2, 090 
1,450 

1 

2,034 

1,691 

19 


1,126,718 
300 510 


British Kiist Indies 

Dutch Bast Indies 

Australasia 

Eg vpt 


do.... 

do.... 

do.... 

...do... 


201,109 

149 

253, 353 

272, (100 
3, 450 


Canada 


...do... 






Total 


109,231 


14, 453, 110 




free. .lbs.. 

do.... 

...do... 


Fish: 

Trepang, exported to British East Indies 


47, 165 


4,035 


All other, exported to — 

Hongkong 

Japan 


127, 365 

308 

97,280 


14,725 
150 


British East Indies 


do.... 


7,803 


Tota 1 


224, 953 


22, 078 




dut.. 


Fruits and nuts: 

France 




14,400 




do.... 




515 


British Fast Indies 


do.... 




130 










Total 




15,0-15 




dut... 

do.... 






I "nited States 




4, 150 


Cnited Kingdom 




126,580 


Germany 


do... 




480 


I'm nee 


do... 




1 , 759, 577 


Rpain 


do... 




517,529 




do.... 




77, 7(15 


China 


do.... 




184 




do.... 




1,074 


Japan 


do.... 




45, 000 




do.... 




39, 970 


Egypl 


...do... 




45, 096 








Total 




2, 648, 305 




free.. 

do.... 




Gums and resins: ■ 
Copal, exported to — 

United Kingdom 

Germanv 




30, 021 




2, 793 


Franee 


do.... 




1 , 690 


Hongkong 


do.... 




035 


do.... 




150 


British Fast Indies 


do.... 




74,047 










Total 




109,936 




free.. 

do.... 










8,140 






867 










Total 




9, 007 




free.. 






Pitch, exported to — 

Prance 




1,250 




do.. 




500 










Total 




1 , 750 




free.. 






All other, exported to- 




2, 757 




do.... 




575 




do.... 




300 


British East Indies 


...do.... 




295 


do.... 




9, 707 










Total 




13,964 











GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



125 



A selected list of articles of export from the Philippine Mauds for the twelve months ending 
' Jane, 1901, showing their quantity and value — Continued. 



Articles and countries. 


Quantities. 


Values. 


Oils: 

Cocoanut oil, exported to— 

Hongkong 

British East Indies 


free.. galls.. 

do — 


9 
37 


$10 
105 


Total 


46 


115 








Ylang-ylang oil, exported to— 




2,000 
1,150 

•>8 385 




do 






do 




Hongkong 


do 




9,290 


do.... 




1 , 150 










Total 




41 975 




free.. 






All other, exported to — 

United Kingdom 




225 


do... 




12 027 




do... 




1 213 


Hongkong 


do... 




700 








Total 




14 165 










Perfumery, cosmetics, etc., exported to — 




511 


United Kingdom 


do 






do.... 








do.... 




8, 530 




do.... 




1,725 


British East Indies 


do.... 




1, 200 


Australasia 


do.... 














Total 




11,966 










Shells: 

Mother-of-pearl, exported to- 
United Kingdom 

Germanv 




4,737 


do.... 




850 




do.... 




6,603 
120, 302 


British East Indies 


do.... 










Total 




132, 492 










Tortoise shell, exported to- 




1,090 


British East Indies 


do.... 




3, 514 








Total 




7 601 










All other, exported to- 
United States 




2, 765 
5, 972 


United Kingdom 


do.... 






do 




2 764 


France 


do. 




1,500 
1,320 


Austria-Hungary 


do.... 




Hongkong 


do.... 




8, 250 
11,321 


British East Indies 


do.... 












Total 




33, 892 




dut..lbs.. 

do.... 

do 






Sugar, raw or brown, exported to — 

United States 

United Kingdom 

Spain 


4, 747, 555 

15,431,980 

149 


93, 472 

185, 593 

12 


China 


do... 




Hongkong 


do 


51, 394, 248 
52, 173, 500 


912 374 




do 


1 071 612 


Egvpt 


do 












Total 


123, 747, 492 


2, 293, 063 




dut..lbs.. 

do.... 


Tobacco, and manufacture- of: 

Suitable for wrappers, exported to — 

United Kingdom 

Germany 


840 

23, 676 

7,039,763 

2,589,296 

4,617 

11, 758 

63, 221 


400 

2,625 

428, 949 

157,466 

728 


Spain 


do 


Austria-Hungary 

China 


do.... 

do 


Hongkong 

British East Indies 


do.... 

do.... 


1,130 
12,419 



126 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



ted list of articles of export from the Philippine Islands for the twelve month* ending 
June, 1901, snowing their quantity and rain,' Continued. 



Articles iin<l countries. 


Quantities. 


Values. 


Tobacco, and manufactures of— Continued. 

Suitable for \\ rappers, exported to— Continued. 

Dutch East indies 

Australasia 

nt ina 


(hit. .lbs.. 

do.... 

do.... 

do... 


4,191 

8, I7t; 

6, 262 

606 


8856 

1,072 

200 

65 










Total 


9,746,306 


605,910 




red, exported to — 


dut..lbs.. 

do.. 


All other unnianufactu 
United Kingdom.. 


1,414 

12,458 

1,394 

7, 333, 148 

788, 882 

171 

4,246 

3,317 

75 

15, 896 

46 

5, 288 

5, 262 

3,381 

7.816 


169 

2,198 
169 






...do 


Spain 




do.... 


297, 469 
40, 176 


a*ustria-Hungary . . 
Netherlands 




do.... 

do.... 

do.... 


China 




Hongkong 

Japan 




do.... 

do.... 


930 
15 


British Bast Indies 
l nitrh East Indies. 

Argentina 

i ruguay 




do.... 

do.... 

do.... 

do.... 


2, 913 

10 

150 

156 


Hawaiian Islands . 
Australasia 




do.... 

do.... 


636 
2,200 


Total 


8, 182, 794 


347,610 






dut.. 


Manufactures of cigars 
United states 




5,027 


United Kingdom .. 


do.... 




201,591 




do... 




43, 421 






do... 




35,303 
13,901 
5, 008 
12, 115 






do... 




Italy 




...do... 




Austria-Hungary . . 




do.... 






do... 




63, 978 


Hongkong 




do.... 




237, 111 








10, 260 






...do... 




127, 039 


Dutch hast Indies . 


do.... 




10,237 




do... 




341,899 




...do... 




17, 450 




do.... 




4,351 
















1,250,175 











COINS, WEIGHTS, AND MEASURES. 

Coins. — The chief medium of exchange in the Philippine Islands is 
the Mexican silver dollar (peso) of 416 grains of silver of the fineness 
of ,'„",,-„. In ls!*7 the Spanish Government issued a distinctive Fili- 
pino peso, which has circulated side by side with the Mexican silver 
dollar. This Filipino peso, containing less pure silver than the Mexi- 
can dollar, is still in circulation, but constitutes only a small percentage 
of the amount of silver in use in the islands. The exchange value of 
the Mexican dollar fixed by the Philippine Commission was 50 cents. 

The coins in current circulation in the Philippines are: 

in i Spanish Filipino silver peso. 
h i Mexican dollar. 
I ilipino silver half dollar. 

(d) Filipino silver half peseta, H) rents. 

[e) Filipino copper cuartos and centavos. A eentavo = 1 rent and a euarto T ^ 5 of 
a dollar; 1 cuarto = 0.01J of a dollar; 20 cuartos = 1 real (or 12J rents); 8 reals or 
LOO centavos or 160cnartos I peso, ordnro. 

The value of foreign coins in occasional use, not including rates of exehange, is: 

1 fiaikwan (China) lad, January 1, 1892 = $0.68 United States. 

1 rupee (silver) India = .324 United States. 

1 yen, Japan = . 498 United States. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 127 

The "British dollar" has the same legal value as the Mexican dollar in Hongkong, 
the straits Settlements, and Lauban. "The sovereign is the standard coin in India, 
hut the rupee is the money of account. The Netherlands florin used in the Dutch 
Indies (Java, etc. ) fluctuated up to the year 1880, when it became fixed at 40.2 cents 
United States. The gold standard was adopted in Japan October 1, 1897. 

A local silver coin in use in the Philippine Islands and still familiar to the people 
is the salapf (broadly meaning money), the Tagalog word for a §0.50 Spanish coin. 

The local names in trade for subdivisions of thesalapi are: 

Tatlong bahague = $0. 37 of Mexican dollar. 

Cahati = . 25 of Mexican dollar. 

Sicapat == . 12 of Mexican dollar. 

Sicolo = . 06 of Mexican dollar. 

The unit of the above is the cuarto (copper) or cualta in Tagalog, struck in Spain 
for circulation in the Pilippines, == Mexican 0.01-}, (80 cuartos = Mexican dollar). 
Grando C, the local name in Mindanao for a brass round coin, value 8 or 10 cents 
Mexican or 5 cents gold. 

The gold coins of the United States and the United States silver dollar have gen- 
erally passed current in the cities since the American occupation at the rate of 2 local 
dollars for 1 dollar of the United States. 

The paper currency of the Philippines is now limited to the issues of the Spanish- 
Filipino Bank, and American paper money. 

Weights and measures. — The metrical system of weights and measures as author- 
ized by sections 3569 and 3570 of the Revised Statutes of the United States, and at 
present, in use in the Philippine Islands, shall be continued. (Act (No. 230) Sep- 
tember 17, 1901, section 9, Philippine tariff.) 

Measure (metric) terms in most common use: 

w , ,.. f = 2. 838 United States bushels. 

nectoiitei | = 26. 417 United States gallons. 

Kilogram = 2. 2046 United States pounds. 

Kilometer = 0. 62137 United States mile. 

Liter = 1 . 0567 United States quarts. 

Meter = 39. 37 United States inches. 

Meter, square = 10. 764 United States feet. 

Meter nibir (stere^l / = L 307 United States cubic y ards - 
Meter, cubic (stere) .. j = 35- 3 United States cubic feet. 

The natives measure and sell rice and paddy by the cavan and its fractions. The 
cavan dry measure is as follows, viz: 

4 apatans = 1 chupa. 

8 chupas = 1 ganta. 

25 gantas = 1 cavan. 

1 ganta = 3 liters or 3. 1701 United States quarts. 

The equivalents of which in United States measure are: 

1 apatan = 0. 16875 of a pint. 

1 chupa = 0. 675 of a pint. 

1 ganta = 2 quarts, If pint. 

1 cavan = 16 gallons, 3 quarts, 1 pint. 

Rice of foreign importation is weighed and quoted by the picul, or 137.9 (Philip- 
pine) United States pounds, subdivided as follows: 

16 taels = 1 catty. 

10 catties, = 1 chinanta. 

10 chinantas = 1 picul. 

Grain and liquid measures. 

1 cavan = 25 gantas = 75 liters. 

1 ganta = 8 chupas = 3 liters. 

1 chupa = | liter. 

Although the metrical system has been officially adopted in the Philippines, the 
following weights and measures of Spanish origin are more or less in use, viz: 

Arroba (dry) = 25 librae = 25.36 pounds. 

Arroba (liquid) = 4.263 gallons. 

Bayon, a woven grass sack of indefinite capacity for the transportation of Filipino 
sugar. 



128 



(JAZJiTTJiEK OF TIIE PH1L11T1NE ISLANDS. 



Pkrdo, b local weight lor tobacco, = 33 Spanish pounds. 

League > linear measure 2.634 united states miles. 

Libra — weight measure L.0144 pounds. 

Mills = linear measure, 1,760 yards, or 1,609.3 meters. 

Pie Linear 0.9478 foot 

Quintal (dry) = 4arrobai — L01.44 pounds. 

Quintal (metric) = 220.46. 

Ton (tonelada), space measure, == 40 cul>ic feet. 

Tod, weighl measure, — 20 metric quintals. 

Vara, linear measure, = 0.914117 yard, or 33.384 inches, United States. 

1 hectare, land measure, Spanish, = 2.171 United States acres. 

I ([uinun, land measure, square, 100 Loanes, = 2.79495 acres; hectares = 6.89 acres. 

1 square meter = 10.764 United states feet. 

1 cubic meter (stere) = 1.807 United States cubic yards, or 35.3 cubic feet. 

The picul varies in different countries as follows: 

Borneo and ( Jelel >es 135. 64 United States pounds. 

China, Japan, and Sumatra 133J United States pounds. 

Java 135. 1 United States pounds. 

Philippine Islands 137. 9 United States pounds. 

16 piculs = 1 ton, United States. 

2 piculs = 1 bale (hemp). 

Liter (dry) = 0. 908 quart. 

Liter (liquid) = 1.056 quarts. 

Tael = 509. 75 grains troy. 

Table of distances between Manila and Philippine Islands points. 

[Distance direct in statute miles, unless otherwise stated, between Manila and the capital of each 
province or chief town of group or island.] 



Capital or chief 
town. 



From Manila to— 
Agutaya 

Albay 



Bac61od 



Baoolor.. 
Bagnio . . 
Balabac . 
Balanga . 
Baler.... 
Bangued 
Batangas 



Bat6 Lanao. 



Province, group, or island. 



Cuvos Group, Sulu Sea. 

do 

Albav, North Luzon... 
do 



Bayombong . 

Binatfgonan 

Lamp6n. 

Birac 



de 



BoftC. 



Cagayan. 
Calapan . 

Capiz 



(atbalogan. 



Cayan 
Cavite 



Cebd 



Coron . . . 
Cotabato 



Negros Occidental, Visayan 
Islands. 

....do 

Pampanga, North Luzon... 

Benguet, North Luzon 

Balabac Group, Sulu Sea 

Bataan, Nortli Luzon 

Principe, North Luzon 

A lira, North Luzon 

Batangas, South Luzon 

do 

Mindanao 

....do 

NuevaVizcaya, North Luzon 
Infanta, South Luzon 



Catanduanes i Albay), Paci- 
fic Ocean, South Luzon. 

Ifarinduque Island, Min- 
doro - 

Cagayan Sulu, Sulu Sea — 

Mindanao 

....do 

Capiz I'anuy, Visayan 

islands. 

....do 

Samar, Visayan Islands 

....do 



LepantO, N. Luzon 

Cayite.8. Luzon 

....do 

....do 

Cebd, Visayan Islands. 
do 



Calamianes, China Bea 

COtabatO, Mindanao... 





Route. 



Via Mindoro Strait 



Via Straits of San Bernardino, Visayan Sea, 
and Verde passage. 



Via Guimaras Strait, Mindoro and China seas. 



Via Verde passage. 

Via Misamis 

Via Cotabato 



Via Mindoro Sea 



Via Verde passage. 



Via Seas of Samar and Visaya and Verde Pas- 
sage. 



By bay 

Via all road 

Via road from Bacoor, opposite 



Via Visayan Sea, Mindoro Sea, and Verde 
Passage. 



Via Celebes Sea, Hasilan Strait, Sulu and 
Mindoro seas, Mindoro Strait, and China 
Sea. 



Stat. 
m. 



238 
262 
414 
b06 



515 

35 

143 

441 

29 

90 

213 

69 

111 

530 

591 

134 

77 

232 

97 

540 

82 

120 

242 

310 
328 
395 

170 

9 

15 

13 

867 

46G 

197 
652 

748 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



129 



Tabic of distances between Manila and Philippine Islands points — Continued. 



Capital of chief rr , )vilu . 0) group or Mand< 



Route. 



Stat. 
va. 



Cuyo . . . 
Dapitan 



Davao 



Dumagueti 



Iba - ... 
Ilagan 
Iloilo . 



Isabela 



Laoag — 

Lingayen. 
Luoena . . . 



Cuyos Group, Sulu Sea 

Dapitau, Mindanao 

do 



Davao, Mindanao 
do 



Via Sulu and Mindoro seas, Mindoro Strait, 
and China Sea. 



Xegros Oriental, Visa van 

Islands. 
....do 



Via. Davao Gull, Sarangani and Basilan 
straits, Sulu Sea, Mindoro Strait, and 
China Sea. 



Malolos. 
Masbate 
Bfisamis 



Zambales, N. Luzon 

Isabela, X. Luzon 

Iloilo, Panay, Visayan Is- 
lands. 

....do 

Basilan Group, Mindanao, 
Sulu Sea. 

Ilocos Norte, N. Luzon 

Pangasinan, X. Luzon 

Tavabas, S. Luzon 

do 

Bulacan, N. Luzon 

Masbate, Visayan Islands . 

Mindanao 

....do 



Via Taiion Strait, Visayan and Mindoro seas, 
and Verde Passage. ' 



Via Iloilo and Mindoro straits 



Via Verde Passage 



L- 



Musa (Fuga 
lands). 

Nueva Caceres 

Pfcng 

Puerto Princesa . . 

Romblon 



Santo Domingo de 

Basco. 

San Fernando 

San Isidro 

San Jos6 

San Jose de Buena 

Vista. 



Santa Cruz 
Sorsogon .. 

Sulu 

Surigao 



Tacloban 



Taffbilaran 

T.-'irlac 

Tatan 



Tuguegarao 
Vigan 

Zitinboanga 



Babuyanes Group, Cagaydn, 
N. Luzon (Pacific Ocean). 

Ambos Camarines, S. Luzon 

Rizal, S. Luzon 

Palawan (Paragua), Sulu 
Sea. 

Romblon, Visayan Islands. . 

do 

Batanes, Cagayan, N. Luzon 
(Pacific Ocean). 

L T nion, N. Lvtzon 

Nueva , Ecija, N. Luzon 

Corregidor, S. Luzon 

Antique, Panay 



Via Iligan Bay, Sulu Sea, Mindoro Strait, 
and China Sea. 



Via Verde Passage. 



do 

Laguna, S. Luzon 

do 

Sorsogon, S. Luzon 

do 

Sulu Islands, Sulu Archi- 
pelago, Sulu Sea. 

Mindanao 

do 



Via Mindoro Strait 

Via Laguna de Bay and Pasig River 
Via Verde Passage 



Levte, Visayan Islands. 
do 



Via Surigao, Visayan, and Mindoro seas and 
Verde Passage. 



Bohol , Visayan Islands 

Tslrlac. X. Luzon 

Tawi Tawi Islands, Sulu 
Archipelago, Sulu Sea. 

Caga van , X . Luzon 

Ilocos Bur, X. Luzon 

Mindanao 

....do 



Via San Juanico Strait, Daram Passage, San 
Bernardino Strait, Mindoro Sea, and Verde 
Passage. 



Via Sulu, Mindoro, and China seas 



Table of distances between Manila and commercial centers on lines of steam and sail 

communication. 

[International routes: The figures represent the shortest navigable distances in nautical miles on the 
tracks of full-powered steam vessels to commercial centers named.] 

From Manila to— Naut. miles. 

Acapuk-o, Mexico: To Honolulu (United States), 4,950: to Acapulco, 3,310 8,260 

Adelaide, S. Australia. {See Porl Darwin.) 

Amoy. China 666 

Auckland. New Zealand: 

To Torres Strait, 2,032; to Svdnev, 1,740; to Auckland, 1,284 5,056 

(To Torres Strait. 2,032; to Auckland direct. 2,570) , 4,602 

S. Doc. 280 9 



L80 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

TabU of distances between Manila and commercial centers on lines of steam ami .sail 
communication — Continued. 

From Manila to — Naut miles. 

Bangkok,8iam 1,110 

it:it;i\ in. Java, capital of the Dutch possessions in Asia: 

Singapore 1,886 

Via Sulu n n« 1 Celebes Beaa, Macassar strait, .lava Bea 1,560 

Bonham islands. Pacific Ocean (Qerman) to Jaluil 1,620 

[Thence to Honolulu. 2,098.] 

Brisbane, Queensland, Australia: To Torres strait, 2,082; to Brisbane, 1,260 8,292 

Brito, Nicaragua Central America, the Pacific entrance to the proposed Nicaragua inter- 
oceanic ship canal: To Guam 1,606: to Brito, T,'J(iO 8,766 

Calcutta, Bengal, Hindustan, capital of the British India Empire: To Singapore, 1,886; to 

Calcutta. l.t'Ui :;,oic, 

Callao, Peru, South America: To Guam, United states, 1,606; to Pago Pago, Samoa, United 

States, 3.097; to Callao. 6,609 10,212 

Canton, china: To Hongkong, china, 628; to Canton, 76 703 

Caroline Islands (German), Pacific Ocean: To Guam, United States, 1,606; to Jamestown 

Harbor, 870 2, 37f> 

Chefu, China l,r>30 

Chemulph, Korea, seaport of Seoul, capital of Korea L,560 

To Hongkong, 628; to Shanghai, 859; to Chemulph, 530 2,017 

Fiji Islands, Levuka (British), Pacific ocean: To Pelew, 1,020; to Levuka, 2,700 3,720 

Fuchau, China 720 

Guam, Ladrone Islands, United states: 

Northern route 1 , 750 

s. mi hern route, via San Bernardino Strait 1 , 500 

Hongkong, china (British) 028 

Honolulu, Pacific Ocean, United States: 

N 1 >rt hern route 1 , 050 

Southern route, to Guam, 1,506; to Honolulu, 3,337 4,843 

King Georges Sound, western Australia. {Sec Port Darwin.) 

Kiungchau, Hainan (French) 720 

Kwandang, Celebes islands (Dutch) 840 

Macao, china 1 Portuguese) 630 

Marshall Islands, Pacific Ocean (German): To Guam, 1,506; to Marshall Islands, 1,620 3,126 

Melbourne, Victoria. Australia. (See Port Darwin.) 
Midway Islands, Pacific Ocean: 

To Guam, 1,606, to Midway Islands, 2,302 3,808 

Nagasaki, Japan 1,365 

New York: 

Via cape of Good Hope and intermediate points: To Singapore, 1,386; to Batavia and 
Bunds strait, 500: to Mauritius, 2,950; Mauritius to Cape of Good Hope, 2,290; Sunda 
Strait to Cape of Good Hope, 5,070; to St. Vincent, 3,896; to New York, 2,919— 

Via Mauritius 13, 841 

Via cape, direct 13, 771 

Via Cape Horn and intermediate points: To Guam, United States, 1,506; to Tutuila, 
8,097; to Punta Arenas (Straits of Magellan, South America), 5,107; to Montevideo, 
1,812; to Bio de Janeiro, 1,056 (to New York, 4,778); to Pernamhuco, 715 (to New 
York. 3,696); to Barbados, 2,184 (to New York, 1,828); to St. Thomas, 416 (to New 
York. 1,428)— 

Via Rio de Janeiro, direct 16,946 

Via Rio de Janeiro, St. Thomas, and intermediate points 16,971 

Via proposed Nicaragua ship canal and intermediate points: To Guam, United States, 
1,606; to Brito, Pacific outlet of proposed canal, 7,260; to Grevtown, 160; to New 

York , 1 ,771 10.697 

To New Orleans, United states 10,096 

Via proposed Panama ship canal and intermediate points: To Guam, United States, 

1,606; to Panama, 7.200: to Colon (Aspinwall), 44; to New York, 1,981 10,731 

TO New Orleans, United States 10,130 

Via Suez Maritime Canal and intermediate points: To Singapore (Straits Settlements), 

to Colombo, Ceylon, 1,660; to Aden, southern entrance to the Red Sea, 2,131; to 

'. 1,310; to Port Said, Mediterranean entrance to Suez Canal, 90; to Malta, 980; 

Suez Canal, to Brindisi, 940; to Marseilles, 1, 637; to Gibraltar, 1,920; Gibraltar to New 

York, 8,204 11,601 

Papua: 

New Guinea, Pacific ocean (British), Port Moresby, on the S. coast, near lat. 95, Ion. 

1 17 K., to Torres strait, 2,032; to Port Moresby, 510 2,572 

New Guinea, Pacific Ocean ( Dutch ), to Sorong on \Y. coast, opposite Salawati 2,362 

New Guinea, Pacific Ocean (German), to Friederich WUhelmsnaven, the NE. coast 1,560 

pelew [glands ( Korror Harbor, German) 1,020 

Pointianack, w. coast ot Borneo (Dutch) ],oxo 

Port Arthur, Manchuria (China Russia) 1,620 

port Darwin, N. coast of Australia (N. territory of s. Australia) 1,692 

'Jo King Georges Sound. W. Australia, 2,100 3,792 

To Adelaide, s. Australia, via King Georges Sound 4,882 

To Melbourne. Victoria, via Kins Georges Sound 5,142 

port Townsend, Paget Sound, Washington, United States, to Yokohama, 1,680; to Port 

Townsend, 1,240 5,920 

fon, [ndo-China (French) 930 

Bandakan, NE. coast Borneo (British) 686 

San Francisco, via Ban Bernardino Strait, to Guam, 1,606; to Honolulu, 3,337: to San Fran- 

6, 943 

San FrancisCO, \ i;i Yokohama. Japan, to Yokohama, 1,680; to San Francisco, 1,791 6,-177 

baya, Javs (Dutch), via Sulu and Celebes seas, Macassar strait 1,320 

Dghai, China 1,080 

gapore 1,386 

Hongkong to Singapore, 1,-iuo;. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 131 

Table of distances between Manila and commercial centers on lines of steam and sail com- 
munication — Continued. 

From Manila to— Naut. miles. 

Solomon Islands (Ugi Island, British) to Pelcw Islands, Korror Harbor, 1,020; to Ugi, 1,920. . . 2, 940 
(Ugi to Sydney, Australia, 1.560.) 

Sydney, New' South Wales, Australia (British): 

Via Torres Strait 3, 772 

Via Sydney, to Wellington, New Zealand, 1,280 5, 052 

Taiwan Fu, Formosa. Japan 540 

Tahiti, Society Islands, Pacific Ocean (French), to Guam, 1,506; to Pago Pago, Samoa, 

United States, 3,097; to Tahiti, 1.308 5,911 

Tientsin, China: 

To Shanghai, 1,680: to Tientsin, 729 2, 409 

To Pekin, via Peiho River, 120 2, 529 

To Pekin, by road, 80 2, 489 

Via Nagasaki, Japan, to Nagasaki, 1,365; to Tientsin, 940 2, 305 

Torres St rait, Australia 2, 032 

Tutuila, Samoa, United States, to Guam, 1.506; to Pago Pago, Tutuila, 3,097 4,603 

Valparaiso, Chile, South America, to Guam, United States, 1,506; to Pago Pago, Samoa, 

United States, 3.097: to Tahiti, 1,308: to Valparaiso, Chile, 4,310 10,221 

Vladivostoc. E. Siberia, Amur terminus (Pacific) of the Siberian Railway, to Nagasaki, 

1.311: to Vladivostoc, 699 2.010 

Wake Island. United States: 

To Guam. United States, 1,506; to Wake Island, 1,140 2, 646 

To San Francisco, via Wake Island, to Wake Island, 2,646; to Honolulu, 2,197; to San 

Francisco, 2,100 6, 943 

Wellington: 

To Torres Strait, 2.032: to Sydney, Australia, 1,740; to Wellington, 1,280 5,052 

To Torres Strait, 2.032; to Wellington, 2, 580 4, 612 

Yokohama, Japan 1, 680 

UNITED STATES MILITARY OCCUPATION AND 
GOVERNMENT. 

The following is a summary of events connected with the United 
States military operations of conquest and occupation in the Philippine 
Islands: 

The act of Congress April 21, 1898, declared a state of war with 
Spain, followed two days later by a proclamation of the President 
calling for 125,000 volunteers. The same day the United States con- 
sul at Manila departed for Hongkong. About a week later (May 1) 
the Asiatic Squadron, United States Nav} r , destroyed the Spanish ships 
in Manila Bay. On May 3 Cavite arsenal was occupied from the 
American ships. 

DEPARTMENT OF THE PACIFIC AND EIGHTH ARMY CORPS. 

1898, May 16, Maj. Gen. Wesley Merritt, U. S. A. 

The insufficiency of force for a land attack necessitated the holding 
of Manila Bay and Cavite arsenal until troops could be transported 
from the United States. 

On May 25 the First California and Second Oregon Volunteer 
Infantry, 5 companies of the Fourteenth United States Infantry, and 
a detachment of California Volunteer Artillery, Brig. Gen. T. M. 
Anderson, U. S. V., commanding, comprising 155 officers, 3,128 men, 
the advance expeditionary force, sailed from San Francisco, Cal., for 
Manila, arriving June 30. This was followed by other expeditions as 
rapidly as fitted out. 

On June 21 the commanding officer of the U. S. S. Charleston 
received the formal surrender of Guam, an island of the Ladrone 
group, 1,506 naut. m. E. of San Bernardino Strait, the S. route around 
Luzon, and a convenient port of call and coal for American trans- 
ports passing between the United States and Manila by the Pacific 
route. 



L82 <■ AXKTLKKK OF T1IK PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

On July 7 the American squadron took formal possession of Isla 
Grande In Subig Bay, on the China seacoast, N. of Manila Hay entrance. 
The commander 01 the Department of the Pacific and Eighth Army 
Corps arrived at Cavite, Manila Bay, July 25. 

A iter an ineffectual demand (August 7) upon the Spanish commander, 
now surrounded within the city By sea and land, a combined attack 
(August IS) forced the surrender of Manila and the authorities of 
Spam, leaving the United States master of the Philippine Islands. 

A proclamation (August 14) from the Commanding General to the 
people of the Philippine Islands declared (1) the existence of war and 
destruction of Spanish authority; (2) assured protection in civil and 
religious affairs; (3) announced a government of military occupation 
and that municipal laws affecting private rights would be respected; 
(4) creating a provost-martial district for police regulation; (5) the 
port of Manila and others occupied by the United States were declared 
open to tin 4 commerce of all neutral nations in merchandise not con- 
traband of war, and payment of duties at the time of importation; 
(6) extended protection to places devoted to religious worship, arts, 
science, education, and museums; (7) gave assurance of good will on 
the part of the Commanding General in pursuance of his appointment 
as military governor. 

On August 15 general orders were issued for the assumption of civil 
government by the United States military authorities in the city of 
Manila and district of Cavite and making assignments of officers for 
that duty. 

On August 16 the commander of the United States land forces of 
Manila received a cablegram from the President announcing the sig- 
nature of a protocol of agreement (August 12, 1898), embodying in six 
articles the terms of a basis for the establishment of peace, declaring 
a cessation of hostilities, and that the United States w r ould occupy and 
hold the city, bay, and harbor of Manila pending the conclusion of a 
treaty of peace which should determine the control, disposition, and 
government of the Philippine Islands. 

The insurgents permitted to enter with the American troops on Sep- 
tember s were ordered to withdraw from the entire city of Manila, 
its suburbs, and defenses. These orders after fruitless correspondence 
were obeyed, an exception being made in the districts of Paco and Pan- 
dacan south of the Pasig River. 

UNITED STATES MILITARY GOVERNOR IN THE PHILIPPINE 

ISLANDS. 

L898, August 28, Maj. (ten. Wesley Merritt, U. S. A. 

EIGHTH ARMY CORPS. 

L898, August 28, Maj. Gen. E. S. Otis, U. S. V. 

DEPARTMENT OF THE PACIFIC AND MILITARY GOVERNOR IN 
THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

L898, August 29, Maj. Gen. K. S. Otis, U. S. V. 

On October 7 the civil courts as thev existed under Spain were per- 
mitted to resume subject to supervision of the interests of military 
occupation. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 133 

On October 10 the Commanding General for precautionary reasons 
ordered the insurgents from Paco. Pandacan. and other points established 
hy survey to be within the city limits. This was reluctantly complied 
with on October 25 to points indicated by the Commanding General. 

On October 14 the Eighth Army Corps was reorganized to conform 
to the requirements of the large force already concentrated at Manila, 
aggregating 041 officers and 15,058 men. This movement of men a 
distance of 6,913 m. by sea was accomplished without loss other than 
from natural causes and a smaller percentage than in private life. 

The status maintained according to the terms of the protocol termi- 
nated in the complete establishment of United States authority under 
the treaty signed at Paris December 10, 1898. 

SUPREME EXECUTIVE AUTHORITY. 

The President of the United States of America, 

THEODORE ROOSEVELT, 

Commander in Chief of the Army and Navy of the United States and of the militia 
of the several states when called into the actual service of the United States 
(Constitution of the United States, 1787, Article II, section 2), and administrator 
of the Constitution, laws, and treaties. 

Powers. — "All military, civil, and judicial powers necessary to govern the Philippine Islands, 
acquired from Spain by the treaties concluded at Paris on the tenth day of December, eighteen hun- 
dred and ninety-eight, and at Washington on the seventh day of November, nineteen hundred, shall, 
until otherwi&e' provided by Congress, be vested in such person and persons and shall be exercised in 
such manner as the President of the United States shall direct, for the establishment of civil govern- 
ment and for maintaining and protecting the inhabitants of said islands in the free enjoyment of their 
liberty, property, and religion: Provided, That all franchises granted under the authority hereof shall 
contain a reservation of the right to alter, amend, or repeal the same. 

"Until a permanent government shall have been established in said archipelago full reports shall 
be made to Congress on or before the first day of each regular session of all legislative acts and pro- 
ceedings of the temporary government instituted under the provisions hereof ; and full reports of the 
acts and doings of said government, and as to the condition of the archipelago and of its people, 
shall be made to the President, including all information which maybe useful to the Congress in 
providing for a more permanent government: Provided, That no sale or lease or other disposition of 
the pnblie lands or the timber thereon or the mining rights therein shall be made: And provided 
further, That no franchise shall be granted which is not approved by the President of the United 
States and is not in his judgment clearly necessary for the immediate government of the islands and 
indispensable for the interest of the people thereof, and which can not, without great public mis- 
chief, be postponed until the establishment of permanent civil government; and all such franchises 
shall terminate one year after the establishment of such permanent civil government. 

"All laws or parts of laws inconsistent with the provisions of this act are hereby repealed." (An 
act making appropriation for the support of the Armv for the fiscal vear ending June 30, 1902, 
approved March _', 1901.) 

KINGS OF SPAIN SINCE THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS FORMED PART OF THE MONARCHY, 
AFTER THEIR DISCOVERY BY HERNANDO DE MAGELLAN. 

1631-1556 Charles I, grandson of Ferdinand Y, of Castile, conqueror of Grenada and Navarre and 

King of all Spain, Emperor of Germany as Charles V 1519. Resigned both crowns and 
retired to a monastery in 1556. 

1566-1596 Philip II. 

1598-1621 Philip III. 

1621-1665 Philip IY. At war with the Dutch and French and lost Portugal (1640). 

1700 Charles II. The last of the Austrian line. 

1700-1724 Philip V. Duke of Anjou, grandson of Louis XIV, of France. Resigned. 

17_>1-1721 Louis I. Died a few months after accession. 

1724-1746 Philip Y. Restored. 

1746-1759 Ferdinand YI. The wise, liberal, and beneficent. 

1759-1788 Charles III. 

1788-1808 Charles IV. Abdicated in favor Of his son. Forced to abdicate by Napoleon Bonaparte 

of France. 

180H-180S Ferdinand VII. Also forced by Napoleon of France to abdicate. 

813 Joseph Bonaparte, brother cf Napoleon of France. Forced to abdicate. 

...Ferdinand VII. Restored. 

- Isabella II. Deposed. 

573 fcmadeol. Savoy. Abdicated. 

1873-1874 The Republic. Founded February LI, 1873. 

Alphonso XII. son of [sabella II. ' 

886 Maria Mercedes Isabella replaced by her brother. 

1886-1898 December 10. Alphonso XIII. Proclaimed May 17. 

PRESIDENTS OF niK UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 

1898-1901 William McKinlby, of Ohio. 

1901 Theodore Rooskvklt. of New York. 



184 QAZETTBEB OF THK PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

DEPARTMENT OF WAR, ELIHD ROOT, SECRETARY, 

Representative of the President of the United States in the administration of military 
and <i\il affairs in the Philippine Islands. 



Fbreign countries having consuls in the Philippine Islands January /, 190ft. 



Country. 



Residence. 



Austria-Hungarj Manila 

Belgium do . 

Chile do. 

China do . 

Denmark <io . 

Prance do . 

Germany Cebu . . 

Manila 

Great Britain Cebu . . 

Manila 

Ilah do. 

Japan do . 

Liberia do . 

Mexico <lo . 

Netherlands <lo . 

Portugal do . 

Russia <lo . 

Spain [loilo . . 

Manila 

Sweden and Norway do. 

Switzerland do . 

Uruguay do . 



Jurisdiction. 



Philippine islands 

— do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

Cebu 

Philippine Islands 
Cebu 

Philippine Islands 

— do 



Rank. 



.do 
.do. 
.do 
.do. 
.do 
.do 



lloilo 

Philippine Islands 
do 

....do 

....do 



Consul. 

Do. 

Do. 
Consul-general. 

Consul. 

Do. 
in charge. 
Consul. 
Vice-consul. 
Consul. 

Do. 
Vice-consul. 
Consul. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Acting vice-consul. 
Consul. 

Consul-general. 
Consul. 

Do. 

Do. 



Iii terms Spain coded to the United States the archipelago known as 
the Philippine Islands, and comprising the islands within the following 
line. (Sec Boundaries Philippine Islands.) 

The United Stales to pay to Spain the sum of twenty million 
(20,000,000) dollars within three months after the exchange of the 
ratification of the Treaty. (Art. III.) 

I 'pon the exchangeof the ratifications of the Treaty, Spain to evacuate 
the Philippines and the island of Guam. (Art. V.) 

The Treaty also contained capitulations of accession, cession, and 
concession, part of or incidental to transfer of jurisdiction, defining 
the status of individuals and rights closing out the dispossessed power. 

{Ratifications advised by the Senate February 6', 1899/ rat {pea by 
the President February 6: ratified by the (Jure.)) Regent of Spain 
March 9/ exchanged at Washington April II; proclaimed at Wash- 
ington April //. 1899.) 

To remove any ground of misunderstanding growing out of the 
interpretation of Article III of the Treaty of Peace, under a treaty 
between the same contracting powers signed at Washington November 
7. L900, sole article Spain " relinquished to the United States any and all 
islands belonging to the Philippine Archipelago lying outside the lines 
described in that article, and particularly to the islands of Cagayan, 
de Sulu, and Sibutu, and their dependencies," and agreed "that they 
should be comprehended in the cession of the archipelago as fully as 
if they had been expressly included in within those lines." The 
amount paid by the United States was $100,000. 

The first event toward the restoration of commercial activity under 
United State- jurisdiction, antedating even 1 he first instructions of the 
President, was the receipt, December 13, by the military governor of 



GAZETTEEK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 135 

a petition signed by business men and firms at Iloilo (island of Panay), 
asking- for American occupation and protection. 

In response to this request fifteen daj T s later (December 28), the first 
United States military expedition of occupation of the other islands 
sailed from Manila. Upon arrival off the Visayan city, in deference 
to a request representing the business interests, the city being in the 
hands of the insurgents and threatened with fire and pillage, a landing 
was postponed until February 11. The place, no longer tenable, was 
fired and evacuated. The United States troops took immediate pos- 
session. After several engagements in pursuit the country around 
Jaro and Molo was cleared of insurgents. 

On December 28, 1898, the United States military governor pro- 
claimed the instructions of the President of the United States of 
December 21, transmitted by cable by the Secretary of War, chiefly 
municipal law, to remain in force as far as applicable, and to be admin- 
istered by ordinary tribunals presided over by the representatives of 
the people — the functions of civil and municipal government to be 
performed by persons chosen, as far as possible, " from the inhabi- 
tants of the island, " and the management of public property, revenues, 
and transportation to be conducted under the military authorities until 
replaced by civil administration. In other particulars these instruc- 
tions reiterated essentially the proclamation of August 11 as to rights 
and commerce, insuring to the Filipino people "in every possible way 
the full measure of individual rights and liberty, which is the heritage 
of a free people." 

On January 20, 1899, in a communication to the Secretary of State, 
the President called attention to his communication of December 
21, 1898. to the Secretary of War declaratory of " the necessity of 
extending the actual occupation and administration of the city, harbor, 
and bay of Manila to the whole of the territory acquired under the 
Treaty of Paris. December 10, 1898, and the consequent establishment 
of military government throughout the entire group." 

Although the Treaty had not been ratified, the belief that it would 
be by the time of the arrival of commissioners at Manila, and to 
facilitate the extention of authority and the protection of the inhabit- 
ants led the President to name in the month of January, 1899, Jacob 
Gould Schurman, president; Rear Admiral George Dewey, U. S. N. ; 
Maj. Gen. Elwell S. Otis, U. S. V.; Charles Denby, and Dean C. 
Worcester, a commission to that end. The civil members of this com- 
mission met at Washington on January 18 and received the Presi- 
dent's instructions. 

Pending the dissemination of these proclamatory assurances, on 
February 1. 1899, the insurgents ventured an attack on the American 
lines at Manila with, to the assailants, most disastrous results, followed 
by an immediate aggressive campaign, in which their towns were 
captured, their government demolished, and their forces scattered. 
This attack was pursued energeticallv, operations being forced bevond 
the foothills to the X. 

The towns of the Philippine Islands were recognized as municipal 
corporations to be known as "municipios." The commanding officers 
of military districts were eonstituted for the time being governors ^i' 
provinces, with powers and duties denned. 

The district military commanders entered into the work with accus- 
tomed intelligence and zeal. 



136 t;.\/l TTilK ok THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

The complete collapse of the insurgent movement us an organized 
U^\-o was Followed on June -1. L900, by a "Notice of amnesty to all 
persons then or at any time since February 4, 1899, in insurrection 
against the United States, who within 90 day a from that date formally 
renounced all connection with such insurrection and subscribe to a dec- 
laration acknowledging and accepting the sovereignty of the United 
States i n aiul over tin 4 Philippine Islands. 

Where free from intimidation the submissions were large and increas- 
ing. The establishment of local government on United States models 
was accompanied by the introduction of the advantages of the machin- 
ery o\' national administration in the institution of post and money- 
order offices and the establishment of mail routes. 

In the interests of commerce 6 ports of entry were opened, viz, 
on Manila (Luzon), Ccbii (Ccbu), lloilo (Panay), Sulu (Sulu), Siassi 
(Su lu), and Zamboanga (Mindanao), two more than Spain had during 
379 years of power, and T3 ports were opened to coastwise trade. 

A general northward advance on the insurgent position (February 
In) terminated in the capture of Malolos, their second (March 31), and 
San Isidro. their third capital, a few days later. 

It was during this campaign that the first municipal election in the 
Philippines took place, in May, 1899, after the rout of the insurgents 
at Baliuag, Bulacan. by General Lawton giving verbal permission, in 
response to a public petition, for a meeting in the plaza to choose a 
" captain municipal," or mayor, to administer the civil affairs of the 
town and represent the interests of the forces occupying the places. 
The result was announced and obedience commanded in G. F. O., No. 8, 
First Division, Eighth Army Corps, near Baliuag, May 7, 1899, in 
English, Spanish, and Tagalog. 

In July of the same year Paranaque, Los Piiias, Bacoor, and Lucus 
elected mayors under military protection. 

To meet the rapidly developing situation in the south, G. O., 
No. 8, Headquarters Department Pacific and Eighth Army Corps, 
Manila, P. I., March 1, 1899, created the Visayan Military Dis- 
trict, headquarters lloilo, Panay, to comprise the islands of Panay, 
Negros, and Cebu, and such other Visayan islands as might be there- 
after designated, the troops to furnish all possible protection, main- 
taining peace and order while administering civil affairs throughout 
the islands on lines prescribed by the military government. Subdis- 
tricts were formed, with headquarters at Bacolod, Negros Occidental. 
This expedition left Manila March 2 and arrived at Bacolod a few days 
after, from which point operations were conducted in conjunction with 
operations from lloilo. 

The same month a military governor was assigned to the island of 
Negros with instructions to aid the people in their efforts to establish 
a civil government. A native police was organized. Delegates met 
(July) in constitutional convention, after the American method, and 
framed a constitution which was submitted to the military governor 
itt Manila who transmitted it to the President. This "constitution or 
body of fundamental laws." upon which the people of Negros sought 
41 to have established for themselves a republican form of govern- 
ment." was promulgated in G. ().. No. 30, military governor of the 
Philippine Islands. Manila. July 22, L899. 

Pending action by the President and Congress •• the constitution" 
was set in motion tentatively by the appointment of a military gover- 
nor to command the troops and a civil governor for provincial and 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 137 

municipal purposes; the election of an advisory council by the people, 
and appointment of secretaries of the treasury, interior, agriculture, 
and public instruction, an attorney-general and auditor, by the military 
governor (general). The details of organization and powers of local 
administration were specified with Bacolod as the capital. 

The commission appointed by the President under instructions of 
December 21, 1899, began their labors at Manila in March by issuing 
a proclamation (April 1) declaring: 

1. Supremacy of the United States and its enforcement if necessary. 

2. Self-government compatible with sovereign rights and obligations of the United 
States. 

3. Civil and religious rights and equality before the law. 

4. Honor and justice forbade the exploitation of the people of the island. 

5. Guarantee of effective civil service and natives to be employed as far as practi- 
cable. 

6. Honest collection and application of taxes and other revenues to be applied to 
the establishment and maintenance of the Philippine government and general 
improvements in the interests of the public. 

7. An honest, prompt, and effective administration of justice. 

8. Construction of ways of communication and transportation and other public 
works for the benefit of the people. 

9. Trade and commerce, domestic and foreign, and other industries, to receive fos- 
tering care. 

10. The establishment of public schools with facilities for higher education. 

11. Reforms in all departments of the government, public service, and corporations 
closely touching the common life of the people. 

This commission collected a mass of testimon}^ from the class of 
natives whose interests demanded a strong authority in the affairs of 
the archipelago, and from business men of eight nationalities. It was 
recalled in the following September and submitted a preliminary 
report to the President on November 2. 

The commanding officers of troops on the railway line in G. O., 
August 8, series 1899, received instructions to establish temporary 
civil government in the adjacent towns occupied by the United States. 

This provided for each town a municipal council composed of a 
president and representatives or headman for each ward or barrio, 
charged with the maintenance of order and the regulation of municipal 
affairs, as specified under the supervisory approval of the commanding 
officer of the station. 

On May 19, a United States garrison relieved the Spanish troops, 
800 strong, at Sulu, in that archipelago. As a result of negotiations 
which followed an agreement was reached on August 20, 1899. at that 
point acknowledging, by the local sultan, the supreme sovereignty of 
the United States over the whole Sulu Archipelago. 

This agreement and accompanying papers forwarded to the Presi- 
dent was transmitted to Congress. (Senate Doc. No. 136, Fifty-sixth 
Congress, first session.) 

The army of occupation, reinforced by 30,000 men and favored by 
the dry season, by the close of the campaign of 1899 had cleared up 
central Luzon, captured the insurgent congress and government, 
excepting its so-called president, who had taken to flight, and was 
being pursued. On December 11, 1899, the President directed the 
opening of Philippine ports to commerce. 

In furthering the substantial advance made in local municipal gov- 
ernment, in G. O., January 29, 1900, the military governor created a 
board c 'to formulate and report a plan of municipal government to 
meet the requirements of the municipios of the islands prepared to 
adopt representative control over their own civil affairs." 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

This hoard was composed of native, civic, and military ability and 
experience. The result of their deliberations was the preparation of 
"A plan for municipal government in the Philippine Islands," promul- 
gated in (J. ().. No, 40, March l >( .L L900, in which the military governor 
congratulated the Filipino people upon being in position for the first 
time in the history of the islands to exercise the right of suffrage in 
the election of municipal officers. 

This order covered the whole field, the city of Manila excepted, in 
detail, and constituted the essential foundation of municipal o-overn- 
ment as subsequently elaborated. 

In order to more fully carry out the President's instructions of 
December 21, L898, respecting the occupation of the territory within 
the boundaries defined by the treaty, the entire archipelago was con- 
stituted a military division with departmental and district subdivisions 
for military control, tactical movements, and civil administration, as 
follows: 

DIVISION OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Headquarters, Manila, P. I. 

Created: 1900, March 29, General Orders, No. 36, Headquarters of the Army, under 
orders issued from the War Department, March 27, 1900. 

Territory: To comprise all the islands ceded to the United States by Spain by the 
treaty of Paris, ratified April 11, 1899. Maj. Gen. E. S. Otis, commanding. 

Departments: N. Luzon, S. Luzon, Yisayas and Mindanao, and Jolo (Sulu). 

Limits: Of departmental and district commands as follows: 

DEPARTMENT OF NORTHERN LUZON. 

HEADQUARTERS MANILA, LUZON. 

[Embracing- all that portion of the island of Luzon lying to the N. of the Pasig River and the prov- 
inces of M6rong and Infanta, together with all the Philippine islands lying N. <>f those lines, except- 
ing the Calaguas group.] 

First district. — Headquarters, Vigan, Ilocos Sur, Luzon. Embracing provinces of 
Altra, Bontoc, Benguet, Lepanto, Ilocos Sur, Ilocos Norte, and Union, island of Luzon. 

Bboomd district. — Headquarters, Aparri, Cagayan, Luzon. Embracing provinces 
of Cagayan, Laabela, and Nueva Vizcaya, island of Luzon. 

Third district. — Headquarters, Dagupan, Pangasinan, Luzon. Embracing prov- 
inces of Zambales, Pangasinan, and Tarlac, island of Luzon. 

Fourth distmct.— Headquarters, San Isidro, Nueva Ecija, Luzon. Embracing 
provinces of Nueva Ecija and Principe, island of Luzon. 

I'm in district. — Headquarters, Angeles, Pampanga, Luzon. Embracing provinces 
of Bataan, Pampanga, and Bulacan; island of Luzon. 

Sixth district. — 1 1 cad quarters, Deposito, San Jaun del Monte, Manila, Luzon. 
Embracing all that part of the province of Manila lying N. of the Pasig River, and 
the province of M6rong. 

United States Army gunboats. — Charleston, Napindan. 

DEPARTMENT OF SOUTHERN LUZ6N. 

HEADQUARTERS MANILA, LUZON. 

[Embracing that portion of LuzonlyingS. of the Pasig River and of the s. boundaries oftheprov- 
! Iforong and infanta, and nil the Philippine Islands situated to the s. of those lines and N. 
of the lines passing BE. through the W. Pass of Apo to the twelfth parallel of latitude; 'hence on said 
parallel to meridian 124° W K. of Greenwich; thence in a N. direction through the straits of San Ber- 
nardino, along S. line of channel of those straits; «lso all of the islands of Bfasbate and Samar.] 

First district.— -HeadqoarterB, Santa Ana, province of Manila, Luzon. Embrac- 
ing the province of Cavite, those portions of the provinces of Laguna and Batangas 
included within tin- limits described: From the junction of the boundary line' of the 
province of Cavite, and the Laguna de Bay, along the S. shore of the Laguna de Bay 
to the mouth of the Ban Cristobal Liver; and to the following boundary line from 



GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 139 

that point: Up the San Cristobal River to its source; thence SW. to the boundary 
line between Cavite and Batangas province; thence along this boundary line to a 
point due X. of Caloocan on N. shore of Lake Taal; thence S. to Batangas Bay — this 
last line diverting to the E. at its first intersection with Yolcan Island (Lake Taal), 
and following the shore line of that island instead of crossing it, That portion of 
Manila lying S. of the Pasig River, the city of Manila excepted. 

Second district. — Headquarters, Calamba, Laguna, Luzon. Embracing provinces 
oi Tayabas, Infanta, and those portions of the provinces of Laguna and Batangas not 
included in the first district: island of Luzon and the island of Polillo. 

Third district. — Headquarters, Nueva Caeeres, Camarines Sur, Luzon. Embrac- 
ing provinces of Albay, Camarines Xorte. Camarines Sur, and Sorsogon, island of 
Luzon, and the island of Catanduanes, also the Calaguas Islands. 

Fourth district. — Headquarters, Catbalogan, island of Samar. Embracing the 
islands of Mindoro, Tablas, Marinduque, Masbate, and all islands N. and W. of same 
to the Pass of Apo and the S. limit of Luzon and island of Samar. 

United States Army gunboats. — Florida, Laguna de Bay, and Oeste. 

DEPARTMENT OF THE YISAYAS. 

HEADQUAETEES AT ILOILO, ISLAND OF PANAY. 

[Bounded on the N. by S. limits of Department of Southern Luzon, on the W. by Ion. 121° 45' E. ot 
Greenwich, on the S. by the ninth parallel of lat., and extending E. to include those islands of the 
Philippine group lying between the N. and S. lines herein described, but excluding all the island of 
Mindanao and all islands east of the Straits of Surigao.] 

First disteict. — Headquarters, Tacloban, Leyte. Embracing the island of Leyte. 
Second district. — Headquarters, at Cebu, Cebu. Embracing the islands of Bohol 
and Cebu. 

Third district. — Headquarters, Bacolod, Negros. Embracing the island of Negros. 
Fourth district. — Headquarters, Jaro, Panay. Embracing the island of Panay. 

DEPARTMENT OF MINDANAO AND JOLO. 

HEADQUAETEES AT ZAMBOANGA (TEMPORARILY AT CAGAYAX DE MISAMIS), ISLAND OF 

MINDANAO. 

[Embracing all islands of the Philippine group not included in the territorial boundaries of the 
departments above designated and described.] 

First disteict. — Headquarters, Cagayan de Misamis, Mindanao. Embracing 
islands of Camiguin, Dinagat, and Siargao, and that portion of Mindanao N. of the 
eighth parallel of latitude. 

Second disteict. — Headquarters, Zamboanga, province of Zamboanga, Mindanao. 
Embracing the islands of Basilan and Sarangani and that portion of Mindanao S. of 
the eighth parallel of latitude. 

Third district. — Headquarters, Jolo (Sulu), island of Jolo (Sulu). Embracing 
the Jolo (Sulu) Archipelago. 

Fourth district. — Embracing islands of Baldbac, Paragua (Palawan), and 
Calamianes. 

DIVISION OF THE PHILIPPINES AND UNITED STATES MILITARY 
GOVERNOR IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

1900, May 5. Maj. Gen. Arthur MacArthur, U. S. A., 

Commanding. 

In their council of war at Bayam bang about November 12, 1899, the 
Filipino military leaders, admitting themselves incapable of further 
resistance, formally disbanded their field forces and occupied a scries 
of strong defensive positions from which to present enough resistance 
to force the American army to a constant repetition of tactical deploy- 
ments. The expediency of adopting guerrilla warfare was considered 
by the native leaders from the beginning. The formation of a field 
army conducting regular operations was for political effect by demon- 
strating a capacity for organization and self-government. Therefore 



1 10 (JAZKTTKKK OV T1IK PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

their action iu the council of Bayam bang was simply a transition from 
our form of action to another. 

The superiority of the American forces having been demonstrated, 
on June 5, L900, the military governor recommended a general and 
complete amnesty, t ho issue of which was ordered by the President 
and promulgated on t ho 21st of the same month. This, together with 
the memorandum of July 8, L900, revealed to the natives the beneficent 
spirit i^( American institutions and the determination of the United 
Sinies to establish essentially a republican form of government at- 
tended with the largest amount of liberty. This amnesty expired on 
Sept em her 21, without producing the desi ed effect. 

The native leaders, acting on the principle that every native in the 
archipelago owed allegiance to the insurgent cause and any sympathy 
with the Americans was deserving of severest penalties, began a sys- 
tematic course of persecutions. 

By means of secret committees in and out of the towns contributions 
were collected and capital punishments administered, to which the 
people submitted as a legitimate part of insurgent authority. 

An entirely new plan of campaign was therefore determined upon, 
preliminary to which a proclamation was issued December 20, 1900, 
by the military governor, calling attention to the frequent violations 
of the laws of war, reminding all concerned of their existence, that 
exemplary punishments attached to the infringement thereof , and that 
their strict observance u was" required not only by combatant forces 
but as well by noncombatants, native or alien, residing within occupied 
places. 

The provisions of the laws of war most essential for consideration 
were set forth under four heads. Special instructions were issued to 
the provost-marshal-general as applied to Manila. 

Tin 1 proclamation was well received by the Filipino people. In 
older to emphasize the efficacy of the new order of things under G. O., 
No. -f. Manila, January 7, 1901, by authority of the War Depart- 
ment. December ^7. 1900, certain general held and subordinate insur- 
gent officers, besides civil, official, insurgent agents, sympathizers, 
and agitators were deported to the island of Guam to be held under 
surveillance or in actual custod} T until a public declaration of cessation 
of hostilities. 

A.8 a result of cooperation between the army and the people who 
accepted the invitation to continue for mutual protection and the well- 
far* 1 of the country, armed insurrection, excepting in Samar and sev- 
eral provinces in Southern Luzon, ceased. 

DIVISION OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

July 4. L901. Ma.t. Gen. Adna R. Chaffee, U. S. A. 

HEAIMjr AUTKRS, MANILA, LUZ6N, P. I. 

By direction of the President, the Departments of Northern and 
Southern Luzon, of the Visayas, and the Mindanao and Jolo (Sulu) 
were discontinued on November 30, 1901 (G. O., No. 148, Series 1901, 
War Department), and on and after that date the Division of the 
Philippines was composed of the following departments and separate 
brigades. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 141 

DEPARTMENT OF NORTH PHILIPPINES. 

HEADQUARTERS, MANILA, LUZON, P. I. 

Including all that portion of the Philippine Archipelago lying N. of 
a line passing (southeastward!}^ through the W. Pass of Apo, or 
Mindoro Strait, to the twelfth parallel of N. lat., thence E. along said 
parallel to 124 c 10' E. of Greenwich, but including the entire island of 
Masbate, thence N. to San Bernardino Straits. 

First separate brigade. — Headquarters, Dagupan, Pangasinan, 
Luzon; embracing provinces of Abra, Benguet, Bontoe, Cagayan, 
Ilocos Norte, Ilocos Sur, Isabela, Lepanto, Nueva Vizca}^a, Pangasi- 
nan. and Union, Luzon. 

Second separate brigade. — Headquarters, San Fernando, Pain- 
ganga, Luzon; embracing provinces of Bataan, Bulacan, Nueva 
Eeija, Pampanga, Rizal (N. of Pasig), Principe, Tarlae, Zambales, and 
Infanta (except Isla Polillo), Luzon. 

Third separate brigade. — Headquarters, Batangas, Batangas, 
Luzon; embracing provinces of Rizal (S. of Pasig), Laguna, Tayabas 
(W. of a N. and S. line through Atimonan), Batangas, and Cavite, 
islands of Tablas, Romblon, and Sibuyan (Romblon group); Marin- 
duque, Mindoro, and all adjacent islands. 

Fourth separate brigade. — Headquarters Nueva Caceres, Cama- 
riiies Sur, Luzon; embracing provinces of Tayabas (E. of a N. and S. 
line through Atimonan, and including that town), Camarines Norte, 
Alba}', Camarines Sur, and Sorsogon, Luzon; islands of Masbate, 
Burias, Polillo, Ticao, Catanduanes, and all adjacent islands. 

Post of Manila. — Manila, Luzon; embracing the city of Manila, 
beginning at the Boca de Vitas, the line follows Ma}~pajo Creek until 
it reaches the line of the Lico road produced, thence along said line 
and road to Lico, thence to the junction of the two roads in front of 
the Chinese hospital, thence along the road in front of said hospital to 
the N. corner of the hospital wall, thence to blockhouse No. 4, thence 
by blockhouses Nos. 5, 6, and 7 to San Juan del Monte Creek at the 
Aqueduct bridge, thence down said creek and up the river Pasig 
to the mouth of Concordia Creek, thence by Concordia and Tripa de 
Gallinas creeks to a point opposite where road from Cingalong to 
Pineda (Pasay) turns sharply to the right, including Pasay cavalry bar- 
racks, thence by the road to Maitubig, and thence to the mouth of 
Malate Creek. 

Gunboats in department. — Charleston, Laguna de Bay; Napain- 
<!</,,. Laguna de Bay; Portland, Lake Taal; l<lorida, temporary duty 
in Department South Philippines; Lexington, Lake Taal; Cleveland, 
Maligi I. 

DEPARTMENT OF SOUTH PHILIPPINES. 

HEADQUARTERS, CEBU, CEBU, P. I. 

Embracing all that portion of the Philippine Archipelago lying S. 
of the dividing line described for the S. boundary of the Department 
of North Philippines. 

Fifth separate brigade. — Headquarters, Iloilo, Panay; embracing 
Panay, Negros, Cebu, Bohol, and all adjacent islands. 



14' 



GAZETTEER OF THE IMILLIPIMNK ISLANDS. 



Sixth separate brigade. Headquarters, Tacloban, Leyte; embrac- 
ing Leyte, Samar. and all adjacent islands. 

Seventh separate brigade. Headquarters, Zamboanga, Mindanao; 
embracing Mindanao. J0I6 (Sulu) group, Paragua (Palawan), Calami- 

anes group, and all adjacent islands. 

Stations of troops, Philippine Islands. 

[Under the distribution of troops January I. 1902, there were 492 military stations. Under the dispo- 
sitions of February 15, 1902, there are 332 stations, a reduction of 160. N. P. Department of North 
Philippines; B. P. Department of South Philippines; towns in capital letters an- the capitals of 
the proi Lnces, islands, or districts.] 



Station. 



Province, civil or military 



Island. 



Depart- 
ment. 



A bra de [log 

Abtilug 

Ajui 1, 

Alaminos 

Alaminos » 

Alangalang 

M.P.AY '• 

Aleala ■ 

Aloran 1 ' 

Ambulong 

Angadanan 

Angat* 

Angeles* ■ 

Antipolo" 

Aparri »■ 

Alfonso XIII 

Arayat ■ 

Argao 1 

Antiinonan | Atimonan)* 

Bac6n 

BACOLOD* 

Balangiga 

Balamban b 

Balayan 

BALES 

Baliuag 11 

Balungao 

Banate 

Baranen » 

Barayong 

Basey '• 

BATANGA8** 

Bautista »« 

Bauan '• 

Bayambang »« 

Baybay » 

Bay" .' 

Binalonan 

Binangonan 

Bifian a 

Blanca Aurora 

Boac ■ 

Bob6n 

Bolinao 

Boiigao 

Bongabong 

Bororfgan 

Bugason* 

bulacAn« 

Cabanarnan* 

( abancalan 1 

Cabuyao 

Cadm6n (Catmdn i 

Calabonga (Calabanga) ta 

Calacti ■ 

Calamba* « . 

CALAPAN" 

Calape* 

Calbayog* 

Calblga 

Calingao* 

Calivo* 

Calumptt* ■ 

Cal<iocan* c 



Mindoro. 
Luzon . . . 
Panay . . . 
Luzon . . . 

do... 

Leyte.... 
Luzon . . . 
do... 



do 

....do 

Paragua (Palawan) 

Luzon 

Cebu 

Luzon 

....do 



Camillg (Camalig )* 
Camillg 



Mindoro. . 
Cagayan. . 
Concepci6i 
Laguna... 
Zambales. 

Leyte 

Albay .... 
Cagayan.. 

Misamis Mindanao 

Batangas ; Luzon 

Isabels do 

Bulacan i do 

ip; 

Hizal 

Cagayan 

Paragua (Palawan) 

Pampanga 

Cebd 

Tayabas 

Sorsog6n 

Negros Occidental Negri >s 

Bamar Samar 

( !ebu Cebu . 

Batangas Luzon 

Principe ' do 

Bulacan do 

Pangasinan clo 

Doilo Panaj 

Leyte Leyte. 

Bamar Samar 

do do 

Batangas I Luzon 

Pangasinan ! do 

Batangas d 

Pangasinan . 

Leyte 

Laguna 

Pangasinan . 

Kizal 

Laguna 

Bamar 

Marinduque. 

Samar 

CebC 



....do 

Leyte 

Luzon 

....do 

....do 

....do 

Bamar 

Marinduque. 

Samar 

Cebu 



Za in hales I Luzon 

Tawl Tawi J Jol6 (Sulu Archipelago). 

Nueva Ecija i Luzon 

Bamar Samar 

Antique I'anay 

Bulacan Luzon 

Nueva Ecija do 

Negros occidental Negros 

Laguna Luzon 

Cebu Cebu 

Ambos Camarines Luzon 

Batangas do 

Laguna do 

Mindoro Mindoro 

Bohol Bohoi 

Samar Samar 

....do do 

NocosSur Luzon ... 

Capiz I'anay 

Bulacan ... Luzon 

Kizal do 

Albay do 

Tarlac do 



N.P 



N. 



N.P. 
N.P. 

S. P. 
N.P. 

N.P. 
S. P. 
N. P. 
N. P. 
N.P. 
N.P. 
N.P. 



P. 

P. 
P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 
N. P. 
N.P. 
N.P. 
N.P. 
S. P. 
S. P. 

S. P. 
s. P. 
N. P. 
N. P. 
N.P. 
N.P. 
S. P. 
N.P. 
N. P. 
N. P. 
N. P. 
S. P. 
N. P. 
S. P. 
S. P. 
N.P. 
S. P. 
N.P. 
s. p. 
S: P. 
N. P. 
N. P. 

P. 

P. 



N, 
s. P. 



N.P. 
N. P. 



N.P. 



N P. 
N.P. 



•Telegraph stations. 



'•Teh-phone stations. 



c Postal money-order office. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



143 



Stations of troops, Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Capalonga 

Candelaria* 

Capas* 

CAPIZ* 

Capul 

Caranian 

Carig 

Castillejos" 

Catanauan 

CATBALOGAN" « 

Catnbig 

Catarman 

Cauayan* 

Cavinti 

CEBU ae 

CERVANTES' 1 

Cervantes 

Colasi* 

Concepci6n 

Cordon 

COTTABATO (Cotabato)' 

Cuenca 

Currimao b 

Cayapo (Cuyapo) b 

Duet 

Dagupan a c 

Danao 

Danao b 

DAPITAN 

Daraga b 

Dasmarifias* 

Dasol* 

DAVAO 

Dingras b 

Donsol 



Diilog (Dvilag) a 

DUMAGUETE" 

Dumanjug 

Echague 

Erenas 

Gasan* 

Gerona»° 

Guiuan 

Guinayangan > 

Guindulman 

Guinobatau a 

Hagonoy b 

Haquimit* 

Humingan* 

IBA* 

Ibaan 

Igbarras (Igbaras) b .. 

ILAGAN- 

Ilagan 

Higan* 

ILOILO^ 

Imus b 

Indan* 

[ndang 

Isabela' 

18 ABEL A* 

Jaro b 

Jaro* 

Jiabong 

Jimenez *> 

.J..1.', fgulu)»« 

LaCarlota (Simancas) 1 

La Castellana* 

La firanja 

Lagxma 

Lagnimanoc 

Lambtraao 

LAOAG»< 

Laoag Beach 

Lanang 

Lavezares 

Legaspi" 

Legatic 

Libmanan b 

Light-House 

Liloan* 



Province, civil or military. 



Ambos Camarines 

Tavabas 

Tarlac 

Capiz 

Capul 

Samar 



'Telegraph stations. 



Isabela 

Zambales 

Tayabas 

Samar 

do 

do 

Isabela 

Laguna 

Cebu 

Lepanto 

Samar 

Antique , 

Iloilo 

Isabela 

Cotabato 

Batangas 

Ilocos N.orte 

Nueva Ecija 

Ambos Camarines 

Pangasinan 

Negros 

Cebu 

Dapitan 

Albay 

Cavite 

Zambales 

Davao 

Ilocos Norte 

Sorsogon 

Leyte 

Negros Oriental 

Cebu 

Isabela 

Samar 

Marinduque 

Tarlac 

Samar 

Tavabas 

Bohol 

Albay 

Bulac-an 

Negros 

Pangasinan 

Zambales 

Batangas 

Iloilo 

Isabela 

Cagayan 

Misamis 

Iloilo 

Cavite 

do 

Ambos Camarines 

Negros Occidental 

Basilan 

Iloilo 

Leyte 

Samar 

Misamis 

Jolo (Sulu) 

Negros Occidental 

do 

Samar 

do 

Tavabas 

Iloilo 

Ilocos Norte 

do 

Samar 

do 

Albay 

Antique 

Ambos Camarines 

Balabac 

CebtS 

•'Telephone stations. 



Island. 



Luzon 

do 

do 

Panay 

Samar 

do 

Luzon 

....do 

do 

Samar 

do 

do 

Luzon 

....do 

Cebu 

Luzon 

Samar , 

Panay 

do 

Luzon 

Mindanao ... 

Luzon 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

Negros 

Cebu 

Mindanao .. 

Luzon 

Luzon 

do 

Mindanao . . 

Luzon 

do 

Leyte 

Negros 

Cebu 

Luzon 

Samar 

Marinduque 

Luzon 

Samar 

Luzon 

Bohol 

Luzon 

do 

Negros 

Luzon 

do 

do 

Panay 

Luzon 

do 

Mindanao .. 

Panay 

Luzon 

do 

do 
Negros Occidental. 
Basilan 
Panay 
Leyte . 
Samar 
Mindanao 
J0I6 (Sulu) Archipelago... 
Negros. 

do 
Samar . . 

do.. 

Luzon . . 
Panay . . 
Luzon . . 
....do.. 
Samar . . 
....do.. 
Luzon . . 
Panay . . 
Luzon . . 
Balabac 
Cebu . . . 

e Postal money-order office. 



Depart- 
ment. 



N. P. 
N. P. 
N.P. 
S. P. 
S. P. 
S. P. 
X. P. 
X. P. 
N.P. 
S. P. 
S. P. 



S. P. 
N.P. 
S. P. 
N.P. 
N.P. 
N.P. 
N.P. 
N. P. 
S. P. 
S. P. 
S. P. 
N.P. 
N.P. 



P. 
P. 
P. 

L J . 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 
S. P. 
N.P. 
S. P. 



P. 
P. 

I>. 

P. 

I'. 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 

P. 
S. P. 
S. P. 
S. P. 
S. P. 
N.P. 
S. p. 
N.P. 
N.P. 
S. P. 
S. P. 
N.P. 
S. p. 
N. 1'. 
S. P. 
S. P. 



144 



(. A/.KTl i:i SB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Stations of troops, Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Station. 


l'n>\ luce, Civil or military. 


l-laml. 


Depart- 
ment. 


Lilto* 


Lamina 


1. 11/011 


N. r. 






do 


N I 1 






do... 


\ r . r. 




3ohol 


Bohol 








Liifl6n 


N . l ■ 




Bohol 


Bohol 


:•. )'. 




Tayabas 


Luzon . . 


N. 1*. 




Laguna 


do 


N . 1 '. 


l ucban b 


Tayabas 


do 


N. 1'. 




do 


do 


N.l\ 






do 


N. 1'. 


1 apl 




do... 


N. P. 






Mindanao 

Panay 

Ley to 

Busuanga 

Luzon 

do 


s. p. 




Iloilo 


s. p. 




Lcvtc 


s. P. 






S. P. 




Ambos Camarincs 


X. P. 




Laguna 


N. 1'. 


Majayjiiy '• 


do 


do 


N. P. 


Cotabato 




S. P. 


Malabdn »«... 


Ki/.al 


Luzon 


N.P. 




Ambos Camarincs 


do 


N. P. 




Mindoro 




N.P. 


MANILA »*>*. . 


Rizal 


Luzon 


N.P. 


CalleGfal. Solano, No. 348. »>> 
< 'ji in 1 > Wallace 1 Luneta 1. '• 
Camp sama Mesa. '■ 
Coartel de Espafia. 
Cuartel de [nlanteria. » b 

Estado Mayor. >' 
Exposition barracks. 

Fort Santiago. 

Mala to barracks. 

Pasay cavalry barracks. » ■> 

Paseo de Bagumbayah. 

TlOZO barracks. 


Cavitc 


do 


N. P. 




Rizal 


do 


N. P. 




Bataan 


do 


N.P. 


M KSB VVK ■ 


Masbatc 




N. P. 




Zambales. 


Luzon 


N.P. 




Sorst »g6n 


do 


N. P. 




Tayabas 


do 


N.P. 




Samar 


Samar 


S. P. 




Ambos Camarincs 


Luzon 


N. P. 




Misamls 


Mindanao 


S. P. 




Tarlac 




N. P. 




Rizal 


do... 


N. P. 




do 


do 


N. P. 




.do 


...do... 


N. P. 




Samar 


Samar 


S. P. 






Cebd 


S. I*. 








* N. P. 






do 


N. P. 






...do 


N. P. 








N. P. 




Bulacan 

Ambos Camarincs 




N. P. 


NUEVA C \'I-;kks»'' . 


do 


N. P. 


< 1 n'i - 


Samar 

Lcvtc 

Ccbii 

Luzon 


s. p. 






S. P 


Oslob*.. . 




S. P. 






N P 







do 


N. P. 






...do 


N. P 








S. P. 




A 11,;. v 




N.P. 








S. 1*. 








N. P. 








S. P. 








N. P. 




Tarlac 


do 


N. P. 




Samar 

Niicvii Bella 




S. P. 






N.P. 




do 


N.P. 






do 


N. P. 




!otabato . 




S. P. 






N. P. 


Pascologa 

Parantu 1 Paranas) 

Paslg* 


do 


. ..do 


N. P. 






S. P. 


Rizal , 


Luzon 


N.P. 



*r< i< graph stations, 



Telephone stations. 



Postal money-order oftice. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



145 



Stations of troops, Philippine Islands — Continued. 



Province, civil or military 



Island. 



Depart- 
ment. 



Payao 

Feiiaranda b 

I'ila'' 

Pili» 

Pinamalayan , 

Pitogo 

Pola 

PollOC* 

Pototan* 

Pozorrubio b 

Puerto Gal era ' 

PUERTO PRINCESA 

Pulo.Maligil , 

Quinapindan , 

Quingua b 

Quintigan I 

Ragay 

ROMBLON 

Rosales* 

Sabang 

Salcedo 

Salomague b 

Sampoloc 

San Antonio a 

San Bernardino, L. H 

San Emilio 

San Esteban 

San Fabian b 

San Felipe a 

San Felipe Neri (San Felipe 
Nery).* 

San Fernando a e 

SAN FERNANDO a « 

San Fernando '■ 

San Francisco cle Malabon a 

SAN ISIDRO^ 

San Isidro a 

San Jose a 

San Jose 1 

San Jose 

SAN JOSE de BUENAVISTA*. 

San Jose de Logonoy a 

San Juan de Bocboc b 

San Juan de Guimba b 

San Juanico Straits 

San Joaquin 

Sau Marcelino a 

San Mateo b 

San Miguel b 

San Nicolas b 

San Pablo a 

Santa Barbara a 

Santa Cruz a 

Santa Maria 

Santa Maria a 

Santa Maria a 

Santa Rita 

Santa Rita I 

Santa Rosa a 

Santo Tomas a 

Sara b 

Sariaya » 

3iasi) a 

Bilang* 

Silay a 

Solano 

Borsog6n » 

Spanish Fort b 

Station No. 2 

Station No. 3 

Sulat 

SURIGAO 

Taal» 

Tabaco* 

TACLOBAN" 

Tagbilaran* 

Tafean 

Talavera 

Talisay 

Tanauan* 



Negros Occidental. . 

Nueva Ecija 

Laguna 

Ambos Camarines . . 

Mindoro 

Tayabas 

Mindoro 

Cotabato 

Iloilo 

Pangasinan 

Mindoro 

Paragua (Palawan) 

Laguna de Bay 

Samar 

Bulacan 

Samar 

Ambos Camarines . . 

Romblon 

Pangasinan 

Ambos Camarines . . 

Samar 

Ilocos Sur 

Tayabas 

Zambales 

Sorsogon 

Lepanto 

Ilocos Sur 

Pangasinan 

Zambales 

Rizal 



Pampanga 

Union 

Ambos Camarines . 

Cavite 

Nueva Ecija 

Zambales 

Batangas 

Nueva Ecija 

Samar 

Antique 

Ambos Camarines . 

Batangas 

Nueva Ecija 

Samar 

Iloilo 

Zambales 

Rizal 

Bulacan 

Pangasinan 

Laguna 

Iloilo 

Laguna 

Bulacan 

Pangasinan , 

Ilocos Sur , 

Samar 



do 

Laguna 

Batangas 

Iloilo 

Tayabas 

Siasi 

Cavite 

Negros Occidental. 

Isabela 

Sorsog6n 

Batangas 

Samar 

do 

do 

Surigao 

Batangas 

Albay 

Levte 

Bohol 

Batangas 

Nueva Ecija , 

Batangas 

do 



Negros 

Luzon 

! do 

I do 

Mindoro 

, Luzon 

Mindoro 

Mindanao 

' Panay 

! Luzon 

| Mindoro 

' Paragua (Palawan) 
J Luzon 

Samar 

! Luzon 

Samar 

Luzon 

Romblon 

Luzon 

do 

Samar 

Luzon 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 



....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

Samar 

Panay 

Luzon 

....do..... 

....do 

Samar , 

Panay 

Luzon 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

Panay 

Luzon 

....do 

....do 

....do 

Samar 

....do 

Luzon 

....do 

Panay 

Luzon 

Siasi 

Luzon 

Negros 

Luzon 

....do 

do 

Samar 

do 

do 

Mindanao 

Luzon 

do 

Leyte 

Bono] 

Luzon 

do 

do 

do 



S. 
N. 
N. 

N. 
N. 
N. 
N. 
S. 

s. 

N. 

N. 

S. 

N. 

S. P. 

N.P. 

S. P. 

N.P. 

N.P. 

N.P. 

N.P. 

S. P. 

N.P. 

N.P. 

N.P. 

N.P. 

N.P. 

N.P. 

N.P. 

N.P. 

N.P. 



•Telegraph stations. 

S. Doc. 280- 



Telephone stations. 



Postal money-order office. 



10 



146 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



stations of troop*, Philippine Islands -Continued. 



Station. 



Tanauan* 

Tana? '• 

TaranfirnAn I Dapdap) 

I AIM \< " 

Taviran 

T\V UBA8« 

Tayug* 

Tiaon (Tiaong)" 

Tigbauan* 

- i 

Tubigon* 

Tubungan 

Tuburan 

Tucnran* 

Tin-y ! 

Tugnegarao* 

Urdaneta* 

VIGAN»« 

Valladolid* 

Valle Bermosa* 

Victoria '• 

VMareal | 

Weyler* 

ZAMBOANGA | 



Province, civil <>r military. 



Leyte 

Kix.nl 

Samar 

Tarlac 

Samar 

Tayabaa 

Pangasinan 

Tayabaa 

[loilo , 

Samar 

Hohol 

[loilo 

Cebu 

Cotabato , 

Batangas - 

do 

Pangasinan 

Hocus Sur 

Negros Occidental. 
Negros Oriental . .. 

Tarlac 

Samar 

do 

Zamboanga 



[sland. 



Leyte 

Luzon 

Samar 

Luzon 

Samar 

Luzon 

....do.... 

do..... 

Panaj — 

Samar 

Hohol 

l'anav 

Cebu 

Mindanao 

Luzon 

do 

do.... 

.. ..do ... 

Negros 

do 

Luzon 

Samar 

do 

Mindanao 



Depart- 
ment. 



» Telegraph stations. 



>> Telephone stations. 



Postal money-order office. 



During the period between May 5, 1900, and June 30, 1901, 1,026 
contacts took place between the American troops and insurgents, 
resulting in casualties, American killed 245, woun'ded 490, captured 
118, missing 20; insurgents killed 3,854, wounded 1,193, captured 
6,572, surrendered 23,095 ; material captured or surrendered to the 
Americans, rifles 15,693, rifle ammunition 296,365, revolvers 868, 
bolos 3,516, cannon 122, cannon ammunition 10,270. 

The capture of the insurgent chief, Aguinaldo, in March, 1901, was 
the most important event of the military operations of the year. This 
was attended with the almost immediate surrender of many of the most 
implacable of the insurgent chiefs and their followers. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT. 

United States Philippink Commission. 

March 14, 1900. 

WILLIAM H. TAFT of Ohio, President. 
DEAN C. WORCESTER, Michigan. 
LUKE E. WRIGHT, Tennessee. 
HENRY C. IDE, Vermont, 
BERNARD MOSES, California. 



CIVIL GOVERNOR, OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

WILLIAM II. TAFT, OF OHIO, 

Ex-officio President of the Philippine Commission. 

July 4, 1901. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



U7 



MEMBERS OF THE PHILIPPINE COMMISSION. 

To date from September 1, 1901. 

DEAN C. WORCESTER, Secretary of the In terior. 

LUKE E. WRIGHT, Secretary of Commerce and Police. 

HENRY C. IDE, Secretary of Finance and Justice. 

BERNARD MOSES, Secretary of Public Instruction. 

TRINIDAD H. PARDO DE TAVERA, Member of the Philippine Commission. . 

BENITO LEGARDA, Member of the Philippine Commission. 

JOSE LUZURIAGA, Member of the Philippine Commission. 

Powers.— Under instructions of June 21, 1901, by the President to the Secretary of War, it was 
declared: 

•• On and after the fourth day of July. 1901, until it shall be otherwise ordered, the president of the 
Philippine Commission will exercise the executive authority in all civil affairs in the government Of 
the Philippine Islands heretofore exercised in such affairs by the military governor of the Philippines, 
and to that end the Hon. William H. Taft. president of the said commission, is hereby appointed 
civil governor of the Philippine Islands. Such executive authority will be exercised under, and in 
conformity to. the instructions to the Philippine commissioners, dated April 7, 1900, and subject to the 
approval and control of the Secretary of War of the United States. The municipal and provincial 
civil governments which have been, or shall hereafter be, established in said islands, and all persons 
performing duties appertaining to the offices of civil government in said islands, will, in respect of 
such duties, report to the said civil governor. 

•• The power to appoint civil officers, heretofore vested in the Philippine Commission, or in themili 
tary governor, will be exercised by the civil governor, with the advice and consent of the commission. 

••'The military governor of the Philippines is hereby relieved from the performance, on and after the 
said 4th day of" July, of the civil duties hereinbefore described, but his authority will continue to 
be exercised as heretofore in those districts in which insurrection against the authority of the United 
States continues to exist, or in which public order is not sufficiently restored to enable provincial 
civil governments to be established under the instructions to the commission, dated April 7, 1900." 

Governor-generals of the Philippine Islands from their formal occupation by Spain down 
to their transfer to the sovereignty of the United States. 

[1 he Adelantado Miguel Lopez de Legaspi took possession of these islands in the name of His Majesty 

Philip II in April, 1564.] 



1574 Guido de Lavezares. 

1575 Francisco de Sande. 

..Gouzalo Ronquillo. 
- . Diego Ronquillo. 

1564 Santiago de Vera. 

1590 Gomez" Perez Dasmarinas. 

1593 Pedro de Rojas (pro tern.) . 

1593 Luis Perez Dasmarinas. 

1595 Antonio de Morga. 

1596 Francisco Tello de Guzindn. 

1602 Pedro Bravo de Acuiia. 

I ri-tobal Tellez de Lamez&n.» 

1608 Rodrigo Vivero (pro tern.). 

1609 Juan deSilva. 

1616 Andres Alcazar. 1 

1617 Geronimo deSilva (interregnum). 

1618.... Alfonso Fajardo de Tu£. 

1624 Geronimo de Silva. a 

1625 Fernando de Sil va (pro tern.). 

1626 Juan Nino de Tabora. 

1632 U >r.-:i/< > de Olaaso. =■ 

1633 luan Cerezo de Salamanca (pro tern.). 

1635 Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera. 

1644 Diego Fajardo. 

Sabmiano Manrique de Lara. 
...Diego Saleedo. 

•Juan Manuel de la Pena Bonifaz (pro 

tern.). 
Manuel de Leon. 
..Francisco Coloma and Francisco Soto- 

mayor y Mancilla." 
..Juan de Vargas Hurtado. 
1684 — Gabriel Cnruzelaegui. 

.Alfonso Fuertes." 
1690....Fausto Crnzat y Gongora. 

Domingo Zabalburu. 
L709 . ..Martin Urzua. 

1715 To-.'. Torralba.» 

1717 — Fernando de Bustamante. 
1719 — Franciscode la Cuesta, Archbishop of Ma- 
nila (interim). 
1728 — Marques de Torre-Campo. 



1739. 
1739. 
1745. 

1750. 
1754. 
1759. 
1761. 
1762. 
1764. 
1705. 
1770. 
1776. 
1778. 
1787. 
1788. 
1793. 
1806. 
1810. 
1813. 
1816. 
1822. 
1824. 
1830. 
1835. 
1835. 
1835. 
1837. 
1838. 
1811. 
1843. 
1844. 
1849. 
1850. 
1853. 
1854. 
1X51. 

1854. 

1856. 

1 857 . 
I860. 

I860. 



...Fernando Valdes y Tamon. 

. . .Gasparde de la Torre. 

. . .Juan Arechederra, Bishop-elect of Nueva 

Segovia. 
. . .Jose Francisco de Obando. 
...Pedro Manuel de Arandia. 
. . .Miguel Ezpeleta, Bishop of Cebu. 
...Manuel Rojo, Archbishop of Manila. 
. . .Simon de Anda y Salazar. 
. . . Francisco Javier de la Torre. 
...Jose de Raon. 
...Simon de Anda y Salazar. 
...Pedro de Sario. 
. . .Jose de Basco y Vargas. 
...Pedro de Sario. 
...Felix Berenguer y Marquina. 
...Rafael Maria de Aguilar. 
. . .Mariano Fernandez de Folgueras. 
. .Manuel Gonzales de Aguilar. 
..Jose Gardoqui dc Garaveitia. 
. .Mariano Fernandez de Folgueras. 
..Juan Antonio Martinez. 
..Mariano Ricai'ort. 
..Pascual Fnrile y Alcedo. 
. .Gabriel de Torres. 
. .Joaquin de Cramer. 
. . Pedro Antonio ae Salazar. 
..Andres G. Camba. 
. .Luis Lardizabal. 
..Marcelino de Oraa. 
. .Francisco de Paulo de Alcala. 
..Narciso Claveria. 
..Antonio M. Blanco. 
..Antonio de Urbiztondo. 
..Ramon Montero. 
..Miguel Pavio y Lay. 
..Ramon Montero. 
..Manuel Cre<|>o. 
. .Ramon Montero. 
..Fernando de Norzagaray. 
..Kamon Solano y Llanderal. 
...luan de Iferrera Davila. 



» Military. Civil affair- under the Royal Audiencia. 



1 is 



GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 



Ocvemor-generals of the Philippine Islands from their formal occupation by Spain doum 
i<> their transfer to the sovereignty of the United Slates — Continued. 



tan.. 

s 

1866.. 
1866.. 

1871.. 

1878.. 
1874.. 
1874.. 
1877.. 



. ..i<w- Lemery. 

..Salvador Valdta 

. . Rafael Bcharue. 

. .Joaquin del solar. 

. .Juan de Lara 6 Lrlgoyen. 

. .Joan Laureano <ir Bans. 

..Antonio Ossorio. 

. .Joaquin «U>I Solar. 

de la Gandara. 
. .Manuel Bfaldonado. 
..Carlos de la Torre. 
..Rafael [rquierdo. 
. . Manuel Mac-Crohon. 
. .Juan Alaniinos y Vivar. 
..Manuel Blanco Valderrama. 
. .Joeti Malcampo y Monje. 
..Domingo Morionea y Murillo. 
..Rafael Kodriguez Arias. 



1880.. 
1888.. 
L888.. 
1885.. 
1885.. 
1888.. 
1888.. 
1888.. 
1891.. 
L898-. 
1893.. 
1896.. 
1897.. 
1897.. 
1898.. 
1898.. 
1898.. 
1898.. 



..Fernando Primode Rivera. 

. . BSmilio de Molins. 

. .Joaquin Jovellar y Boler. 

. . Kniilio <K- Molins. 

. . ljnilio Terrero. 

..Antonio MoltO. 

.. Federico Lobaton. 

. .Valeriano Weyler. 

. . Eulogio Despujol. 

. . Pederico Ocnando. 

..Kanit'in Blanco y Ktvnas. 

. .Camilio (!. <U' Polayieja. 

...lose de Lachambre y Dominguez. 

.. Fernando Primo <U' Rivera. 

..Basilio Augustin (May 1). 

.. Permin Jaudenes. 

.. Francisco Rizzo. 

..Diego de los Rios. 



On March 14, L900, the President named :i commission for the insti- 
tution, exploitation, and promotion of civil government, described in 
instructions dated April 7, 1900, to the Secretary of War, the inter- 
mediary of the President's directions. This commission was vested 
with authority to exercise duties of a legislative nature, to be trans- 
ferred from the military governor to the commission to begin Septem- 
ber 1, L900, under such rules and regulations as they should prescribe 
until the establishment of the civil central government contemplated 
or until Congress should otherwise provide. 

The exercise of this legislative authority was specifically limited to 
the making of laws and orders having the effect of law, for raising 
revenue by taxes, customs duties and imports, the appropriation and 
expenditure of public funds of the islands, the establishment of an 
educational system, of a civil service, of courts, of municipal and 
departmental governments and all other matters of a civil nature for 
which the military governor was competent to provide by rules or 
orders of a civil character, and the power to appoint persons to execute 
these powers. 

Until complete transfer of control the military governor was to 
remain the chief executive head of the islands, with authority to act 
except where expressly assigned to the commission. 

Other details were given which have become obsolete by the estab- 
lishment of civil authority in civil affairs. 

All legislative rules and orders, establishments of government, and 
appointments were to take effect immediately. Report of their acts 
was required from time to time, military posts and garrisons were to 
continue for the suppression of insurrection and brigandage and for 
the maintenance of order. 

This commission arrived in Manila on June 3, 1900, but performed 
no duties in the military government until September 1, the interven- 
ing time being occupied in investigating conditions under the following 
head-: 

1. Civil service, tho friars and public lands. 

'2. Municipal corporations, forestry, agriculture, mining, and public health. 

3. Internal improvements, franchises, militia, and police and criminal code. 

4. Code of civil procedure, courts, banks, and currency and registration laws. 
•">. Schools and taxation. 

6. Civil cod.-. 

7. Central department and provincial governments. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 149 

Thus comprehensively the commission began its difficult and delicate 
labors. 

On September 1, 1900. the commission began the exercise of the 
governmental powers set forth in these instructions. William H. Taft 
was designated as president of the board. 

The public laws passed by the commission under these legislative 
powers began September 12, 1900, and to October 11, 1901, numbered 
263, not including resolutions, and covered every requirement of 
organic legislation and administrative details, either by original or 
amendatory enactments as the practical workings of the system sug- 
gested. 

PUBLIC LAWS OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Abstract of Titles of Public Laws, of constructive effect only, passed 
by the United States Philippine Commission. Edition (1901) issued 
from the Division of Insular Affairs, War Department, 1900, Septem- 
ber 12 (No. 1); 1901, October 11 (No. 263). 

[A pamphlet edition of 1.500 copies of the Public Laws and Resolu- 
tions of the Commission, in English and Spanish, is issued quarterly 
at Manila, P. L, by authority of the Philippine Commission, Octo- 
ber 24, 1900.] 

[The numbers in brackets refer to the number of the act within the dates referred to above.] 

Page. 

Abra, provincial government act extended to [206] 599 

Accounts : 

Prescribing method of keeping and rendering, by the insular treasurer [12] '25 

Regulating the system of keeping [36] 53 

Accounting system of the military government of the United States in the Philippine Islands, as 

amended by Executive order T90] 188 

Admiralty jurisdiction conferred upon provost courts [75] P29 

Agricultural school organized in the island of Xegros [74] 122 

Agriculture, bureau of. created [261] 703 

Albay, provincial government act extended to [122] 263 

Ambos Camarines, provincial government act extended to [123] 264 

Announcement of beginning of exercise of certain governmental powers 3 

Antique, provincial government act extended to [114] 244 

Appointments | Philippine Commission): 

By the Commissi m 736 

By the Commission and civil governor, with the consent of the Commission 737 

Bv the Commission and military governor 73 J 

By the Executive. September 1, 1900, to February 28, 1901 733 

By the Secretary of War. at the request of the Commission 757 

Appointment and removal of subordinate officers and employees in certain departments and 

bureaus of the government of the Philippine Islands [25] 48 

Auditor of the islands, to reorganize the office of [20] 32 

Banking institutions, providing for examinations of, in the Philippine Islands and for reports 

by their officers [52] 81 

Bataan, provincial government act extended to [92] 200 

Batangas : 

Provincial government act extended to [126] 268 

Restored to military control [173] 368 

Beflguet : 

Amending local civil governments in the townships of [155] 333 

Establishment of civil government for the province of [49] 77 

Establishment of local civil governments in townships of the province of [48] 68 

Province of, court of first instance for [28] 49 

Bohol: 

Court of first instance for [24] 47 

Provincial government act extended to [117] : 248 

Restored to military control [173] 3<ls 

Bulacan. provincial government act extended to [88] lS r > 

Cagayan, provincial government act extended to [209] 602 

C'apiz, provincial government act extended to [115] 245 

Captain of the port, abolishing the office of, at every port in the Philippine Islands except 

Manila, and transferring the dutiesoi such office to proper collector or inspector of customs [33]. 52 

Catanduanes annexed to the province of Albay [169] 366 

Cavite. provincial government act extended to [138] 808 

Cavite Harbor, fixing limits of, and the Admiral U. S. N. to have police and regulation of [238] . . 684 
Cebn: 

Provincial government act extended to [116] 246 

Restored to military control [173] 368 



150 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Page. 

Challenging Judges, etc., repealing all acts relating to, and defining disqualifications [81] L82 

Christian, non . tribes, bureau of, tor the Philippine Islands created [268] 696 

en n actions, code of procedure and >i>tti:i 1 proceedings In, in the Philippine islands [190] 425 

Civil governor <>i" the Philippine Islands appointed 11 

Ch il Bervice: 

Acl extended to certain persons | IT] 68 

For the establishment and maintenance <>i' [6] it 

Making eligible certain persons [168] 866 

Commerce, act i<> regulate, in the Philippine islands [98] 208 

Commerce and police, department of, created [222] 617 

Constabulary , Insular: 

Nam.' changed to Philippine constabulary and creating Bection of Information [266] 699 

Organisation and government of, and For inspection of government police [176] 869 

Court of first instance — 

l-\-r province of Bohol [24] -17 

For province of in ion and Benguel [28] 49 

Courts, organisation of, in the Philippine islands [186] 289 

Customs, collector of , for the Philippine Islands, etc., official title changed to col lector of customs 

for the Philippine A rchipelago [259] 702 

Customs tariff and regulations, provisional, amended [79] 131 

Finance .md justice, department of, created [222] 617 

Forestry bureau: 

Amending the act for reorganization of [l 44] 323 

Amending reorganization act of (No. 16) [171] 367 

Reorganization of [16] 29 

Governor, civil, appointed 11 

Health: 

Board of, for the Philippine Islands amending act No. 157 [161] 360 

Local hoard of. establishment of. for the Philippine islands [157] '. 335 

Hospital, civil, establishment of. at Manila [247] 693 

1 locos Norte, provincial government act extended to [20?] 600 

1 locos Sur, provincial government act extended to [205] 597 

Iloilo. provincial government act extended to [113] 243 

Immigration regulations for the Philippine Islands, amending act, article 1 [241] 687 

inspectors of customs, authorizing the designation of, ad interim in certain cases [46] 68 

Instruction, public: 

Bureau of, deputy division superintendents in [232] 680 

Department Of, Created [222] 617 

Department of, established and appropriation made for a normal and trade school in Manila 

and agricultural school on the island of Negros [74] 122 

Instructions to the Commission 6 

interior, department of, created [222] 617 

Intoxicating liquors, regulating the sale of, within the city of Manila and its attached barrios 

[59] 96 

Isahela. provincial government act extended to [210] 608 

Judges of the courts of the first instance, temporary assignment of [14] 26 

Judgment 3 ., certain, obtained in courts by fraud [75] 127 

Judicial districts of the Philippine Island's, defining, etc. [140] 811 

Judiciary, the Philippine 737 

Justice, department of. [See Finance.) 

Laboratories, government, establishment of, in the Philippine Islands [156] 333 

Laws: 

Prescribing the method to be adopted in the construction of [63] 104 

Prescribing order of procedure in enactment of [6] 20 

Leyte, provincial government act extended to [121] 262 

Licensing small boats, amending certain military orders [66] 114 

Manila: 

Amendatory of acts Nob. 22 and 101 providing for the improvement of port of [199] 591 

Amending charter of [214] 006 

Harbor, amendatory of act for improvement of [182] 380 

Incorporation ol the city of [183] 381 

Marinduque, provincial government act extended to [125] 267 

Masbate, provincial government act extended to [105] 220 

Master, mate, etc., Of seagoing vessels, examination and licensing of applicants for [73] 120 

Mexican money: 

imposing customs tax upon exports of [46] 67 

Repealing act No. 15 imposing customs tax upon exports of [213] 606 

Mining bureau: 

Amending act [17] for reorganization of [233] 081 

Reorganization of [17] 30 

Misamis, provincial government act extended to [128] 271 

Mone) of the United States, to prevent discrimination against, by hanking institutions [53] 83 

Municipal code: 

Amendatory of section 99 of [225] 620 

Amendment of. and for other purposes [170] 367 

No. 82 amended [182] 279 

Municipal government, general act for the organization of, in the Philippine Islands [82] 133 

Municipal police. Inspection of [176] 369 

Negros Occidental, provincial government acl extended to [119] 255 

Negros Oriental, provincial government act extended to [120] 259 

Non-Christian tribes. [Set Christian, non-, etc.) 

Normal school in Manila established 1741 122 

Note, in circulation issued i>\ the united states or banking institutions, providing for the 

wit hdrawa 1 of [ 1 19] " 328 

Nueva Ecija, provincial government acl extended to [139] 309 

Pampanga, provincial government acl extended to [86] 181 

Pangasinan, provisional government act extended to |86] 182 

River, amendatory ol act relating to Improvement of [182] 380 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 151 

Page. 
Persons in arms against the authority of the United States in the Philippine Islands ineligible 

to hold office [78] 130 

Philippine Commission; 

Acts passed by (1-263) 13-704 

Announcement 3 

Civil governor appointed 11 

Instructions of the President 5 

Resolutions passed by 705-714 

Police: 

(See Department of commerce.) 

Establishing local, in cities and towns of the Philippine Islands [58] 65 

Metropolitan, of Manila, amendatorv [77] 130 

Organization of 3 companies of, for trie city of Manila and neighboring towns [70] 118 

Police and health regulations, authorizing the establishment of, in the nature of municipal 

ordinances for the city of Manila [62] 104 

Police service, amendment to that portion of act No. 102 as relates to organization of, and for 

other purposes [181] 377 

President's instructions to the Philippine Islands Commission 5 

Process, providing for the service of, in provinces where civil courts have not been established 

[44] .'. 66 

Provincial government: 

Act No. 83. amendatorv [245] 691 

Act No. 83 amended as amended as by act No. 133 [223] 618 

General act for the organization of, in the Philippine Islands [83] 168 

Act. amendment of [99] 209 

Act No. S3 amended [133] 281 

Act No. 83, amendment of, and of No. 133 [141] 316 

Public instruction. (See Instruction, public.) 

Public lands, creating bureau of [218] i 614 

Purchasing agent: 

Insular office of, created and duties defined [146] 326 

Insular, organizing office of [254] 699 

Railroad survey into Benguet and probable cost, appropriation for [2] 13 

Removal of officers, etc. (see Appointments) 48 

Requisitions for funds, prescribing methods in making [40] 55 

Rizal. provincial government act extended to [137] 307 

Romblon, provincial government act extended to [104] 219 

Provincial government act, to amend, No. 104 as applied to [142] 317 

Salaries in the civil service to be paid in insular currency or in money of the United States, as 

the appropriating authority shall determine, and repealing act No. 34 [260] 702 

Schools, amendment of part of act No. 74 providing for the division of the archipelago into school 

divisions [180] 377 

Sorsogon, provincial government act extended to [124] 266 

Statistics, establishment of bureau of [7] 21 

Surigao, provincial government act extended to [127] 269 

Tariff laws, Philippine Islands, to revise and amend [230] 645 

Tarlac. provincial government act extended to [87] 184 

Tayabas, provincial government act extended to [103] 218 

Town governments, empowering the military governor to organize certain [100] 209 

Trade, free, and regulation of the same in domestic products of the archipelago of Sulu carried 

on by the Sultan and his people under the American flag [72] 119 

Trade school established in Manila [74] 122 

Union, province of, court of first instance for [28] 49 

Union ( La | . provincial government act extended to [203] 596 

Zambales, provincial government act extended to [211] 604 

In the duty of reorganization of civil, provincial, and municipal 
jurisdiction on American lines, the United States Philippine Com- 
mission in a tour beginning at Bacolor, Pampanga (February 13, 
1901), visited and held provincial meetings with conclusive results, 
exclusive of interviews, at the capitals of 36 provinces and islands, as 
follows : Pampanga, Pangasinan, Tarlac, Bulacan, Bataan, Tayabas, 
Luzon; islands of Marinduque, Romblon, Masbate, Panay (Iloilo), and 
Negros Occidental, in the western Visaj^as; Sulu, Basilan, Zamboanga, 
Surigao. Catobato, Davao, Misamis, Dapitan, in Mindanao, and Negros 
Oriental, Pana} 7 (Antique and Capiz), Cebu, Bohol, Leyte, and Samar, 
in the Eastern Visayas ; Albay, Ambos Camarines, Sorsogon, 
Batangas, Manila, Morong (Rizal), Cavite, Nueva Ecija, Union, Ilocos 
Sur, Abra, Ilocos Norte, Cagayan, Isabela, and Zambales (Iba, August 
28, 1901). Luzon. 

Pursuant to its purpose to extend the provisions of the provincial 
government act to those provinces of the Philippine Islands considered 
sufficiently pacified for civil administration and in compliance with 
notice previously given to the different municipalities of the province 
so held in view, the commission met with representatives of the dif- 
ferent provinces for the purpose stated. 



L62 <;a/ktti:kk OF THE rmurriNK islands. 

In the organization of the provincial conventions, respectively, the 
president of the commission presided and the secretary called the roll 
of pueblos represented. After addressing the convention in congratu- 
lation (^\' the many intelligent and educated men who were prepared to 

take part in the government of the municipalities, the president stated 
the sources from which the commission derived its authority and the 
object of the commission in coming among them, which was the 
establishment of provincial government, and to do which two steps were 
necessary: 

First, to pass a law applying the general provincial law already 
passed to the province. 

Second, the appointment of officers who were to conduct the pro- 
vincial government. 

The three steps in the establishment of popular civil government in 
the islands were pointed out as follows: 

First, the establishment of the municipalities. 

Second, the establishment of the provincial government. 

Third, the establishment of the central ciyil government. 

The municipal code by force of its own terms became applicable on 
April 1, 1901, to every town organized under General Orders, No. 40, 
series 1900. 

This code did not change the general principles of organization, but 
was more elaborate and provided a different sy T stem of taxation. It 
required, however, no new election until the following year. 

The functions, which it was the intention of the commission to appor- 
tion to the various governments, were then set forth, viz: 

The municipalities to be entirely self-governing, electing all their 
officers. 

The provincial government to be employed for two purposes: 

First, the collection of taxes through a provincial treasurer. 

Second, for internal improvements. 

It also has a function in the supervision of the police of the prov- 
ince and of the conduct of municipalities. 

The provincial treasurer to be the tax collector for the municipal, 
for the 'province, and for the central government. 

'Hie municipal code provided an ad valorem land tax based upon the 
value of land. The maximum tax to be levied limited to one-half of 
1 per cent. The municipality being required to apply one-half this 
maximum to education under the provincial government, the maximum 
tax allowed to be three-eighths of 1 percent. At least one-third of 
the amount of such maximum tax to be applied to the construction of 
roads. The land tax. as far as practicable, to take the place of internal- 
revenue taxes. The land tax to become effective March, 1902. 

Until then the internal tax to be applied: One-half to the pueblos 
where collected, one-fourth to the provincial government, and one- 
fourth tot lie central government after defraying the cost of collection. 

The personnel of the provincial government to consist of five officers: 

Provincial governor. — The chief executive, and to exercise con- 
trol of the police of the province, with authority to take the police of 
one town to use in another in an emergency. Required to visit all 
the municipalities in the province every six months and charged with 
the duty of hearing complaints as to the conduct of the municipalities. 
Also executive officer of the court of first instance. 

Provincial secretary what the term implies. 



GAZETTEER OE THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 153 

Provincial treasurer to collect all taxes and distribute them to the 
municipalities, to the provincial treasury, and to the central treasury. 
The tax not to be taken out of the pueblos, but when collected to leave 
in the town the portion to which it is entitled. Required to give a 
bond equal to the largest amount he is likely to have on hand at an} r 
one time. 

Provincial supervisor to have charge of the roads, bridges, and 
the internal improvements of the province, and must be a civil engi- 
neer and surveyor. 

Provincial fiscal, charged with the duty of prosecuting all crimes 
in the province and with giving legal advice to every municipality 
upon request. In case of conflict between the interests of the province 
and the municipality the latter must secure its own lawyer. 

The governing body to be composed of the provincial governor, 
treasurer, and supervisor. The provincial secretary to be the secre- 
tary of this board. This board to levy all taxes, order improvements 
on the recommendation of the supervisor, and exercise generally the 
limited government of the province. The governor to be elected b} 7 
the councilors of the province. The offices of provincial secretaiy, 
provincial treasurer, and provincial supervisor to be filled by appoint- 
ment of the commission. After March 1, 1902, these positions to be 
filled under the civil-service law. The provincial fiscal to be appointed 
without reference to the civil-service act. 

All salaries to be adjusted according to the size and resources of 
the province. 

In special cases, as in the provinces of Pampanga and Tarlac, an 
engineer or engineers was to be appointed to act in conjunction with 
others, as in the instance of the Manila and Dagupan Railroad, look- 
ing to preventing the disastrous floods resulting from overflow of the 
Rio Grande de Pampanga and the rivers Tarlac and Bambang. 

Until the land tax became applicable the central treasury to make 
up deficits in cases of insufficient revenue in a province. 

The proceedings of these organic conventions were conducted with 
the utmost fairness to the members of the body and the constituencies 
represented by them. Amendments to the proposed bill, however, 
were only applicable to the province represented and to cover objec- 
tionable features of the provincial law. 

In all these deliberations the representatives displayed an excep- 
tional knowledge of the questions advanced and the requirements of 
their province. The discussions were intelligent, and often amend- 
ments as to details were adopted. 

The whole proceedings were conducted in parliamentary form. The 
officers chosen were notified, in order to complete the organization, to 
appear before the commission at Manila at a time stated to take the 
oath of office and receive their commissions. 

FIRST PROVINCE ORGANIZED. 

The province of Pampanga was selected as the first to receive pro- 
vincial government under the Provincial Government Act of February 
6, 1901. 

The province of Benguet was established November 23, 1900, before 
the passage of that act. 

In many instances the assembling of the organization conventions 
was attended by a public fe*te, including speeches of welcome by the 



L54 GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS 

native leaders, in which reference was specifically made to "bringing 
to the people those Liberties which they had Long sought and which 
thc\ so much desired." Where the representatives as a body were 
not familiar with Spanish the purposes of the commission were 
explained by a capable person familiar with the dominant native Lan- 
guage of the province. 

It was also set forth that the office of governor under the provincial 
law was one to which tin 1 humblest citizen of tin 1 province might 
aspire, that the President of the United States, in his instructions to 
the commission, had directed that preference should be given to the 
inhabitants of the islands whenever they showed fitness for the posi- 
tion- to be filled. 

INAUGURATION OF THE CIVIL GOVERNOR. 

On July 4, L901, the ceremony of inauguration of the civil governor, 
under authority of the President's instructions, marked the second 
step toward civil government in the Philippine Islands; the transfer 
of civil executive power in the pacified provinces to a civil governor 
preparatory to permanent civil government on a more or less popular 
basis. The President sent congratulations from Washington on the 
occasion. 

On July 20, L901, G. O., 179, Headquarters Division of the Phil- 
ippines, the provinces of Benguet, rangasinan, Bataan, Tayabas, 
Komblon, Negros Oriental, Antique, Leyte, Ambos Camarines, 
Marinduque, Cavite, Surigao, Pampanga, Tarlac, Bulacan, Masbate, 
Negros Occidental, Iloilo. Capiz, Albay, Sorsogon, Rizal, Nueva Ecija, 
and Misamis were placed on a strictly civil basis by ordering United 
States troops to abstain from interference with the administration of 
civil affairs in those territories except as ordered. 

The civil provinces of Batangas, Cebu, and Bohol had been restored 
to the control of the military governor by act of the United States 
Philippine Commission July 17, 1901. On December 10, 1901, the 
province of Batangas was restored to military control, and parts of 
Batangas and Laguna were closed to trade under G. O. , 372, Series 1901. 
The province of Cebu was returned to civil control January L, 1902, 
and Bohol on April 7, 1902. On May 1, 1902, the ports of Batangas, 
Luzon, and Island of Mindoro were opened for the resumption of 
trade. The ports of Samar also closed on account of military opera- 
tions were reopened in May, P.>02. 

At this time, also, after many important surrenders and captures, 
including the leader in the general movement and chiefs in Laguna, 
Albay. and ( !ebu, the insurrection was confined to the Luzon provinces 
of Batangas, parts of Laguna and Tayabas, and the Visayan islands of 
Samar and Bohol. In the organized provinces at that time and all the 
provinces and districts ol Mindanao, the Sulu Archipelago, Palawan, 
and Lepanto, Bontoc, Nueva Vizcaya, Principe, and Infanta, in Luzon, 
peace reigned in the archipelago. 

DISTRIBUTION OF ADMINISTRATIVE DUTIES. 

At the beginning of the second legislative year of the commission 
(September 1. L901) there were added to that body by appointment of 
the President three representative Filipinos. At the same time the 
executive branch of the insular government was divided into four 
executive departments, administered by a member of the commission. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



1.55 



1. Interior. — Charged with health, quarantine, forestry, mining, agriculture, fish- 
eries, weather, non-Christian tribes, public lands, government laboratories, patents, 
and copyrights. 

2. Commerce and police. — Island and interisland transportation, post-offices, tele- 
graphs, coast and geodetic survey, public works, insular constabulary, prisons, light- 
houses, railroad corporations, all corporations except banking. 

3. Justice and finance. — Insular treasury, auditor, customs, immigration, internal 
revenue, cold storage and ice plant, banks, banking, coinage, currency, and justice. 

4. Public instruction. — Public instruction, charities, libraries, museums, statistic;-, 
records, printing, architecture, and public buildings. 

These subjects are distributed for primary consideration among 
committees of the commission. 

At the time of the inauguration of the civil governor (July 4, 1901) 
'27 governments had been organized under the provincial act. Of these 
four or live and small parts of two other in which armed insurrection 
continued remained under military jurisdiction. There were -AG prov- 
inces or districts, including Mindoro and Palawan, in which was entire 
freedom from insurrection, but not organized for want of time. 

In the organized provinces nearly all the towns were under the 
municipal code, and also in some in unorganized provinces. The 
judiciary law had superseded in most cases the jurisdiction of military 
commission to try ordinary criminal cases. 

The sale of public lands, of mining rights, and the granting of fran- 
chises for railroads, steam lines, etc., opening the way to American 
and foreign enterprise and the opportunity of lucrative labor to the 
people, await action of Congress. 

PROVINCIAL AND MILITARY GOVERNMENTS. 

71n territorial subdivisions of the Philippines in which the affairs of civil government are 
adm in istered by civilians and those in which the affairs of civil government are administered 
by the military authorities. 

LUZON. 
[Under civil administration.] 



Provinces and important dependencies. 



Area fee" 



mate). 



islands. 



Approxi- 
mate pop\i- 
lation. 



Abra. including Bontoc 

Albay, including Catanduanes 

Arnbos Camarines 

Bataan 



Batangas a 

Benguet 

Bolacan , 

Cagayan, including Babuyanes and Batanes groups 

Cavite 

[1< - Norte 

Hocoe Sur 

Isabels 

Manila 

Corregidor 

Nueva Ecijs 

Nueva Vizeaya, including Cayapa 

Pampanga 

Panpasinan 

Rizal 

Boraog6n 

Tarlac 

Tayabas 

Union 

Zambales 



Total 

Marinduque (island). 



Sq. m. 
1,964 
1,711 
3,161 

436 
1,108 

990 

Ml 
5, '291 

610 
1,265 

491 
5, 395 
20 
4 
3,840 
1,075 
2,209 
1,316 
1,048 

675 
1,295 
2,334 

867 
2,210 




39, 156 
681 



76 



302 
13 



57,285 

228,139 
194,02-2 

50,761 
311,180 

15.175 
230.221 

96, 367 
134,569 
163.349 
215,792 

48, 302 

b 250, 000 

121) 

156,610 

60, 628 
223, 922 
302, 178 
246, 940 

98, 6.50 

89, 339 
109, 780 
110,164 

87, 295 



190, 088 
48,000 



» Transferred back to civil administration. 



* Estimated. 



156 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



Tin territorial subdivisions of th, Philippines iii which the affairs of civil government 
administered by civilians, etc.- Continued. 



LUZON— Continued. 
[Under military administration.] 



Provinces and important dependencies. 



Infanta, including Polillo proup 

Laguna 

Lepanto (QuiaiSgAn) 

Principe 

Total 

RECAPITULATION 



islands. 



mate). 



Sg. in. 
877 
752 

1 , 282 
1,218 



4,679 



Approxi- 
mate popu- 
lation. 



10,7'.).") 

169,983 

46,152 

10,470 



237, 100 





Prov- 
inces. 


Square 

miles. 


Luaon: 

Cnder civil administration 


21 
1 
5 


39, 024 


l"nder munici]>al administration 


24 


Under militarv administration 


5,187 






Total 


27 


44,235 





MINDANAO. 

[Under civil administration.] 



Provinces and important dependencies. 


Area. 


Number 
of de- 
pendent 

islands. 


Approxi- 
mate popu- 
lation. 




Sq. to. 

5,879 
13,201 


5 

83 


126,942 
85, 126 


Surigao 






J . »ta 1 


19, 080 


88 212. 0G7 









[Under military administration.] 



P.asilan 


354 
8,344 
2,386 
9,171 
3,900 
3,486 


56 
9 


8,000 


Cotabato 


■1, 148 


Dapitan 


20, 273 


Davao 


25 


83, 668 


l.an.io 


100,000 


V.-.\ in lxiai lira 


80 


117,508 






1 c ,tal 


27, 641 


150 


283, 592 







RECAPITULATION. 





Prov- 
inces. 


Square 

miles. 


Mindanao: 


2 
6 


19,080 




27,641 






IV >tal 


8 


40, 721 







MINDORO. 
[Under military administration.] 



Prorincet and bnportanl dependencies. 


Area. 


Number 

of de- 
pendent 
islands. 


Approxi- 
mate popu- 
lation. 




,SV/. 'in. 
4,108 


26 


106,200 







GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



157 



The territorial subdivisions of the Philippines in which the qfairs of civil government are 
administered by civilians, etc — Continued. 



PALAWAN. 

[Under military administration.] 



Provinces and important dependencies. 



| Number 
. „„ of de- 

Area ' I pendent 
islands. 



Approxi- 
mate popu- 
lation. 



Palawan (Paragua) . 
Balabac 



Cagayan de Sulu and St. Michaels islands 
Total 




5,037 



50, 000 

2, 100 

250 



52. 350 



'Estimated. 



SULU ARCHIPELAGO. 

[Under military supervision and the terms of the agreement between the military representative of 
the President of the United States. Commander in Chief, and the Sultan of Sulu (Jolo).] 



tola i Jolo) Archipelago... 
Balanguingui (group). 
Pangutaran (group)... 
Sulu (Jolo) (group) — 

Tapul (group) 

Tawi Tawi (group) 



Total 



1,029 



188 



22, 630 



22, 630 



VISAYAS. 

[Under civil administration.] 



Bohol " 

Cebu 

Masbate: 

Bunas 

Masbate 

Ticao 

Xcu r rcs Occidental 
Negroe Oriental . . 
Panay: 

Antique 

Capiz 

Iloilo 

Romblon 

Leyte 

Total 



1,614 


59 


1,782 


29 


268 


12 


1,315 


46 


149 


8 


3, 112 


14 


1,742 


3 


1,340 


6 


1,661 


30 


2,102 


80 


515 


32 


4,214 


40 


20, 495 

1 


372 



260.000 
518,032 



1,703 
23, 069 



231,512 
140, 498 

115,434 
224, 000 
462, 444 
55, 339 
270, 491 



2, 302, 522 



'Transferred back to civil administration. 
[Under military control and military-civil administration.] 



Samar 



5, 488 



148 



195, 3*6 



RECAPITULATION. 





intcs. miies. i ati , )n . 


Visayae : 

Under civil administration 


1 

9 18,881 2,090,522 
3 1 7,102 155,386 


Under militarv administration 




Total 


12 25,983 


2, .5-15, 908 





158 



OAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



The territorial subdivisions of the Philippines in which the affairs of civil government are 
administered by civilians, etc— Continued. 

i ^ASSIGNED GROl P8 USD ISLANDS (JNDEB SOLITARY CONTROL AND MILITARY-CIVIL 

ADMINISTRATION. 



Islands (groups) and (mportanl dependencies. 



Calamianes (group) 
Cnyofl 

Total 



Ann. 



So. /». 
077 
63 



740 



"™teT\ Approxj . 

pendent m ^P2P u - 



islands. 



lution. 



L45 



16,338 
8, 500 



24, 838 



RECAPITULATION. 
[Provinces under civil administration.] 



Luzon : 

Provinces., 
Municipal . 

Marinduque. .. 

Mindanao 

Visayan group. 



Total. 



Island. 



Number. 



Area 

(approxi 

mate). 



Sq. m. 

39, 024 

24 

681 

19, 080 

IS, 200 



34 



77,009 



Number 

of de- 
pendent 
islands. 



274 



13 

88 
300 



Approxi- 
mate popu- 
lation. 



675 



48,000 

212,067 

2,042,522 



5,481,497 



[Islands and provinces under military administration.] 



Luzon ( provinces') 

Mindanao i provinces) 

Mindoro I Islands) 

Palawan and islands 

sulu archipelago 

Visayan group (two islands) 
Dnassigned (two groups) 



Total. 



5,187 
27, 641 
4,108 
5, 037 
1,029 
7,102 
740 



50, 844 



57 
150 

26 
135 
188 
207 
145 



908 



648,580 

28:5, 592 
106, 200 
52, 350 
2*2, 630 
455, 386 
24, 838 



1,493,576 



Total population of the archipelago 6,975,073 

Total area 127,853 

Average number of inhabitants to the square mile 64.55 

The provincial organizations will be found under civil governments 
of provinces, respectively. 

In the regions occupied by the Moros (Moslem) and non-Christian 
tribes in Mindanao, except Misamis and Surigao already organized in 
Bontoc and Lepanto, in Luzon, Sulu in Mindoro, and in the Calmiancs, 
a special form of civil government is proposed. 

In November, L900, the Federal party was organized to .secure peace 
in the islands under the sovereignty of the United States. The move- 
ment spread rapidly, nearly every town in the archipelago having its 
Federal committee actively and effectively engaged in inducing insur- 
gent leaders to surrender, and otherwise aiding in restoring and main- 
taining order in disturbed localities. 

An approximate view of the cost of running a province of the first 

lank may be taken from the report of the treasurer of the island of 

ros. The expenditures appropriated by the council and approved 

by the military for L900 amounted to $294,758.75, Mexican, divided 

under heads as follows: 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



159 



Budget. 



Judicial department 

Civil governor and council . 

Treasury department 

Interior department 

Agricultural 

Public instruction 

Attorney-general 

Auditor's office 

Governor of Oriental Xegros 



Amount 
expended. 

824, 269. 65 

20, 572. 96 

6.075.67 

49, 066. 81 

10,147.21 

32,560.47 

404.39 

5, 142. 46 

5, 002. 13 



A VICE-GOVERNOR APPOINTED. 

On October 29, by order of the President, Luke E. Wright was 
appointed vice-governor, with authority to act as civil governor when- 
ever the civil governor is incapacitated by- illness, or certifies that his 
temporary absence from the seat of government will make it necessary 
for the vice-governor to exercise such powers and duties. The report 
of the United States Philippine Commission to the Secretary of War, 
Manila. November 30, 1900, of the same to the Secretary of War for 
the period from December 1, 1900, to October 15, 1901, December, 
1901. parts 1 and 2, and Public Laws and Resolutions passed hy the 
said commission, 1900 (September), 1901 (October), Nos. 1 to 263, and 
certain resolutions cover the official literature on the labors of the Com- 
mission and a large amount of relevant information gathered in the 
regular order of business of subordinate bureaus. 

MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENTS. 

The municipal code, enacted on January 21, 1901, was in operation 
in 616 towns to October 15, 1901, with the provinces of Bataan and 
Isabela (Luzon), Bohol (Bohol), Capiz (Pa nay). Cebvi (Cebu), and Surigao 
(Mindanao) not reported. In practice, with a few amendments (act No. 
132. 1900-1901) suggested by the people, it was working satisfactorily. 
Individual instances of misconduct on the part of municipal officers, 
chiefly a survival of the old system of " Caciquismo," are few, compared 
with the inexperience of the individuals in American methods. The 
code for public information is distributed in English, Spanish, Tagalog, 
Visayan. Vicol. and Ilocano. 

As a rule, the towns have been self-supporting in advance of the land 
tax being operative. (See Population, qualified electors.) 

Civil service. — On September 19, 1900, under an act "for the estab- 
lishment and maintenance of an efficient and honest civil service in the 
Philippine Islands." a board was created, a classified service organized, 
and all appointments of civilians to executive position in the insular 
service were placed under its provisions. 

The following shows the number of employees, Americans and Fili- 
pinos, respectively, in the Philippine civil service, and expenditures for 
salaries. 1900-1901: 



Insular department 

Municipal service of Manila. 

Judicial service 

Provincial service 

Philippines constabulary 



Americans. 



1,172 

616 

33 

107 

112 



Grand total 



2,040 



Americans 
Filipinos.. 



Filipinos. 



793 

1,127 

143 

176 

22 



2,561 



Total. 



1,965 

1,743 

176 

683 

134 



Salaries. 



§1,470,880 
885, 22 1 
217,132 

373, 97:5 

139.640 



5,086,864 



2,280,044 

806,945 



L60 QAZETTEEB OF TH1 PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Education. During the military control of the island the promo- 
tion of education among the Filipinos, it might be said, followed the 
flag. After the accession of civil administration a systematic plan of 
educational promotion was formulated and put in operation by the 
establishment (P. C, act No. 74, L901) of a department of public 
instruction, with jurisdiction over all public schools in the archipelago. 
The employment of L,000 trained teachers in the United States was 
authorized, who were conveyed to Manila by transport, together with 
school supplies in large quantities. The following exhibit shows the 
number 01 teachers stationed: July 1, 1901, 124; to October, 1901, 
645; total, 7*> ( .»: discharged, rescued, and deceased, L6; total, October 
1, L901, 753. These represented 45 States, the District of Columbia, 
Oklahoma. Philippines (14S, many of them discharged soldiers and 
women taken into service at Manila), and were appointed upon the 
recommendation of 53 institutions in the United States. The person- 
nel of the bureau of public instruction September is, 1901, was: 
Employees, general superintendent, clerks, stenographers, interpreters, 
etc. 28; teachers. 724; total, 752. The native teachers in Manila and 
the provinces numbered several thousand. 

The school year is from October 1 to Ma}' 31, about 8 months, which 
puts the vacation in the season of the rain and the rice harvest. 

The general superintendent and 4 members appointed by the civil 
governor constitute a superior advisory board. In each municipality 
is a local school board of 4 to 6 members, in addition to the presidente 
or alcalde. Each pueblo is a school district, and the municipal council 
is required to make provision by local taxation for the support of 
schools. 

Trade, normal, and nautical schools in Manila and an agricultural 
school in Negros (Carlota La) are in operation. 

The conduct of religious exercises in public schoolhouses is prohib- 
ited, but teaching religion under certain restrictions is permitted one- 
half hour 3 times a week if requested in writing by the parents or 
guardians of the children of the school. 

In the first examination of Filipinos none was in English. The 
requirement of a knowledge of the English language has been steadily 
advanced in the examinations which have been held by the board since. 

The attendance at the public schools of Manila for the school year 
L90O-1901 was 4.400. At the end of July, 1901, on reopening, 5,133 
pupils were in attendance. An estimate 1901 showed 150,000 Filipino 
pupils enrolled in the free primary schools established by the govern- 
ment and that 75.000 were in daily attendance. The same indicates 
between 3,000 and 4.<>oo elementary Filipino teachers engaged in the 
schools, of whom 2,000 received daily 1 hour of English instruction; 
also 10,000 adults receiving English instruction in evening schools 
conducted by American teachers. An extension of these schools 
embraces 30,000 adults in attendance. 

Health. — A board of health for the archipelago was created July 
1. 19ol, by act of the Philippine commission, and by the same author- 
ity was made the local board of health for the city of Manila with the 
largest powers, by special acts in the regulation of the practice of 
medicine, pharmacy, dentistry, and veterinary medicine, the organi- 
zation of provincial and municipal boards of health and public vacci- 
nation-, it.^ duties also involving recommendations of legislation 
pertaining to the general health and sanitation of the archipelago, 
including diseases of domestic animals. Under this act a corps of san- 



GAZETTEER OE THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 161 

itary inspectors, a chief, and medicals was organized. The city was 
divided into districts with stations and municipal physicians. 

The most effective methods of treatment or prevention of the plague 
have been instituted. 

The leper hospitals of San Lazaro, Manila, Cebu, and Palestina 
(Ambos Camarines) are in operation. A similar institution is proposed 
at Bacolod, Negros Occidental. A permanent colony of lepers is in 
progress of location. 

The number of lepers in the archipelago is estimated at less than 
10,000; other figures, 30,000. 

Under the Medical Department of the Arm} 7 public vaccinations 
have been made in many of the pueblos of the archipelago. The fig- 
ures given foot up over 1,000,000 natives so treated. 

The following general facts about public health in the Philippine 
Islands ma}' be mentioned. Two classes of diseases occur: 

1. Diseases common to temperate and tropical countries. 

2. Diseases especially characteristic of the latter regions. 

To the first belong smallpox, cholera, bubonic plague, and leprosy. 

Smallpox is endemic in the islands. 

Destructive epidemics of Asiatic cholera have occurred in the past 
at long intervals. The last was in 1889. The most fierce was in 1882. 
An outbreak of cholera in Manila and vicinity has recently occurred. 

Tuberculosis is common among the natives. 

Black plague appeared in Manila in December, 1899, but was almost 
entirely confined to Chinese and natives. 

Beri-beri is confined as a rule to natives. 

Leprosy is common. 

Sunstroke is rare, but heat prostration is common. 

There is another class of diseases which, while not confined to the 
tropics, are apt to occur in their severest and most dangerous form in 
hot countries, such as diarrhea, dysentery, malarial troubles, and 
beri-beri. 

There is a different degree of healthfulness in the various islands. 
Mindoro and Balabac are the worst from a sanitary point of view. 
Sibuvan. Guimaras, Siquijor.and Cebu are considered specially 
healthful. 

The rinderpest, which has prevailed for some years in many local- 
ities, having caused the almost entire destruction of the carabao, has 
been successfully controlled by instruction of the natives in the meth- 
ods of treatment of the disease and the immunization of animals. 

The locust pest is also receiving scientific attention. 

Constabulary.— On July 18, 1901 (act No. 175), the Philippine con- 
stabulary was organized on its present status. The force has been 
extended to 32 provinces and comprises 2,500 enlisted men. The 
organic act and code regulations are printed as a handbook in English 
and Spanish, Visayan. Bicol, and llocano, and their usefulness has been 
sustained in actual service. 

REVENUES AND EXPENDITURES. 

The central government for its support depends mainly on import 
and export duties. The internal taxes are chiefly devoted to the sup- 
port of provincial and municipal governments. One-half the internal- 
revenue receipts, i. e. industrial, urbana, and stamp taxes since January, 

S. Doc. m) 11 



16! 



GAZETTEER <>K T1IK IMII IJ1MM NK 1SI-ANDS. 



L901, has been turned over to the provincial treasury and the remaining 
one-half to tin* municipalities of the province. A cedula, or poll tax, of 
$] Mexican is levied upon each male person between IS and 55 years 
of age; one-half paid into the treasury of the town in which he lives 

and the other into the provincial treasury. The municipal council also 
has the powei to license saloons and other business requiring police 
supervision. 

During the year L902 the collection of an ad valorem land tax for 
the benefit of toe provincial and municipal governments is set to begin, 
viz: The provincial hoard levying one-eighth of 1 per cent on the 
assessable land of the province for roads and bridges and may levy two- 
eighths more for general purposes. The municipal council is required 
to levy one-fourth of 1 per cent for schools and may levy one-fourth 
per cent more for general purposes. Estimates indicate that the 
towns will be self-supporting, any deficiency, however, to be met by 
an increase of the land tax. 



Ri ix mi, s and ,:> p< nditures in the Philippine Archipelago from date of American occupation, 
August 20, 1898, to June 30, 1901. 

[Compiled from auditor's certificates covering- the fiscal affairs in the Philippine Archipelago from 
date of American occupation to December 31, 1899. Subsequent to January 1, 1900, approximated 
from the treasurer's account, which has been audited for the entire period.] 





Fiscal 


year ended June 30— 


Total. 




1899. 


1900. 


1901. 


REVENUES. 


S3, 097, 864. 15 

42, 954. 87 

240, 378. 27 

130,131.03 


ff5, 535, 952. 49 
104,282.54 
522, 509. 01 
361,195.58 


89, 032, 600. 70 
121,559.26 
932,484.91 
591,017.52 


$17,666,417.34 


1 'Os tal 


268, 796. 67 




1,695,372.19 
1,082,344.13 


Mi-ccllaneous 






Total 


3,511,328.32 


6,523,939.62 


10,677,662.39 


20, 712, 930. 33 




EXPENDITURES. 


29, 177. 16 

30,410.75 

2,337,810.80 


134,685.83 

89,149.51 

4,994,545 78 


280,815.23 

147,031.25 

6, 335, 975. 20 


444,678.22 


Postal 


266,591.61 




13,668,331.78 




Total 


2, 397, 398. 71 


5,218,381.12 


6,763.821.68 


14,379,601.51 







Customs revenuesin the Philippine Archipelago from date of American occupation, August 
20, 1898, to June 30, 1901, as reported, by the collectors of customs. 





Fiscal 


year ended June 30— 


Total. 




1899. 


1900. 


1901. 


PORT8. 


82,768,068.08 
198,271.16 
181,524.91 


84,705,016.65 

480, 427. 21 

313,485.28 

27, (Kir.. 82 

6,010.84 

4,007.69 


87,635,159.42 

777,054.06 

498,522.27 

88,621, 16 

14,569.06 

18,674.48 


815,108,244.15 


Iloflo 


1 , 455, 752. 43 


Cebti 


943, 532. 46 


Jol6 i sulu) 


115,026.78 






20, 579. 40 






22,682.12 








Total 


3, 097, 864. 15 


5,536,952.49 


9,032,600.70 


17,666,417.84 






inn 


1,227.88 

478, 901. 00 

12,781.51 

1,706.16 

16,247.60 


$4,777,728.90 

672,788.84 

48, 805. 63 

35, 128. 72 

102,005.90 


18, 153,700.38 

671,484.07 

93,535.92 

16,213.64 

92, 666. 69 


815,525,657.16 




1,723,173.41 




154,623.06 


Fines, seizure*, etc 

Other revenue! 


53, 043. 52 

209,920.19 


Total 


3,097,864.15 


5,535,952.49 


9,032,600.70 


17,666,417.34 







As far as the accounts of the collectors of customs have been certified by the auditor, the harbor 
Improvement tax baa been included In tin- import duties. This tax isa levy of h per cent on the 

value of all dutiable inereliandise imported into the islands, and 10 per cent additional on the amount 
of import duty, which would indicate thai about 10 per cent of the amount shown herein as import 

duties is in laei harbor-improvement tax. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 163 

Condition of the insular treasury at periods staled. 

September 1,1900: 

Available for appropriation, gold values on the basis of $2 insu- 
lar currency for $1 in United States money $3, 023, 834. 29£ 

September 1, 1901: 

Available for appropriation, gold values as above 5, 106, 518. 46 

Receipts by the treasurer of the archipelago from customs, 
internal revenue, post-office, miscellaneous, Spanish funds 
seized from August, 1898, to June, 1899 3, 908, 675. 28 

Withdrawals for disbursements, same period 3, 094, 102. 28 

Balance July 1, 1899 814,573.00 

Receipts, 1899 ( Julv) to 1900 (June) 6, 803, 482. 43 

Withdrawals, 1899 '(July) to 1900 (June) 5, 149, 523. 12 

Balance Julv 1 , 1900 1, 653, 959. 31 

Balance July 1, 1899 814,573.00 

Total July 1 , 1900 2, 468, 532. 31 

Receipts, 1900 (July) to 1901 (June) 11, 263, 317. 07 

Withdrawals, 1900 (July) 1901 (June) 7, 063, 921. 67 

Balance net 4, 199, 395. 40 

Balance July 1, 1900 2,468,532.31 

Balance in treasury June 30, 1901 6,667,927.71 

Receipts, 1901 (July, August, September) 3, 846, 319. 95£ 

Total 10, 514, 247. 66£ 

Withdrawals, 1901 (July, August, September) 3, 054, 071. 96£ 

Balance in treasury, including Spanish seized funds, September 30, 
1901 7,460,175.70 

Finances, money, and exchange. — The local banks of Manila 
refused to receive deposits in money of the United States and required 
all such money to be exchanged into local currency before being 
deposited, a commission being charged for exchange. Depositors, 
therefore, wishing their money in United States currency, were obliged 
to repurchase it from the banks again paying a commission for the 
exchange. This discrimination against money of the United States 
was remedied by an act (P. C, No. 53) passed November 28, 1900, 
requiring banks of deposit in the islands to accept deposits both in 
money of the United States and in Mexican or local currency and to 
repay such deposits by checks or otherwise in the kind of money in 
which they were made. A military order authorized the exchange of 
2 pesos of local currency for Si of money of the United States. Not- 
withstanding a greater value of United States gold as compared with 
tin' value of Mexican dollars, the ratio of 2 to 1 is maintained instead 
of $2.02 or *2.<)4 insular currency to $1 money of the United States. 
A now coinage on the United States standards with a United States- 
Filipino peso, value 1 half dollar United States, is proposed. 

FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS. 

The treasurer of the Philippine Archipelago reports as follows of 
the condition December 31, L901, of the Banco Espanol-Filipino and 
its branch at lloilo; the Manila and Iloilo branches of the Hongkong 



104 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPI'I N E ISLANDS. 



and Shanghai Banking Corporation; the Manila and (Vbn branches 
<)( the Chartered Bank of India. Australia, and China. 

The returns arc in pesos, 1 peso valued at 50 cents. 

The capital stock of the Spanish- Filipino Bank is shown to be 
L.500,000 pesos, and that of tin 4 Manila branch of the Hongkong and 
Shanghai Banking Corporation L,000,000 pesos. No capital appears 
to be assigned to any of the other bank branches. The bank-note 
circulation of the archipelago is confined to the Spanish -Filipino Bank, 
and amounts to 2,407,560 pesos. The aggregate liabilities of these 
banks and branches is shown to be 53,415,809.66 pesos, the principal 
items enumerated being as follows: Deposits, 35,012,127.71; deposits 
o\' banks and agencies, 10,059,388.22; surplus and undivided profits, 
2,972,717. 

The loans and discounts, including overdrafts, aggregate L6,923,424; 
investment in stocks, securities, etc., 1,502,549; bills of exchange, 
2,469,975; due from banks and bankers, 7,943,089; specie, bullion, 
and notes in bank. 23,139,105. The banks hold in United States gold 
457,360; United States notes, 4,095,066; United States silver dollars 
and subsidiary coins, 559,979; gold and silver bullion, 20,7 ( .)5 and 5,020, 
respectively; Mexican and Spanish-Filipino pesos (silver), 13,579,784 
and 2,490,975, respectively. The banks carried in their vaults 1,827,450 
Spanish-Filipino bank notes and 102,674 Spanish-Filipino fractional 
currency. 

Accompanying reports hereinbefore referred to was a statement of 
condition of the savings bank and pawn shop of Manila, which is capi- 
talized at 221,460.90 pesos, and at date of report, January 11, 1902, 
had deposits to the amount of 755,829.70. The aggregate resources 
of this institution amounted to 1,096,597.11, the principal items being 
loans, 713,822; real estate and mortgages owned, 105,164.05. 

Abstract of returns from tlw Manila and ('chit branches of Tlie Chartered Bank of India, 
Australia, and China; Manila and IloUo branches of the Hongkong and Shanghai 
Banking Corporation; The Banco Espanol at Manila and its lloilo branch, December 

Sly 1901. 

[Number of banks, 6.] 
[Note.— Two pesos equal 81.] 



Resources. 


Pesos. 


Liabilities. 


Pesos. 




13, 263, 370. 7C. 
3,660,044.40 
1,; 502 ,540. 05 

113,890.12 

2,169,975.27 

7,943,089.72 

7,840.54 

457,360.00 
4,095,066.00 

559, 979. 58 

20, 795. m 

5,020.27 

13,579,784.00 

2, 490, 075. 00 

102,674. 11 
1,827, 150.00 
1,615,935.71 




2, 500, 000. 00 






2,331,720.23 




Undivided profits, less expenses 




Banking house, furniture, and 


640, 990. 77 


Bank notes outstanding 


2,407,560.00 




Due to other banks, agencies, etc. 


10,059,388.22 




209, 790. 3 1 






15,013,469 H8 






14,983,897, 84 


United States notes 

United Btates siher dollars and 


Deposits Of insular disbursing 
officers 


5,014,760.49 
59, 451 . 03 


Gold bullion of other countries... 

Silver bullion of other countries.. 


Liabilities other than those above 
stated 


194,775.36 


Mexican pesot 

Spanish Filipino pesos 

Bpanish-Filipino fractional cur- 


Total 




Banco Espafiol Filipino notes — 
Other resources 




Total . . 


58,415,809.66 


53, 415, 809. 66 









GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



165 



Abstract of report made to the Comptroller of the Currency showing the condition of the 
Monte de Piedad y Gaja de Ahorros de Manila, in the Philippine Islands, at the close of 
business on January 11, 1902. 

[Number of banks, 1.] 





[Note.— Two 


pesos equal 81.] 




Resources. 


Pesos. 


Liabilities. 


Pesos. 


Loans and discounts 


713, 822. 00 

1,882.48 

165,164.05 

10.00 

280.00 

176.00 

7,044.30 

.03 

1,655.00 

3,850.00 

202,713.25 




221 , 460. 90 


Banking house, furniture, and 


Individual deposits 

Deposit insular disbursing officer. 
Other liabilities 


755, 829. 70 
1 000 00 


Other real estate owned 


118, 306. 51 




Total 






United States silver dollars 

Mexican pesos 

Spanish-Filipino fractional cur- 
rencv 




Banco Espanol-Filipino notes 

Checks and other cash items 

Other resources 




Total 


1,096,597.11 


1,096,597.11 







Internal revenue. — The organization of the bureau of internal 
revenue under G. O., No. 51, Military Governor's Office, April 15, 
1900, section 9 of act No. 83, provides that the provincial treasurer 
u shall act as collector of internal revenue for the province, and as 
such shall report to the collector of internal revenue for the islands 
and shall make such settlements and deposits as are now required by 
law." Regulations respecting these taxes and the disposition of the 
funds collected are provided in section 9 of act No. 133. 

The collections throughout the islands show a material increase over 
the collections for the previous year, on account of the extension of 
the field covered and also the increase of business at the trade centers. 

This is particularly true of the city of Manila, where the collections 
for the fiscal year 1900-1901 show a total increase of over 28 per cent. 

The work of collecting internal revenue in the city of Manila was 
turned over to the city assessor and collector on August 7, 1901, in 
accordance with the terms of the Manila charter. Since that time the 
acting collector of internal revenue has furnished stamps to the various 
provincial treasurers and revenue officers, and has been receiving col- 
lections for forestry payments in the city of Manila and administering 
the revenue offices in the unorganized provinces. As these duties are 
in connection with the work of the city assessor and collector, no 
expense is entailed on the insular government. 

Statement of collections and expenses of internal-revenue department from July 1, 1900, to 
October 1, 1901 ( United States currency). 



[This statement does not include sale of certificates by registration officers nor disbursements by 
disbursing quartermaster for civil bureaus for this department.] 


Department. 


Collections. 


Expenses. 


Percent of 
expenses 
to collec- 
tions. 


Northern Luzon 


8185,011.20 

105, 727. 38 

114,395.305 

14,009.75 

617,665.33 


810,954.51 

9,221.08 

6, 588. 37 

1,587.95 

31,735.265 


5 92 


Southern Luzon 


8 722 


Visayas 


5 76 


Mindanao and Jol6 Sulu 


11 32 


Manila 


5 1378 




Total 




1 , 036, 808. 965 


60, 087. 175 


5.8 





166 GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

PUBLIC LANDS. 

The islands are estimated to contain about 29,694,500 hectares, or 
15,415 acres of land, of which 2,000,000 hectares, about 4,1)40,000 
acres, art 4 held in private ownership, leaving 27,694,500 hectares, 
68,405,415 acres, of public lands. The acreage, according to the com- 
puted details of areas in this Gazetteer, footing up 127,853 square miles, 
would give 81,825,920 acres. The greater portion of this land is 
fertile, well watered, and adapted to useful crops. Much is covered 
with mineral deposits of gold, copper, high-grade iron and coal, etc., 
and is being prospected and made ready to acquire rights. In 1894 
the minister of colonies reported 200,0>00 squatters. United States 
expert estimates give double that figure. Theabove relation of private 
to public lands is not as large in Mindanao, Mindoro, and Palawan. 

The development of the islands by the survey, sale, and settlement 
of the public lands awaits action. Provisions for limited homestead 
disposition and public auction of limited tracts on proper conditions 
at not less than Hxed minimum prices, with provisions for preliminary 
survey at the expense of the applicant and subject to ^conformation 
on the completion of the official survey, are recommended. 

The acreage of the land, according to statements submitted, owned 
by friars in the provinces where the population is dense is: Cavite, 
L21,747 acres; Laguna, <y,17ii acres; Manila Province (now Rizal), 
50,145 acres; Bulac&n, 39,441 acres; Cebu, 16,413 acres; M6rong(now 
Rizal), 4.!*4o acres; Bata&n, 1.000 acres — upward of 300,000 acres. 
In addition to this, more than 100,000 acres lie, one-half in Isabela 
and one-half in Mindoro, in regions sparsely settled. According to a 
statement of the civil governor, the aggregate in round numbers is 
42o.i mo acres. 

CONDITIONS AT THE TIME OF SPANISH OCCUPATION. 

The racial divisions and animosities at the time of the Spanish dis- 
covery were favorable to occupation, jurisdiction, and government. 
The people as a mass were passive, without traditions, and abject, owing 
to long high-handed treatment by adventurers at home and predatory 
( 'hinese on the one hand and piratical Malays on the other from abroad. 
An evidence of the conditions is the acceptance of Christianity without 
the opposition raised by other oriental peoples. It was the largest 
movement of the inhabitants of a single part of the world practically 
at one time within the fold of Christendom. The Moros of Palawan 
and Mindanao, converted earlier to the doctrines of the Koran, and a 
few of the wild tribes were the only exceptions. At the time the 
people were heathen, and lived submissive to the ferocious rule of petty 
chief- and engaged in wars and headhunting against their neighbors. 
The Spanish occupation of the island curbed the power of the chief, 
upheld slavery, abolished hereditary authority and rank, and substi- 
tuted a system of titles of their own creation for services rendered in 
behalf of the Crown of Spain. They permitted established customs 
and laws to continue as long as they did not conflict with Spanish 
supremacy and interests. The system for a long period w r as in every 
respect paternal. The cruelties practiced in the Americas in the begin- 
ning did not exist. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 167 

SPANISH METHODS. 

The islands were practically a conquest of the cross, with a little 
assistance from the sword for business, and enough commerce absorbed 
by a handful of Spaniards in trade with China and Japan, and a ship 
or more annually with Spain, to crystallize the elements of authority. 
The only tax was the poll, or "tributo," which did service for 3 centu- 
ries at £l for every pair of adults. This was raised from time to time, 
with the progress of Western civilization, to $2^ and 40 davs' labor to 
the State, the latter commuted at about $3. No personal service was 
required from women. 

Among the evils of the Spanish system with the increase of com- 
mercial intercourse were the Government monopolies, as tobacco, pos- 
sibly abused by unscrupulous agents by seizing the fields of the private 
landowner, compulsory labor, defrauding the husbandman of his prod- 
uct, or arbitrarily fixing prices at rates amounting to confiscation. 

In the concrete, Spain bettered the condition of the people, the best 
of whom when the} r arrived were living as a servile remnant of some 
earlier civilization. The progress of Western commercialism and 
encroachments of foreign trade so changed these earlier conditions that 
the more ambitious of the dominant races, particularly the Tagalogs, 
became restive under the tightening hand of Spanish rule. 

THE "MAURA LAW" OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT. 

On May 19, 1893, a royal decree, issued on the recommendation of 
the colonial secretary, Don Antonio Maura y Montaner, the author of 
the law, provided a form of municipal government for those towns 
in the Philippine Islands inhabited by the Christian Filipinos. Under 
this law Luzon and the Visayan islands were divided into provinces 
and districts, each province or district into pueblos (towns); each 
pueblo into districts (divisions); each distrito into barrios (wards), and 
each barrio into barangayes (groups of 50 to 100 families). 

The governing bodies were: 

The governor-general, assisted by the council of administration, the board of 
authorities, and the general directorate of civil administration formed the general 
government of the archipelago. 

The governor of the province, assisted by the provincial council (junta), governed 
or rather supervised the affairs of the province. 

The municipal tribunal, assisted by the principalia, administered the pueblo. 

The cabeza de barangay (head of a hundred) represented the government as a 
sort of agent in the barangay. 

The divisions called distritos and barrios were merely for the purpose of adminis- 
tration. 

The governor-general was appointed by the Government in Spain. 

Council of administration: Three delegates from Luzon and 3 from the Visayan 
islands were elected by provincial councils (juntas). 

Others were appointed by Spanish Government. 

Governor of province was appointed by the Government in Spain. 

Provincial junta : 

Governor of province and 5 other officials, members ex officio. 

Four other members were elected by municipal captains. 

The municipal tribunal (captain and 4 lieutenants) were elected by 12 delegates 
of the principalia (chief of citizens). 

Twelve delegates of the principalia were chosen by the principalia. 

The principalia was composed of all persons who had held certain offices, persons 
who had paid -S50 land tax. 

The rabezas de barangayes were appointed by the governor of the province on 
recommendation of the 12 delegates or "principals" and municipal tribunal, but 
were practicallv elected by municipal tribunal. 



L68 QAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



A SYSTEM OF HOME RULE AND ITS LIMITS. 

This law, which organized the municipal government of the Philip- 
pine Islands, applied to Luzon and the Visayan islands, different pro- 
vision, mainly military, being made for the Sulu Archipelago and 
Mindanao. The natives of Luzon and the Visayan islands were in the 
main civilized and Christianized, and lived together in pueblos (cities or 
towns). A municipal tribunal (council) was established in every pueblo 
of Luzon and the Visayan islands, with the exception of Manila, 
Iloilo. Cebu, and some other places not necessary to mention. This 
council was defined as the legal association of all the people 
living within the limits of the same pueblo, and was charged with the 
administration of its affairs and interests. This was the only home 
rule the Filipinos enjoyed. By a study of the system and its opera- 
tions will he gained an accurate idea of their experience in the admin- 
istration of public affairs and, inferentially, of their capacit}^ at the 
present time for self-government. A comprehensive view of Philip- 
pine government under Spanish rule and a plan under United States 
authority, with other information hearing on those questions, will be 
found in Report of the Philippine Commission to the President, 
volume 1, January 81, 1900, transmitted to Congress February 2, 
1 900. 

The Katipunan or League formed after the suppression of the out- 
break of L872 became a revolutionary organization and led up to the 
outbreak of 1896, in every respect more serious than any which had 
previously confronted Spain. Cavite Province was its center. Opera- 
tions were conducted with frightful atrocities on both sides. The 
treatment of Dr. Jose" Rizal, after whom a province has been named by 
the wish of the people and the authority of the Commission, was but 
a single proof of this. 

PACTO DE BIAC-NA-BATd. 

Gen. Primo de Rivera negotiated the Pacto de Biac-na-bato, 
signed December 14, 1897, the Spanish Government paying $1,000,000 
to the rebels (among them Aguinaldo) for the abandonment of the rev- 
olution and $700,000 for the benefit of the families that had sustained 
losses by reason of the war. on condition of no renewal of rebellion or 
conspiracy. 

Spain paid one installment (£100,000), then duped the parties to the 
pact in the payment of tin 4 obligated sum and renewed the persecu- 
tions. Much of this money held on deposit was used to continue the 
operations of the insurrection, of which Aguinaldo was the chief, 
against the Americans. 

About twenty-four days after the capture of Manila by the United 
State- squadron, Aguinaldo. the chief in these transactions, by permis- 
sion of the American Admiral and in the guise of friendship, landed in 
Luzon, and less than three weeks later, in disrespect of the United 
State- authority, proclaimed the end of Spanish sovereignty, declared 
the Philippine Islands an independent republic, formed a rump gov- 
ernment, located it- seal of operations at Malolos in the adjacent pro- 
vince of Bulac&n, and with grandiose circumstance installed the func- 
tionaries of authority, simultaneously pompously announcing "that 
an American protectorate would not be opposed." 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 169 

The aggressive military operations of the forces of the United States, 
challenged by the insurgent attack upon the American lines around 
Manila, promptly disposed of organized opposition. The guerrilla 
warfare which followed received effective treatment by departmental 
and district commanders, and may be found under the provinces or 
islands in which the events transpired. 

A SPANISH SCHEME OF SOVEREIGNTY AND AUTONOMY. 

A scheme of Spanish sovereignty and Philippine autonomy was pro- 
posed to Spain June 19, 1898, after the destruction of the Spanish 
fleet and occupation of Manila Bay by the United States squadron, the 
organization and duties of which devolved upon — 

I. General government — sovereignty of Spain. 

II. The assembly representation of the archipelago — legislative power. 

III. The council of government — responsibility of the ministers — executive pow- 
ers. (Details of the scheme, see Exhibit VII, Eeport of the Philippine Commission, 
volume 1, facing page 228, Senate Doc. No. 138, Fifty-sixth Congress, first session. ) 

NATURAL HISTORY. 

Mammals. — The Philippines are poor in mammals, although well 
adapted to a large and diversified mammalian fauna. The most 
important are: 

Bats occur in great numbers, especially in Guimaras, Siquijor, and Cebu. Some 
species are peculiar to the archipelago. Their skins have been used for furs. 

Bintorang; a carnivorous animal found in the Paiawan-Calamianes group. 

Bovine cattle are raised in Masbate, Calamianes, and some of the small islands 
north of Luzon. They are killed for their flesh, hides, and horns, and little 
attention is paid to milk-giving properties. 

Cacholet; found in the seas of the archipelago, spermaceti being obtained from it. 

Carabao or water buffalo; 2 kinds, the domesticated and wild. The former is the 
beast of burden in the Philippines, tolerably strong, but sluggish in movements, 
fond of water and of taking a mud bath, a wonderful swimmer, not hesitating to 
cross 10 miles of open sea. They sometimes display a violent dislike for white 
men, occasionally stampeding at the mere scent. Their flesh is eaten by the 
natives, but is tough, stringy, and rather tasteless; the milk is extensively used 
instead of cow's milk, and the hides and horns are put to various uses. The 
natives believe that pieces of burned buffalo horn will cure snake bites. The 
wild buffaloes occur in Luzon. Mindoro, the Calamianes, Masbate, Negros, and 
Mindanao. It is said that Mindoro herds sometimes number as many as 200. 
Hunting them constitutes a most exciting and dangerous sport. 

Civet cats; 2 species range through the Paiawan-Calamianes. A true wildcat of 
small size has been found in Palawan, Panay, and Negros, and is said to exist 
in Cebii. 

Deer; extremely abundant in many parts of the archipelago, their flesh forming an 
important article of food, while their skins and horns are put to various prac- 
tical uses. In Sulu there is a beautiful axis deer. In Basilan, Mindanao, Leyte, 
Sdmar, Luzon, Mindoro, and the Calamianes is. are deer of red or brown colors, 
without spots when adult. In Masbate, Panay, Guimaras, and Negros is a beau- 
tiful dark-colored deer, marked with buff spots. 

Dolphin; found in the seas of the archipelago. 

Dugong, called woman fish. Beads are made from its tusks. 

Gai.eopithecfs (Galeopitkecus philippinensis Wath.); found from Basilan to Luzon, 
also in Bohol. It has membranes like a flying squirrel, which not only enter 
between the legs, but reach to the tip of the tail. Its soft fur is highly prized 
in Europe. 

Goats; from China and Mexico, and breed successfully in the islands. 

Hogs, wild, of at least 2 species occur in the Philippines. In some of the islands, 
notably Tawi-tawi, they are extremely numerous, destroying the crops at night. 
They are much hunted, both on this account and for their flesh, which is excel- 
lent. Domesticated hogs of black color are to be found in numbers in every 
village. They cross more or less freely with the wild species. 



170 GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Horses; originally imported from Mexico, China, or Borneo, arc of small size, but 
well formed and tough. Neither Australian or European horses have thus far 

done well ID the Philippines OH BCOOUnl of the intestinal trouble caused by the 

grass, which is harsh, and the foot disease caused by the great moisture during 

the rainy season. Good results have been obtained with the American cavalry 
horses by feeding them with rice leaves or imported hay. 

1. kmi r ( Nxctxcebui tardigradw Pisch); occurs only in Tawi-tawi. It is known to the 
natives as kokam and to the Spaniards as el vergonzoso (meaning the bashful), 
on account of its curious habit of hiding its head when approached by man and 
unable to escape. 

Monkey; b single species has been discovered in the Philippines, the Macacas pliil- 
ippinanais Geoff, known to the natives as maching or matsin. It is of medium 
size and commonly tamed by the natives. It not infrequently inflicts consider- 
able damage on growing rice and other crops. Its flesh is sometimes utilized by 
the natives as an article of food. 

Otter; a carnivorous animal, found in the Palawan-Calamianes group. 

Pang u.in; an edentate, or toothless mammal, abundant in Palawan and Calamianes 
group. It has its whole dorsal region protected by thick scales, and when 
molested rolls itself into a ball. 

Birds. — The species of birds in the Philippines number more Hum 
590, of which at least 325 arc peculiar to the archipelago and largely 
land. The most important species are: 

Birds of prey; there are not less than 45 species, 22 peculiar to the Philippines. 
They vary Erom a falcon, the size of a sparrow, to the immense monkey-catching 
harpy eagle, which is so strong and active that it seizes monkeys as they leap 
from tree to tree. 

Cocks and BENS; resembling red Leghorns, wild and extremely pugnacious; sup- 
posed to be descended from the jungle fowl; are snared and domesticated. The 
cocks are trained to light, 

Docks; 5 species known; 1, a mallard, is peculiar to the Philippines. This species 
and the I )endrocyna arcuata (Cuv.) afford fine shooting. The eggs of the lat- 
ter are used for food. 

Gulls and terns poorly represented. 

Herons and bitterns; 15 species of varied forms, size, and color. 

Kjngfishers; 21 species, all but 6 of which are confined to the Philippines. Many 
of these are beautifully colored. 

Mound builder or tabon (Megapodius cumingi Dillwyn); a bird burrowing 2 or 3 ft, 
and laying an egg out of all proportion to the size of the body. The eggs are 
rich in yolk and highly prized as an article of food. The young dig their way 
to the surface through a mound 4 or 5 ft. high scratched up by the parent bird. 

Pigeons and doves; no less than 35 species many of them beautifully colored, and 
the flesh of all edible. Several of the species are of very large size. The Nicobar 
pigeon ( Calanasnicobraica Linn.) is especially worthy of mention on account of 
its beautiful changeable hues, which vary from deep green to fiery copper red. 
There are 15 species of rails, coots, and gallinules, their flesh, and sometimes their 
eggs as well, being eaten by the natives. 

HORNRILLS; 12 species, not one of which occurs outside of the island. They wall up 
the female in the trunk of a tree during breeding, leaving a small opening in the 
clay through which to pass food. 

Snipe; plOver, turnstones, and shore birds in general are very abundant along the 
coast during the cold season in Asia, but the majority of them migrate N. dining 
the hot season. The Asiatic snipe makes good shooting in November, December, 
and January. The painted snipe in resident in the islands throughout the year. 

Stork; but one species, and comparatively rare. 

SUNBD3DS; 24 species, conspicuous for their beautiful colors. Feed from flowers, but 
have no remarkable powers of flight. 

Swifts; the variety scientifically known as CoUoccdia troglodUes Gravis of commer- 
cial importance as the builders of the edible nests so highly prized by the Chinese 
for food. These nests, composed of a gelatinous secretion from the salivary glands 
in the mouths of the birds, sell at high prices, almost their weight in gold, when 
fresh and clean. The best nests an; obtained on the precipitous sides of the PefiOD 
de Con.n, between Culion and Busuanga, where t la; natives gather them at no 
little personal ri.^k. Good nests are to be had in Guiinaras, Siquijor, and at other 
points. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 171 

Tailor bird; 9 species, and noted for its breeding habits and the difficulty of obtain- 
ing its nests. They form a sack of leave's sewn together with their bills and 
spider webs or cocoons, in which they deposit their eggs. 
Among the other birds are the frogmouths, bee birds, night hawks, cuckoos (21), 
cockatoos, parrots and paroquets (19), woodpeckers (19), barbets, broadbills, star- 
lings, orioles, weaver finches, larks, nuthatches, flower-peckers (23), titmice, shrikes 
and swallow shrikes, thrushes, fruit thrushes, bluebirds, firebirds, flycatchers (42), 
swallows, pittas or ant thrushes. 

Reptiles and batrachians. — A large number of forms is known, 
the most important of which are: 

Axupong (Tagalog) or Aguason (Visayan); a deadly venomous snake found in the 
sea, as well as in the plains and houses, where it goes to seek rats and other small 
animals for food. 

C< >bras; venomous serpents found in the eastern chain of islands and in the Calamianes 
group. 

Crocodiles; abundant in many of the streams and fresh-water lakes, and sometimes 
in the sea along the coast. They attain a length of 18 ft. In certain parts of the 
archipelago they are man-eaters. 

Dahun-Palay (rice-leaf snake) ; a deadly green snake, whose large poison glands give 
its head a characteristic arrow shape, while its neck is very slender, and body 
short, thick, and strong. Under this name is also included a number of green 
snakes, which are absolutely harmless. 

Frogs occur in great variety. In the forests is a tree frog with enormously devel- 
oped membranes between its toes. 

Geckos; 2 species are common in the houses, one small, and feeds on mosquitoes and 
house flies, the other on insects, and works noiselessly. It has a large, thick 
body, sometimes 8 in. or more long; is sluggish in its movements, has a loud 
call, and ordinarily is harmless. 

Iguanas; very abundant in many localities, sometimes attaining a length of more 
than 5 ft., and able to swallow fair-sized fowls whole. Their eggs are considered 
a great delicacy, and the flesh of one species, known as ibid, ibit, or pelubid, is 
very highly esteemed. 

Lizards; in almost endless variety. Flying lizards are very common in the forests, 
generally invisible, and only "become conspicuous as they fly from tree to tree. 

Python or saua; the largest snake in the archipelago, some specimens measuring 
22 ft. 8 in. in length, and 24 in. in circumference. They are expert rat catchers, 
which they vary as they become larger with chickens, pigs, monkeys, and young 
cattle. They abound in the Calamianes Islands, Basilan, Mindanao, and Bohol. 

Serpents exist in great numbers, both nonvenomous and venomous. 

Turtles; the land varieties are small and without commercial value. Sea turtles are 
large, their flesh being used as an article of food. Tortoises, producing beautiful 
shell, are also abundant. 

The mortality is said to be great from snake bites in Lubang, NW. 
of Mindoro, but is not serious elsewhere. 

Fishes. — This lowest class of vertebrates presents the largest num- 
ber of species, both marine and fresh-water, and constitutes one of the 
chief sources of the food suppl}\ The Philippine waters abound in 
the order of the Selachii, the sharks, or pating, which sell at high 
prices, their fins and tails constituting a gelatinous food which the 
Chinese highly appreciate. The sawfish, the plow-fish or sut-sut, dog- 
fish, rays, and hammer-fish are also abundant. 

Under the order of the Teleosteii is a great number of species, having the body 
compressed and the mandibles provided with 8 teeth, placed in 1 single rank on each 
and covered by true lips; and the trunk-fish, whose body is covered with bony plates. 

Representing the suborder of the Lophobranchii are the sea needle, whose body 
is slender and long and of almost uniform diameter throughout; also the sea horse. 

The suborder of Fisostomi is represented by the eels, notable for their large size; 
sardines; the Bangos; the Buan buan, and the shad; the genera Claria, Plotcsns, and 
Rita, which have the skin bare or covered with large bony plates; finally, the tench 
and the barbels. 

Under the suborder of the Anacanthide are found the species Bregivacerus Mac- 
Clelland Thorns, characteristic of Philippine waters and very similar to the cod, the 
turbots and soles, of delicious flesh. 



172 OAEETTEEB OF TIIK PHILIPPINE C8LANIUB. 

Belonging to the suborder of the Atanthoptebi are found the dalag, winch abounds 
iu rivers, lakes, and pools, and during the rainy season even in the rice fields; the 
Martinico; the Sarigaray, of the Pasig River; the Serrano; the Serrate; the Lapolapo 
oi' (VU'i. and the Bangoongoc; the Saramotlete, of fine taste and beautiful colore; fcne 
Eeparidse or gildingB, of delicious flesh; the flying fish, and the sea hog; the horse 
mackerel; the plataco; the vadigo or talang-talang, and the Caranga; the talflong or 
mullet; the conger, and thealacaac; the bream and thequftang; finally, the gobrido 
of Manila and Antral. 

Mollusks. Molluska exist in great variety and abundance, among 

them land shells, with 1'ew exceptions, formed by snails, ot the most 
varied form, size, and color, many of them extremely beautiful. The 
fresh-water and marine forms are very numerous and many of them 
exquisitely beautiful. 

Am-: the number of species is very large. They occur in countless millions. The 

most important is the termite, or white ant, called by the natives "anay," which 

inflicts great damage on wooden buildings, often causing very serious loss. 
ARTHROPOD a; these "animals with jointed feet" are represented by an enormous 

number of species. 
Beetles, butterflies, and moths are found in endless variety. 
Clam of the genus Cridacna] the shells of this enormous giant mollusk sometimes 

attain a length of 5 or (> ft. and weigh hundreds of pounds. The valves arc; used 

for baptismal fonts, and the natives sometimes burn them to make lime. 
Echinobermata, vermes, COLENTERATA, and protozoa; the damp forests and warm 

seas of the archipelago swarm with lower animal life. 
Honey-making bees of 3 species; one of very large size; its combs are built pendent 

from the branches of trees. The other species store their honey in hollows of 

timber. One of them is stingless. Honey is an article of food and wax an article 

of commerce. 
Locusts; serious plagues of these sometimes occur, destroying the growing crops. In 

the province of Batangas, some years ago, a borer appeared which worked in the 

stems of the coffee bushes and soon wiped the plantation out of existence. 
Mosquitoes; sufficiently numerous in the lowlands, so that nets are necessary for 

protection at night, and are believed to play an important part in the spread of 

malarial diseases. 
Oystkks and clams; a number of species, very palatable as food. 
Paper nautilus; very tine specimens of this delicate mollusk are occasionally 

obtained. 
Pearl oysters are found in the S. waters of the archipelago along the coasts of Min- 
danao, Bulu, and Palawan. The Moros are skillful pearl fishers. The Sulu pearl 

fisheries are controlled by the Sultan, who rents the privilege of working them. 
Pearly NAUTILUS; very common, its shells being much used for drinking cups. 
Placuna placenta L. ; are split into thin, flat plates, and cut into squares, some 2 in. 

on a side, and used in place of window glass. 
S< orpions; several species, some of which are very large and sting severely. 
Shrimps, crabs, and lobsters abound in the waters of the coast, or on the banks of 

fresh-water streams. 
Spiders are found varying in size from tiny, microscopic creatures to great hairy 

specimens the size of our tarantulas, which inflict a painful injury by their bite. 
Starfishes and ska urchins are abundant, their spines being poisonous. Land 

leeches swarm in damp forests. 
Taclobo; shells are hard, the Moros sometimes pounding them up and ramming the 

pieces into their rude cannon, using them as projectiles. 
W \>i>s of various species. Some sting most viciously. 
Wonderful CORAL BEDS exist in the southern islands, displaying beautiful forms and 

colors in the depths below, and showing the activity of the coral polyp. 
The prevalence of amoebic dysentery shows the existence of protozoa. 



PHILIPPINE BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

A SELECTED LIST <>F BOOKS BY BEST AUTHORITIES. 

The following list embraces works of original information or research 
only. The great volume of literature on the Philippine Islands is in 
the Spanish language. American and English works, except official, 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 173 

scientific, military, or naval, as a rule, are compilations. The desire 
for information concerning the history, art, science, economy, and 
letters of the Philippine Islands has led to much research on biblio- 
graphic lines. Retana, in his Biblioteca Filipina, Madrid, 1898, gives 
2,697 titles of numbered pieces of literature, which is still incomplete; 
1,142 names of authors, a list of 14 bibliographies of the archipelago, 
and 27 distinct idioms in which books have been printed. 

The Lubao tratadillos (pamphlets) of 1606, Blanca's Arte, 1610, and 
Bugarin's Dictionary (Spanish and Japanese), 1630, were the first books 
printed in the Philippine Islands, at Manila, from 32 to 8 years before 
the printing press was introduced into the colonies of North America, 
now the United States. The following are the best authorities on 
their respective lines: 

Aiterx, George P., U. S. A. List and compilation of important tree species of the 
Philippine Islands. Manila, 1901. 

Atlas of the Philippine Islands. (Atlas de Filipinas. Coleccion de 30 Mapas. 
Observatorio de Manila, 1899.) IT. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Special Pub- 
lication Xo. 3. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1900. 

Baranda, Isidro Saixz de. Philippine geology. Inspector of mines, Manila. 

Bancroft, H. H. The New Pacific. New York, 1900. Philippine Archipelago, 
pp. 560-580. 

Barrett, John. The Philippine Islands and America's interest in the Far East, etc 
Hongkong, 1899. 

Becker, George F. Memorandum on the mineral resources of the Philippine 
Islands. [Extract from Nineteenth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Sur- 
vey, 1897-98. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1898.] 

Report on geology of the Philippine Islands. [Extract from Twenty-first 

Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1899-1900, part 3. Washington, 
Government Printing Office, 1901.] 

Blanco. Manuel. Philippine flora. Manila, 1837, 1845, 1877-78. 4 vols. Spanish 
and Latin, 2 vols. Colored lithographs. Describes 110 orders, 314 species, 838 
varieties. 

Blumextritt, Ferdixaxd. Yolker. Psychologisches in der Philippine-Frage. 
Berlin, 1899. And other works. 

Bowering, Sir John. A Visit to the Philippine Islands. 1876. 

Coal Measures of the Philippines, by Charles H. Burritt, first lieutenant Eleventh 
Cavalry. U. S. V., officer in charge the Mining Bureau, D. I. A., August, 1901. 

Commerce of the Philippine Islands. Monthlv summaries, Division of Insular 
Affairs, 1900, 1901. 

Commerce and finance of the United States. Monthly summary series, 1899-1900, 
1891-1902. Washington, Government Printing Office. 

Comyn, Thomas de. State of the Philippine Islands; being an historical, statistical, 
and descriptive account of that interesting portion of the Indian Archipelago. 
Translation by William Walton. London, 1821. 

Consular reports. British foreign office. Annual series. London. 

Consular reports. United States. Annual series prior to 1898, December. Depart- 
ment of State. 

Delgado Popeau, S. J. General history of Manila, 1892. 

Division of Insular Affairs. Compilations and translations. [See annual report of 
Col. Clarence R. Edwards, U. S. A., chief.] Washington, Government Printing 
nrricv. 1901. 

Edwards. Col. Clarence R. First annual report (1901) of the work of the Division 
of Insular Affairs, with reference index of compilations and translations. Wash- 
ington, Government Printing Office, December, 1901. 

Elera, Casto de. Philippine fauna. 3 vols. Manila, 1895-96. 

Ert, Thomas Bruce. Views of the American press on the Philippines. [New 
York. 1899]. 

Faust, Karl Irving. Campaigning in the Philippines. San Francisco. 

Fisk, Amos K. The story of the Philippines. A popular account from Magellan to 
Dewey. New York, 1898. 

Featherman. Asocial history of the races of mankind. London, 1887. Account 
of the native races of the Philippines, pages 468-504. 

Ford, John I). An American cruiser in the East. Travels in the Philippine Islands. 
Illustrated. New York, 1898. 



17 \ GAZETTKKB OF THB PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Foreman, J. The Philippine [elands. New York and London, 1899. 

Great Britain. Foreign office. Consuls. Commercial reports, 1869, etc. 

Harden, Edward W. Report on the financial and industrial conditions of the 
Philippine Islands. By special commissioner. Washington, Government Print- 
ing Office, 1898. [Fifty-fifth Congress, third session, Senate Doc. L69.] 

J kGOR, F. Reisen In aen rhilippinen. Berlin, L873. 

[Translation. ] 

Groniere, Paul de. Adventures d'un gentilhomme bre'ton aux lies Philippines, 
etc. Paris. 

Twenty years in the Philippines. Abridged and translated from the original 

French, by Frederick Hardman, 1853. Revised and extended, New York, 1854. 
Also illustrations from second edition of original, Paris, 1857. 

Lai \. K\mo\ Reyes. The Philippine Islands. New York, L899. (Historical, eco- 
nomical, political, etc. I 

M \ooon, Charles E. Report on the legal status of the territory and inhabitants of 
the islands acquired by the United States during the war with Spain, etc. Wash- 
ington, Government Printing Office. [Fifty-sixth Congress, first session, Senate 
Doe. 234.] 

Manila, Observatorio de. Boletln. Manila, 1895-1897. In Library of Congress, 
L890-1897. 

Marchb, Alfred. Lucon et Palasan; six annees de voyages aux Philippines. Paris. 
1SS7. Employed on scientific explorations by the French Government, 1879-1885, 

Middleton, Rev. Thomas Cooke, D. D.,0. S. A. Some notes on the bibliography of 
the Philippines. Bulletin of the Free Library of Philadelphia. No. 4. Decem- 
ber, L900. 

Mn LEE, OLIVER C. The semi-civilized tribes of the Philippine Islands. [American 
Academy of Political ami Social Science. Annals.] Vol. 18 (.Inly, 1901). 

Millet, F. I>. The Philippine expedition. New York, 1899. 

Montero v Vioai., Jose. Historia general de Filipinas * * * hasta nuestros dias. 
Madrid. [887. 

Morga, Antonio de. The Philippine Islands, etc. Translated by H. J. Stanley. 
London, [Hakluyt Society, LS68], 

Orsbrvatorio de Manila. Report of the accompanying atlas of the Philppine 
Islands. Vol. Ill and IV. Philippine Commission to the President, December, 
L900. Washington, Government Printing Ottice, 1901. 

Paterno, Pedro Alexandro. El regimen municipal en las Islas Filipinas. Real 
decreto de 19 de mayo de L893. .Madrid, 1893. 

Philippine Commission. Reports of the acts of legislation and other important 
information relating to the conditions and immediate wants of the Philippine 
Islands. L900, L901. Washington, Government Printing Ofiice, 1901. 

Retana. Cat&logo abreviado de la biblioteca filipina. [Madrid, 1898.] Pp. xxi-xxv. 

Sawyer, Frederick H. The inhahitants of the Philippines. A resident of fourteen 
years in Luzon, setting forth the natives in a more favorable light. Photograph- 
ically illustrated. London, 1900. 

Stevens, .1. F. Yesterdays in the Philippines. London, 1898. 

Stratemeyer, Edward. Under MacArthur, in Luzon. Illustrated. Boston, 1900. 
Old Glory Series. 

St i.i . Treaty with the Sultan of. Senate Doc. No. 136, 56th Congress, 1st sess., 1900. 

Tavera, Dr. T. II. Pardo de. A number of valuable monographs of recent date on 
geology, language, plants, customs. Fl mapade Filipinas del P. Murillo Velarde, 
1894. 

Was Department. Annual report of the Major-General Commanding. 1898. 

Parts 1 and 5. 1899. 

Lieutenant-General Commanding the Army. Parts 4, 5, 6, 7, K). 1900. 

Reports. 1901. 

Animal reports of the Secretary of War. 1898, 1899, 1900, 1901. 

Worcester, DbanC. and Prank S. Bourne. Contributions to Philippine Islands. 

Ornithology. Washington, Government Printing Office, L898. [Proceedings 
r. s. National Museum, No. 20.1 

The Philippine Islands and their people. New York, London, 1898. 

Y"i NGHU8RAND, <i. .J. The Philippines and round about. London, 1899. 
The following u a specially selected list on agriculture: 

A.GRN ULTURI8T8, TROPICA L. 

I'. kiLEY. Plant breeding. 

The principles of agriculture. 

Bailey, L II. Principles of agriculture. 

Principles of gardening. 

Horticulturists' rule hook. 

Principles of fruit growing. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 175 

Basset, N. Guide du planteur de cances. 

De Caxdolle. Origin of cultivated plants. 

Fuller. The propagation of plants. 

Hart, J. H. Cacao: a treatise on the cultivation and curing of cacao. 

Hull, E. C. P. Coffee planting in southern India and Ceylon. 

Johnson. How crops grow. 

How crops feed. 

Jordan. Feeding of animals. 

Killenbren & Myrick, 1897. Tobacco leaf. 

King. The Soil. 

Lacomte, Henri. Le Cafe, culture, etc. 

Lai-ret, A. Le tabac, 1901. 

Lock, C. G. W. Coffee, its cultivation and commerce in all countries. 

Miles. Land draining. 

Morrow & Hunt. Soils and crops on the farm. 

Nicholas, H. A. Tropical agriculture. 

Nietxer. Observations on the enemies of the coffee trees in Ceylon. 

Plants. Elementaires des pays chaudes. Tenth ed., 1899. 

Shaw. Forage crops other than grasses. 

Soiling crops and the silo. 

Sugar Growers. Introductory manual of. 
Vilmorin. The vegetable garden. 
Vorhees. First principles of agriculture. 

Watson, J. F. Index to the native and scientific names of Indian and other East- 
ern economic plants and products. 

Weed, C. M. Spraying crops; why, when, and how. Kev. ed. 

Insects and insecticides. 

Wilcox. Irrigation farming. 

PHILIPPINE CHRONOLOGrY, 1519 TO 1901. 

I. DISCOVERY AND EXPLORATION. 

1519. Hernando de Magellan's flotilla sailed from Seville, Spain. 

1520. Magellan passed the strait which was named for him. 

1521. Magellan landed at Butuan, in the north of Mindanao: raised the cross on a small hill, and 

celebrated mass for the first time in the Philippine Islands. Magellan took possession of the 
island in the name of the King of Spain. Alliance between Hamabar, the King of Cebu, and 
Magellan. Death of the latter on the small island of Mactan, opposite Cebii, Cebu. Duarte de 
Balbosa and 26 companions were treacherously assassinated at a banquet by order of Hamabar. 
1">22. Remnants of the expedition reached Seville in the ship Victoria, commanded by Don Juan 
Sebastian del Cano. thus completing the first circumnavigation of the globe. 

1525. Expedition of Frey Garcia Jose Loaisa sailed from Coruna, Spain. 

1526. Loaisa passed the Strait of Magellan, where a violent hurricane scattered part of his ships. 

Loaisa and Sebastian del Cano died on the Pacific. Capitana went to Mindanao, and upon 
attempting to reach Cebii was driven by tempests to the Moluccas. 

1527. Expedition sailed from Mexico under the* leadership of Alvaro de Saavedra. 

1528 Saavedra arrived at Mindanao, where he provided himself with stores, and then went to the 
Moluccas. 

1542. Armada of Buy Lopez de Villalobos sailed from the port of Juan Gallego, in Mexico. 

1543. Villalobos reached Southern Mindanao. Gave the island of Leyte the name " Filipina," which 

was afterwards extended to the entire archipelago. 
1549. Remnants of the expedition of Villalobos reached Spain. 

II. SPANISH DOMINION ESTABLISHED. 

[The names of the trovernors-general for the corresponding years in this chronology will be found 

under ''Civil government."] 

1664. Armada of Don Miguel Lopez de Legaspi raised anchor at Natividad, in Mexico. Augustin 
monks joined the expedition. 

1565. Islands of Leyte, Camiguin, Bohol, and Mindanao were visited and the flotilla then anchored 
at Cebii. Distrust and hostility of those islanders. 

1567. Legaspi sent his tender to Mexico under command of Juan de la Isla. 

TO galleons arrived at Cebii with troops, munitions, and arms, and with them Don Juan de 
do, called the Hernando Cortes of the Philippines. Portuguese squadron under com- 
mand of Gonzalo Pereira anchored off Cebu. The purposes of the latter were frustrate'! by 
the firmness of Legaspi. 

1569. Legaspi transferred his encampment to Panay. Three vessels, commanded by Juan de la Isla, 
arrived with dispatches from the King, conferring on Legaspi the governorship of the islands 
and the title of adalantado. 

1">7". Expedition under the orders of Don Martin de Goiti and Don Juan de Salcedo sailed from Panay 
to study the conditions about Manila. Favorable reception of the Spaniards by Rajah Lacan- 
dola and Rajah Soliman. Treachery of the latter and his destruction. 

1571. Legaspi took possession of Manila. Subjugation of certain provinces of Luzon b> Don Martin 

de 'roiti and Don Juan de Salcedo. Legaspi established commercial relations with the Chinese. 
Arrival of two ships with ^enforcements at Cebu. 

1572. Bubjugation of new provinces by Salcedo. Death of Legaspi. Complete submission of Zambales, 

Pangasinan, and llocos to Goiti. 



L76 0A2ETTEKB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

LbmiatoD <>i Camarinee to Balcedo. 
Ittack of the Chinese pirate Li-Ma-Hong on Manila. Heroic defense. Opportune arrival of 

Balcedo and defeat of Li-Ma-Hong. 
Salcedo attacked Li-Ma-Hong al Llngaygn, Pangasinan. Flight of Li-Ma-Hong. 
1676. Kjirly death of Salcedo. (8ee 1 
i>::. Arrival of the flrei expedition of Franciscan monks. 

I ortunate expedition of Don Francisco de Sande to Borneo. Se restored its legitimate King to 

the throne, and the latter offered vassalage to Spain. Sulu and Mindanao tributaries to him. 
hinese were compelled to live together under Bpanish cannons. 

\ nival at Manila of its lirvt bishop, Fr. Domingo Salazar. With him came the first party of 
Jesuits. Beginning of work upon the cathedral. Second expedition to Borneo to restore the 
King to ids throne. 

. ictory won by Pablo Carrion, in Cagayan, Luzon, over the Japanese corsair Taijusa. Expedi- 
tion to Ternate, In the Moluccas, under command of Lorenzo de Cartagena. 

teath >>i Governor General Ronquillo. During his funeral ceremonies the temple of San Agu- 
Btln burned. The fire spread to the citadel; two-thirds of Manila was destroyed. Building 
upof Manila. Pacification of certain towns which had revolted because of the excesses of the 
military commander. 
k>m. Establishment of the royal audiencis of the Philippines. The governor, under ample authority 
from the King, checked the abuses of military leaderB. Construction of a stone fortress at 
Manila. f 

1686. Unfortunate expedition to Ternate, in the Malay Archipelago. A conspiracy provoked by 

thievish Moroa was discovered among the natives of Pampanga and Manila. Capture of the 
Bhip Santa Ana by an English corsair. 

1687. Arrival of the tirst expedition of Dominican monks. An artillery foundry established. Hospital 

for Spaniards founded. 

1690. Construction of the walls of Manila and of Fort Santiago. Suppression of the royal audiencia 

by royal decree. Establishment of the College of Santa Potenciana for the orphans of mil- 
itary men. 

1691. Arrival at Manila of Faranda, the ambassador of Taicosama. the Emperor of Japan. 

1692. Dasmarinas sent ambassadors to the Emperor, of Japan. 

1698. New embaxy to Japan. Coming of the King of siao to Manila to offer obedience to King Philip 
II. to whom he cedes the island; and, further, to ask the aid of the Spaniards against the pagans 
of Ternate. resulting in a strong expedition to the Moluccas, under command of Dasmarinas, 
to help the King Of Siao. Dasmarinas assassinated by Chinese oarsmen at Santiago Pt. Sus- 
picious aroused by large number of Chinese junks arriving at Manila. 

1694. An embassy sent to China to obtain the surrender of the assassins of Don G6m6z Perez Dasma- 
rinas without result. Foundation of the Obra Pia de la Misericordia. 
Expedition of the governor to Nueva Vizcaya, fsabela, and Cagayan resulted in the subjugation 
of those regions. By virtue of a royal cedilla each religious order had assigned to it the 
provinces in which it might exercise administration over spiritual affairs. 

1696. Expedition to Mindanao, under Capt. Rodriguez de Figueroa. Ascended the Rio Grande. At 

Buhayen a Moro treacherously killed him. 

1697. Don Juan Ronquillo went to Mindanao to take the place of Figueroa. Destroyed the fleet of 

Moro boats from Ternate, which came to the help of the Moros in Mindanao, and as a result 
of victory the Moros of Mindanao and Sulu became vassals of Spain. Ronquillo abandoned 
the acquired territory. News received at Manila that the ship Sa7i Felipe had been driven to 
Japan; that Taicosama had taken possession of her rich cargo. 

1698. Dispatches received creating the archbishopric of Manila, and the bishoprics of Cebu, Nueva 

Careres, and Nueva Segovia. Reestablishment of the royal audiencia. 
\ powerful tleet of Moro pirates infested the coast of Cebu, Negros, and Panay, causing greet 
loss ,,f life and property. 

1600. A naval victory won off Mariveles. Bataan, Luzon, over the Dutch corsair Oliveria Van Neort. 

A tleet of Moro pirates attacked the town of Arevalo, in Iloilo, Panay, and was defeated. 
Earthquake at Manila. 

1601. Foundation of the college of San Jose under the direction of the Jesuits. 

UATl. Expedition to Sulu under command of (iallinato; returned for lack of supplies. Commercial 

relations were established with Daifusama, Emperor of Japan. 
\ conflagration destroyed a third part of Manila. Uprising of 20,000 Chinese. Spaniards, natives, 

and Japanese unite and completely overcome the Chinese. 
Fortunate expedition to the Moluccas. First mission of Recol6ta monks arrived. Uprising of 

the Japanese; were conquered and prohibited from living in future together in one ward. 
Dutch corsair, BUmcardo, defeated and captured by Don Pedro de Heredia. Blancardo taken 

to Ternate; obtained his liberty by paying a heavy ransom, but later was again made prisoner 

and taken to Manila. 

Dutchman, F. Witter, ordered a landing at Oton (in Panay), but Don Fernando de Ayala, who 

had laid in ambUSb near the beach, fell unexpectedly upon the Dutch, who had disembarked, 

and destroyed them. 

1610. F. Witter took up a position off Mariveles, Bataan, Luzon, and made prizes of various Chinese 

and Japanese vessels. Defeat and death of Witter at Mariveles brought about by a Spanish 

squadron under Don Juan de Silva. Rich booty captured from the Dutch. 

1616. Ruj Gonzales de Segueira arrived at Manila with ^enforcements, coming by way of the Cape 

of Good Hope. The Portuguese viceroy, at Goa, asked to cooperate in Silva's plan of sending a 

strong armada against the Dutch. 
1616. Don Juan de Silva sailed at the head of a powerful armada against the Dutch. The squadron 

of the viceroy of India was burned by the Portuguese before it fell into the hands of the Dutch. 

Silva arrived at Malacca, where he was received in triumph as a liberator. Silva died shortly 

after hisarrivalat Malacca. Dutch Admiral Spielberg bombarded iloilo, Panay. Disembarked 

and was defeated by DiegO Quifiones. A fleet of J 1 canoes, manned by Moros, allied with 

the Dutch, was destroyed by Flores in Punta Potol, in the .south. 

1017. In a naval combat at Playa Honda, Spielberg was completely defeated by Don Juan Ronquillo. 
A fleet was Malio ned at Iloilo, Panay, to Intercept Die Moro piratical expeditions. 

1618. The personal services required of the natives lessened. 

1620. Combat in Ban Bernardino Straits between three Spanish and three Dutch vessels. 

III. TIIK KOYAL FLEDGE NOT TO ABANDON THE PHILIPPINES. 

tforaga, an ecclesiastic, obtained from Philip in ;> promise not to abandon the Philippines, as 

some of his advisers counseled him. 
1621 Franciscan monks founded the monastery of Santa Clara. Uprisings in Bohol and Leyte 
quelled. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 177 

ltvjo. Two expeditions against the Igorrotes. 

1624. Don Geronimo tie Silva defeated seven Dutch vessels off Corregidor, Manila Bay, Luzon. 

Instead of pursuing his s :attered enemy, he ordered his Meet to return to Cavite, on account 
of which he wag shut up in Fort Santiago. 

1625. Piratical expeditions from Borneo infested the coasts of Samarand other islands, doing- great 

harm. The fleet from Iloilo followed them, and failing to overtake thorn on the sea, went to 
their country and punished them. 

1626. Expedition to Formosa. Tanchuy occupied. 

3027. A strong armada sailed under the orders of the governor for Formosa. Bad weather compelled 
it to return to Manila, but the ship Rosario arrived at Tanchuy. The Dutch attacked this 
pore and. were defeated. The alcalde of Cebii, Don Cristobal de Lugo, visited Sulu, and after- 
wards Basilan, to punish the Moros for piracy. 

1628. Plague at Manila. Expedition under Olaso against Sulu with little results. 
reat conflagration at Cavite. 

1630. More fortunate expedition of Pedro Tonsino, commander of Dapitan, off Zamboanga, Minda- 

. against Sulu. Arrival of the ambassador.-- oi Camboja, offering free trade and a shipyard 
for til-" 1 construction of vessels. 

1631. The construction of a stone bridge across the Pasig. 

1632. Foundation of the Lollege of Santa [sabela for girl orphans of Spanish birth. 

1633. The archipelago afflicted by bad crops, famine, epidemics, a plague of locusts, volcanic erup- 

tions, and More piratical expeditions. 

1634. Moro pirates numbering 15.000 lay waste the Visayan Islands, and sacked the capital of Tayabas, 

Luzon. 

1635. Foundation of the fort of Zamboanga. Mindanao, to hold in check the piracy of the Moi 

1636. The pirate Tagal, on his return from his excursions among the islands, laden with booty, was 

overtaken at Punta Flechesoff Maligay Bay by the fleet from Zamboanga. under Don Nicolas 
Gonzalez, who won a complete victory. Three hundred Moros lost their lives, Tagal among 
them, and many captives were rescued. 

1637. Corcueia went to Mindanao and destroyed Lamitan. the seat of government of Sultan Corralat, 

and attacked a formidable hill, which was his last defense. The Moros of Buhayen and 
Basilan sue for peace, and rendered homage to Spain. 

163S. Coreuera arrived at Sulu. Obstinate resistance of the inhabitants of that island, but were 
finally overcome. Coreuera returned to Manila after leaving at Sulu a garrison of soldiers 
and establishing a mission. He entered in triumph with the booty captured from the Moros. 
Establishment of a number of outposts on Mindanao. 

1639. Uprising of the Chinese at Calamba, Laguna. Their forays against San Pedro Macate. Taytay, and 
Antipolo, and ultimate defeat and submission. College of San Juan de Letran founded under 
the Dominicans. Don Francisco de Atienza conquered the Moros of Lanao and took possession 
of the celebrated lake bearing this name. Victories of Don Pedro de Almonte over the Moros 
in Mindanao and Sulu. 

1641. Three volcanoes broke forth— one in Sulu. another in Sanguil, intheso'thernpart of Mindanao, 

and a third in Aringay, in the north of Luzon. 

1642. Dutch attack the fort of Tanchuy in Formosa. The Spanish garrison, lacking help, surrendered 

with the honor- of war and returned to Manila. As a precaution against an attack by the 
Dutch, Coreuera repaired the walls of Manila, mounted cannon, got together a large quantity 
of munitions of war, cleared the field for military operations, destroyed buildings, and made 
similar preparations in Cavite, 

1645. Earthquake at Manila, called the earthquake of San Andres, having occurred on that clay, the 

earthquakes following each other at intervals of five days. The victims numbered 600. Peace 
was established with Corralat. The Dutch summoned by the Sulu natives attacked the Span- 
ish fort at Sulu and Ugalde. which repulsed them. 

1646. The Spanish troops retired from Sulu after the Sultan had signed a very honorable treaty. 

niards defeated at Bolinao, Zanibales, Luzon, a powerful Dutch squadron. Three other 

victories were obtained over Dutch ship<. 
1547. Thirteen Dutch galleons attacked Cavite; defended by Don Andres de Asaldegui until the Dutch 

admiral was mortally wounded and retired. The Dutch disembarked at Abucay and seized 

the defenseless town, committing abuses, and reembarked: pursued. 
1648. Victory of the little squadron from Zamboanga won over the Sulu squadron, the Moro prince, 

inian Cachile, bein<_r wounded and taken prisoner. 
1651. Successful expedition to Borneo to punish the pirates ot that island. Uprising of the Visayans 

under a pretext of an order of Fajardo compelling them to go to Cavite to aid the Tagalogs in 

the construction of ships. 

1654. Cathedral having been ruined by earthquakes, the first stone of the new one was laid. 

1655. Corralat, Sultan of Mindanao, broke treaty of peace. 

1656. Famine and misery in the islands as a result of a great plague of locusts. 

1657. The governor of Zamboanga pursued the pirate Balatamay, and not finding him on the sea, 

invaded his country and destroyed a number of Moro towns. 
-Teat earthquake. 
Uprising in the provinces of Pampanga and Pangasinan, Luzon, quelled without bloodshed. 

seng demanded the submission of the archipelago, with serious threats, ('pris- 
ing of the Chinese hi the suburbs of Manila, and their subsequent submission. 

'died. Hi- son d isisted from preparations for war and sent an ambassador to arrange 
commercial treaties. In order to concentrate the Spanish forces the garrison of Zamboanga 
retired; the Moros resumed their piratical expeditions. 

IV. COMMERCE ESTABLISHED WITH AMERICA, ASIA, AND THE 
ARCHIPELAGOES. 

1661. a regular departure of ships for Acapulco, Mexico, established. Shipyards in the provinces 

begun win-re it was easiest to obtain timber. Embassies sent in the interest of commerce to 

Camboja. Siam. and Batavia. 

xpedition to subdue the [gorrotes. 
Embassy of Juan Enriquezde Lozada reestablished commerce with Macao, China (Portugese) 

and established it with Canton and Ningpo, china. 
1671. Bay of Manila visited by numerous vessels and commerce is very active. 
1677. Missionarj movements to China, Japan, and Siam. Earthquakes frequent, although not very 

strong. 



S. Doc. 280 12 



178 GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

rho development < ;.^..i. h V[Ul] ^. he had been the first minister oi 

1679 Don Fernandode \ rrlved, exiled tothew Lsianas, 

^therwiththejrtKmof 
• maintained public quiet ana nei '",,,„. ,, iv: ,i au diencla. tne .1 1 

» lost and 400 people perish. 



osaolcro, ■r^'SS'S SSS o? he "uburbs of Baybay and Tondo. Manila. 



1 ,. with i\v.» Enelteh Rhips of war, which were compelled tg 

i nsz b x^x.^^^T m ■ 

,^«\b^^ , southern^ 

etuhlivhed the presidio < Zamboanga. * on |11IU ' ' ' , ■ -, ■• yiam m order t<> 

•KSLH ^■s^s^s^ra — " 

••'"'» ■' ""I'"-/""'''. ._,„,,„..,.,, Bustamant. "' Reestablished the 

i7u '- "sssais Mssawssssfjsa ..... ,„■ ..—.«> !-,«<„ «- 

usassini tion of Bustamante. months; the governor saved the city. The 
IS' JSiSSSS&'iSpSS Sen??ec r o?ered the Sooon« 1 eaused the death of ,„„„> , among 

ESSSSftSSK? lov^pmh^annfd '., CI se pirates wer .riaken and 

rffiSre^^^^ 

. aeet "f 20 vessels mann. d bj 3,000 Sulu .in - successfully defended, 

the south and made an attackonT. >'£■.•. , ' , " | ,',1 ilu- Mums. burning towns, ravaging 
"'"'" ta .. c,u ,, , T 1 1. 11 ii.-i asked aid oi the Spaniards against 

^UnSd S o?the sSnofTainontaca. The Moros attempted to sur- 

■■"""""'■' ':■ 1 i'!.rT';vcr''' s Briui.,,.t .i,,,,,... ... tw. town. •: i, r i,r K .. 

' , Sr 8 etUed d fn n favo a ro I Jhefomme'rce of Manila the vex...,,..,. 

is: ";-,t'.:; s&s * :; . , i sgo. g^s-fflfa ,,„ ,.„,,- ., ,„.„ u 

to Sefl 8 n oru»iniuffi fl amonn, ^munitions °< war in the gover H store, scs 

Sg- IrlSmK^utu^ed^^^ MS " < "'""" 

1 he said had been usurped by BantiUxn. . d ith the aid of Baiitilan. 

Ui-Mudin r« -"'• ' ";: P irac - 3 ?J '„+?ath«me of Sulu under the name oi Fernandol. 

liuXnsailedtoplaceAl^ The 

^"hl'uiVhmu^r-ui. (in expedition to take possession of Palawan was obliged 
SC^^wo^h^ 
i;-,! S regions of the archipelagc >were 8 in J^ re %S£ movement on the part of the 

•'" l, ' i \ ' ,, ,r , ,i hem The governor reorganized the 

date i " l!l< ' ; ' u "'- ^^wlft^SSed the fSing's Regiment and 4 brigades oi 

miform, created what wascaiiea tne *aug b 8tore houses oi Cayite 

rtillrry. • rtillery sc hoo Ul « >1 «: ; , ,, „.,„,,.,, w ith , ad results A plague 

»" (1 ' '' n, ';:-- 1 ,; , , u k > iv S?e eruption, floating upon raal Lake. 

■;:,;.:;:;.s 

sstaiissruSt&sa.' ...„„.„„•.,. 

Smbide won. ^^^1^1 v^^ee^^Bagng^. ^ 

chman Fallet, i n« "'./"' ;''• ' ' .,, Bulacan. Capture and sacking oi 
Uprisings in the provincee took place. 






GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 179 

1763. Expedition of the English to Bulacan. Asturian Bustos harasses the English, who retire to 

Manila, after burning the convent and church of Bulacan. Bustos established his general 
headquarters at Malinta, from which place he makes forays, even to the suburbs of Manila. 
Provisions grew scarce in the latter city. 

V. RESTORATION OF SPANISH DOMINION. 

1764. Anda received dispatches from the King informing him of the treaty oi peace with the English. 

The new Spanish governor arrived to whom Anda turned over the governorship of Pampanga. 
Triumphal entry of Don Sim6n de Anda into Manila after the evacuation by the English. La 
Torre made good, so tar as possible, the injuries which war had inflicted on the country. 
17t'.">. The frigate }iu<n ( onsqjo came to the Philippines by way of the Cape of Good Hope, thus inau- 
gurating direct communication between Spain and the Philippine.-. Two eruptions of the 
volcano Mayon. 

1767. A Moro piratical expedition entered the Bay of Manila. 

1768. The Jesuits were expelled from the Philippines by order of Carlos III. 

I irder that the Chinese be expelled from the Philippines only partially fulfilled. 
177U. Anda repaired the walls of Manila and within a few months brought about the construction of 

several war \ essels. 
177:^. The frigate Deseada was dispatched to Batavia. Java, to reestablish business relations. 

1775. Moros assassinated the garrison left by the English in the island of Balambangan. 

1776. Sarrio provideda little fleet of light boats to pursue the pirates, and obtained good results. 
177s. ismael, the Sultan of Sulu, was poisoned by the partisans of the sons of Bantilan. 

177^. A desire to develop agriculture. Seeds obtained from other countries, and more than 4,000 mul- 
berry trees were planted in Camarines sur for feeding silkworms. Basco rids the country of 
evil doers. Don Jose (nimt-z combats piracy, distinguishing himself in pursuit of the pirates; 
eventually dislodged them from Mamburao, Mindoro, where they had established forts. The 
order for the expulsion of the Chinese was revoked. 

177'.'. Basco granted rewards to those who were conspicuous for their success in agriculture. 

1781. The Sultan of Sulu sued for peace and returned a captured vessel. Established the Economical 

■ -:y of Friends < >i the Country. 

'lie tobacco monopoly was established, and considerably increased. Successful expeditions to 
Burias I. 
1783. Preaching in the Batanes Islands, which were annexed to the Crown of Spain. 
1785. The King authorized the creation of the Royal Company of the Philippines. 
]7s7. The Ilocanes revolted on account of the tobacco monopoly, but afterwards submitted. 
1788. The appointment of the cabezas de barangay was made by the provincial chiefs, on the nomi- 
nation of the headmen of the town. 
1790. Marquina submitted a ''plan of reform," which should be made in the Philippines, and 
approved of "instructions " which tobacconists must observe in regard to the tax on wines. 
n account of the war with England, the fortifications strengthened; the navy augmented; 
established a dockyard at Corregidor, and 10.000 men under arms. 

. wo was constructed in Binondo, which dominated La Barraca. 
Ireat earthquake. 

>n sailed in pursuit of an English convoy, but encountered a typhoon. 

1798. An English squadron flying a Spanish flag arrived at Zamboanga. The governor defeated the 

enemy and saved the plaza. The Moros made an attack on Baler, Casiguran, Palanan, Luzon. 

1799. An order was issued for a definite census of the natives: also an order prohibiting the secretion 

of fractional silver currency. The frigate Pilar arrived with $1, "200,000, thus relieving the 
financial difficulties. 
The marine comandancia was created. Foreigners were prohibited from living in the Philippines. 
• Ordinances of Good Government" were suppressed. 

was sent to Mindoro in order to promote the development of the island. The 
gain took possession of the island of Balambangan. 
b again attacked Zamboanga and were defeated. Sainte-Croix was commissioned! o inves- 
tigate the gold mines of Mambulao in Camarines. and later published his report. The com- 
independence of the Manila custom-house was decreed by royal order. 
English abandoned Balambangan. 
prising in Ilocos Norte, Luzon, was subdued. 

r Mosca attacked Batangas, Luzon. 
r proposed the suppression of ships to Acapulco and to concede to merchants the right to 
fit out private ships for voyages to America. 
Publication of the first newspaper in the Philippines, with this began Del Superior Gobierno. 

fanatics who proposed to found a new religion. 

The constitution of 1812 published in Manila. By the decrees of the Cortes, the ship to Acapulco, 

ico, was suspended. The last one started in 1811 and returned in 1815. The Moros 

attempted in vain to take Zamboanga. Gardoqui encouraged agriculture. 

lovements originated in the Philippines for the publication and revocation of the constitution 

of Cadiz. In Laoag, Ilocos Norte, Luzon, Vicente Febro.the Augustin parish priest, founded a 

hospital for lepers which was the first establishment of the kind in the Philippines. The English 

a of Sulu and Mindanao. Introduction of opium was prohibited. 

■ eruption of the volcano of Mayon. 

1817. Expedition to the country of the savage Mayoyaos in Nueva Vizcaya. 

..val victory over the pirates on the coast of Albay. Restoration of the fortificati< 

e Royal Economic Society of the Philippines reestablished. 

ding to which there was con.-, ded the suppression of duties during ten years 

on natural and industrial products of the Philippines imported into Spain in ships flying the 

Cholera in Manila. Prevalent among the natives; a belief that the foreigners had pois- 

The mob assassinated the English and French residents in Manila to the 

number of 28; afterwards attacked the Chi 

1821. Tin- constitution of 1812 was again sworn to in Manila. Creation of the naval academy. 

' ith Martinez many officials from Spain came to the Philippines, following the counsel which 
had been given to Folgueras, because those already there were almosl all Spanish- Americans. 
Martinez sent to Spain various persons who, it was said, were in conspiracy. Captain Novales 
provoked an uprising in which Don Mariano Fernandez Folgueras was assassinated, but it 
was promptly suppressed by the local authorities. 
Strong earthquake in Manila. The statue of Carlos IV was placed in the Plaza del Palacio. 
Expeditions against the pirates, who were punished and suffered loss. 



L80 



GAZETTEER OF THE 1MII LI1MMNK ISLANDS. 



IS \ painting oJ >ption which would have been given to the 

> had come to the island. Issued orders to encourage agriculture, 
expedition - the rebellion in Bohol. 

1828. Ricafort prohibited oing into the provinces to acquire products of the country. 

irder coram tion and cultivation of cotton and the introduction 

thread and ■•huh of said article. Royal order commanded the 
blishment of a mint in Manila. Earthquake in Manila. 

1829. i il management of the Chinese residents in these islands. 

:x petitionary regiment of Asia in consequence of a requesi to Spain 
regiment of the King. A. general map of 
the archipelago made, profiting by the knowledge acquired in expeditions. Roadwaj 
smaller pal de connecting with these, and several bridges were built. Byroyal 

: >r the 8 districts fronting the Moros were declared military and political penal. 

,! order the commercial code promulgated in Spain was i xtended to the Philippines 
implication as the archipelago required. 
L8S4. "La Guia de I ublisned with interesting notices. 

ie hoard of trade was organized. Cramer Issued a decree in regard to the government of the 
archipelago. Officers oi the veteran array were placed as commanders of the provincial 
militia ! impost by stamps on bills of exchange established. 

'as have in the islands the value of I reales as they had in Spain, and 
nocof 5 reales as they had in the archipelago. A treaty of commerce was signed with the 
Sultan of Sulu. 
1837 v department of inspection of mines was organized in the islands. Camba declared to the gov- 
ernment thai the plans adopted of making peace and alliance with the Sultan of Sulu did 
not bring a single decided advantage to navigation or tocommerce. Mann.! Blanco, Augus- 
tin Fauna-, published La Flora de Filipinas. 

e department began its work according to the reforms published the year before. 
There was cr ated in Spain a consulting I tie business ^i the colonics. 

dial, who was a Visayan, gave the name of Nueva Vizcaya to a new province which was 

ed from the province ■ the excellent quality of Philippine 

■ me time the defective methods of manufacture. Measures taken to pre- 

venl a Alterations. There was published in Manila a weekly paper entitled Current Prices 

of M 

aauguratfbn of school of commerce. Orders issued in regard to the rightful censorship of 
.-. There was created a committee for the control of manufactures and a general admin- 
istration of taxes. A project for a monument to Magellan, in the island of Mactan, Cebvi, 
proposed. 
- idition in Tayabaa, Luz6n, promoted by Apolinario de la Cruz, called by his fanatical follow- 
ers. , md to whom they attributed supernatural powers. These rebels 
were completely overt! Commandant Huet. There was created by royal order 'he 
Gobiernu intend ncia de Visayas, with its capital in Cebii. 

ilar issued recommending the discovery of coal mines. Order concerning the free con- 
struction of ships. Regulations for t lie control and policing of the bay and port of .Manila. 
published. 

1843. A subdeh gation of medicine and surgery established. The shipyard of Masbate was transferred 

Certain rules were published to the consignees of the Chinese sampans in regard 
to unloading. Authorization to the Chinese to use opium, it being dei be same time 

to b poly. 

1844. Took possession of the island of Basilan to better control the Moros. The Indiansand half- 

castes were prohibited the smoking of opium. Alcala regulated the offices of the treasury, 
organized I ndicated the necessity of licenses for the use of arms, and published dis- 

rd to the affairs, passports, carriages, and other matters. Claveria, with the 
con- astical authority, reformed the calendar i pines to conform 

to that of Spain and America, suppressing the 31st day of December, 1844: therefore, the 
archipelago found itself a day in advance Commands the building of a fort in the island of 
Basilan. which was occupied by his predecessor. Ordered that the alcaldes should be edu- 
cated. Prohibited the chiefs of provinces from engaging in commerce. The French 
attempted to take possession of the island of Basilan. 
1846. Rule8for1 ment of mineral industr 

1M7. Fire reduced to ashes suburbs of Santa Cruzand Quiapo, Manila. An expedition sent to sub- 
due the bloody savages of Mayoyaos, Nueva Vizcaya. Important conquestof Davaoon the 
Mindanao. A body of constables was created for public security against criminals, 
political and military governors were prohibited from engaging in commerce. 
1848. Expedition to the islands of Balanguingui, Sulu A.; destroyed the towns of the pirates, with 
the death of many Moros and the rescue of 200 captives, several of these Dutch from Java. 
There was purchased in London the steamers Magallanes, Elcano, and Reinadt Costilla, which 
were the 1 1 r- 1 ships of this kind seen in the Philippines. Erection of the monument to Magel- 
lan in Manila. 
I he regular clergy were prohibited from transferring their property without previous royal 
lice: rganization of bodiesof police in the provinces. Creation of an academy of 

drawing and painting. Blanco formed a body of vaccinators, and obliged all children to be 
vaccinated. Monthly lottery was establisned in Manila. 
I be Moros from Sulu attacked Samar and Camiguin. Permission granted to the planters to 
Introduce Chinese, w ho were to devote themselves exclusively to agriculture. The governor- 
Intendencia of the Visayas was suppress! d. 
1851. Crbiztondo directed an ex [.edit ion to Sulu, destroyed the lortsand captured 112 cannon, reduced 
mes tl e quays and a multitude of boats. The tobacco from Cagayan, in the N. of Luz6n, 
given a premium and gold medal at the Universal Exposition in London. 
1862. Inauguration of the suspension bridge which united Arroceros with Quiapo, Manila. The 
Lsh-Philippine Bank began its operations. A prison was established in Polloc, Cotabato, 
Mindanao. The official bulletin of the Philippines was established. Various earthquakes 
wen 
Eruption of the volcano ol May6n. 
1864. On the Island of Basilan a company of soldiers were assassinated by the Moros. A monthly 
mail between Manila and Hongkong commenced. An earthquake was felt m Manila, and the 

Suburb Of Tondo razed. A multitude of royal orders arrived, relieving almost every Official 
in the archipelago. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 181 

1855. The tribunal of commerce was established. Captured in the waters of Sulu a pirate boat, and 
soon afterwards at Balanguingui, Sulu A., a pirate fleet, that time being constructed by 
the Mows. The name of the province of Manila -was given to that which up to this date was 
called Tondo. A cyclone caused great destruction. Eruption of the volcano Macaturin 
Mindanao. 
1857. The clandestine introduction of immoral books with immoral pictures caused a decree to do 
away with this evil. Decreed that the official accounts should be carried on in the decimal 
system. Authorized the establishment of houses for the exchange of money. Published 
a* very energetic decree against criminals. 

An expedition of 1,500 men started from Manila for Cochin, China, to aid French. Established 
a politico-military government in the island of Balabac. Published a proclamation lor the 
defense of fishing towns, and sent an expedition to Simisa. which was garrisoned by piratical 
Moros, and another against the island of I'ilas. causing in each great injury to the Moros and 
rescuing various captives. Beautified Manila and its surroundings and organized the 
botanical gardens. 

An aerolite fell in the town of Mexico, in Pampanga. A civil government for the province of 
Manila created. The Maritime Mutual Benefit Society founded. Various improvements in 
the war department ordered, among others the change of uniform for the army to one more 
suitable for the climate of the country. Ordered the demolition of the " Parian," and iiccom- 
plisheo in spite of difficulties. The market of Quinta, Manila, is opened to the public. 

An order in regard tothedutiesof petty governors issued. Madrazo and Malcampo pursued the 
pirates with good results. The printing Antes Acordadas was authorized. 
1861. The official bulletin of the Philippines took the name Manna Gazette, by royal order of the 
previous year. A politico-military government established in Visayas, and another in Min- 
doro. Coining in the mint of Manila begun. The School of Botany and Agriculture estab- 
lished. Gunboats with hulls of steel and light draft arrive in the islands and began a 
vigorous and successful campaign against the pirates. 

The archipelago afflicted by cholera, fire, fiocd. cyclones, and locusts. By royal decree a royal 
delegate is created to study the various branches of administration* The gunboats con- 
tinue the pursuit of the pirates. 

VI. REPRESENTATION IN THE MINISTRY. 

1863. Creation of the minister for the colonies. Great earthquake, which almost reduced Manila to a 
mountain of ruins, with the death of 4C0 persons and the injury of some 2, COO. 
The ayuntamiento founded a municipal school for girls in charge of the Daughters of Charity. 
L'- htning rired the general storehouse of tobacco, with a less of 82.000,000. Traitorous con- 
duct of the Dato Tto in the Rio Grande. Mindanao. 
1865. A great fire destroyed a large part of the suburbs of Tondo. Santa Cruz, and Quiapo, Manila, 
the School Ateneo Municipal acknowledged as an institute of secondary instruction. 

■ ir the taxation of the Chinese. A government place of deposit established. The Moros 
of Supangan and Symuay conquered. The government -carried out the royal order for the 
creation of a general inspection of public works and the royal decree approving the organic 
laws of civil careers in the political administration of the colonies. A con, mission was named 
to study reforms in the penal code for the colonies. A central committee of agriculture, 
industry, and commerce created in Manila. The squadron of the Pacific proceeded from 
Callao. Peru. S. a., and arrived in Manila. Many improvements were made in Manila and its 
suburbs, 
-reat floods in Manila and Ilocos. Luzon. 

edition sent for the punishment of the savages in N. Luzon, 
lbdy. Establishment on the guardia civil. Pardon of criminals and the formation from them of the 
company of Guias de la Torre (Guides of the Tower) to pursue criminals, which multiplied 
crimes and disturbances. 
- veral hundred vagabonds deported to Balabac; and Mindanao. The remains of Anda trans- 
ferred to the Church of San Francisco. 
["he orders of the ministers of colonies secularizing the University of Secondary Education. 
Enforced, and orders suspended. Eruption of the volcanoes of Camiguin and of Mayon. 
Gunboats destroyed several pirate boats and burned towns. 

v conspiracy, which failed in Manila and was transferred to Cavite, put down. King of Cam- 
Norodom 1, visited Manila. The veterans' civil guard for public vigilance and services 
in Manila and its suburbs was established. Tornado in Manila. A politico-military govern- 
ment was established at Palawan and Zamboanga. The electric semaphor line from Manila 
to Punta Restinga was established. 

jraph line opened in various provinces of Luzon. In the mountains of San Mateo and 
Etizal Luzon encounters between civil guards and bandits. A line of Spanish steam- 
ers was established between the archipelago and Spain. Portsof Legaspi, Tacloban, and Leyte 
lerce. 
1874. Five hundred Moros from Sulu attacked the garrison in Balabac and were repulsed. 
- ration oi the Bridge of Spain. Proclamation of Alfonso XII. King of Spain. 
["he Philipph ted in the Exposition at Philadelphia. Conquest of Sulu. Construc- 

tion of fortifications lor the preservation of the conquered country. 

• ! usury: ordered the payment to collectors of tobacco tax the amount that 
• m; convoked meeting'- of medical men to better the hygienic conditions of Sulu. 
■.[/edition under Gamir explored part of the island of Sulu. 

ration of the waterworks system of Carriedo. Moriones started on an expedition to the 
The Sultan and the datos of Sulu signed articles of capitulation, 
acknowleding the rights ol Spain. 
1 be committee of works Oi tic port of Manila organized, strong earthquake in Manila. Cable 
mumcation between Luzon and Spain established. 

■ did away v ith the tobacco monopoly. By royal decree general inspection of com- 
municatioi Expedition sent to Paulin to punish the Moros of Sulu. Agar- 

risoii blished at Stan. Tataan, and B< rigao. Sulu a. Tornado passed over Manila. 

Cholera ii jaand in Manila. Savings lank established, and the waterworks sys- 

tem initiated by Moriones inaugurated. 
1883. The Philippines represented in the Exposition of Amsterdam. Reduction from 40 to 15 days in 
the work required by the state from each person, and tbe placing of ;i provisional tax oi $1.60 
on each person. The general plan for railroads in Luzon was approved. 



L82 GAZETTEER o\> THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

1881 Jovellar made n visil to the islands of the south; Institution of the personal cedula. Reforms it\ 
the general direction of civil administration. Observatory of Manila declared official. Newly 

i erted Infidels In Mindanao made exempt from tribute for life. 
•anger of conflict between Spain and Germany in respect t«> sovereignty over the islands known 

as t!:. • 

of the conflict between Spain and Germany in regard to the Carolines and Palaos, 
by arbitration of the Pope. Successful expedition against the Dato Uto. The Dato Harun 

;. .1 Manila and was proclaimed sovereign of Sulu. 

•mmencement of work on the railroad from Manila to Dagupan. Terrero began an expedition 

■ Uto established on the Rio Grande, Mindanao: look position at Bacat, 

breaking the powerful Influence of the Moro dato. Successful expedition to Maibung, Sulu a. 

Destruction oi the fort of the rebel sultan. < tther successful expeditions toTapul, Pata, Boal etc. 

i^\ l he tramway from Manila to Malab6n, Rizal, Luzon, Inaugurated. 

1889. Agricultural school established in Manila. 

VII. (IVII. GOVERNMENT ESTABLISHED. 

1890. The orj f ayuntamientos begun in the capital towns and provinces under civil gov- 

ernment. The School of Practical and Professional Arts and Trades begun. Telephone sys- 
i inaugurated in the Philippines, Defenses of Tucuran, Mindanao, terminated. 

1891. Inauguration of the railroad from Manila toCalumpit, Bulacan, Luz6n. Campaign against the 

Morosof Lake Lanao. An expedition took possession of Fort Marihui. At Dagupan, in the 
province of Pangasinan, a college of the first class of secondary education was established. 

1892. me railroad from Calumpil to Dagupan, Pangasinan, Luz6n, inaugurated. Establishment of 

a higher normal school for (female i teachers. Celebration of the fourth centennial of Christo- 
pher Columbus, 
ty royal order municipal laws in the provinces of Luzon and the Yisayas were modi lied aceonl- 
mg'to the reforms of Maura. In Sulu the Sultan Harun abdicated, and the Dato Amirul 
ram was proi laimed in his stead. 

1894. camp, dun agamsi the Moros in X. Mindanao. 

1895. Opening of the first regional exposition of the Philippines. Electric light was established in 

Manila. Larahni. of Lake Lanao, was captured. The first mission of the Benedictine friars 
arrived in the Philippines. 

VIII. REVOLUTION AGAINST SPAIN. 

\ revolution inaugurated. Conflicts took place in the vicinity of Manila. Publication of an 
amnesty. The rebellion extended to the neighboring provinces of Manila. Insurrections 
discovered and suppressed in Sulu and Palawan. In Iligan 2 companies of convicts rebelled 
and afterwards infested the towns N. of Mindanao. Keenforcements arrive from Spain. 
Inaction after the defeat of Noveleta, Cavite, Ln/.dn, Blanco relieved. 1'olavieja began oper- 
ationsagainst the rebels in the military courts. Many Filipinos held as authors of the con- 
spiracy were tried and executed, among them Rizal. 

1897. A combined attack by <i columns against the place known as Cacaroon de Sile broke the insur- 

rection in tne province 'of Bulacan. Fresh reenforcements arrived from Spain. The execu- 
tion of Filipinos continued, and conflicts took place in the provinces of Manila, Balaam 
Pampanga, and Batangas. Publication of an amnesty. Regiments of native volunteers were 
organized, 'the conquest of the province of Cavite begun. Silang, Dasmarinas, and Imius 
recovered. Another amnesty granted. Noveleta and San Francisco de Malahdn taken by 
the Spaniards. Primode Rivera made addresses to the people and to the army and began 
operations. Indang, Maragond6n, taken. Publication of amnesty. Various garrisons were 
established. Negotiations instituted for peace treaty of Biac-naba'to. Aguinaldo and various 
chiefs were deported to Hongkong, where Aguinaldo collected the 8400,000 on the check of 
Hongkong Dank which was given him. Earthquakes in Mindanao and sulu. Terrible 
tornado in Samar and Leyte. 

1898. Uprisings in Luzon. The American squadron destroyed (May 1) the Spanish squadron in the 

bay of Manila. Blockade of Manila. Aguinaldo permitted to land at Cavite. Organization 
of 'the so-called advisory assembly of the Philippines and publication of a programme of 
autonomy. Uprising in the provincesof Luzon, and attack on defenseless Spaniards. Various 
garrisons fell into the power of the Tagalogs. A squadron under the command of Camara 
start- from .-pain, but returns after having passed through tin Suez Canal. 

12. Protocol of peace signed. 

':;. The city of Manila surrendered. Americans entered Manila. Cessation of hostilities 
proclaimed. 
Jaudenez left for Spain. General Rizzo remaining in command. 

, Iloilo, Dana;. Continued the government of those islands where the Span- 
ish flag -till flew, a small Tagalog fleel was destroyed by Spanish gunboats. 

IX. FROM THE TRANSFER OF SOVEREIGNTY TO THE UNITED STATES 

<)F AMERICA. 

ity of peace between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Spain signed 

'aris, by the terms of which the Philippine Archipelago ceased tc belong to the Crown of 

jurisdiction of the formerpower. Rios ordered fortresses to be 

ps eone< titrated in Zamboanga. From there he returned to Manila. 

military and civil events following «e< "United states military occupation and government 

i." under general head ••The Philippine (Archipelago) Islands," and 

ity of Manila."] 

• i in Manila. Embarkation of Spanish troops for Spain. Rios returned to 

ral Jaramillo remained a- president of the commission for the selection and 

• i iai of war. Manuel Sasbron, at the bead of the commission, remained 

iidi property in 'he Philippines. 
Apr. 11. i med. 

1900. n L ween the United States of America and Spain for the cession to the United 

i all islands of the Philippine Archipelago lying outside of the line described 
in Article III ol the treaty of p sace ol Decemb< r 10, 1898. 

1901. M outl; Ing islands of the Philippines proclaimed. 

the Philippine Archipelago) Islands, also Provinces i>y name.] 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 183 

THE MUNICIPALITY OF MANILA. 

MANILA. 

(Lat. 14° 35' 31" N. ; Ion. 120 c 58' OS" E.). Time 8 hours, 3 minutes, 
52.2 seconds E. of Greenwich (London), or 10 hours, 27 minutes, 
55.66 seconds W. of Washington. 

Area: 20 sq. m. to include limits of police jurisdiction on land, or 
32 sq. m. to include the same on water. 

Population: 297,152, estimated January, 1902; board of health 
census, 1901, gave 211,932. 

Race: In the order of numbers, Tagalog, Spaniards, Half-breeds 
(Mestizos). Chinese, Americans, Europeans of all nationalities, and 
representatives of all the tribes and provinces of the archipelago; also 
from all parts of the Far East. 

Language: English, Spanish, and Tagalog. 

Military Division of the Philippines: Headquarters, Manila, 
Luzon. 

Department North Philippines: Headquarters, Manila, Luzon. 

Longitude: While Greenwich longitude is exclusively used in this 
Gazetteer, the following will enable differences to be computed from 
the many maps and charts of the Philippine Islands issued by other 
nations bearing their own longitudes: 

Greenwich (Observatory), England •_ _ 

Madrid (Observatorv), Spain 3 

San Fernando (Observatoiy), Spain 6 

Paris (Observatorv), France 2 

Berlin (Urania) (Observatory), Germany 13 

Ferro, the extreme SW. of the Canary Islands, the 
assumed dividing line between the E. and W. hem- 
ispheres 17 

WASHINGTON, D. C. (Observatory), UnitedStates_ 77 
Manila Cathedral, Luzon, PhiliDpine Islands, United 

States * 120 58 8 E. 

LOCATION. 

The city of Manila, capital of the United States possessions in E. 
Asia and the seat of military and civil administration in the Philippine 
Archipelago, is situated at the mouth of the Pasig River, the outlet of 
the great inland Laguna de Bay (Lake of Bay), on the E. shore of 
Manila Bay, 2S naut. m. and 32 stat. m. from its entrance. The geo- 
graphical position of the city gives it superior advantages in the trade 
of the most densely populated quarter of the gloi . 

NAME AND FOUNDATION. 

The aboriginal form of spelling ''Manila" was "Maynila," also 
" Mainila," a Tagal word meaning a species of shrub or bu. h (in Span- 
ish arbv&to, a shrub) which grew on the site of the city when founded 
byCapt. Miguel Lopez de Legaspi and his band of conquistadores in 
1571, and for that reason named Maynila or Bush Town. The propri- 
etorship of the soil was conveyed by Lacandola, Rajah of Maynila and 
Matanda and Soliman, the chieftain in the neighborhood to Legaspi 









11 


21 W. 


12 


24 W. 


20 


11 E. 


36 


53 E. 


20 


OW. 


2 


18 W. 



I s -! GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE [SLANDS. 

in Facto de Sangre (Compact of Blood). Grijalva, the Augustinian 
chronicler, gives the following account of this form of pact: "The cere- 
mony is performed by extracting from the breast of those contracting 
friendship a small quantity of blood, which, mixed with some wine, is 
afterwards drunk in equal portions by the covenanters." It is not 
improbable that this same Grijalva was the Augustinian whose name is 
associated with the earliest exploration of ourown California. (Cr6nica 
del Orden. L533 L592, Mexico [Augustinian Convent], 1624. From 
Zuniga, II. 215.) 

MODERN FACILITIES. 

The city possesses modern facilities not excelled in the Far East. 
The streets are wide, and were so arranged by the founder as to have 
one side always in the shade. There are tine plazas, public squares, 
gardens, and promenades. About the middle of the eighteenth cen- 
tury, due to the beneficence of Carriedo, a public-spirited private 
citizen, almost every street was furnished with its own standpipe 
for water supply, which remained in use until 1880. There are elec- 
tric, telegraph, and telephone facilities within the city and suburbs, 
with connections to the remotest parts of the islands. A system of 
trolley lines extends to points within the municipal and suburban 
regions. 

POPULATION. 

A census taken by the board of health, completed about the 1st of 
May, L901, gave the population of Manila 214,032. divided as follows: 
Filipino-. 1.81,361; Chinese, 51,567; Americans, 8,562; Spaniards, 
2,382; other nationalities. 960. The figures do not include men belong- 
ing to the United States Army. There are 18,163 buildings in the 
city, of which 3,739 are good, 1.185 bad, 1,472 small, and 12.117 
d as shacks, 
ccording to statistics of the board of health of Manila, the number 
of inhabitants in January. 1902, was: 

Natives 218, 900 

Chinese 60,680 

jixts 7, 852 

leans <i. 4(i2 

: Stati s Army 3,260 

Total 297, L54 

The population of Manila is made up of Americans and repre- 
itives of European nationalities. Spaniards predominating among 
the i rs, and Filipinos, principally Tagalogs, Mestizos (half 

Indians. Chinese. Malays, and from the S. islands 

of the archipelago, Japan, and India. This motley aggregation of 
nd)lcd through the intercourse of trade and ship- 
ment. The city i- not only the seat of insular government, but 
the center of foreign and domestic commerce, mercantile, financial, 
and professional activity, and mechanical industry. It is also the 
focus of the highest type of the social and intellectual life of the people 
of the archipelago. 

The church at Manila was the second place of Christian worship in 
Malaysia, dedicated in L571as "Conversion of St. Paul, the apostle." 



GAZETTEER OE THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 185 

ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES. 

The buildings for military, civil, religious, educational, and other 
public purposes are commodious, and in some instances possess no 
inconsiderable claims to architectural style. (See exhibit of public 
buildings in Manila and vicinity at the time of the occupation of the 
city and their present use. hereto appended.) 

American possession is rapidly adding to the advantages already 
possessed to a degree which will rapidly make the United States colo- 
nial capital the finest city in the Far East. 

BOUNDARIES. 

The second section of the municipal charter established and pre- 
scribed in general the boundaries and limits of the cit}^ to begin at 
a point at the junction of Estero Vitas with Manila Bay at low-water 
mark in the NW. corner of Manila; thence extending by various 
courses and distances inland and around the city in a SE., S., and 
SW. direction to a point in the middle of Calle Marina; thence to low- 
water mark in Manila Ba}~ S. of the city, and thence following the 
shore line of the said bay at low-water mark in a general NW. direc- 
tion, a distance of about im., to the point of beginning. On or before 
the 13th day of December, 1901, the municipal board was required to 
investigate and fix what in its opinion should be the proper bounda- 
ries, with authority to include territory not then or previous!}' a part of 
the city, and to make report to the Commission for further legislation. 
The following boundaries now constitute the city of Manila and also 
embrace the military post of the same name: Beginning at the Boca 
de Vitas, the line follows Ma3'pajo Creek until it reaches the line of 
the Lico road produced, thence along said line and road to Lico, thence 
to the junction of the two roads in front of the Chinese Hospital, 
thence along the road in front of said hospital to the north corner 
of the hospital wall, thence to Blockhouse No. 1, thence by Block- 
houses Nos. 5. 6. and 7 to San Juan del Monte Creek at the Aqueduct 
Bridge, thence down said creek and up the River Pasig to the mouth 
of Concordia Creek, thence by Concordia and Tripa de Gallinas creeks 
to a point opposite where road from Cingalong to Pineda (Pasay) turns 
sharply to the right, including Pasay cavalry barracks, thence by the 
road to Maitubig, and thence to the mouth of Malate Creek, compris- 
ing about 10 sq. m. 

AREA. 

The city proper is about 4.500 ft. (1 m.) from ]S. to S., and about 
i'u^ ft. (\ m.) from E. to VY. within the walls (intramuros). The great- 
est width from E. to W. is about 4£ m. from the mouth of the Pasig 
to the San Juan. The bay front (S.) is about 5 m. The corporate 
jurisdiction of the city for police purposes extends 3 m. from shore 
into Manila Bay and over a zone of 5 m., enveloping the city on the 
landward side. Area, 20 sq. m. with police zone on land and 12 sq. m. 
on water: total. 32 sq. in. 

PHYSICAL FEATURES. 

The city occupies part of the bay front of an extensive plain divided 
into 2 parts by the Pasig River outlet of Laguna de Bay. On either 
Bide of this important stream are numerous tributary channels afford- 



l s <> OAZETTBEB OF TllK PHILIPPINE islands. 

ing means of transportation from the interior across t ho city to points 
of trade or tidewater shipment. A. 'semicircle of mountains envelopes 
the plain inland ami lias a picturesque effect, viewed from the city. 
To tin* NE. rises the lofty summit of Angat: to the E. the volcanic 
range which takes its course down the central peninsula of Rizal. To 
the SE, in Cavite Province, is visible the conspicuous chain out of 
which rises the group of peaks known as the Twelve Apostles. West- 
ward across the bay may be seen the Sierras de Mariveles of Bataan, 
upward of 4,000 ft. high, and to the NW. the cone of Mount Arayat 
in Pampanga Province. 65 m. distant. 

MANILA BAY. 

The bay of Manila in physical characteristics, geographical position, 
and commercial advantages not only holds the first rank in the archi- 
pelago, but is without a rival in the Far East. Jt is situated approxi- 
mately about the center of the coast of Luzon, and is large enough to 
accommodate the fleets of the world. Its greatest dimensions are from 
Tubutubu Island in the estuary of Orani, bay of Pampanga in the 
NW. angle of the shore of the greater bay, to Las Pinas. 35 m. near 
tin 1 boundary between Cavite and Rizal, and from the delta of the river 
Grande Pampanga on the shores of Bulacan in the NE. to Corregidor 
Island, SW. 31 m. It is 120 m. in circumference. The entrance in 2 
channels between Pulo Munti point, Bataan, and Restinga point, 
Cavite is L24 m. Its waters wash 5 provinces, Pampanga, Bulacan, 
Rizal, Cavite, and Bataan. It also receives 5 of the important rivers 
of the archipelago. The Grande de la Pampanga, Pasig, Orani, and 
Imus, all navigable streams. The port of Manila is a " roadstead, "' in 
all parts of which anchorage may l>e had. The bearing of the light on 
the end of the mole on the N. side of the entrance to the Pasig River 
with soundings is the guide to take an upper berth. An artificial port 
is being constructed. 

During the SW. monsoon and the stormy period which accompanies 
the change of the monsoons, the "roads" of Manila are unsafe. The 
larger vessels find protection at Cavite, 7 m. below. All vessels under 
300 tons can enter the Pasig. where they moor in rows. 

MANILA LIGHTS. 

The approach to Manila Bay from the China Sea is well lighted. 
Vessels from Hongkong and the ports of China to the NW. first sight 
the Capones Grande light off the SW. coast of Zambales. Vessels 
from ports of [ndo-China first sight the Corregidor lights in the center. 
Vessels Prom Singapore, Java, India, and all the ports of the Philip- 
pine Islands, Borneo, and to the S., first sight the Cabra Island light. 
All converge on the Corregidor light at the bay entrance. 

After leaving the ( !orregidor and Caballo islands lights the following 
arc -ccn. approaching Manila: 

Mouth of Pasig River, N. side of quay, lat. 14° ."></ 18" N., Ion. 120° 56' 30" E. 
One fixed light, red, 53 ft. above the sea, 49 ft. height of tower, visible 12 (stat.) 
i,i.; house, cylindrical tower, painted red; lantern and balcony, white; keeper's 
dwelling, near tower, painted red. A time ball, black, which is hoisted on the 
of the .Manila Observatory at Ermita, is dropped daily at noon, one hundred 
and twentieth meridian ( E. Ion. ), standard time It is hoisted 5 minutes before 
no'iii and in case of failure is slowly lowered •"> minutes alter the signal time. A 
-un is also lired from the battery of San Diego at the southeastern point of the 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 187 

Availed city. Storm signals are shown from the office of the captain of the port 
and from 3 masts just seaward of the fortress of Santiago near the mouth of Pasig 
River. 

Manila, W. mole, 1 fixed light, red. Tower 6 ft. high, visible 2£ (stat. ) m. Iron 
pedestal. This light is near the end of the breakwater now under construction 
and is moved out as the work progresses. 

Manila, on battery side of quay, mouth of Pasig River, lat. 14° 36 / 24" N., Ion. 
120° 57' IS" E. Two fixed lights, electric, horizontal, 3 ft. apart; 16 ft. above 
the sea, visible 6 (stat.) m. A red light is shown from a beacon at the head of 
Pasig River to mark the entrance from Laguna de Bay to the river. 

St. Nicholas Bank, on the NW. head of the" NW. of the 2 shoals forming those 
banks in Manila Bay, lat. 14° 26' 25" N., Ion. 120° 45' 15" E. One flash light 
every minute, flashes 20 seconds, eclipse 40 seconds, electric; 34 ft. above the 
sea: height of tower 36 ft., visible 5 (stat.) m. Beacon, iron tower on base of 
of concrete; tower black and white, in horizontal bands, balcony white. 

MANILA FORTRESS. 

The city of Manila is a fortress occupying the point of land on the 
S. side of the junction of the Pasig River and Manila Bay, having the 
former on its N. and the latter on its W. face. It is encircled by walls 
with bastions and bulwarks. AVhere it does not abut on the river is a 
moat, which by means of sluices may be flooded, thus completely 
isolating the city from the landward side. The bay, or W. face, 
measures about 5.000 ft.; the S. or landside toward Ermita, about 
1,800 ft. ; the W., about 500 ft. away from the river, 3,300 ft. ; and the 
N., along the Pasig river, about 3,300 ft., making a total circuit of not 
quite 2i m. The walls are pierced by (3 gates, 3 to the N., on the road 
to the river Pasig, and 3 on the land side, which is the best fortified. 
Fort Santiago is the citadel and defends the entrance to the river and 
N. angle of the city. The area within the walls is laid out in streets 
intersecting at right angles. The main central thoroughfare, 2, (00 ft. 
in length from X. to SW., is crossed at a right angle, midway in its 
course, by another 3.300 ft. in length, between the plaza of Santiago 
in the NW. and the bastion in the extreme SE. angle. The city within 
the walls is devoted exclusively to military, civil, religious, and other 
structures of a public character. 

BUSINESS AND RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS. 

The river Pasig divides Manila into 2 parts, that en the S. being 
occupied by the military defenses and on the X. by the commercial, 
mercantile, manufacturing, and residential quarters and suburbs. '±. wo 
parallel dikes for breakwaters define the entrance of the Pasig River 
from Manila Bay. At the water end of that on the N., which is 1,700 
ft. long, is a. light-house. That on the S., 2,000 ft. long, forms a prom- 
enade to the Monument of Anda, a patriotic judge and governor in 
Spanish history. About 200 ft. E. of the monument is Fort Santiago, 
on the S. side of the junction of the Pasig River and Manila Bay. 
After entering the Pasig River, which maintains a width of about 500 
ft. in this portion of its course, and passing Fort Santiago, is reached 
the Pasco or promenade of Magallanes, on which stands an obelisk to 
the memory of the discoverer of the Philippines. At the E. end of 
this promenade a bridge connects with the Escoltain Pinondo suburb. 
From this point following the stream the intervening space is occupied 
by barracks, the Quinta market, and military hospital, the latter 
facing on the Ward de la Concepcion and a battery. Near this point 
the Pasig River make- ;t bend to the NE. until it receives the waters 



] s ^ GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

o\' Laguna de Bay, while the walls of the city make a sharp trend to 
tin* SW. At the extreme W. angle, Avenue Santa Lucia extends NW. 
along the beach paralleling the fortifications and terminating at the 
monument to Anda. S. of the fortified city Is Ermita, and beyond is 
Malate, famous for its en broideries, stretching along the shore of 
Manila Bay in the direction of Cavite. 

SUBURBS. 

Returning to the mouth of the Pasig on the right or N. side are the 
suburbs of Manila, among the attractions of the capital, and connected 
by means of fine bridges. The interlacing rivers, lagoons, and creeks 
and numerous islands and picturesque native dwellings give a pecu- 
liarly interesting effect. The city itself, with its bastion's, batteries, 
church towers, white two storied balconied houses and cottages, reared 
on piles to escape the floods of the rainy season, and luxuriant groves 
of subtropical vegetation, has an oriental aspect. 

Binondo, on the N. bank of the Pasig, opposite the fortified city, 
represents the domestic and foreign, commercial and mercantile activ- 
ity of the Philippine Islands and is devoted to the central adminis- 
tration of revenue, finance, and trade, Some of its streets are paved 
and narrow. The houses are solidly built. At the Binondo end of 
the bridge from the fortress, a street called the Escolta, extending to 
the right and left, is lined with some fine buildings, conspicuously the 
banks, post-offices, shipping houses, hotels, also with the unpretentious 
shops and stalls of native traders, the thoroughfare itself being enliv- 
ened by a motley crowd of the mingling races of the Eastern world. 
nd the Escolta live the native, "Chinese, Indian, and half-caste 
artisans, of divers handicrafts, as jewelers, goldsmiths, enamelers, 
ters, confectioners, etc. ; also there are to be found the theaters, 
gambling houses, and other resorts for public amusement. In the 
ction is the church and convent of Binondo. 
Prior to the earthquake of 1863 a handsome 10- arch stone bridge 
ssed the Pasig. It was replaced in 1872 by a modern stone 
structure, which is the bridge of Spain or Puente de Espana. 

The steamers and native craft engaged in trade with the bay prov- 
of Morong, Cavite, Bataan, Pampanga, and Bulacan have their 
moorings along the banks of the Pasig within this suburb. 

San Nicolas, at the mouth of the Pasig River, X. side, with Tondo 
. and Binonuo on the W. The works of the port property 
and d«>ck. custom-house, and United States commissary stores are in 
this suburb. 

Tondo, the most X. and populous suburb along the bay shore above 

the Pasig ; rated from Binondo on the S. by one of the numerous 

erse the level sandy surface and is connected by 

The house- are generally constructed of cane and 

with feathery leaves, now prohibited. The 

arrow, most of its traffic being handled on the numerous 

ed of the small streams which enter the river and 

it and give i ! the appearence of an oriental Venice. 

LI, in which there is a military building, is a tine 

space almost surrounded by the natural channels. The station 

or tin- Manila and Dagupan R. \l. is in this suburb. There is a fine 

church, convent, theater, market place, and cemetery. The inhabitants 

are largely engaged in tobacco and cigar industries, fishing, weaving, 

and gardening for the Manila mark' t. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 189 

Santa Cruz, the suburb N. of Binondo, with a narrow frontage on 
the river, is divided into 15 wards. It is well built, and has a church, 
convent, flower market, theater, public jail, slaughterhouse, leper 
hospital (St. Lazare, under the Franciscans), and a cemetery for 
Chinese. It is noted for its artisans and handicrafts. 

Quiapo, one of the suburbs along the Pasig River. N. of San Miguel 
Creek and E. of Santa Cruz. It is solidly built, with veil-aligned 
streets and a tine market place well stocked. The Tribunal of the 
natives is a large structure. A suspension bridge 350 ft. long and 23 
ft. wide spans the Pasig. The street of San Sebastian, with its porti- 
coed native residences, is one of the attractions of this quarter. There 
is a church, convent, prison, and public jail. 

San Miguel, the suburb E. of the city on the opposite side of the 
Pasig and connected with Quiapo by a bridge termed "de la Luinta." 
It is noted for the elegance of its residences. Along the river front 
are a number of villas, among them Malacanang, in Spanish times the 
residence of the captain-general in the Philippines and now the resi- 
dence of the civil governor of the archipelago. There is also a church, 
convent, and barracks. On the island of San Andres. 1,400 ft. in 
length and 100 ft. in width, in the Pasig. in front of San Miguel, is 
the convalescent hospital. San Jose Home, and insane asylum. On the 
X. of San Miguel is the ward San Sebastian, with a tine church and 
convent. 

Sampaloc, a suburb with 39 wards, extends from San Miguel NW. 
It has a church, convent, and cemetery. Rivals San Miguel in being 
the residence part of the city. Calzada del Iris, the widest avenue 
and one of the handsomest in Manila, is located in Sampaloc. 

Pandacan, in an arm of the Pasig. River on the X. and E., the little 
rivers Cabitum forming part of the boundary, and Concordia on the 
S. and Pandacan on the W. The two former unite on the SW., and 
each has its own outlet into the Pasig, one on the N., the other on 
the E.. which practically makes this suburb an island. 

Trozo or San Jose (now forms a single district with Binondo) and 
another suburb within the municipal radius occupying the center of 
the NE. limit of the city between Tondo on the NW. and Santa Cruz 
and Sampaloc on the SE. It is largely occupied by the element 
engaged in mechanical industries. It has its market, place of popular 
diversion, and a few of the better class of residences of Chinese and 
natives. 

Paco or San Fernando de Dilao, an extensive outlying suburb S. 
of the bend of the Pasig River, opposite San Miguel. It is connected 
across an intervening space by a number of thoroughfares leading to 
the city on the NW., Ermita on the \\\, and Malate on the SW., along 
the bay shore. It is also connected with Pandacan on the left bank of 
the Pasig River and through which it carries on the greater part of its 
trade with Manila on the one hand and the towns on Laguna de Bay 
on the other. Great cigar factories, the most prominent being those 
of "Compania General de Tabacos' 1 and "Germinal" and other 
industrial structures, are situated in tfeis district. 

Ermita and its adjoining town. Malate. on the S.. occupies the bay 
front a short distance S. of the fortress. It is well built with houses 
of modern construction, and also is the seat of the observatory of 
Manila and normal school, which are well accommodated as to struc- 
tures and equipment. 



190 OAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

Malate, beyond Ermita, with fine villas and residences. Ermita 
mill Malate are tho favorite headquarters for American families. 

ROADS AND COMMUNICATION, LAND. 

A railroad in operation extends from Manila to Dagupan, on Lingayen 
Bay, from which point roads and trails connect \\ ith all partsof N. Luzon. 
An extensive inland traffic is also carried on by means of native craft via 
the Pasig River to towns and villages on the shores of Laguna de Bay. 
A system of Land communication extends to the remote province of Sorso- 
iron.at the extreme SE. end of the peninsula of Luzon, traversing the 
provinces of Laguna, Ba tan gas, Tayabas, Ambos Camarines, and 
Albay. A line 01 railway is projected on surveys from Dagupan, the 
present terminus, paralleling the China seacoast, to connect the capi- 
tals San Fernando of Uni6n and Vigan of [locos Sur with Laoag, the 
capita] of I locos Norte, 152 m., and intermediate points, to within 35 m. 
of the extreme X. point of Luzon. Another surveyed route for a 
railway follows the course of the P&sig River, and thence the W., S., 
and Sw. shores of Laguna de Bay, 55 m., to Santa Cruz, the capital of 
Laguna, with a branch leaving Calamba, about half the distance, on 
the lake shore, due S. to Batangas, 28 m., on the Verde Passage, the 
route of steamers between the United States and Manila, and thence 
to Lemery, on Balayan Bay, 15 m. to the NW. (For distance between 
Manila and the capital of each province or chief town or group of 
islands, see table of distances.) 

COMMERCIAL ADVANTAGES. 

The bay and city of Manila occupy a point of vantage in geograph- 
ical position with reference to commercial intercourse with coun- 
tries in eastern Asia. India, the eastern archipelago, Australasia, 
Oceanica, and the Pacific shores of the Western Hemisphere unrivaled 
by any city in Asia. It is the key to the trade of all the islands under 
the jurisdiction of the United States. It is also most favorably located 
for navigation in the surrounding seas with respect to favorable winds 
and current-, particularly so in reaching the W. coasts of the three 
Americas and the E. coast of Asia. 

COMMUNICATION, WATER. 

It has direct steam communication with Yokohama (1,630 m.), 
the metropolis of Japan: with Shanghai (1,080 m.), Tientsin (2.4<>!) 
m.), and Canton (703 m.), the chief ports on the coast of China, and 
Hongkong (British, 628 m.), the present center of extensive commer- 
cial and financial activity in the Far Last. It also has steam com- 
munication with Singapore (British, 1,386 m.), the center of trade 
of the Straits Settlements; with India. Calcutta (British, 3,016 m.), 
Madras. Bombay, and other ports; Batavia, Java (Dutch. L,386 m.); 
with Port Darwin (British, L,692 in.), on the N. coast. King Georges 
Sound (British, 3,792 m.), Adelaide (British, .'5.77^ m.). and Melbourne 
(British, ."'.Ml' in.), on the S. coast: with Sydney (3,772 m.) and 
Brisbane (British, 3,292 m.), on the E. coast, the chief ports of Aus- 
tralia: with Aukland (British, 4,602 m.) and Wellington (British, 
4,612 in.), in New Zealand, through the United States midocean sta- 
tion at Guam. It i- in -team communication with Honolulu (United 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 191 

States, 4,843 m.). the Midway Islands (3,808 m.), Caroline Islands 
(German. 2.326 m.). Pelew Islands (German, 1,020 m.), Solomon 
Islands (Ugi, British. 2,940 m.), Fiji Islands (British, 3.720 m.), Samoa 
Islands (Tutuila. United States. 4,603 m.),and Society Islands (Tahiti, 
French. .3. I'll m.). the strategic points of steam intercourse in the 
Pacitic. and through these centers with Valparaiso, in Chile (10,221 m.), 
Callao. Peru (10.212 m.). Panama (8,706 m.), Nicaragua Canal (pro- 
posed. 8,766 m.). Acapulco. Mexico (via Honolulu, 8,260 m.), and 
San Francisco (6.171 m..via Yokohama), and Port Townsend (5,920 m.) 
in the United States. (For distances by international steam routes, 
see pp. 120-131.) Manila is in communication with all the commercial 
ports of the archipelago by means of steam, sailing vessels, and native 
craft. But for the restrictive policy of centuries Manila to-day would 
undoubtedly be one of the great commercial marts of the vast conti- 
nental and insular regions mentioned. Under the "open-door " policy 
of the United States it is destined in the near future to gain this 
supremacy and rival Shanghai. Hongkong, Singapore, Batavia, and 
Calcutta in the trade of the Orient. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The mechanical industries are extensive, the manufacture of tobacco, 
cigars, and cheroots, cord, rope, thread, and ice being prominent. 
Iron foundries and machine shops, sawmills, stonecutting, woodwork- 
ing, and other mills are numerous and expanding. 

COMMERCE AND TRADE. 

Anchored in the roadstead are ships floating the flags of all nations, 
and within the river Pasig are moored steam, sailing, and native craft 
from every province and island in the archipelago. There are daily 
departures of steamers, mail or mercantile, for ports in Luzon, Min- 
doro. the Visayas, Mindanao, Sulu, and Palawan, and China, and 
bimonthly mail for Europe and Japan. The consular officers resident 
at Manila represent 1H of the maritime countries of the world. 

UNITED STATES MILITARY OCCUPATION. 

• 
On April 21, 1898, Congress declared a state of war to exist with 
Spain. Two days later the United States consul at Manila was given 
his papers and left for Hongkong, where he joined the Asiatic squad- 
ron of the United States at Mirs Bay. On .May 1 the United States 
squadron destroyed the Spanish fleet in Manila Bay. On the 3d 
Cavite arsenal, having been abandoned by the Spanish, was occupied 
by tin- forces from the squadron. On July 1 the military expedi- 
tionary forces of the United States landed at Cavite. On July 31 a 
night attack on the United States by Spanish troops in the trenches 
around Manila inaugurated a series of conflicts which culminated on 
August 13 in a bombardment of the Spanish intrenchments by the 
Navy and their capture by storm by the United States troops, which 
was followed by articles of capitulation and occupation of the city. 
The next day General Merritt issued his first proclamation to the 
Filipino people. On the 15th orders were issued for the assumption 
of civil government by the United States military authorities in the 
citv of Manila and district of Cavite, and the necessary oflicers were 



192 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE islands. 

appointed. On August L6 t ho commanding general received a cable- 
gram from the President of the United States announcing the signature 
of t lio protocol with Spain and the cessation of hos tilities. From this 

>oint in the current <>f events Manila becomes part of the general 

ustory of the Philippine Islands. 

HISTORY. 

Although the Philippines were discovered in L521 by Magellan, it 
was not until L571 that Legaspi, having conquered Manila, then a 
village surrounded by a palisade, began trie construction of a fortified 
city as a center for future warlike operations against the islands in the 
surrounding seas. A municipal form of government was established 
in the same y ear. From i I of colonial authorit}' Juan de Salcedo, 

tin 4 grandson of Legaspi, known as the bt Cortes of the Philippines," 
conducted his discoveries, explorations, and conquests, besides repell- 
ing (1572) an invasion by the Chinese pirate Li Ma Hong with 5,000 
followers. 

In L580 all the colonies of Portugal in the East, having fallen by con- 
quest to the Crown of Spain, were governed from Manila and remained 
so until L6-J >. when they were restored. 

In L590 the present permanent fortifications were commenced. 

In L762 the city was seized '\v (in English fleet and held for some 
months until tin 4 arrangement of peace, when it was returned to Spain. 

In 1863, June 3, at 7.30 p. m.. after a day of intense heat, while the 
people were preparing for the festival of Corpus Christi, the ground 
rocked violently for 30 seconds, the finest buildings crumbled, and 
many of the inhabitants were buried in the ruins. Over -!<)() persons 
were killed and 2,000 injured. 46 public and 570 private buildings 
were thrown to the ground, l ; S public and 528 private structures were 
nearly destroyed, and the rest throughout the entire city were more or 
less injured. 

Until the outbreak of the Spanish- American war the colonial author- 
ities al Manila, representing the sovereignty at Madrid, exercised vice- 
1 1 sway. 

MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT. 

On duly Si, 1901, by enactment of the United States Philippine 
Commission (An act to incorporate the city of Manila), the inhabitants 
of Manila were constitute!! a municipality, to **be known as the city 
of Manila, and by that name to have perpetual succession and all the 
rights of property therein granted or theretofore enjoyed and possessed 
by the -aid city as organized undei Spanish sovereignty." 

DISTRIBUTION OF MUNICIPAL POWERS. 

The government of the city is vested in a municipal board of ?> 
members appointed by the civil governor, by and with the consent of 
the commission, and removable in the same manner. One member 
mast be designated as treasurer with power to act as provided by the 
charter. There is also a secretary and other officers whose general 
powers and duties are prescribed. The board Is also possessed of cer- 
tain legislative and executive authority, exercised, by general super- 
visory control, through five departments: 

1. Engineering and public works. 

-i. Police. 



GAZI1TTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



193 



a Law. 

4. Fires and building- inspection. 

5. Assessments and collections. 

The charter, which is embodied in 72 sections, makes provisions for 
estimates and appropriations for the expenses of the city; the receipt 
and custody of money, auditing of accounts, sanitation, schools, defin- 
ing the duties of officers under the various departments, assessments, 
taxation and collection, and for other purposes essential to municipal 
administration. 

POLICE JURISDICTION. 

The jurisdiction of the city for police purposes covers a distance 
of 3 m. from the shore into Manila Bay and over a zone of 5 m. in 
width surroundii £ the city on land. 

INTERISLAND INTERCOURSE. 

The political, administrative, and economic importance of keeping 
the capital and chief commercial port in touch with the remotest islands 
of the archipelago led to a conference between the military, naval, 
and civil officers and managers of insular transportation lines, who 
recommended a project of communication between the provincial 
capitals and coast towns, and to prevent smuggling, by means of a fleet 
of small steamers. 140 ft. length, 10 knots maximum, 8 knots ordinary 
draft, with searchlight and armament, to operate respectively in as 
many circuits, the average length of each of which being 651 m. ; also a 
stern-wheel steamer, 2i ft. draft, for service on the Cagayan from 
Aparri to Ilagan; another for service on the Rio Grande de Min- 
danao and lake system from Polloc inland. A bureau of navigation 
or aerating office was also proposed. 

MANILA PUBLIC BUILDINGS. 



Exhibit of public buildings in Manila and vicinity at the time of the occupation of the city 

and their, present use. 



Location. 



BUILDINGS, MILITARY. 

1. Office of the major-general commanding 

2. Office of the military government, subinspection of infantry, cav 

airy, guard, and carabineros. 

3. < irhc.j of the subinspection of artillery 

4. Office of the subinspection of engineers 

6. Artillery barracks 

6. < avalry barracks 

7. Infantry Academy 

8. Office of the military director 

9. Workshops for the artillery 

10. Workshop of engineers . ..' 

11 Barracks of Malate ■ 

12. Magazine of San Antonio de A bad 

BUILDINGS, CIVIL. 

ee Of the governor and major-general commanding 

14. Audiencia (in ruins) 

16. A idiencia temporary) 

16. offic- of the General Government i temporary) 

IT. General office of the civil administration . ..." 

18. Intendance of the treasury fin ruins) 

19. Intendance of the treasury 'temporary) 

'20. Tribunal of account- in ruin- 

21. Tribunal of account- (temporary I 

•2:1. Philippine Spanish Hank 

S. Doc. 280 13 



Within the walled city. 
Do. 

Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
• Do. 
Do. 
Malate. 
Do. 
Do. 



Malacanang, San MigueL 
Within the walled city. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Binondo. 



i<u 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



I it of public buildings in Manila and vicinity attfu time of the occupation ef the ciif 
<ni<l their present use — Continued. 



inn. kin..-, i [vii —continued. 

23. Office Of civil government and city council, called the ayuntanii 

ento. 

24. Treason 

25. Custom-house 

26. Custom-house (temporary) 

27. Hospital of San Juan de DIos 

28. ( ►bservatory 

legraph | post-office 

30. Mint 



Location. 



Within the walled city. 

Do. 

San Nicolas. 

Do. 
Within the walled city. 



BUILDINGS, RELIGIOUS AND EDUCATIONAL, 



Cathedral (restored to the Roman Byzantine style) 

Archbishop's palace 

Church and Convent of San Augustin. belonging to that religious 

order. 
Church and Convent of st. Domingo, belonging to that religious 

order. 
Church and Convent of San Francisco, belonging to that religious 

order. 

church of Recoletoa of San Augustin , 

church and college of the Jesuits, called the Ateneo Municipal, for 

hoys, and providing an academic training. Since United States 

jurisdiction it has ceased to be municipal. 
Church and College of Sta. Isabel, for girls, under the Sisters of St. 

Vincent 
Convent and College of Sta. Rosa, under the Sisters of St. Vincent.. 
Church and monastery of Sta. Clara, belonging to that religious 

order. 
Municipal girls' school, now occupied by the American normal 

school, 
church and Convent of Sta. Catalina, in charge of the Dominican 

Sisters. 

Church and seminary of the Jesuits (in ruins) 

Convent of the Jesuits ". 

University 

College of San Juan de Letran, in charge of the Dominicans, an 

institution for primary ami secondary education. 

College of Medicine of San Jose 

Convent and chapel of the Capuchinos 

Convent and chapel of the Benedictines , 

Church of the Third Order of St. Francis 

Seminary of San Carlos, under the Faulist Fathers , 

Beaterioof the Society of Jesus, for women 

College of the Concepcion or Concordia, for girls. 

College of Loban, for girls, in charge of the Sisters of St. Vincent 

de Paul. 

Military hospital 

Hospice of San Jose (insane asylum), under Sisters of Charity 

Leper hospital (San Lazaro) 

Penitentiary (presidio) 

Jail (Bilihid) 



Ermita. 
Binondo. 

Within the walled city. 



Within the walled city. 
Do. 
Do. 



Do. 
Do. 



Do. 
Do. 



Do. 

Do. 
Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Do. 
Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Quiapo. 
Within the walled city. 

Do. 

Do. 
Paco. 

Do. 

Malate. 
San Miguel. 
Santa Cruz. 

Do. 

Do. 



SUPPLEMENT. 



195 



COMMERCIAL EXTENSION IN THE PHILIPPINES, 

MAY, 1902. 

The extension of facilities of intercourse between Manila and the 
United States of America via Japan, and China, and India, and Europe 
via Hongkong-, has kept pace with the demands of commerce growing 
out of the pacification of the archipelago, the firm establishment of 
American sovereignty, and the exploitation and development of all 
branches of industry and trade. 

STEAMSHIP LINES. 

The Nippon Yusen Kaisha (Japan Mail Steamship Company), with 
a fleet of TO steamers and a tonnage of 200,000 tons gross, has Manila 
connections, with return tickets issued by this company between Hong- 
kong and Indo-China, available by the steamers of the China Naviga- 
tion and the China and Manila Steamship companies. The Nippon 
Yusen Kaisha also maintains a regular line of steamers (which from 
Manila may connect at Hongkong) between Japan ports, Hongkong, 
Straits Settlements, Colombo. Port Said, Marseilles, London, and Ant- 
werp fortnightly: also from Hongkong via Japan ports to Seattle, 
U. S. A., connecting- at the latter port with the Great Northern Rail- 
way, service monthly. 

The Hongkong-Manila service of this company is represented by 
some of the finest steamers in this class in Eastern waters, having dis- 
placements of 3,875 tons and upward. The United States mail lines 
offer direct service between Manila and San Francisco, via the Toyo 
Kisen Kaisha, Occidental and Oriental Steamship Company, and Pacific 
Steamship Company. 

The British India Steam Navigation Company announces sailings 
from Manila to Singapore, Rangoon. Madras, and Calcutta. India, and 
Yokohama. Moji, and Kobe, Japan, every three weeks. 

This international service has been attended by corresponding exten- 
sion of interisland lines. 

INTERISLAND COMMERCE. 

The following partial list will convey in a measure the development 
of commercial activity which is going on by means of branch lines of 
steamers in the several entry districts of the archipelago: 

197 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE [SLANDS. 
m rs cleared at ih< port of ( 'ebu during January, 1909. 



Name Of port 



1 

- 



it..\ Ince. 



Cebu ... 
Leyte.... 
Burigao. 



Barili... 
Hay I. ay. 
Butuan. 
Cagaj 

Call. a: 

Camiguln Misamis . 

r Cebu 

DapitaD 

Dumaguete Negros Orien- 
tal. 

Dumanjug Cebu 

[ligao 

Hollo tlollo 

Jimenez Misamis 

:i Mliay 

Maasin Leyte 



[sland. 



Cebu. 
Leyte. 

Mindanao. 

Do. 
Samar. 

Mindanao. 

Cebu. 

Mindanao. 
Negros. 

Cebu. 
Mindanao. 

I'anay. 

Mindanao. 

Luzon. 

Leyte. 



Name of port. 



Malitbog Leyte. 

Manila 



Province. 



Misamis 

Ormoc 

Oroquieta 

Palompon 

Panglao 

Bombldn 



Misamis . 

Leyte 

Misamis . 
Leyte.... 
Bono! ... 

Uomlildn 



Sibonga Cebti 

SorsogOD 

Burigao 

Tacloban 

Tagbiliran 

Toledo 

Ubay 



Sorsog6u 
Surigao.. 
Leyte.... 

Bo'liol ... 

Cebu .... 
Bohol ... 



Island. 



Leyte. 

Luzon. 

Mindanao. 

Leyte. 

Mindanao. 

Leyte. 

Bohol, 

Komlildn. 

Cebu. 

Ln/.dn. 

Mindanao. 

Leyte. 

Bohol. 

Cebu. 

Bohol. 



Steamers cleared Ilo'tlo district. 



Entered. 


Cleared. 


Entered. 


Cleared. 


Bais 


Bais. 
Banate. 
Capiz. 
Danao. 

Escalante. 






Bugason 


Pulopandan 


Pulopandan. 
San Carlos. 


Capiz 


San Carlos 




San Jos6 de Buenavista 

Silav 




Danao 


vista. 


Dumaguete 

Manapla 


Estancia. 

Manapla. 


Silay. 





NEW PORTS OPEN TO COASTWISE TRADE, BY COLLECTION DIS- 
TRICTS, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

CEBU PORT OF ENTRY, CEBU. 

The following names represent coastwise ports in addition to list 
printed on page 107: 



Name of port. Province. 

1 


Island. 


Name of port. 


Province. 


Island. 


Baclayan Bohol 


Bohol. 


Madridejos 


Cebu 


Mactan. 






rbilangan is- do 

land. 




Cebu 


Cebu. 


Xanosnoean Island 






• i Cebu 


Cebu. 


Bohol 

Leyte 


Bohol. 


Call tnban Island .. . Bohol 


Cebu. 
Mactan. 

Cebu. 
Do. 


Pilar 


Camotes Is- 


on Cebti 




do 


land. 




Do. 






do 


Do. 




S6god 


Cebu 


Cebu. 




TalWav 


do 


Do. 






do 


Do. 













GAZETTEEE OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



199 



ILOILO PORT OF ENTRY, PANAY. 



The following coastwise ports are in addition to the list printed on 
page 108: 



Name of port. 



Province. 



B; 



Barotac Nuevo 
Binalbagan... 

Buruanga 

Cabanealan . . , 
Cadiz Nuevo... 

Calatrava do 

Concepcion i Iloilo . 

Dumangas 

Escalante 

Ginigarah 

Guim arils Is- 
land. 



Negros Oriental . . . 

Iloilo 

Negros Occidental. 

Capiz 

Negros Occidental. 
do 



....do 

Negros dental . . . 
Negros Occidental 
Iloilo , 



Island. 



Negr< s. 

Pa nay. 
Negros. 
Pa nay. 
Negros. 

Do. 

Do. 
Panav. 

Do. 
Negros. 

Do, 
Panay. 



Name of port. 



Province. 



Island. 



Guimbal 

Hog 

Manapla 

Miagao , 

Pontevedra.. 

San Carlos 

San Dionisio. 
San Enrique. 



Iloilo 

Negros Occidental. 

do 

Iloilo 

Capiz 

Negros Occidental . 

Iloilo 

....do 

San Joaquin. do 

Saravia j Negros Occidental. 

Suay do 

Valledolid do 

Victorias do 



Panay. 
Negros. 

Do. 
Panav. 

Do. 
Negros. 
Panav. 

Do. 

Do. 
Negros. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 



MANILA PORT OF ENTRY, LUZON. 

The following coastwise ports are in addition to the list printed on 
page 108: 



Name of port. 


Province. 


Island. 


Name of port. 


Province. 


Island. 


Masbate : Masbate 


Masbate 

Mindoro 

Luzon 


Lagonoy 

San Jacinto... 
Santa Maria . . 

Zambales 

Tayabas 


Ambos Camarines . 
Masbate 


Luzon. 
Ticao. 




Tayabas 










Do. 




Tayabas 


Luzon 




Do. 









ZAMBOANGA PORT OF ENTRY, MINDANAO. 

The following coastwise ports are in addition to the list printed on 
page 108: 



Name of port. 



Province. 



Misamis 



Jasaan 

Lapinig 

Mambajao (Camiguin Island) Misamis 



Island. 



Mindanao. 
Do. 
Do. 



TYPHOON SIGNALS. 



These warnings to commerce are displayed from the office of the 
captain of the port; day signals are shown from the pole near the 
wall and night signals from the three poles in the corral. 



CORRECT TIME. 



Time ball is dropped from the Observatory Ermita at noon Phil- 
ippine standard time one hundred and twenty-first meridian east longi- 
tude. A gun is also fired at Fort Santiago. 



HARBOR IMPROVEMENTS. 



During the year L902 the channel into the Pasig Riv. and as far as 
the Bridge of Spain will be dredged to a depth of 18 ft., which depth 



i 



^[) 



GAZETTEER OF THE l'HlLIlMMNK ISLANDS. 



it is proposed to maintain. The outer harbor will be materially 
changed by dredging operations during 1 ( .»<^ and the sea wall will be 
extended. 

COMMERCE OF THE UNITED STATES WITH THE PHILIPPINE 
ISLANDS TO APRIL, 1902. 

IMPORT- AND DOMESTIC EXPORTS. BY CUSTOMS DISTRICTS. 



Customs districts. 


Imports ten months 
ending April— 


Domestic exports ten 
months ending April— 




MMM 


1902 


1901 


1902 


Baltimore, Md 


81 

1,014,430 










SI, 887, 118 

60 

2, 844, 359 












New York \ Y 


1,662,893 


S946, 699 
103, 251 


12,144,800 
169,374 




Philadelphia 


241, 583 
13, 936 


21,618 
2,264 






6, 485 

31, 377 
454 
















3,262 


1,380 


1, 273, 215 
24, 375 

787, 448 
29, 472 


647, 035 




1,377 




454,663 
140, 071 


412, 800 

333,242 

3,917 

2 


750, 307 




503, 532 


Buffalo Creek, N. Y 














243, 032 

2, 302 

201 


76, 998 


.it rh ir, N. Y 






1,521 












36 
20 


138 


















Total . 


3, 530, 895 


5, 506, 898 


3,409,995 


4, 332, 260 





IMPORTS FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, BY ARTICLES. 





Ten months ending April 




Articles. 


1901. 


1902. 




Quantities. 


Values. 


Quantities. 


Values. 


FREE OF DUTY. 

Articles the growth, etc., of the United States re- 




$4,751 

3, 379, 046 

4,858 

611 

3,703 




S2, 310 
5,224,056 


Fibers, unmanufactured, manila tons. . 


19,603 


29,608 








1,417 








806 








32, 198 










Total free of dutv 




3, 392, 969 




5, 260, 787 








SUBJECT To DUTY. 

Bonos nnd horns manufactures of 




262 

985 

699 

4,741 

488 

2,380 

1,911 

108,867 

14, 390 

1,086 




206 


Earthen, stone, and china ware, decorated 






744 








321 








42, 317 

1,250 
603 


Metals, metal compositions, and manufactures of, 






Oils, vegetable, volatile 






Silk, manufactured of 






2,649 


cane, not above No. 16 pound-.. 

co, cigars, etc do 

Wood, ma nu fact ii re- of 


1,698,838 
24,749 


11,421.000 
5, 021 


188,159 
6, 585 
1,044 


All other dutiable article- 




7, 227 




2, 233 










Totftl -ubj.-et to dutv 




137,926 




246,111 










Total import- of merchandise 




3,530,89.") 





6, 506, 898 












1 19. 574 

:;. 107,882 

:;. (39 




57, 274 

6, Hi, 063 

38,661 








Brought in cars and other land vehicles 













GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



201 



DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, BY ARTICLES. 





Ten months ending April — 


Articles. 


1901. 


1902. 




Quantities. 


Values. 


Quantities. 


Values. 






$2, 819 
232, 660 

30, 167 
558, 954 
169,402 

30, 533 

12,311 

103, 251 

5,552 




$12,791 




2, 753 








94, 860 
416, 396 


BreadstufES 










83, 299 








47, 332 








44, 793 


Coal tons. . 


41, 301 


67, 749 


169,474 
1,534 










Cotton, manufactures of: 

Cloths, colored. yards. . 

Cloths, uncolored do 

All other 


567, 284 
312, 972 


28, 299 

23, 483 

9,978 


2, 103, 089 
208, 080 


98, 248 
18,208 
65, 022 










Total 




61,760 




181, 478 








Fish 




4,810 

14,828 

5,276 

6,403 

256, 627 

10, 284 

28, 374 




60, 814 

24, 818 

2,444 








Furniture of metal 






Glass and glassware 






22, 601 


Hay tons. . 


13, 454 


19, 134 


358, 816 
41, 617 
47, 799 
















Iron and steel, and manufactures of: 

Sheets and plates pounds. . 

Builders' hardware, saws, and tools 


376, 863 


6,556 

22, 077 

8,234 

45,412 

11, 656 

' 10,832 

22. 775 

87,753 

37, 878 

5,789 

123, 254 


1,193,453 


22,230 

72, 265 


Cutlery 






5,026 


Machinery, machines, and parts of— 






27, 788 








2,473 
23, 037 














74, 456 

315, 259 

53, 082 


All other 






Pipes and fittings 






Scales and balances 






11, 603 
170, 60'8 


All other manufactures 














Total 




382, 216 




777, 827 














11, 341 
5,456 

15, 196 
9,744 

649, 540 




13, 981 


Lead , and manufactures of 






34, 196 
96, 815 


Leather, and manufactures of 






Malt bushels. . 


12, 850 
550, 525 


13, 525 

243, 542 
14, 754 


10, 162 

361,061 
5,067 


In other coverings gallons. . 


Oilcloths 




10, 231 

119,413 

6,628 

46, 752 


24, 272 

153, 914 

16, 154 


( >il>— mineral, refined gallons. . 

Paints, pigments, and colors .- 


1, 247, 843 


1,691,810 


Paper, and manufactures of 






216,506 










Beef products * * 




3,859 
12, 350 

6,286 
18, 243 




37, 716 








42, 937 


A 11 f >ther meat products 






6,999 
23, 803 














Total 




40, 738 




111,455 








Spirits distilled proof gallons. . 

Boaps 


129, 002 


242. 569 

10, 169 

11,206 

5,584 


96, 703 


142. 327 
10, 592 
17, 704 


T< »ya 






Varnish gallons . . 

Vegetables: 

Onions bushels.. 

Potatoes do 

All other 


4,949 


5, 642 


5,760 


43, 854 
208, 777 


36, 070 
131,403 

17,789 


1, 105 
22,810 


1,500 
19, 376 
27, 389 


Total 










185, 262 




48, 265 


Wine: 

In bottles dozen quarts . . 

In other coverings gallons. . 

Total 






2, 358 

18, 846 


9,947 
7,985 


4,124 
18, 034 


12, 392 
10,088 




17, 932 




22, 480 









I 



202 GAZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, BY ARTICLES— Continued. 





Ten months ending April— 


Articles, 


1901. 1902. 




Quantities. Values. 

s::.NKi 

6S.207 


Quantities. 


Values. 






8899,196 
263,660 










Total domestic exports 


8, 109,995 


4,332,260 




357. 519 




112, 877 


■ \ essels 


2,800,992 

251,484 




364,728 




3,854,655 









IMMIGRATION. 

Among the immigrants arrived in the United States during the ten 
months ending April, 1901 and 1902, were the following from the 
Philippine Islands: L901, males, 32; 1902, males, 107. 

POSTAL SERVICE. 

[See pages 18, 19.] 

A list of post-offices equipped for the sale of stamped paper, and to handle ordinary and registered 
mail, also offices with money-order facilities; corrected to May 2, 1902. 



Town. 



Province. 



Abu cay 

Aparri« 

Atimonan 

Bacolod* 

Baguio* 

Balaiiga 

Baler 

Bangued 

Batang i 

Bautista 

Bayombong ... 

Boac a 

Bororigan 

Cabagan Nuero 

■!!' 

(it I.I 11. 

Cavite» 



Cervantes 

Corregidor* ... 

Cotabato* 

Dagupan* 

Dinalupijan... 

ruete 

-i 

[lagan 

Iloilo« 

- ilu)»... 







Bataan 

I'anipanga 

Cagayan 

Tayabas 

Negros Occidental. 

Benguet 

Bataan 

Principe 

Abra 

Batangas 

Pangasinan 

Nfueva Vizcaya — 
Marinduque 



Isabels . 
Misamis 
Laguna . 



Island. 



Cavite 

Cebu 

Lepanto 

Manila Bay 

Cotabato 

Pangasinan 

Bataan 

< Mental 

Bataan 

Isabels 





[loCOS Norte. 



Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Negros. 
Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Marinduque 
Samar. 
Luzon. 
Mindanao. 
Luzon. 
Samar. 
Luzon. 
Cebu. 
Luzon. 
< lorregidor 
Mindanao. 
Luz6n. 

Do. 

Negros. 
Luzon. 
Do. 
Panay, 
Sulu. 
Samar. 
Luzon. 



Towi 



Legaspi 

Lingayen 

Lucena 

Mabatang 

Malolos 

Manila* 

Masbate 

Misamis ■ 

NuevaCaceres-i 

Olongapo" 

Oram 

Orion 

Oroquieta 

Pasig 

Pilar 

PvOmbl6n 

Rosario 

Samal 

San Fernando" 
San Fernando" 

San Isidro* 

Santa Cruz* ... 

Sorsog6n« 

sulu iseeJolo . 

Taal 

Tacloban* 

Tagbilaran 

Tanauan 

Vigan* 

Virac 

Zamboanga* .. 



Province. 



Albay 

Pangasinan 

Tayabas 

Bataan 

Bulacan 

Manila 

Masbate 

Misamis 

Ambos Camarines 
• sun. 

Zambales 

Bataan 

do 

Misamis 

Rizal 

Bataan 

Romblon 

' lavite 

Bataan 

Pampanga 

Union 

Nueva Ecija 

Laguna 

Sorsog6n 



Batangas . .. 
Lej te 

P.oliol 

Batangas ... 
IlOCOS Stir . . 

Albay 

Zamboanga 



Island. 



Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Masbate. 
Mindanao. 
Luzon. 

Do. 
Do. 
Do. 

Mindanao. 
Luzon. 

Do. 
Romblon. 
Luzon. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Leyte. 
Bohol. 
Luzon. 

Do. 
Catanduanes 
Mindanao. 



■ Denotes money-order offices authorized to issue and pay money orders. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 203 

ORGANIZATION OF THE CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF THE 
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, U. S. A. 

January 1, 1902. 

[Showing distribution of coordinate powers, arrangement of administrative departments and 
bureaus, provincial service, and courts of justice and justices of the peace, and title of chief 
officer respectively.] 

LEGISLATIVE. 

UNITED STATES PHILIPPINE COMMISSION. 

President; Members, 4 Americans, 3 Filipinos. 

EXECUTIVE. 
Civil governor; vice civil governor. 

EXECUTIVE BUREAU. 

Executive secretary. 

Department of the Interior: 
Office of the secretary, 

Secretary of the interior. 
Board of health of the Philippines, 

President commissioner of health. 
Bureau of health, 

Commissioner of public health, 
Quarantine service of the Marine-Hospital Corps. 

Surgeon United States Marine-Hospital Service, chief quarantine officer. 
Bureau of forestry, 

Chief of bureau. 
Bureau of mining, 

Chief. 
Bureau of agriculture, 

Superintendent of government farm, San Ramon, Mindanao. 
Weather bureau, 

Director. 
Bureau of nonchristian tribes, 

Chief. 
Bureau of public lands, 

Chief. 
Bureau of government laboratories, 

Superintendent. 
Bureau of patents, copyrights, and trade-marks. 

Chief of the bureau of forestry in charge. 
Philippine civil hospital, 

Attending physicians and surgeons. 
Department of Commerce and Police: 
Office of the secretary, 

Secretary of commerce and police. 
Bureau of post-offices, 

Director-general of posts. 
Bureau of coast and geodetic survey, 

Officer in charge. 
Civil supply store, 

Chief clerk. 
Bureau of Philippine constabulary, 

Chief. 
Bureau of prisons, 

Warden. 
Bureau of coast guard and transportation and office of the captain of the port of 
Manila, 

Chief of bureau and captain of port. 



204 GAZETTEEB OV THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

Dbpabtmsmt op Finance and Justice: 
i Office of the secretary, 

Secretary of finance and justice. 

Bureau of insular treasury. 

Treasurer. 

Bureau of the insular auditor, 

Auditor. 
Bureau of customs and immigration, 

Manila, collector of customs for the Philippine Archipelago; Cebu, Iloflo, Jolo 
(Sulu), Zamboanga, collector each; Siasi, deputy collector. 
Bureau of the cold storage and ice plant, 

Superintendent. 
Bureau of justice. 

Attorney-general. 
Department op Public Instruction: 
Office of the secretary, 

Secretary of public instruction. 
Bureau of public instruction, 

< Office of the general superintendent. 
Bureau of statistics, 

Clerk. 
Bureau of archives, 

Chief. 
Bureau of public printing, 

Chief. 
Bureau of architecture and construction, 

Chief. 
Independent Bureaus: 

Bureau of the insular purchasing agent, 

Insular purchasing agent. 
Philippine civil service board, 

Three members. 
Improvement of the Port of Manila, 

Officer in charge. 

PROVINCIAL SERVICE. 

The official personnel of each province, except where otherwise stated, consists of 
a governor, secretary, treasurer, and fiscal. 

Province of Abra, also delegate. 
Province of Albay, also inspector. 

Province of Ambos Camarines, also supervisor and delegate. 
Province of Antique, also supervisor. 
Province of Bataan, also supervisor and delegate. 
Province of Batangas, also inspector and 4 delegates. 
Province of Benguet, also governor, secretary, and supervisor. 
Province of Bohol, also delegate. 
Province of Bulacdn, also supervisor and delegate. 
Province of Cagayan, also supervisor. 

Province of Capiz, deputy governor, also supervisor and deputy, treasurer and 
deputy, and 4 delegates. 
Province of Cavite, also supervisor and 6 delegates. 
Province of Cebii, governor, secretary, and supervisor. 
Province of Iloflo, also supervisor. 
Province of [locos Nolle, also supervisor. 
Province of [locOS Sur, also supervisor. 

Province of [sabela, also supervisor. 

Province of Leyte, also supervisor and 3 delegates. 

Province of Marinduque, also supervisor. 

Province of Masbate, also supervisor. 

l'ro\ ince of Misamis, also supervisor. 

Province of Negros Occidental, also supervisor and 5 delegates. 

Province of Negros Oriental, also supervisor and 3 delegates. 

Province of Nueva Ecija, also supervisor and 4 delegates. 

Province of Pampanga, also supervisor and 3 delegates. 

Province of Pangasinan, also supervisor. 

Province of Rizal, also supervisor and 6 delegat 

Province of Rombldn, also supervisor and collector. 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 205 

Province of Sorsogon, also supervisor and 6 delegates. 
Province of Surigao. also supervisor and 3 delegates. 
Province of Tarlac, also supervisor and 1 delegate. 
Province of Tayabas, also supervisor and 3 delegates. 
Province of Union, also supervisor and 2 delegates. 
Province of Zambales, also supervisor and 1 delegate. 
Municipal Service of Manila: 
Municipal board, 

Three members. 
Office of the disbursing officer, 

Disbursing officer. 
Office of the city assessor and collector, 

City assessor and collector. 
Department of engineering and public works. 

City engineer of Manila. 
Department of engineering and public construction, 

Office of the superintendent of water supply and sewerage. 
Office of superintendent of buildings and illuminations, 

Superintendent. 
Office of superintendent of streets, parks, bridges, docks, and wharves, 

Superintendent. 
Department of fires and building inspection, 

Chief. 
Office of the superintendent of city schools, 

Superintendent. 
Department of police, 

Chief. Office of the chief of police, chief clerk. 
Office of the sheriff, 

Sheriff. 
Office of the city attorney, 

City attorney. 
Office of the prosecuting attorney, 
Prosecuting attorney. 
Municipal courts: 

District south of the Pasig, judge. 
District north of Pasig, judge, 
j ustice of the peace courts, 
Two justices of the peace. 

JUDICIAL. 

The supreme court of the Philippine Islands: 

One justice, six associate justices. 
Courts of the first instance: 

Judicial district ot Manila, Luzon, judge. 

First district (provinces of Ilocos Norte, Cagayan, Isabela, and Xueva Vizcaya, 

Luzon), judge. 
Second district (provinces of Ilocos Sur, Abra, Bontoc, and Lepanto, Luzon), judge. 
Third district (provinces of Union, Benguet, Zambales, and Pangasinan, Luzon), 

judge. 
Fourth district (provinces of Tarlac, Pampanga, and Xueva Ecija, Luzon), judge. 
Fifth district (provinces of Bulacan, Bataan, and Rizal, Luzon), judge. 
Sixth district (provinces of Laguna, Cavite, Principe, Tayabas, Infanta, Luzon, 

and the island of Polillo), judge. 
Seventh district | provinces of Batangas, Luzon; Marinduque, and Mindoro) , judge. 
Eighth district (provinces of Sorsogon, Albay, Ambos Camarines, Luzon; Mas- 
bate, and the island of Catanduanes, Visayas), judge. 
Ninth district provinces of Romblon and Capiz, and Iloilo, Panay ) Visayas. judge. 
Tenth district 'provinces of Antique, Panay; Negros Occidental, and Negros 

Oriental. Visayas), judge. 
Eleventh district (provinces of Cebii and Bohol, Visayas), judge. 
Twelfth district (provinces of Samar and Leyte, Visayas and Surigao, Mindanao ), 

judge. 
Thirteenth district (provinces of Miaamis, Mindanao, the island of Basilan, and 

the districts of the island of Mindanao known as Zamboanga, Cotabato, and 

Davao, and the comandancia of Dapitan) . 
Fourteenth district (the island of Paragua (Palawan), with its contiguous small 

islands, the Tawi Tawi and the Jolo (Sulu) groups of the Sulu Archipelago, 

the Calamianes group, and the Cuyos group). 



206 



8AZETTEEB OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 






!8 of tfu peace and auxiliary justices of the peace. 



Province. 



Abra 

Albay 

Ambos i amarines . 

Antique 

Basilan 

Batangas 

Bulacan 

Cagay&n 



Cavite 

Cebu 

Cuyos 

Dapitan 

DavaO 

[locos Sur 

Uoilo 

[sabela 

Jplo (Sulu) 

Laguna 

Leyte 

Marinduque 

Masbate 

Misamis 

Nueva Ecija 

Negros4 Accidental . 

Negros oriental 

Pampanga 

Pangasinan 

Paragua i Palawan I 

Ri/al 

Rombl6n 

Surigao 

Sorsogon 

TArlac 

Tayabaa 

Zambalea 

Xamboanga 



Pueblos. 



Justices. 



Auxil- 
iaries. 



22 



Island. 



Luzon. 
Do. 
Do. 

l'anay. 

Mindanao. 
Luzdn. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

l'anay. 

Luz6n. 
Cebu. 

Cuyos Islands. 
Mindanao. 

Do. 
Luzon. 
Pa nay. 
Luzon. 

Sulu Archipel- 
ago. 
Luzon. 
Leyte. 

Marinduque. 
Masbate. 
20 Mindanao. 
11 Luzon. 
32 I Negros. 
23 ' Do. 

Luz6n. 
Do. 
Palawan. 
Luzon. 
Roniblon. 
Mindanao. 
Luzon. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Mindanao. 



STATIONS OF UNITED STATES TROOPS IN THE 
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

[From the latest cable return received at the office of the Adjutant-General, U. S. A. Also see 

pages 141 to 146.] 

Number of stations occupied May 10, 1902, 253, as follows: 



Island. 



Province. 



Stations. 



Force. 



Luzon 



Total 



Albay 

Ambos Camarines (see Cama- 
rinea I. 

Bata&n 

Batangas 

Bulacan 

Cagayan 

Camarines i Ambos) 

Cavite 

Ilocos Norte, [locos Bur 

Laguna 

a , 

Nueva Ecija 

Pampanga 

Pangasin&ii 

Principe 

Ki/al 



Sorsog6rj . 
Tarlac.... 
Tayabaa .. 
Zambalea. 



2 3 troops. 



1 company. 

9 troops, 5 companies. 

2 companies. 
6 companies. 

2 troops, 6 companies. 

Do. 
12 troops. 

L2 troops. 9 companies. 
fi companies. 
i companies. 

3 troops. 

1 troop, 11 companies, 
i company. 

6 artillery, 2 engineer 

troops, 20 companies. 
i companies. 
Do. 

7 troops, io companies, 
i companies. 



i company. 

tillery, 2 engineers, 2 signal, 10 
iops, 20 companies. 



1 56 



GAZETTEER OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 



207 



Island. 



Province. 



Stations. 



Force 



Bohol Bohol 

Busuanga ! 

Capul ! 



Cebii 

Jolo (see Sulu Ar- 
chipelago). 

Leyte 

Marinduque 

Masbate 

Mindanao 



Cebii 



Mindoro. 
Negros... 

Panav ... 



Leyte 

Ma'rinduque 

Masbate 

Misamis and Surigao. civil. 

Basilan 

Cotabato 

Dapitan 

Davao 

Lanao 

Zamboanga 



Paragna (Palawan ) 

Romblon 

Samar 

Sulu Archipelago: 

Jolo (Sulu) 

Siasi 

Tawi Tawi 



Negros Oriental ... 
Negros Occidental. 

Antique 

Capiz 

Iloilo 



Romblon 
Samar ... 



Total 



1 | 1 coinpanv 
1 Do. 



Detachment. 

1 engineer, 1 signal, 5 companies. 



5 companies. 
3 | 3 companies. 
1 2 companies. 



„, fl artillery, 1 engineer, S troops, 22 
~ \\ companies. 



6 companies. 
2 companies. 

4 troops, 4 companies. 

1 companv. 

Do. 
4 troops, 31 companies. 

1 troop, 2 companies. 
1 company. 
Do. 



'Sixth, Ninth, Nineteenth Infantry not included; assembling at Manila for shipment to United 
States of America. 

KECAPITULATION. 

Luzon, United States military stations 156 

Marinduque. Visayan Islands. Mindanao, Mindoro, and Palawan 97 

Total 253 

No troops stationed in provinces of Bontoc, Infanta, Lepanto, Nueva Vizcaya, or Principe, Luzon. 



FILIPINO MUSIC. 

National, patriotic, and typical airs of all lands by John Philip Sousa, Director 
United States Marine Band,' by authority of the Secretary of the Navy. 

Ang (The) Pandanguban. Introduction. Con brio.' From the' Spanish Fan- 
dango. 

Ang Bayuhan, Calmatto. Tune sung while hulling rice. 

Palimos. Tune sung by beggars when asking alms. 

Cundiman. Love song. 

Auit. Narrative story in music. 

Cumintang. a Love song, but more pathetic than the Cundiman. 

Vibgoire. a 

Balinta. :l 

Pasi6n. Musical rendition of the gospel in Tag&log language. 

Taguebaylay. A more elaborate and pathetic variation of the Pasion. 

Dalit. A still more pathetic rendition of the Pasion. 

Zapateado. Spanish dance. 

Bantayanum. : ' 

Jele-Jele. Cradle song or lullaby. 

HOLONA. a 

Balitao. A native danza with gay, spirited music. 
Cabequingan. a 
Pakcpardhan. - 
Talindao. 

The second Ang- Bayuhan and third airs Ang Palimos of this collec- 
tion are the favorites. The words are usually in Tagiilog and vary 
according to the circumstances under which the songs are sung, have 
not been printed in words, but are preserved in music in the originals 
and in this collection. 



a These represent the typical airs of other races and islands of the archipelago. 



GAZTCTTEEB 01 THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

These tunes are accompanied by the harp or guitar which are native 
modifications o\' western instruments. Those used in music not accom- 
panied by the voice are made of bamboo or tin representing rood or 
brass instruments of western orchestras and are remarkably accurate 
considering their rude mechanism. There are excellent native bands 
equipped with modern western instruments. 

EARTHQUAKES IN THE PHILIPPINES. 

(Also see Volcanoes, pages 9, 10.) 

The investigation of the phenomena of earthquakes and data in 
possession of the observatory of Manila relating to the Philippine 
Archipelago, shows the distribution of seismic areas as follows 

Very rara—Negros, Cebu, and Bohol and adjacent islands, Visayas. 

Rare. Eastern Cagayan, Esabela, Nueva Vizcaya, Nueva Ecija, 
Infanta. Polillo, Luzon; Samar, southern Mas bate, Sibuyan, Tablas, 
and adjacent islands, Biliran, Leyte, Panay, Panaon, Visayas; Dinagat. 
Siargao, and adjacent islands. Mindanao. 

Somewhat frequent. — Western Cagayan, Abra, Bontoc., Ilocos Sur, 
Lepanto, Benguet, Union, Pangasinan, western Nueva Ecija, eastern 
Tarlac, central Bulacan, eastern Rizal, Laguna, Tayabas, Catan- 
duanes, Luzon: Marinduque; Mindoro; northern Masbate, Visayas; 
Zamboanga, Dapitan, and Basilan, Mindanao. 

Frequent. — Extreme western Cagayan, northern Abra, northern 
Ilocos Sur, southwestern Isabela, western Nueva Vizcaya and northern 
Nueva Ecija, Zambales, northeastern shore of Manila bay and Laguna 
de Bay, western Rizal, Laguna, and Batangas, Verde Passage, central 
Ambos Camarines (Norte), southern Sorsogon, Luzon; Burias, Ticao, 
Visayas; Misamis, central Surigao, southern Cotabato, Davao, Min- 
danao. 

Very frequent. — Ilocos Norte, southern Zambales, Bataan, Cavite, 
western Laguna, Batangas, eastern Camarines Norte and Camarines 
Sur; Tayabas, Albay, northern Sorsogon, Luzon; eastern Suriago, 
both sides of the boundary between Surigao, Misamis, Davao, and 
Cotabato, including the volcano of Apo, and extending along the west- 
ern shore of Davao Bay to point Sarangani, the extreme southern 
point of Davao between Sarangani Bay and the Pacific coast on the 
east in Mindanao. 

No data is given concerning the Sulu Archipelago and the chain of 
islands between Mindoro and Borneo, including Busuanga, Calamianes, 
Linapucan. Palawan, Bahibac, and adjacent islands. 



INDEX 



Abra. urea, mainland and dependent 

islands 4 

Abra, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 31 

Towns 27 

Abaca, production of 71 

Administrative duties of the Commission, 

distribution of 154 

Agava, growth of 72 

Agriculture, staples of 70 

>■ ' Vegetables.) 
Products ( See Economic classification.) 

Soils of the islands of the archipelago. . . 70 

Specially selected list of works on 174 

Aguisip ( bancuro) production of 74 

Aguinaldo. capture of 146 

Breach of faith with the United States.. 168 

Proceedings of rump government of 168 

Promptly disposed of by United States 

military operations 168, 169 

Alazor | safflower) production of 74 

Albay. area, mainland and dependent 

islands 4 

I Set Albay, Gazetteer. ) 

Bay of 16 

Population 27 

By pueblos 32 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Alcohol, manufacture of 96 

Alkaline springs 10 

Almacigas, production of (see Gums) 79 

Alphabets. Philippine: 

Bv the Indians 68 

By the colonists 68 

Characteristics of 68 

Moro, Arabic style 68 

Ambos Camarines. area, mainland and de- 
pendent islands 4 

imbos Camarines, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 36 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Amnesty: 

Notice of 136 

Offered 140 

Amount voluntarily awarded Spain for the 
Philippine Islands in deciding terms of 

pea-.- 3 

Anam and Lou | France 1 1 Indo-China), com- 
parative view of 7 

Ananaples. production of 74 

Anil (Indigo), production of 73,74 

Antimony, deposits of, reported 82 

Antique (Panay), area, mainland and de- 

pendent islands 6 

Antique, Gazetteer: Panay.) 

Population " 27 

By pueblos 32 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Archipelago {see Philippine Archipelago; 

Eastern Archipelago) 1 

Manila 183, 185 

Philippine Islands within the treaty lines 
of boundary, giving land and water 

and total 3 

S. Doc. 280 U 



Page. 
Archipelago— Continued. 

Land area defined 3 

Comparison of land area with States of 

the United States 3 

What the boundary of the Philippines 
superimposed upon a map of the 

United States would cover 3 

Comparison of area of the Philippine 
Archipelago with certain countries of 

Europe 4 

Geographical relation of the principal 
islands and groups of the Archipelago 

to each other 4 

Grand territorial divisions of the Archi- 
pelago areas, mainland and depend- 
ent islands 4 

Islands and provinces, mainland and 

dependent islands and areas 4 

Luzon, provinces (see alphabetical 

list) 4 

Marinduque 5 

Mindanao Provinces (see alphabetical 

list) 5 

Mindoro 5 

Palawan 5 

Sulu Archipelago 5 

Visayan Islands^ alphabetical list) . 5 

Calamianes group 6 

Cuyos group 6 

Areas given in accepted authorities 6 

Colonial possessions, comparative view of 
territories and populations possessed 
by the western nations in the regions 
of the globe surrounding the Philip- 
pine Islands 7 

United States 7 

Great Britain 7 

France 7 

Germany 7 

Netherlands 7 

Portuga 1 7 

Comparison of areas and populations of 
surrounding colonial possessions of 

other nations 7 

Aromatic plants: 

Betel or Itmo 76 

Chocolate 76 

Cinnamon 76 

Coffee 76 

Mace 76 

Nutmeg 76 

Pepper 76 

Tobacco 75 

Army, operations of 135 

Campaign in northern Luzon 136 

Occupation and government 131-146 

Arrow root, production of 71 

Architectural facilities. Manila 185 

Asid. bay of 16 

Asphalt, deposits of 82 

Atmospheric pressure 13 

Autonomy, Philippine, a Spanish scheme 

of...; 169 

Babuyanes, area, mainland 5 

agayan and Babuyanes, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Bacoiod.Negros, occupied as a base of oper- 
ations 136 

209 



210 



INDEX. 



Page, 
upied ns a base of oper- 
ation— Continued. 

Constitutional convention held 186 

Constitution framed and transmitted to 

the Presldenl 186 

Appointment of military and civil gov- 
ernor ' 186,187 

Bacauan, product of 71 

Bagsang, product of 74 

Balabac, most westerly and southwesterly 

island of the Philippine islands '. 

Area mainland and dependent Islands... G 

Population 27 

H\ pueblos 88 

Towns 27 

Light-houses 109 

Balanguingui group, area mainland and 

dependent islands 5 

Balanguinguj group, Gazetteer. ) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Balanti, production of 74 

Ha la \ an. hay of 16 

Bamboo, growth of and product 71 

BancUTO, production of 74 

Banga, product of 74 

Basilan, area, mainland, and dependent 

islands 5 

- Basilan. Gazetteer, i 

Population 27 

By pueblos 40 

Towns 27 

Batata area, mainland and dependent 

islands 4 

[Set Bataan. Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 33 

Towns 27 

Minerals 85 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Batad (see Sorghum] 71 

Batanes. area, mainland 5 

Cagayan and Batanes, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 33 

Towns 27 

Batangas, area mainland and dependent 

islands 5 

(>" Batangas, Gazetteer.) 

Bay of 16 

Population 27 

By pueblos 33 

Towns 27 

Restored to military control 154 

Ports closed to trade 154 

Ports opened for resumption Of trade 154 

Bays and harbors 15 

Bejuco, production of 71 

Benguet, ares 5 

Benguet, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

p,v pueblos 33 

Towns 27 

Organization of 153 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Men tie seed (Ajonjoll i, production of 7:; 

Betel, production of 76 

oa-Bato, Pacto de (set Pacto de Biac- 

Xa-Batd, Pis 

Pari of money held on deposit Bubse* 

guently used againsl the United states. 168 
Bibliography, CataTogo Bibliotecs Pilipina, 

tana. Dialects 68 

ted list of books by best authors itj 

Agriculture, specially -elected list 174,175 

nu in her and territory of 66 

Binondo, Manila 188 

a list of) 170 

Bohol, :ire ;i , mainland and dependenl 

Islands - r ) 

Bohol, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 

OS 27 

Mineral'- So 

►red to military control L54 

rued to civil control 154 



Page 

BontOO, area, mainland 5 

; Set Bontoc, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos :u 

Towns 27 

Borneo (Netherlands), Past Indies, com- 
parative view of 7 

Borneo (Great Britain i, comparative view of 7 
Boundaries of the Philippine Archipelago, 
and showing nearest points of surround- 
ing possessions of foreign countries, and 

between Asia and Oceania 2 

Treaty lines described, located, and meas- 
ured in nautical or geographical and 

statute miles 2 

Boundaries. Manila 185 

Boundaries of the Philippine islands com- 
pared with an equal area in the United 

States 3 

Building t rades 96 

Bulacan, area, mainland and dependent 

islands 5 

i Set Bulacan, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 35 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Buri, production of 74, 75 

Burias, area, mainland and dependenl 

islands 5 

(Set Masbate; see Burias. Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 35 

Towns 27 

Light-houses 109 

Business districts, Manila 187 

Cable communications. Signal Corps lines . 21 
(See Telegraph communications.) 
Military cables- 
List of, and their length 23 

Commercial cables 24 

Cabinet woods, imports of. into the United 

States year ending June 30, 1901 86 

Cabo negro, production of 72 

Cabra Island light-house 109 

Cagayan. area mainland 5 

(See Cagayan, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 35 

Towns 27 

Cagayanes, number and territory of 66 

Cagayan Sulu and dependencies. Spain re- 
linquishes all title and claim in to the 
United States by treaty and receives a 

voluntary consideration 3 

Area mainland and dependent islands... 5 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Calamianes, area mainland and dependent 

islands 6 

(See Calamianes, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 36 

Towns 27 

Special form of civil government pro- 
posed 158 

Camona, production of 76 

Camoting oahoy, production of 74 

Capiz (Panay), ares mainland and depend- 
ent islands 6 

(Set Panay; n/sn Capiz, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 36 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Captures and surrenders of insurgent leaders 154 

Captures of Insurgent material of war 146 

Capul light-house 109 

Carigara, Bay of 16 

Caroline islands (Germany), comparative 

view of 7 

Carrying trade, vessels doing the 117,118 

Cassava, gUCCU, or camoting cahoy, pro- 
duction of 74 

Castor oil (Ricino), | .rod net ion of 73 

Casualties, statistics of 146 

Catanduanes, area 4 



INDEX. 



211 



Page 
Catanduanes, area— Continued. 

- Albay and Catandanes, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Mineral* 85 

Cattle raising 81 

Cauong. production of 74 

Cavite. area mainland and dependent is- 
lands 5 

avite, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 37 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Cayapa. area mainland 5 

Nueva Vizcaya, Gazetteer.) 

Cebu. port of entry." 105 

Collection district coastwise ports 107 

Cebu. area mainland and dependent islands 5 
Cebu, Gazetteer. | 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 37 

Towns 27 

Minerals 85 

Light-houses 109 

Restored to military control 154 

Returned to civil control 154 

Celebes (Netherlands) East Indies, com- 
parative view of 7 

Census. Spanish. 1887: partial. 18% 25 

United States 25 

Cession of Philippine Islands by Spain to 

United States, terms and limit 2 

Chalybeate springs 11 

Champaca. production of 79 

Cheese, manufacture of 96 

Chinese in the Philippines, population of. 65 

Under census of 1887 65 

By parochial enumeration 65, 66 

Efforts to exclude 65 

Action of military authorities 65 

Statistics under these conditions 65 

Schurman commission report 65 

Movement of Chinese immigrants 66 

Results of comparison of statistics 66 

Chocolate, production of 76 

Chronology. Philippines. 1519-1901 175 

Discovery and exploration 175 

Spanish dominion established 175 

Royal pledge not to abandon the Philip- 
pines 176 

Commerce established with America and 

Asia and the Philippine Archipelago .. 177 

Restoration of Spanish dominion 179 

Representation in the ministry 181 

Civil government established 182 

Revolution against Spain 182 

From the transfer of sovereignty to ihe 

United State- ." 182 

Church, registry of souls 69 

Cinnamon, production of 76 

Civil buildings, Manila 193,194 

Civil government 146 

Civil government, organization of 203-206 

Civil governor of the Philippine Islands. . . 146 

Inaugurated 154 

Civilized races, their number and territory 

occupied '. 66 

Approximate population and territory in 

the United States compared *. . . . 66 

Bicols 66 

anes 66 

qos 66 

Mono- 66 

Pampangos 66 

Pan ,i. r ; i si] - 66 

ogs 66 

Visayans 66 

Civil service 159 

Clays, deposits of, valuable 82 

Climate 12,13,14 

Cloth, manufacture of 95 

Cloud- 14 

Coal 82 

Quality of, compared with Pennsylvania, 
Japanese. Washington, English, and 

Australia 82 

Analysis of Philippine coal 82 



Page 
Coal— Continued. 
Distribution of coal in the archipelago... 83 

Coal Measures of the Philippines 83 

Coast and geodetic survey of islands and 

waters 16 

Coastwise ports, list of 106, 107 

By collection districts 107, 108 

Coastwise ports [set Ports, coastwise) 136 

Cochin China. France and Indo-China, com- 
parative -view of 7 

Cocoanut, production of 72, 75 

Coffee, production of 76 

Cog6n. production of 71 

Coins 126 

Mexican silver dollar, Filipino peso 126 

In current circulation 126, 127 

Value of foreign, in occasional use 126 

British dollar 127 

Local silver 127 

Of the UnitedStates. gold and silver.rateof 127 

Foreign 126 

Colonial possessions of other nations, com- 
parison of area and population of those 

surrounding the Philippine Islands 7 

France 7 

Germany 7 

Great Britain 7 

Netherlands 7 

Portugal 7 

Commerce, administration of 155 

Commerce and trade, Manila 191 

Commerce established with America and 

Asia, and Philippine Archipelago 177 

Commerce, Philippine Islands, the key to 
the countries that border the steam 
routes between Japan and China, the 
Pacific archipelagoes and Australia to 
the SE.,and S. and Indo-China. Siani, 
Malay peninsula. Java, and India, and 

countries beyond to the SW. and W 1 

Commerce of the Philippines: 
Treaty provisions respecting Spanish 
ships and merchandise (see Customs; 

Tariff) 112, 113, 114 

Imports and exports of merchandise, 1900 

and 1901 114 

Gold and silver 115 

Tonnage 115 

Imports and exports, by countries, includ- 
ing gold and silver 115 

Recapitulation 116 

Imports and exports of gold and silver, by 

countries 117 

Yes-els doing the carrving trade, June, 

1901 .* 117 

Imports and exports by Philippine cus- 
toms districts, including gold and silver. 118 
Imports of the Philippine Islands, by 
countries, during the calendar years 1889 
to 1893. inclusive, as compared with 1899 

and 1900 118 

Annual average values of merchandise 
exported. 1892-1891). as compared with 

those of 1899 and 1900 119 

Quantities and values of the principal ar- 
ticles of merchandise imported into the 
Philippine Islands during the calendar 

year 1900 119 

Quantities and values of the principal 
articles exported from the Philippine 
Islands during the calendar vear 1900.. 120 

Hemp exports, 1850-1899 " 120 

Philipnine hemp statistics— hemp re- 
ceipts. 1S50-1S99 121 

Comparative statement of exports from 

Philippine ports, 1890-1899 121 

Sugar 121 

Copra 121 

Leaf tobacco 122 

Trade between the United States and the 

Philippines 122 

Value of merchandise imported and ex- 
ported by the United States in trade 
with the Philippine Islands bv annual 

average by decades, 1848-1897 122 

Value of imports and exports of the United 
States in trade with the Philippine 
islands, 1891 to 1900 122 



2] 



INDKX. 



Page. 
Commerce of the Philippines— Continued. 

Imports L22 

Selected lisl ol article* of Import for the 
twelve months ending June, 1901, to 
show their relative market demand 
and the relations of the United States 
in value to the principal competing 

nations 122 

Exports L22 

led li-t of articles of export from 
Philippine Maud- for twelve months 
ending June, L9U1, showing quantity 

and value 123, 124,125, 126 

Supplement t 200 202 

[nterislana 197 

Commercial advantages, Manila 190 

Commercial cables: 

Eastern Extension Australasia and China 
Telegraph Company, terminal points, 

connections, and length 21 

Tariff, selected list of, to points over— 

Foreign 2 1 

United States 21 

Commercial extension in Philippines 197 

Commission, United States Philippine, its 

personnel 146, 1 17 

Powers 147 

Instructions 148 

Exercise of legislative authority 148 

Reports to be made from time to time 148 

Investigating conditions 148 

Beginning of exercise of governmental 

powers 149 

Public laws of the Philippines 149,150,151 

Tour of provincial organization 151 

Public meet i litis 151 

Form of procedure 152 

Object of the Commission stated 152 

When the municipal code became appli- 
cable 152 

Municipalities to be self-governing and 

elective 152 

Taxation, internal improvements 152 

Supervision of the police 152 

Taxation 152 

Provincial governor, powers and duties... 152 

Provincial secretary, duties 152 

Provincial treasurer, duties 153 

Provincial supervisor, duties 153 

Provincial fiscal, duties 153 

Engineers, duties of 153 

Filipino representation on 154 

Commission, a mixed, to facilitate exten- 
sion of authority and protection of in- 
habitants L35 

_;n their labors ami issues proclama- 
tion and report 137 

Communications, roads and 16 

Communications, Manila, water 190 

Comparison of— 
Land ares of the Philippine Archipelago 

with the States of the United states 3 

Boundary of the Philippines superim- 
posed upon a map of the United 

Stat.- 3 

The area of the Philippine Archipelago 

with certain countries of Europe 4 

conditions. Investigation of, by United 

s Philippine Commission 148 

deration, voluntary, paid by the 
United States to Spain for the Philippine 

[aland* 3 

Constabulary ltd 

Consuls, foreign countries having, in the 

Philippine Islands 134 

Copper: 

its distribution in the archipelago 88 

acter and quality <<\ the metal 8:', 

p irts from Philippine ports, L890, 

121 

anufacture of 95 

c.rn 71 

Indian 75 

dor. ares mainland 5 

' lanila municipality), Gazette 

Population 27 

By pin-bio. :>,h 

27 



Pago. 

Cost of running a province 158 

Cotabato, area mainland and dependent 

Islands 5 

Cotabato, Gazetteer. | 

population 27 

Bj pueblos 38 

Tow us '27 

Col ton. production of 71 

Currency, paper 127 

Customs: 

Custom house at Manila open for busi- 
ness 1 12 

Spanish tariff and customs regulations 

continued in force 112 

General order for the guidance of officers 

concerned in the collection of customs 
duty under subdivisions stated 112 

Proclamation of s new tariff postponed.. 112 
{See Tariff.) 
customs collection, general order for the 

guidance of officers 112 

Custom-house at Manila open for business. 112 

Customs service. Philippine Islands 105 

Classification of ports 105 

Entry, ports of (se< Ports of entry) 105 

Coasting trade only. Philippine "ports for. 106 

General list of coastwise ports 106 

List of ports of entry and coastwise trade 
only, by collection districts: 

Cebu 107 

Iloilo 108 

M a nila 108 

Palawan 108 

Siasi 105, 107 

Sulu 105, 107 

Zamboanga 108 

Cuyos, area mainland and dependent is- 
lands 6 

(See Cuyos. Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Dagupan, Manila and Railroad 17,23 

Dapitan, area mainland and dependent is- 
lands 5 

(S/r Dapitan, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Davao. area mainland and dependent is- 
lands 5 

1 Set Davao, Gazetteer. | 

Population 27 

By pueblos 38 

Towns 27 

Departmental military organization dis- 
continued 140 

Department of North Philippines, Manila.. 188 
Departments (Military) of North and South 

Philippines 140 

Dependent islands, their number and areas 
by territorial division, islands, and prov- 
inces 4-6 

Comparison of numbers and areas from 

West authorities 6 

List of main islands or groups in order of 
area of mainland, with the number and 

area of their dependent islands 69 

Number and area of dependent islands 

L.000 square miles or less 70 

See list of islands and areas 4,5,6 

Deportation of Insurgents 140 

Dialects. Philippine 67,68 

Lisl of, in which works have been pub- 
lished 68 

Retana's Catalogo Bibliotecs Filipina ... 68 

Discovery and exploration 175 

Distances: 

between Manila and commercial centers 
on lines of steam and sail communica- 
tion 129,130,131 

Between Manila and Philippine Island 

points 128,129 

To certain commercial centers 190 

Division of the Philippines created and de- 
partment- defined 138,139 

Dollar: 

Mexican silver 126 

Spanish Filipino silver (peso) 126 

British 126 



INDEX. 



213 



Page. 
Dye and starch plants: 

Alazor or saffiower 74 

Ananaples 74 

Anil or indigo 73 

Aguisip 74 

Arrowroot 74 

Bacauan 74 

Bagsang 74 

Baliinti 74 

Bancnro 74 

Banga (see Pagahan) 74 

Bnri 74 

Camoting cahoy 74 

Cassava, guccu or camoting cahoy 74 

Cauong 74 

Guccu 74 

Indigo 73 

Luinbia or lumbay 74 

Pagahan 74 

Saffiower . . 74 

Salicsican 74 

Sibucao raltar 74 

Earthquakes 208 

Eastern archipelago in eastern Asia, Phil- 
ippine Islands the most northern part of. 1 
Economic classification of vegetable prod- 
nets 70 

Education: 

In schools 160 

Number of employees, American and 

Filipino 159 

Organization and statistics 160 

Manila 194 

Election: 

First, in he Philippines 136 

Of mayors under military protection 136 

Engineers, duties of 153 

Entrv, ports of (see Ports of entry j 105 

Ermita. Manila 189 

European mestizos 64 

Exchange, money 163 

Executive authority, supreme: 
President ot United States of America . . . 133 
Command r in Chief of the Army and 
Navy of the United States and militia, 

provisions of the Constitution 133 

Powers granted by act of March 2, 1901 . . 133 
Executive departments administered by 

members of the commission 155 

Interior 155 

Commerce and police 155 

Justice and finance 155 

Public instruction 155 

Exports 
Selected list of articles from the Philip- 
pine Islands for twelve months ending 
June, 1901, showing their quantity and 

value 123,124, 125, 126 

See Supplement.) 
Exports of merchandise (see Commerce of 

the Philippines) 114,115,116,117, 

118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128 
Fan- and routes to United States posses- 
sion* in Asia 19 

Fete< in honor of conventions for provin- 
cial organization 154 

Filipino representatives added to commis- 
sion 1.54 

Finance, administration of 155 

Finances, money and exchange 163 

Financial institutions 163, 164, 165 

Abstract* of returns from the Manila and 
Cebu branches of the Chartered Bank 
of India. Australia, and China; Manila 
and Iloilo branches of the Hongkong 
and Shanghai Banking Company; The 
Banco Espanol Filipino at Manila and 

its Iloilo branch, December 31, 1901 164 

Abstract of repori made to the comp- 
troller of the Currency, showing the 
condition of the Monfe de Piedad y 
de Ahorros de Manila, in the 
Philippine islands, at the close of busi- 
ness on January 11, VMrz 165 

Fiscal, provincial, duties of 163 

96 

Fishes seelistof) 171 



Page. 

Flora 81 

Food, prices of, in Manila 97, 98 

Forest wealth of the archipelago 85, 

86, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93 
(Set alphabetical list of Philippine woods.) 

Public 85 

Forest products 85 

Economic value of 85 

Licenses to cut 86 

Government tax, how paid, amount 86 

Dammar, gum mastic, and resins found in 

large quantities 88 

Forestry Bureau 85 

Organization of 85 

Field force 85 

Cost of 86 

Forestry officials on duty 87 

Forestry stations 86 

Fortress, Manila 187 

Foundation of city, Manila 183 

France, colonial possessions near Philip- 
pine Islands, area and population 7 

I Franchises 155 

Friar curates 69 

Fruits: 

Wild and cultivated, abundant 93 

Introduction of new species from United 

States, etc 93 

List and description of fruits of industrial 

and domestic use 93, 94, 95 

Garrisons: 
Military posts, for suppression of insur- 
rection and brigandage and mainten- 
ance of order 148 

Of United States troops 140, 206 



Gas. 



83 



Geographical relation of the principal 
islands and groups of the Philippine 

Archipelago to each other 4 

Germany, colonial possessions near Philip- 
pine Islands, area and population 7 

Gold: 

Common in the archipelago 83 

Its distribution 83,84 

Quality and quantity 83, 84 

Gold and silver, imports and exports of 115, 

116, 117, 118 

Gold coins of the United States, rate of 127 

Government: 

Civil 146 

Special form of, proposed in certain 

cases 158 

Organization of 203, 206 

Legislative 203 

Executive 203 

Provincial 204 

Judicial 205 

Insurgent, broken up 137 

Rump, organized by Aguinaldo and ac- 
complices promptly disposed of by 

United States military forces 169 

Temporarv civil, established along the 

M. and D. R. R 137 

United States military occupation and. . . 121 
Governmental powers, exercise of, by 

United States Philippine Commission../. 149 
Governments: 

Provincial, organized July 4, 1901 155 

Provincial and military (see List of islands 

and provinces, how administered 1 155, 

156, 157, 158 
Governor-generals of the Philippine islands 
down to their transfer to the United 

States 117 

Governor, provincial, powers and duties... 152 

Gramineous plants or grasses 70 

Bamboo 71 

Cogon 71 

Coin 71 

Rice or palay 70 

Sorghum or batad 71 

Zacate (grass) 71 

Grazing 81 

Great Britain, colonial possessions near 

Philippine islands, area and population. 7 

Guam, time when 12 noon at Washington.. 2,105 

Guerrilla tactics resorted to 139 



214 



INDEX. 



Page. 
Guerrilla warfare effectively treated by 
United stat<» department and district 

commanders 168 

Quins or almacigas (set names and prod- 
acts) 79 

Gutta-percha 87 

Statistics of 87 

Philippines adapted to it^ culture 87 

Attention given n> propagation and 

grow th by other nations s . 

Gypsum, deposits of m 

Harbor Improvement L99 

Harbors, bays and L5 

Hats, manufacture of 95 

Health, general facts about, in the islands. 160, 161 

Hemp, production of 96 

Hemp exports, L850- L899 120 

Hemp receipts, L850-1899 121 

History. Manila 192 

History (tee Natural; Chronology)... 169,176-182 
Home rule and Its limits, a system of, under 

Spain 168 

Hongkong, China (Great Britain) 7 

Honolulu time when 12 noon at Washington 2 

Humidity 18 

Ilocanos. number and territory of 66 

Docos Norte, area, mainland and depend- 
ent islands 5 

>• > [locos Nortel Gazetteer, i 

Population 27 

By pueblos 38 

Towns 27 

Uocos Bur, area, mainland and dependent 

islands 5 

! locos snr. Gazetteer, i 

Populate m 27 

By pueblos 39 

Towns 27 

Iloiio. port of entry: 

Collection district of 105 

Coastwise ports 108 

Inhabitants petition for American occu- 
pation 135 

United States expedition arrives 135 

Occupied 135 

A <'titcr of military occupations 13(5 

Iloiio. area, mainland and dependent is- 
lands 6 

Panay; Iloiio, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 39 

Town- 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Immigration 202 

Imports: 
Selected list of articles of import for twelve 
months ending June, 1901, to show their 
relative market demand and the rela- 
tions of the United States in value to the 

principal competing nations 122, 123 

plement.) 
Imports of merchandise [set Commerce of 

tn< Philippines) 114, 

115,116,117,118,119, 120, 121,122, 124, 126, 126 

Supplement 200-202 

Improvement, harbor 199 

Indigo, production of 7:;, ( .>t; 

Indonesians, race 64,65 

Industry, Manila 191 

Industries, mechanical 95 

Alcohol 96 

Building trades 96 

Cheese 96 

Cloth, manufacture of 95 

Cordage, manufacture of 96 

Fisheries 96 

HiH-. <tc.. manufacture of 95 

Hemp 96 

Indigo 96 

Leather 96 

Mate, manufacture of 96 

96 

Shipbuilding 96 

96 

96 

• 96 

i co 96 



Page, 

Infanta, area, mainland and dependent 

islands 5 

(S« Infanta, Gazetteer). 

Population 27 

By pueblos io 

Towns 27 

Inhabitants, average number to the square 

mile 158 

Instructions to Philippine Commission 1 Is 

interisiand commerce L>7 

Interisland intercourse, Manila 193 

Interior, administration of affairs 155 

Internal revenue 165 

Statement of collections and expenses of 
internal-revenue department from July 

1, 1900, to October l, 1901 (United States 

currency) 165 

International date line (see Time circuit ).. 1 

Insurgent government broken up 137 

Insurgent movement collapsed 186 

Insurgents organized, dissipation of L86 

Field forces disbanded 139 

International dividing line between Asia 
and Oceania, distance from Philippine 

Islands to 2 

Iron 84 

Its distribution in the archipelago 84 

Isabela, area mainland and dependent 

islands 5 

(S( f Isabela, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 40 

Towns 27 

Islands [see Dependent islands) 69 

Islands (see Philippine (Archipelago) 

Islands) 1 

Islands of geographical importance, their 
geographical relation to each other and 

to surrounding territories 4 

Java and Madura (Netherlands East In- 
dies), comparative view of 7 

Jol6 (Sulu), port of entry 105 

Judicial authority 155 

Justice, administration of 155 

Kaolin (fee Clays) 84 

Katipunan League 168 

Kiau ebon (Germany) 7 

Kings of Spain since the discovery of the 

Philippine Islands 133 

Labor in the Philippines 98 

Chinese 98 

Lagonoy, bay of 16 

Laguna, area mainland and dependent 

islam Is 5 

(See Laguna, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 40 

Towns 27 

Ports closed to trade 151 

Lakes 11,12 

Lamon, baj of 15 

Lanao. area 5 

- Se* Lanao. Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Land limits, area of Philippine Islands 3 

Lands, public 166 

Language. Manila 183 

Languages: 

By territorial and political divisions 26 

Spoken and written 67 

Foreign, American, and European 67 

Native, and dialects 67 

Latitude, longitude, and difference of time, 

Manila 183 

Lead, deposits of 84 

Leaf tobacco, exports from Philippine ports, 

1890, 1899 122 

Leather, manufacture of 96 

Legislative authority of Philippine Com- 
mission 148 

LepantO, area mainland and dependent 

Islands 5 

[See Lepanto. Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Hv pueblos 41 

Towns 27 



INDEX. 



215 



Page. 
Lesser Sunda Islands ^Netherlands) East 

Indies, comparative view of 7 ■ 

Leyte. area mainland and dependent 

* islands 5 . 

(See Leyte. Gazetteer.) 

Mountains 8 

Mineral springs 10 

Rivers 12 . 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 41 

Towns 27 

Minerals 85 

Light-houses 109 I 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Licenses to extract forest products 86 I 

Number issued 86 ! 

Light-houses 109, 110, 111 

List of names of, location of lights, and 

waters lighted 109, 110, 111 

Lingayen. Gulf of 15 

Literature of the Philippine Islands (see 

Philippine bibliography) 105 

Lithographic stone, deposits of 84 

Location , Manila 183 

Longitude £see Time circuit) 1 

Lumbang. production of 73 

Lumber, production of 74 

Luzon, most northern island of geograph- 
ical importance 4 

Comparison of authorities and discrepan- 
cies as to areas 6 

Mountains 7, 8 

Volcanoes 7, 8 

Mineral springs 10 

Rivers 11 

Climate 12,13,14 

Dominant races 26 

Population, total 27 

By provinces 27 

Towns, number of 27 

Minerals 85 

Light-houses 109, 110 

Special form of civil government in cer- 
tain cases 158 

Area mainland and dependent islands ... 4 
Provinces of, area mainland and depend- 
ent islands 4 

Abra 4 

Albay 4 

Catanduanes 4 

Ambos Camarines 4 

Rataan 4 

Batangas 5 

Benguet 5 

Bontoc 5 

Bulacan 5 

Cagayan 5 

Babuyanes 5 

Bataries 5 

Cavite 5 

Ilocos Norte 5 

Ilocos Sur 5 

Infanta 5 

Polillo 5 

Isabela 5 

Laguna 5 

Lepanto 5 

Quiangan 5 

Manila i municipality) 5 

Corregid* >r 5 

Nucva Ecija 5 

Nueva Vizcaya 5 

Cayapa . ... 5 

Pampanga 5 

Pangasinan 5 

Principe 5 

Rizal 5 

>< >roog6n 5 

Tarlac 5 

Tayabas 5 

1'nion 5 

Zambales 5 

Macao i Portugal) 7 

Mil'", production of 75,76 

Mails: 

Movement of 19 

Time in transit 19 

Postal transportation 19 



Page. 

Maize {see Corn) 71 

Malate, Manila 190 

Malayans race 64, 65 

Mammals | see list of) 169 

Manila Bay, Manila 186 

Manila: 

Time when 12 noon at Washington 2 

Manila and Dagupan Railroad 17, 23 

Port of entry 105 

Collection district, coastwise ports 108 

Insurgent attack on 135 

Manila, capital and chief emporium of the 
commerce of Eastern Asia and archi- 
pelagoes of the Pacific 1 

Manila Municipality, area mainland 5 

Population 27 

Manila, former province of, population 1887, 
by pueblos, except the municipality of, 

included in Rizal . 42 

Manila, municipality of 183 

Geographical location 183 

Differences of longitude according to 

other nations 183 

Time ball 199 

Location 183 

Name and foundation 183 

Modern facilities 184 

Population 183, 184 

Race, language 183 

Architectural features 185 

Boundaries 185 

Area 183, 185 

Phvsical features 185 

Manila Bav 186 

Manila lights 110, 186 

Manila fortress 187 

Business in residential districts 187 

Suburbs 188 

Binondo 188 

San Nicolas 188 

Tondo 188 

Santa Cruz 189 

Quiapo 189 

San Miguel 189 

Sampaloc 189 

Pandacan 189 

Trozo or San Jos£ 189 

Pa co or San Fernando de Dilao 189 

Ermita 189 

Malate 190 

Roads and communications, land 190 

Commercial advantages 190 

Communications, water 190 

Industries 191 

Commerce and trade 191 

United States military occupation 191 

Military division of the Philippines 183 

Department of North Philippines 183 

History 192 

Municipal government 192 

Distribution of municipal powers 192 

Police jurisdiction 193 

Interisland intercourse 193 

Manila public buildings 193 

Military 193 

Civil ..." 193, 194 

Religious 194 

Educational 194 

Marble deposits 84 

Marianas Islands (Germany) 7 

Marinduque, area mainland and dependent 

islands 4 

(See Marinduque, Gazetteer.) 

Population, total 27 

By provinces 27 

Towns, number of 27 

Minerals 85 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Marshall Islands (Germany) 7 

Masbate. area mainland and dependent in- 
lands 5 

Masbate, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos, including Ticao 42 

Towns 27 

Minerals 85 

Light-houses 110 

Transferred to civil administration 154 



216 



INDKX. 



page. 

Mat-, manufacture of 96 

Maura law . of municipal government, the.. 167 

Measures 127, L28 

Metrical Bystem authorised bj Revised 

Btatutes 127,128 

Metrical system continued In the Philip- 
pine Islanda 127, 128 

Metrical terms in common use 127, 128 

Native and United States equivalents.. 127, 128 
Medicinal plant*, [set Lisl for names and 

uses 76 

Merchandise, quantities and values of the 
principal articles of: 

Exported Into the Philippine islands. L900 119 

imported Into the Philippine Islands, 1900 119 

Mercury, indications of 84 

Meridian of 180 [set Time circuit and In- 
ternationa] date line) 2 

b, European 64 

Methods, Spanish 167 

•i silver dollar (peso i 126 

Military. Manila 193 

Military occupation, United states p.n 

Military division of the Philippines. Manila L83 
Mindanao, area mainland and dependent 

islands 4 

Mindanao, Gazetteer). 
Provinces Of, area mainland and depend- 
ent islands— 

Basilan 5 

Cotahato 5 

Dapitan 5 

Davao 6 

Lanao 5 

Mi -a in is 5 

Surigao 5 

Zamboanga 5 

Comparison of authorities and discrepan- 
cies as to areas 6 

Mountains 8 

Volcanoes 9,10 

Mineral springs 10 

Rivers 12 

Climate 13 

Dominanl races 26 

Population, total 27 

By provinces 27 

Towns, number of 27 

Minerals 85 

Light-houses 110 

special form of government in certain 

cases 168 

Mindoro, area mainland and dependent is- 
lands 4 

Set Mindoro, Gazetteer. - 

Mountains 8 

Volcanoes 10 

Rivers 11 

Dominanl races 26 

Population, total 21 

P.-- pueblos 13 

Towns, number of 27 

Minerals 85 

port- opened for resumption of trade 154 

Special form of government in certain 

L58 

Mineral products, list of 82,83,84,85 

Mineral-bearing islands and their re- 
sources 86 

Mineral- M 

gold and copper before the arrival 

Spaniards hi 

American prospectors and miner- si 

Mining bureau at Manila Bl 

Mineral products, metallic and nonme- 

tallic (see list of ) 82,83,84,85 

Mineral-bearing islands and their re- 



Mineral springs 10 

Alkaline w 

beate in 

rative 10 

-aline ]i\ 

Sulphur 10 

Mining bureau 82 

Mining rights 155 



Page. 

Ministry, representation in the Spanish 181 

Military occupation and government, 
United States, Summary of events con- 
nected with 131 

State of war declared 181 

Proclamation of the President 131 

Spanish ships in Manila Bay destroved . . i:u 
Department of the Pacific and Eighth 

Army Corps created 131 

Departure of the advanced expeditionary 

force from San Francisco '. 181 

Guam, surrender of l:;i 

Isla Grande in Subic Hay occupied 132 

Arrival of department commander at Ca- 

vitc 132 

Sea and land attack and surrender of Ma- 
nila and the authorities of Spain to the 

United states 132 

Proclamation of war and assurance of pro- 
tection in civil and religious affairs, 
private rights to be respected, commerce 
open to all neutral nations, and other 
assurances of good will and authority. . 132 
Assumption of civil government by the 
Tinted States military authorities in 

Manila and Cavite ." 182 

Signature of protocol of agreement and 
cessation of hostilities announced, and 

terms granted 132 

Insurgents enter Manila with the Ameri- 
can troops and subsequently ordered to 

withdraw 132 

Civil courts as existed under Spain a tit hor- 
ized to resume, subject to supervision in 

the interests of military occupation 132 

Insurgents ordered to withdraw to a 
greater distance and reluctantly com- 
plied 133 

Reorganization of the Eighth Army 

Corps 133 

Transportation of entire force without 

loss 133 

Army takes the aggressive 135 

Military posts and garrisons for suppression 
of insurrection and brigandage and 

maintenance of order 1 is 

Corrected to May 10, 1902 206 

Misamis, area mainland and dependent 

islands 5 

[Set Misamis, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 43 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

1 Missions and missionaries 69 

Modern facilities, Manila 183 

Moilusks (see list of) 172 

I Moluccas (Netherlands) (East Indies), com- 
parative view of 7 

Monastic orders 69 

Money ~ 163 

Money-order offices, list of 18 

Moro (Moslem i religion - 69 

M6rong, former province of. population, 

1887, by pueblos (now included in Rizal) 44 

Moros, number and territory of 66 

Mountains ' 7 

Municipal Code, applicable to 152,155 

Municipal government hoard 138 

Municipal government, Manila 192 

Municipal governments 159 

Municipal law. President's instructions re- 
specting 135 

Maura, plan of 1(17 

Municipal powers, distribution of, Manila. L92, 193 
Municipalities to be self-governing and elec- 
tive 152 

Music 207 

Name Philippine Islands, how received 1 

Native priest- 69 

Natural history: 

.Mammals ( see list of) 169 

Birds [set list of) 170 

Reptiles and batrachians (see lisl of) 171 

Fishes (se< list of) 171 

Moilusks (set list of) 172 



INDEX. 



217 



Page. 
Negritos race 63, 65 

Negros (see Negros, Negros Occidental, and 
Negros Oriental, Gazetteer): 

Mountains 8 

Volcanoes 9 

Mineral springs 10 

Rivers 11 

Climate 13 

Population by pueblos 44 

Minerals 85 

Cost of local administration 158, 159 

Negros Occidental, area mainland and de- 
pendent islands 6 

(Set Negros Occidental, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos ( see Negros) 44 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Negros Oriental, area mainland and de- 
pendent islands 6 

(Sec Negros Oriental, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos (see Negros) 44 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Netherlands, colonial possessions near Phil- 
ippine Islands, area and population, com- 
parative view of 7 

Nipa. production of 75 

Niter, quantities found 84 

Non-Christian tribes: 

Population 66 

Number of tribes and distribution 66 

Physical and political characteristics of.. 67 
Nueva Ecija. area mainland and dependent 

islands. 5 

[S& Nueva Ecija, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 45 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Nueva Vizcaya, area mainland and depend- 
ent islands 5 

(See Nueva Vizcaya. Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 45 

Towns 27 

Number of members of the monastic orders 
killed and imprisoned during the revolu- 
tions of 1896. 1898 69 

Nutmeg, production of 76 

Occupation and administration extended to 

the whole archipelago 135 

Occupation and government, United States 
military: 
President's instructions respecting munic- 
ipal law, to be administered by repre- 
sentatives of the people, and manage- 
ment of public property and revenues 
and transportation by military authori- 
ties until replaced by civil administra- 
tion: also as to rights and commerce. . . 135 
Extension of orders of occupation and ad- 
ministration to the whole archipelago.. 135 
Mixed commission, to facilitate the exten- 
sion of authority and the protection of 
the inhabitants, created, and received 

the President's instructions 135 

Insurgent attack on Manila 135 

Army take- the a^Tessjve with success.. 135 
Towns recognized as municipal corpora- 
tions to be known as municipios, with 
commanders of military districts as gov- 
ernors 135 

Insurgent movement collapsed 136 

Notice of amnesty 136 

Large submissions under certain condi- 
tions 136 

Ports of entry opened 136 

• wise ports 136 

Campaign in northern Luzon 136 

Dissipation of the insurgents as an organ- 
ized force 136 

First election in the Philippines 136 

Election of mayors under military protec- 
tion '. 136 



Page. 
Occupation and government, United States 
military — Continued. 
Visayan military district, with subdis- 

triets, created . *. 136 

Baeolod. Negros Occidental, occupied as 
point from which to conduct opera- 
tions 136 

Military governor appointed and native 
police organized at Negros; constitu- 
tional convention held at Baeolod 136 

Constitution framed and transmitted to 

the President 136 

Set in motion by appointment of a mili- 
tary governor for the troops and civil 
governor for provincial and municipal 

purposes 136, 137 

Other details of organization and powers 

of administration perfected 137 

The Philippine mixed commission begin 
their labors and issue a proclamation; 
recalled, and submitted a preliminary 

report to the President '. 137 

Temporary civil government established 

along the Manila and Dagupan Railroad . 137 
Sulu, Sulu Island, occupied by United 
States troops, by agreement, the local 
Sultan acknowledging the supreme au- 
thority of the United States over the 

whole archipelago 137 

Insurgent government broken up and so- 
called president a fugitive 137 

Ports open to commerce 137 

Board of natives of civic and military abil- 
ity created by the military governor to 
formulate and report a plan of munici- 
pal government 138 

Their report essentially the foundation of 
municipal government as subsequently 

elaborated 138 

Division of the Philippines created, de- 
partments defined 138, 139 

Formal disbandment of field forces of the 

insurgents 139 

Guerrilla tactics resorted to 139 

Amnesty offered 140 

Persecution of the inhabitants friendly 

to the American cause '. 140 

Secret committees organized 140 

Exemplary punishment ordered for viola- 
tion of the laAvs of war set forth in spe- 
cial instructions 140 

Deportation of certain insurgents to the 

island of Guam 140 

Armed insurrection confined to Samar and 

several provinces in southern Luzon. . . 140 
Discontinuance of the departmental form 

of military organization 140 

Departments of North and South Philip- 
pines created 140 

Stations of United States troops in the 
Philippine Islands February 15. 1902 ... 140, 
147.142,143,144,145,146 

Number of. May 10, 1892 206 

Casualties, statistics of 146 

Captures of material 146 

Aguinaldo, capture of 146 

Occupation and government. United States 

military, of 131 

Ochers, deposits of 84 

Oil. mineral, reported 84 

Oil-producing plants: 

Ajonjoli (benne seed) 73 

Benne seed. Sesama or Ajonjoli 73 

Cacahuet (peanut) 73 

Castor oil, Ricino, Ricinus 73 

Cocoanut 72 

Lumbang 73 

Mani (peanut) 73 

Peanut. Mani. or Cacahuet 73 

Ricino (castor oil) 73 

Sesama (benneseed) 73 

Oils, e^rlicev or i-Sselltial: 

Champaca 79 

Sampaguita 79 

Ylang Ylang 79 

Opal found in certain localities 84 



5118 



INDEX. 



Page. 

Open-door policy, Manila 191 

Origin oi name, Manila L83 

PacoorSan Fernando Dllao, Manila 189 

Pactode Biac-na Bato agreement between 
Spain and Aguinaldo and accomplices, 

Revolution, L897 168 

Pagahan, production of 74 

Pagan, religion 69 

Palawan | Paragua i,area, mainland and de- 
pendent Islands i 

Palawan, Gazetteer, i 

Dominant races 26 

Population, total 27 

By puebloa r> 

Towns, number of 27 

Collection district coastwise ports 108 

Light-houses in 

Palay (an Rice) 70 

Pampanga, area mainland and dependent 

islands 5 

Pampanga, Qasetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 46 

Towns 27 

First province organised 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Pampangos, number and territory of 66 

Panay, area mainland and dependent is- 
lands 6 

.may. Qasetteer.) 

Mountains 8 

Mineral springs 10 

Rivers 11 

Minerals 85 

Light-houses ill 

Panda n. production of 71 

Pandacan, Manila 189 

Pangarfnftn, area mainland and dependent 

islands 5 

(Set Pangasin&n, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos : 45 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Pangasinans, number and territory of 66 

Pangutaran group, area mainland and de- 
pendenl islands 5 

PadgUtaran, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Paper currency 127 

Paragua. {Set Palawan.) 

Pasturage 81 

Peace conditions 164,155 

Peanut. Mani or Cacahuet, production of.. 73 

Pearls 84 

Pelew inlands . Germany) 7 

Pennsylvania Railroad Company, schedule 
and round-the-world routes at minimum 

rates and stop-over privileges for travel- 
ing public and officers of the Armvand 

Navy of the United States 19 

People, the Philippine 63 

Negritos 68 

Indonesians 64 

Malayans 64 

Europeans, Mestizos 64 

Pepper, production of 76 

Persecution of inhabitants friendly to the 

Americans 140 

Petroleum, indications of 84 

Philippine (archipelago) Islands. The l 

' on. geographical l 

Time circuit 1 

Boundaries 2 

Treaty limits 2 

Area 8 

List of islands and areas 4 

List Of Islands and provinces, mainland 

and dependenl islands, and areas 4 

Physical features 7 

Mountain- 7 

Volcanoes, list of, active and solfataric. 8 

Volcanoes, list Of, extinct or dormant.. 10 

Mineral springs 10 

11 

12 

Atmospheric pressure 13 



Page. 

Philippine (archipelago) Islands, The— 
Continued. 

Climate—Continued. 

Humidity 13 

Pains 13 

Winds 14 

Clouds, weather 14 

Weather stations 14 

Philippine seas 14 

Hays and harbors 15 

Roads and communications 16 

Postal service 18 

List of post-olliees with provinceorisland 18,202 

Mails 19 

United states transport communication.. 19 
Routes and fares to United States posses- 
sions in Asia 19 

Domestic trans- Pacific one-way through 

fares from New York 19 

Basis for through fares from New York 
in connection with round-trip fares 
from Pacific coast to trans- Pacific des- 
tinations .' 20 

Round-trip basing fares and regulations 

from Pacific coast 20 

Cable and telegraph communication 21 

List of stations on military lines in the 
Philippine Islands doing commercial 

business 22 

List of United States military cables ... 23 

Cable and telegraph control 23 

Commercial cables 24 

Towns, islands, and connection 24 

Selected list of taritf to points over the 
Eastern Extension Australasia and 

China Telegraph Company Cables.. 24 

Foreign 24 

United States 24 

Population and towns 25 

Population of theworld powers compared. 25 
Philippine population reports compared. 26 
Territorial and political divisions, list of. 26 
List of islands, provinces, and popula- 
tions 27-28 

Progress of Philippine population: 
Population of the Philippines at differ- 
ent periods 29 

Population by provinces according to 

five reliable reports 30 

General totals of the population of the 
Philippine Archipelago under Spanish 

census of 1887 31 

Towns (pueblos) in the Philippine 
Archipelago, arranged by islands and 

provinces '. 31 

Pueblos in the Philippine islands, gen- 
eral alphabetical list 50 

The Philippine people 63 

Negritos 63 

Indonesians 64 

Malayans 64 

European Mestizos 64 

Paces- 
Negritos 65 

Indonesians 65 

Malayan 65 

Chinese in the Philippines 65 

Civilized races 66 

Non-Christian tribes 66 

Physical and political characteristics of 

the non-Christian tribes 67 

Languages spoken and written 67 

Dialects 68 

Alphabet 68 

Religion 69 

Dependenl islands- 
List of main islands or groups in the 
order of area of mainland, with num- 
ber and area of dependenl islands... 69 
Number and area of dependent islands. 70 

Vegetable products 70 

Economic classification 70 

Gramineous plants or grasses 70 

Textile plants 71 

Oil-producing plants 72 

Dye and starch plants 73 

Saccharine and alcoholic plants 75 

Aromatic plants 75 



INDEX. 



219 



Page. 
Philippine (archipelago) Islands, The — 
Continued. 
Vegetable products— Continued. 

Medicinal plants 76 

Resins 78 

Gums or almacigas plants 79 

Essences or essential oils 79 

Vegetables 79 

Flora, pasturage 81 

Minerals 81 

Mineral products 82 

Analysis of coal from Batan, Albay 

Province. Luzon 82 

Mineral-bearing islands and their re- 
sources 85 

Forests 85 

Gutta-percha 87 

Rubber '. 87 

Philippine woods of economic value, 

alphabetical list of 88 

Philippine -woods, economic uses of 92 

Fruits, list of 93 

Mechanical industries 95 

Manufacture of cloth 95 

mats, hats, etc 95 

cordage 95 

tobacco 96 

sugar 96 

hemp 96 

indigo 96 

alcohol 96 

oil 96 

rice 96 

soap 96 

starches 96 

cheese 96 

leather 96 

fisheries 96 

shipbuilding 96 

building trades 96 

Food prices 97 

Prices of certain articles in common use 

in Manila. April 1, 1900 97,98 

Labor 98 

"Wage rates 98 

Rates of wages in Manila, April and 

May, 1900 99 

The press in the Philippines 104 

Customs service. Philippine Islands 105 

Ports of entry, list of 105 

Philippine ports for coasting trade only .106,107 
List ol ports of entry and ports open to 
coastwise trade only, by collection dis- 
tricts, in the Philippine Islands 107,108 

Light-houses 109 

Location of lights and waters lighted. 109-11 

Weather service Ill 

Commerce of the Philippine Islands Ill 

Customs 112 

Tariff 112 

Confirmation of "the tariff revision law 

of 1901" 113 

Imports and exports of merchandise. 

1900 and 1901 114 

Imports and exports of gold and silver, 

1900 and 1901 115 

Tonnage, 1900-1901 115 

Imports and exports, by countries, in- 
cluding gold and silver 115 

Recapitulation 116 

Imports and exports of gold and silver, 

by countries 117 

Vessels doing the earning trade. June. 

1901 ! 117,118 

Import- and exports, by Philippine cus- 
toms districts, including gold and sil- 
ver 118 

Imports of the Philippine Islands, by 
countries, during the calendar years 
1889 to 1893, inclusive, as compared 

with 1899 and 1900 118 

Annual average values of merchandise 
exported. 1892-1896, as compared with 

those of 1899 and 1900 119 

Quantities and values of the principal 
articles of merchandise imported into 
the Philippine Islands during the cal- 
endar vear 1900 119 



Page. 
Philippine (archipelago) Islands, The— 
Continued. 
Confirmation of "the tariff revision law 
of 1901"— Continued. 
Quantities and values of the principal 
articles exported from the Philippine 
Islands during the calendar vear 1900 120 

Hemp exports, 1850-1899 120 

Philippine hemp statistics 121 

Comparative statement of exports from 

Philippine ports, 1890-1899 121 

Sugar 121 

Copra 121 

Leaf tobacco 122 

Trade between the United States and the 

Philippines 122 

Value of merchandise imported and 
exported by the United States in trade 
with the Philippine Islands bv annual 

average, by decades, 1848-1897 122 

Value of imports and exports of the 
United States in trade with the Phil- 
ippine Islands, 1891 to 1900 122 

Imports 122 

Selected list of articles of import for the 
twelve months ending June, 1901, to 
show their relative market demand 
and the relations of the United States 
in value to the principal competing 

nations 122 

Exports 123 

A selected list of articles of export from 
the Philippine Islands for the twelve 
months ending June, 1901, showing 

their quantity and value 123, 124 

Coins, weights, and measures 126 

Coins 126 

Weights and measures 127 

Table of distances between Manila and 

Philippine Islands points 128 

Table of distances between Manila and 
commercial centers on lines of steam 

and sail communication 129 

United States military occupation and 

government 131 

Department of the Pacific and Eighth 

Army Corps 131 

United States military governor in the 

Philippine Islands. Eighth Army Corps 132 
Department of the Pacific and military 

governor in the Philippine Islands 132 

Supreme executive authority 133 

The President of the United States of 

America 133 

Powers 133 

Kings of Spain since the Philippine Isl- 
ands formed part of the monarchy 133 

Presidents of the United States of Amer- 
ica 133 

Department of War, representing the 
President of the United states in the ad- 
ministration of military and civil affairs 

in the Philippine Islands 134 

Foreign countries having consuls in the 

Philippine Islands January 1, 1902 134 

Treaty of peace, terms of 134 

Voluntary consideration paid for the 

Philippine Islands 134 

Occupation and preliminarv administra- 
tion '. 134 

Division of the Philippines 138 

Department of Northern Luzon 138 

Department of Southern Luzon 138 

Department of the Visayas 139 

Department of Mindanao and Jol6 139 

Division of the Philippines and United 
States military governor in the Philip- 
pine Islands 139 

Division of the Philippines 140 

Department of North Philippines 141 

Headquarters Manila. Luzon. Philip- 
pine Islands 141 

First separate brigade 141 

Second separate brigade 141 

Third separate brigade 141 

Fourth separate brigade 141 

Post of Manila 141 

Gunboats in department 141 



00| 



1NDKX. 



Page. 

Philippine ^archipelago) islands, The— 
Continued. 

Department of South Philippines in 

Headquarters Cebu, Cebu, Philippine 

Islands l n 

Fifth separate »»ritr;i<u- in 

Sixth separate brigade 142 

enth separate brigade 142 

tions of troops, Philippine 

Islands 1 12, 1 16 

Civil govern menl L46 

United States Philippine Commission., l u\ 
Civil governor <>f the Philippine Islands. 1 1<; 
Members of the Philippine Commission. . L47 
Governor-generals of the Philippine 
islands from their formal occupation 
by Spain down to their transfer to the 

sovereignty of the United states 147, 148 

Public laws of the Philippine islands i L9 

Pirsl province organized 163 

Inauguration of the civil governor L54 

Distribution Of administrative duties 154 

Provincial and military governments. . . . 155 
The territorial subdivisions of the Phil- 
ippines in which the affairs of civil 
gOVernmenl are administered by 
civilians and those in which the af- 
fairs of civil government are admin- 
istered by the military authorities. 155,158 

Luzon .' 156 

Recapitulation 156 

Mindanao 156 

Recapitulation 156 

Mindoro 156 

Palawan 157 

Sulu Archipelago 157 

Visayas 157 

Recapitulation 157 

Unassigned groups and islands under 
military control and military civil 

administration ' 158 

Recapitulation 15s 

Islands and provinces under military 

administration '. 158 

An approximate cost of running a prov- 
ince of the first rank, as reported by 
treasurer of the Island of Negros, 

1900 158-159 

Vice governor appointed 159 

Municipal governments 159 

Civil service 159 

Education 160 

Health 160 

Constabulary -161 

Revenues and expenditures 161 

Revenues and expenditures in the 
Philippine Archipelago from date of 
American occupation. August '20. 1898, 

to June 30, 1901 102 

Customs revenues in the Philippine 

Archipelago from date of American 
occupation, August 20, 1898, to June 
30, 1901, as reported by the collectors 
of customs 162 

Condition of the insular treasury at 
period- Btated .' 16:5 

Finances, money, and exchange 163 

Financial institutions L63 

Abstract of returns from the Manila and 
Cebrj branches of the Chartered Bank 

of India. Australia, and China: Ma- 
nila and [loilo branches of the Hong- 
kong and Shanghai Banking Com- 
pany; the Banco Espafiol Filipino al 
Manila and its iioilo branch. Decem- 
ber 31. 19IH 164 

Abstract or report made to the Comp- 
troller of the Currency showing the 
condition of the Monte de Piedad y 
' ala de A.horrog de Manila, in the 
Philippine islands, at the close of 

im-iiievs on January 11. [902 L65 

Internal revenue L65 

lent of collection and expenses 
of internal-revenue department 
from .inly i. L900, to October I, 1901 

(United States currency) 165 

Public lands 166 



Page 
Philippine (archipelago) islands, The— 

Continued. 
Conditions at the time of Spanish occu- 
pation 166 

Spanish methods 167 

The 'Maura law," or municipal govern- 
ment 167 

System of home rule and its limits IDS 

Pactode Biac-na-Bato 168 

Spanish scheme of sovereignty and au- 
tonomy 169 

Natural history 169 

Mammals 169 

Birds 170 

Reptiles and batraehians 171 

Fishes 171 

Mollusks 172 

Philippine bibliography 172 

A selected list of books by best author- 
ities 172 

Selected list on agriculture 174 

Philippine chronology, 1519-1901 175 

Philippine Commission: 

Its personnel 140,147 

Object of, stated 152 

Powers of l 17 

Physical features, Manila 185, 186 

Philippines, royal pledge not to abandon 

the 170 

Physical features: 

Mountains 7 

Volcanoes 9 

Active 9 

Dormant or extinct 10 

Mineral springs 10 

Rivers 11 

Climate 12 

Temperature 12 

Atmospheric pressure 13 

Humidity 13 

Rains 13 

Winds 14 

Clouds 14 

Pineapple, production of 71 

Platinum, indications of 84 

Police, administration of 155 

PolillO, area, mainland 5 

(See Infanta and Polillo, Gazetteer.) 

P( ipulation 27 

Towns 27 

Political divisions 26 

Police jurisdiction, Manila 193 

Population: 

Manila 183,184 

Sources of information compared 25 

Electors, proportion and qualifications of. 25 

United states, a century's growth 25 

Of world's powers compared 25 

Philippine reports compared 25 

By territorial and political divisions ' 26 

By grand divisions 27 

By islands and provinces 27,28 

Comparison with New York 28 

Progress of. from I7:r> to 1*96, for the year 

st ated 29 

Bv provinces according to reliable reports, 
isis, isio. L850, 1870, 1887, and Gazetteer 

estimate 1901 30 

Totals of. under general heads of enumer- 
ation, men, women, and tola 1, under the 

Spanish census of 1887 31 

Estimated, 1900 31 

According to sex. and total by provinces 
under partial census of 1896 for 37 prov- 
inces 31 

Pueblos, by Islands or provinces, Spanish 
census 1887 and partial census 1896 (also 

see provinces) 81 

Average number of inhabitants to the 

square mile 168 

Ports, coastwise 156 

open to commerce 137, 198, 199 

port-- of entry: 

Manila ...'. 105 

Iioilo 105 

Cebti 105 

.loir, (Sulu) 105 

Siasi 105 



INDEX. 



221 



Page J 
Ports of entry — Continued. 

Zaniboanga 105 

Opened 136 

Portugal, colonial possession? near Philip- 
pine Islands, area and population 7 

Postage, rate of 18 | 

Postal service 18 

List of post-offices 18 

Mails 19 

Postage rates 18 

Steamer routes 18 

Land service 18 

Contracts 18 

Receipts on account of 18 

Expenditures on account of 18 

Post-offices, list of 18 

Powers of the Philippine Commission 147 

Presidents of the United States since Ameri- 
can possession in the Philippine Islands. 133 

Press in the Philippines 104, 105 

Principe, area mainland and dependent 

islands 5 

{See Principe, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 45 

Towns 27 

Procedure, forms of, of Philippine Commis- 
sion 152 

Products, forest 85 

Prospectors. American mining 82 

Protected native States (Great Britain), 

comparative view of 7 

Provinces, civil and military. {See islands 

in which situated and by name.) 
Provincial organization, tour of, by United 
States Philippine Commission. . .*. . . 151, 153, 154 

Public buildings. Manila 193 

Public forests 85 

Their extent 87 

Public instruction, administration of 155 

Public lands 155, 166 

Public laws of the United States Philippine 

Commission 149, 150, 151 

Pueblos, alphabetical list of, in the Philip- 
pine Islands 50-63 

Pugahan, production of 75 

Punishment for violation of laws of war. . . 140 

Purgative springs 10 

Quiarigan. area mainland 5 

S < Lepanto and Quiangan, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Quiapo. Manila 189 

Quicksilver, indications of 84 

Race. Manila 183, 184 

Races 65 

Negrito « 65 

Indonesians 65 

Malayans 65 

Dominant, and population 65 

Yisavas 65 

Tagalog •. 65 

Bicoles 65 

Doeanos 65 

Pangasinanes 65 

Pampangos 65 

Cagayanes 66 

Moros 65 

Chinese 65 

By territorial and political divisions 26 

Civilized 66 

Ragay, bay of 16 

Railroads, promotion of railroad enterprise. 17 

Rain 13 

Ramie, production of 71 

Rattan, production of 71 

Reform. Spanish, Maura law of 167 

Religion: 

Manila 194 

Moslem 69 

Moro (Moslem) 69 

Pagan 69 

Roman Catholic 69 

Church registry of 69 

Monastic orders 69 

Missions and missionaries 69 

Religious freedom guaranteed under 

treaty of peace 69 



Page. 
Religion — Continued. 

Native priests 69 

Friar curates 69 

Members of the monastic orders killed 
and imprisoned during the revolutions 

of 1896, 1898. 69 

Religious freedom guaranteed under treaty 

of peace '. 69 

Reports of the Philippine Commission 148 

Reptiles and batrachians ( see list of) 171 

Residential districts, Manila 187 

Resins (xc e names and products) 78 

Revenue, internal (see Internal revenue).. 165 

Revenues and expenditures 161 

In the Philippine Archipelago from date 
of American occupation, August 20, 1898, 

to June 30, 1901 162 

Customs revenues in the Philippine Archi- 
pelago from date of American occupa- 
tion, August 20, 1898, to June 30. 1901, as 
reported by the collectors of customs.. 162 
Condition of the insular treasurv at pe- 
riods stated 163 

Revolution against Spain 182 

Rice, production of 70, 96 

Rights of the people. President's instruc- 
tions concerning 135 

Rivers: 

Luzon 11 

Mindoro 11 

Samar 11 

Panay 11 

Negros 11 

Cebii 12 

Leyte 12 

Mindanao 12 

Rizal. area mainland and dependent islands 5 
{See Rizal. Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos, for population — 

Manila 42 

Morong 44 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Roads and communications 16 

Manila land 190 

Roman Catholic 69 

Romblon. area mainland and dependent 

islands 6 

{See Romblon, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 46 

Towns 27 

Minerals 85 

Light-houses Ill 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Routes and fares to United States possessions 

in Asia 19 

Rubber: 

Cost, yield, and prices of 87 

Plant abundant in the southern islands 

of the Philippines 87 

Saccharine and alcoholic plants: 

Buri 75 

Camona 75 

Cocoanut 75 

Corn, indian 75 

Nipa or sasa 75 

Maize or indian corn 75 

Pugahan 75 

Sasa. 75 

Sorghum 75 

Sugar cane 75 

Safflower. production of 74 

St. Michaels, area mainland and dependent 

islands 5 

Salicsican, production of 74 

Saline springs 10 

Salt, manufacture of 84 

Samar, area mainland and dependent 

islands 6 

Samar, Gazetteer, i 
Comparison of authorities and discrepan- 
cies as to area 6 

Mineral springs 10 

Riv.rs 11 

Population 27 

By pueblos 47 



999 



1NDKX. 



Page 
area mainland and dependent 
Islands— Continued. 

Tow us 27 

Minerals B5 

Light-houses ill 

Ports closed on account of military oper- 
ations reopened '. i">i 

Bampaguita, production ol 79 

Samp&loc, Manila L89 

Siin Bernardino: 

San Bernardino, Gazetteer. | 

Straits L6 

Light-house ill 

sun Fernando i»il;i<> r«« Paco, Manila) 189 

san .lose (80 Trozo, Manila) 189 

Sun Miguel, Manila 189 

Sun Nicolas, Manila 188 

Santa Cruz. Manila 189 

Sarangani Island, most southeastern island 
of the Philippine islands. (Set Gazetteer, i 

Basil production of 75 

Schools Kin 

Educational organization and promotion. 160 

School year 160 

Teachers 160 

Trade 160 

Normal 1(10 

Nautical 1(10 

A t tendance 1(10 

seas. Philippine 14 

Secret committees organized no 

Secretary, provincial, duties 152 

Serpentine, deposits of 84 

Sesame beane seed, production of 73 

Shipbuilding 96 

Siasi. port of entry 105 

Sibucao raltar, production of 74 

Sibutu and dependencies. Spain relin- 
quished all title and claim in. to the 
United States by treaty, receiving a vol- 
untary consideration 3 

Sibutu 'island, sotit Invest of Tawi Tawi 
Island, Sulu Archipelago, most southern 
of Philippine Islands. (See Gazetteer.) 

Signals typhoon 199 

Silver, deposits of ores 84 

Soap, manufacture of 96 

Sogod. Bay of 16 

Soils of the archipelago 70 

Solomon [elands (Germany) 7 

Sovereignty, a Spanish scheme of 169 

Sorghum, production of 75 

Sorghum or batad 71 

SorsogOn: 

Area mainland and dependent islands .. 5 

(Set Sorsogon, Gazetteer.) 

Kay 16 

Population 27 

By pueblos 47 

AJbay 32 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Spain, territorial cession of the Philippine 
Island- to the United States (sec Treaty 

limits) 2 

Spanish dominion established 175 

Restoration of 17'.) 

Spanish method- id? 

Spanish occupation, conditions al the time 

of 166 

Springs, mineral 10 

Starch, manufacture Of, and raw material . 96 

as of United States troops 142, 

148,144,146,146,206 

Statistics, Bureau of 31 

Steamers cleared Cebuand Eloilo ran., 1902. 198 

Bteamship lines L97 

Stones, precious 84 

Straits Settlements (Great Britain) 7 

Submissions under certain conditions 186 

Snbic, Bay of 16 

suburbs, Manila 188 

Si mar: 

Bxports from Philippine ports, 1890,1899. 121 

Production of 96 

Bugar cane, production of 75 

sulphur, deposits of 85 

Bnlphur springs 10 



Page 
sulu Archipelago, area mainland and de- 
pendent islands 4 

Groups Of, area mainland and dependent 
islands. (Set Sulu Archipelago.) 

Balanguingui 5 

Pahgutaran 5 

sulu (Jol6) 5 

Tapul 5 

Ta w i Ta w i 5 

Dominant races 26 

Population, total 27 

By pueblos 49 

Towns, number of 27 

Minerals 85 

Light-houses ill 

occupied at sulu and supreme authority 

of United States acknowledged 137 

Sulu i.Ioloi. port of entry 105 

Sulu (Jol6) group, area mainland and de- 
pendent islands 5 

(See Sulu (Jol6), Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 49 

Tow ns 27 

Special form of civil government pro- 
posed 158 

Sumatra (Netherlands, East Indies), com- 
parative view of 7 

Supervision of the police 152 

Supervisor, provincial, duties 153 

Supplement 195-208 

Surigao. area mainland and dependent is- 
lands 5 

(See Surigao, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 47 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Mindanao, most easterly land of the Phil- 
ippine Islands. ( .svr Gazetteer. ) 
Surrenders and captures of insurgent lead- 
ers 154 

Tagalogs, number and territory of 66 

Tapul Group, area mainland and depend- 
ent islands 5 

(Set Tapul, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Tariff: 

Proclamation of a new, postponed 112 

Revision of, and regulations 112 

Report to the United States Philippine 

Commission 112 

Act to revise and amend the tariff laws of 

the Philippine Archipelago 112 

Digest of act 112 

Revision, law of 1901. confirmation of, by 

Congress 113 

Details of revision and customs applica- 
tion and regulation 113,114 

Tariff and customs. Spanish, continued in 

force 112 

Tarlac, area mainland and dependent 

Islands 5 

(See Tarlac. Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 48 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Tawi Tawi group, area mainland and de- 
pendent islands 5 

I S& Tawi Tawi, Gazetteer. ) 

Population 27 

Towns 27 

Taxation 152 

internal improvements 152 

Tayabas: 

Area mainland and dependent islands .. 5 
(See Tayabas, Gazetteer. | 

bay....' 16 

Population 27 

By pueblos 48 

Towns 27 

Transferred to civil administration 154 

Telegraph communications: 

Signal Corps lines 21 

Stations, list of, on military lines doing 

commercial business 22 



INDEX, 



223 



Page. 
Telegraph communications— Continued. 
Regulations governing the transmission 

of messages 22 

Manila and Pagupan Railroad 23 

[Set Cable communications.) 

Temperature 12. 13 

Territorial divisions of the archipelago 4.26 

Areas mainland and dependent islands: 

Luzon 4 

Marinduque 4 

Mindanao 4 

Mindoro 4 

Palawan 4 

Sulu Archipelago 4 

Visa van islands 4 

Unassigned: 

Calamianes 4 

Cuyos 4 

Textile plants: 

Abaca 71 

Agave 71 

Bejuco or rattan 71 

Cabo negro 71 

Cotton 71 

Pandan 71 

Pineapple 71 

Ramie 71 

Rattan or bejuco 71 

Tiagan, population by pueblos 48 

Tieao. area mainland and dependent 

islands 5 

( St e Masbate and Ticao, Gazetteer. ) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos, including Masbate 42 

Towns 27 

Tidal observations 16 

Timber (« e Forests i 85 

Classification of 85 

Species of 85 

Licenses to cut 86 

Price of 86 

Government valuation of 86 

Demand in the archipelago and China. . . 86 

List of varieties of economic value 88, 

89,90,91,92,93 
Time circuit, showing the sections of stand- 
ard time between Washington and Ma- 
nila, continuing the circuit of the globe 

to Washington 1 

Time standard: when it is 12 noon at Wash- 
ington what it is at Honolulu, Guam, 
Manila, and points westward around the 

globe 2 

Time ball at Manila 198 

Tobacco, production of 75, 96 

Tonkin (France (Indo-China)), compara- 
tive view of 7 

Tondo. Manila 188 

Tonnage, statistics of 115 

Town*, population and number of 27 

Sources of information compared 25 

Electors, proportion and qualifications of 25 

Number by grand divisions 27 

Number by islands and provinces 27, 28 

Population of pueblos by islands or prov- 
inces. Spanish census 1887 and partial 

census 1896 (see also Provinces) 31 

Alphabetical list of, in the Philippine Is- 
lands | see Pueblo- 1 50-63 

Recognized as municipios 135 

Trade between the United States and the 

Philippines 122 

Value of merchandise and exported by 
the United States in trade with the 
Philippine Island- by annual average, 

by decades, 1848-1897. 122 

Value of imports and exports of the 
United States in trade with the Philip- 
pine Islands, 1891 to 1900 122 

Manila 191 

Trade, carrying, vessels doing the 117,118 

Transport communication. United States .. 19 

Treasurer, provincial duties 153 

Treaty between United states and Spain, 

terms of, affecting the Philippine Islands. 134 



Page. 

Treaty limits, the lines of international 

boundary defined by the treaty of peace 

between' the United States of" America 

and the Kingdom of Spain, December 

10. 1898 2 

Treaty of cession of islands outside of the 
lines defined in the treaty of peace, 
December 10,-1898, Spain relinquishing 
all title and claim to the islands of 
Cagayan, Sulu. and Sibutu, and their 
dependencies, and all other islands be- 
longing to the Philippine Archipelago. 3 

Treaty of cession of additional islands 3,134 

Tribes. non-Christian: 

Population 66 

Number of tribes 66 

Distribution 66 

Physical and political characteristics of . 66 

Troops, U. S. stations of 206 

Trozo or San Jose. Manila 189 

Trunk line association schedule of domestic 
trans-Pacific fares and world-round trips 

to U. S. possessions in Asia 19 

Typhoon signals 199 

Union, area, mainland, and dependent 

islands 5 

(See Union, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

Bv pueblos 48 

Towns 27 

United States, transfer of sovereignty to . . . 182 
Vegetable products, economic classifica- 
tion 70 

Gramineous plants or grasses 70 

Textile plants 71 

Oil-producing plants 72 

Dye and starch plants 73 

Saccharine and alcoholic plants 75 

Aromatic plants 75 

Medicinal plants 76 

Resins 78 

Gums or almacigas 79 

Essence or essential oils 79 

Vegetables 79 

Vegetables (see list of ) 79, 80 

Verde Passage 16 

Vice-governor appointed 159 

Visayan military district created 136 

Visayan Islands, area, mainland, and de- 
pendent islands 4 

(See islands in Gazetteer.) 

Bohol 5 

Cebu 5 

Leyte 5 

Masbate 5 

Burias 5 

Masbate 5 

Tieao 5 

Negros Occidental 6 

Negros Oriental 6 

Panay 6 

Antique 6 

Capiz 6 

Uoilo 6 

Romblon 6 

Samar 6 

Dominant races 26 

Population, total 27 

By provinces 27 

Towns, number of 27 

Number and territory of 66 

Volcanoes: 

Active 9 

Extinct or dormant 10 

- paid in Manila, April and May, 1900. 98, 
99, 100,101,102,103,104 
War. Secretary of. representative of the 
President of the United state- in the ad- 
ministration of military and civil affairs 

in the Philippine island- 134 

Washington, difference of time between, 
and Honolulu. Guam, Manila, and other 
points westward by steamer and land 

rates around the globe 2 

Water. Philippine Islands, area of 3 



224 



indkx. 



Page, 

Weather observation, points of 1 1 

Weather sen Ice: 

Establishment of bureau in 

Weather stations in 

l'.. iv. asts and warnings ill 

Weight* 127 

Metrical system authorised by Revised 

Statutes p l'JT 

Metrical system continued in the Philip- 
pine Islands 127 

Metrical terms In common use 127 

Native and United States equivalents. . 127, L28 

Winds 14 

I lands, registrj of private ownership 

required 86 

Private, number of tracts owned 86 

Woods so Forests) 85 

Groups of 85 

Varieties of s <; 

Prices of, in Manila 86 

For cabinet and furniture work expected 

to find a market in the United Stales .. 86 
Exhibition of Philippine woods at furni- 
ture makers' convention and Pan- 
American Exhibition 86 

Successful competition with the best 

woods of Central and South America .. 86 



Page 

Woods (set Forests)— ("on tinned. 

Cabinet, imports of, in to the United States. B6 

Set list of varieties of economic value 88. 

89, 90, 91, 92, 98 

World powers, populations of, compared... 25 

Writing (*a Alphabet) 68 

Y'ami Island, Hatanes group, most northern 
island of the Philippine Islands. (S,, 

Gazetteer, i 

Ylang Viang, production of 79 

Zacate (grass), production of 71 

Zambales, area, mainland, and dependent 

islands 5 

i s<f Zambales, Gazetteer, i 

Population 27 

Hy pueblos 49 

T< mils 27 

Zamboanga, area, mainland, and dependent 

islands 5 

(Set Zamboanga, Gazetteer.) 

Population 27 

By pueblos 49 

Towns 27 

Zamboanga port of entry 105 

Collection district, coastwise ports 105 

Zinc deposits of 88 



a. *A V c 



C 0* 









c£- '• 






^p> * 














O 













o 



^ ^ '. 



oX" 






'< > 0^ « 






4&% 






LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




010 487 006 5 



